THE NEW EARTH
Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth

Book II:
THE EARTH CHANGES
[First published on the Internet 1996 - 19th Edition]

Copyright 2022 by
Lawrence & Michael Sartorius
with the exception of credited quotations.

Deutsche Übersetzung: 'DIE NEUE ERDE' - Buch 2: Die Veränderungen der Erde
http://www.thenewearth.org/DieNeueErdeBuch2.html


Introduction to the coming Earth Changes
Chapter 1: Ancient Prophecies
Chapter 2: A History of Upheaval
Chapter 3: Prophets of Our Time
Chapter 4: Cleansing Planet Earth
Chapter 5: The Higher Plan
Chapter 6: Time for Choice
Chapter 7: The Flying Saucers
Chapter 8: Home on a Mother Ship
Chapter 9: Planning a New World
Chapter10: Messages from the Galactic Federation and Higher Spiritual Sources*
Chapter11: The Galactic Federation's Earth Ascension Plan
Chapter12: The Photon Belt and the "Stasis Plan"

(Click on each Chapter heading above to go directly to it)

* As Chapter 10 is extremely long and if you wish to access only the latest Messages,
we suggest you click on Chapter 11 and then scroll upwards into Ch.10


Introduction to the coming Earth Changes

The end of a Cycle, cleansing, and rebirth.

Just as Nature has its familiar cycles of Autumn, Winter and Spring, dying down, repose and rebirth, so too do Planets, Planetary Systems, and with them, the Civilisations which inhabit them. Here too the same cycle prevails, but on a much longer time-scale, such as we are presently witnessing as a twenty-six thousand year "End of a Major Cycle" when our Solar System has completed a full orbit around our Galactic Central Sun. Such an ending of a Major Age usually involves all the Sentient Beings moving up a step to a higher Plane and Vibrational level as part of their ongoing Evolutionary progress. Our Planet Earth and its inhabitants have long been living at one of the lowest of the Vibrational level Dimensions, namely the Third Dimension, also known as the dense Physical level. About a third of our population will thus be Ascending to the Fourth Dimension, similar to the Etheric level of our Heavenly "Summerlands" that most of us go up to at our time of Death. Many of Earth's more evolved "Lightworkers" will either go up to the already existing 5th Dimensional Earth which invisibly surrounds our 3D Earth, or return to their former higher level Home Planets in another part of the Universe. However, many of Earth's inhabitants, possibly another third, will probably not be able to move up to a higher Dimension at this point in their evolutionary progress and will therefore have to be moved to some other 3rd Dimensional Planet in another part of the Universe. Otherwise, they would be painfully subjected to and overcome by the higher vibrational energies which they are totally unprepared for.

Planet Earth up to now on the Third Dimensional / Vibrational Frequency, herself will need to undergo some major Planetary Cleansing of land, sea, and atmosphere in order to move her planetary body up to the higher 4th and 5th Dimensional levels. At the time, some of Earth's population who are in those areas where significant surface changes will need to be carried out will be evacuated to safety by the Galactic Federation, a large group of E.T. Motherships surrounding us at this time in order to be ready to assist us at our time of Ascension.

Plans have long been in place by the Galactic Federation to ensure that this major operation can be carried out smoothly and safely. Those who might fear the prospect, and most of us instinctively fear any kind of change, should be assured that they will at once be encompassed by an all-pervading feeling of peace and tranquillity, while at the same time discarding the fear and uncertainty which is our constant Earthly companion, together with our environment of poverty, uncertainty and dread. Indeed, though incidental to the Major Cycle itself and its own demands, the Human activities being acted out on our Planet's surface have recently dragged our Civilisation down to new depths of violence, terrorism and repression among individuals, tribal minorities and nations. In addition, we have over a long period polluted our Planet, its surface and especially its oceans, to immeasurable and unsustainable levels of pollution and degradation which cannot longer continue.

It is thus timely and appropriate that we take a wider view of these forthcoming events in order to be informed and prepared, as indeed we are warned and advised to do by many of the Higher Celestial Masters and other sources communicating through Earth-based intermediaries, Mediums and Visionaries.

As we are on the verge of a significant change of Universal Age, it becomes therefore rather important at this time to now become fully aware that we are surrounded by millions of other inhabited Worlds within our Universe, all of them teeming with intelligent life. Most of them are vastly more advanced than our own world, living on higher Planes/Dimensions with a higher vibration-rate than Earth's dense-physical Third Dimension. A large group of these worlds have therefore been closely watching over us since World War II with millions of their Motherships surrounding us (although at present invisible to us at their 5th Dimensional vibrational level), ready to assist us at any moment to fulfil our Ascension up to a Fourth Dimensional "New Earth". They also have had an important function in shielding us from any unwarranted intrusions or attacks by those Forces of Darkness that unfortunately still exist within our Galaxy. However, they have never wished to directly interpose themselves on our World, as any interference without our express invitation would be wrong for them karmaically.

Many of Earth's Lightworkers, as members of our Creator's "Explorer Race", have volunteered to come to Planet Earth at this time to expressly partake in a major "Experiment" by our Creator of this Grand Universe to overcome and resolve the growing Duality which has developed within this part of His Universe between the Forces of Light and Darkness - the Positive versus the Negative - Good and Evil. This difficult immersion process within our Earth Planet has been enacted through our Creator placing our Planet within a "Veil of Quarantine" from contact with all the teeming Higher Worlds surrounding us. This "Veil" or barrier, has been placed around Earth to shroud us from contact with other Worlds so that we could pursue this experiment on behalf of our Cosmic Creator without distraction or undue outside interference so that we could "Reinvent the Wheel" of Societal development from scratch. This "Veil" nonetheless has unfortunately had the effect of cutting all of us off from the vast stores of hard-won evolutionary knowledge developed by all the other Worlds around us. It was meant to be a unique "Experiment" designed to concentrate us, un-influenced by outsiders, in finding new ways to overcome the natural growth of "Negativity" in Society and its consequent development of the many "Forces of Evil" that have grown up in other parts of our Creator's Universe.

Those many of us who volunteered to join in this Experiment did so in order to hopefully develop new and better permanent solutions, not only for our own World, but also for the benefit of all the many other Worlds in our Universe. Unfortunately, this whole experiment has subsequently turned out to have not been a very great success, allowing Negativity and the Forces of Evil to develop out of control to new heights, not only within this Planet, but in many other parts of our Milky Way Galaxy. Therefore, it has been decided at the Higher Spiritual Administrative levels, to coincide with the Major Galactic End of Age, for it to be finally closed down, this being done mainly with the help of the Galactic Federation of all the other Galaxies of Light.

Our Space Brothers from more advanced worlds, have up to recently therefore been instructed to not interfere with our Earth "Experiment", and thus limited their direct contact except to occasionally communicate to us through their carefully chosen Channellers. Nonetheless, our Extraterrestrial visitors have at times tried to communicate directly with either our Governments or our Media, especially so in a wish to warn them of the extreme dangers of our development and use of Atomic weapons, and particularly the Hydrogen Bomb. They have also taken the opportunity to warn the Governments of the coming "End of Age Earth Changes". However, Governments fearing the loss of their control over us, have conducted a major "Cover Up" of U.F.O.s and Extraterrestrial visitors since World War II, and at the same time intimidated the World's Media into ignoring any reports of UFO sightings in our skies. Meanwhile, many of the major Governments have quietly created their own secret files of all the numerous UFO sightings supplied by their Military Forces and filed them away in Top-Secret Archives, although at the same time even secretly interacting with some of those extraterrestrial visitors.

As an example of the US Government's cover-up of UFOs and the existence of extraterrestrials over the years, only recently have the true secrets of the well-known Roswell flying saucer crash in 1947 been revealed, this by a non-governmental source. When a "Flying Saucer" was reported on the 8th of July 1947 to have crashed near Roswell, New Mexico, a US Air Force retrieval team was immediately sent to the site of the crash. Among them was an Air Force Senior Master Sergeant Nurse, Matilda MacElroy, who was given the task of attending to the sole survivor E.T. in the crashed craft out of the two other crew members. She turned out to be the only person on their return to the Military Base who was able to communicate with the E.T. survivor through telepathy, which nobody else was able to do. She was given the task of communicating with the small E.T. female Being, whom she was to name as "Airl", who had refused to answer any questions other than through her. After being helped by Nurse MacElroy to learn English through the use of many books borrowed from the Base's Library on all sorts of Earth subjects over a remarkably short 16 day period, Airl was to give an extraordinary telepathic message, and only through Nurse MacElroy, which was transcribed by a Government stenographer. This gave many details of the workings of what Airl describes as the "Dark Reptilian-Draconian Old Empire" which still has a powerful presence within our Milky Way Galaxy and which also has up until recently had a strong control over our "Secret Government" on Earth working secretly behind major Governments and the Banking Sector, also known as the "Dark Cabal".

Following the E.T.'s death 6 weeks later, brought on by electric shock treatment by US Government operatives to force revelations out of her, Nurse MacElroy was debriefed and sent into forced retirement by the US Air Force, but managed in the confusion to retain her own copy of the transcripts of the interviews. These were duplicates of the "Top Secret" transcripts also kept by the US Government, the existence of which they have never revealed to the public. 60 years later on, Mrs. MacElroy sent her own copy of the Transcripts to Lawrence R. Spencer, the Author of "The Oz Factors" not long before her death at the age of 83. Mr Spencer has bravely published this as the book "Alien Interview"(this can be read free from the Link at the end of Book II).

After the Roswell crash in 1947, helped by President Truman signing new Secrecy and Security Laws, a Secret inner Government Group, calling themselves MJ-12 or Majestic 12, took over the UFO and E.T. issue and took it underground. They made it a Law in 1947, to be above even the knowledge of the President, that the entire subject and knowledge of UFOs and their Occupants was to remain the Highest Guarded Government Secret only above Atomic Weapons.

On the night and early hours of February 20-21,1954, while on a 'vacation' in Palm Springs, California, President Dwight Eisenhower 'went missing' and was taken to Edwards Air Force Base (previously Muroc Airfield) for a secret meeting. This was to be a 'First Contact' meeting with Extraterrestrials by the US Government and was the beginning of a series of later meetings with other Extraterrestrial Races. The Extraterrestrials of this visit were described as being of a "Nordic" appearance and were here on behalf of the "Galactic Federation" to to make a request for President Eisenhower to stop pursuing the Nuclear Arms Race and not to continue to develop the highly dangerous Hydrogen Bomb. They offered in return to not only protect Planet Earth from any Dark E.T. Races within the Milky Way Galaxy wishing to invade Earth, but they would be able to give us many beneficial technologies in exchange, such as "Free Energy" and many other advanced Technologies leading to greater health and well-being.

It was during this initial Extraterrestrial Meeting that various other Government personnel took the unique opportunity to investigate the varied collection of the five different spacecraft belonging to the visiting Galactic Federation E.T. Race Members which had landed on the Airfield.

Later on in 1954, there was to be another meeting between the Eisenhower Administration and some quite different Extraterrestrials. These were a somewhat renegade section of the Zeta Reticulian Race, better known as the "Dark Greys", because of their grey coloured skin. They have hairless bodies and a large head with big round dark eyes, the result of having to live many thousands of years underground on their Planet after contaminating the surface with a nuclear war with their more advanced Zeta Reticuli compatriots. They said they were no longer able to reproduce themselves through normal physical means and had to rely on 'cloning' their bodies to continue life and therefore they were gradually dying out. They were requesting the opportunity to do some experiments involving Earth Humans' DNA. They were hoping to engineer a transference of Human Earthling DNA genetics to enhance their own DNA to enable them to once again physically reproduce themselves. They appeared to be of highly developed Mental abilities, but were later found to be lacking in any qualities of emotion or empathy.

It was in the latter part of 1954 that they again landed at Hollman Air Force Base and requested the making of a Treaty with the U.S. Government in exchange for some of their more advanced technology. A Treaty was soon after secretly signed between the Zeta Reticulian Dark Greys and the secret MJ-12 Military Group within the U.S. Government, but this was done behind President Eisenhower's back. When President Eisenhower later found out about this, he was not only furious, but also found that he in fact had no power to stop it. When Eisenhower contacted the MJ-12 Group, they replied that they were outside the jurisdiction of the White House and that their actions were classified on a "need-to-know" basis, which went above the Presidency.

This MJ-12 Military Group were so seduced by a promise of being given Advanced E.T. Weapon Technology, particularly to give them an advantage over the Soviet Union at the then height of the Cold War, that they agreed in exchange to provide for some secret underground Bases under the "Four Corners" area of Utah, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado to do DNA experiments to re-engineer their failing DNA, but only to be done on an agreed limited number of Earth Humans, mainly convicts and mentally challenged persons.

It was further agreed in the Treaty that these Aliens would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We would keep their presence on Earth a secret and they were not to make any further Treaties with any other Earth Nation. They would only be allowed to make abductions of Humans on a limited and periodic basis for the purpose of medical examination and monitoring of our development, along with the agreed requirement that the Humans not be harmed, and be returned to their point of abduction with no memory of the event. They were also required to furnish a list of all Human contacts and abductees on a regularly scheduled basis.

As it turned out, not only did they not keep to their agreements on limited experiments on Earth Humans, but they gradually escalated them in numbers and extent. They slowly put in place mind-control Centres, enlarged the area of their underground Bases, and created a vast network of tunnels connecting with the main Military Bases. They abducted more and more Humans from the surface for medical experimentation, or as slaves to be traded with other Dark E.T. Races, and also great numbers of mind-controlled Earth Abductees to become their military Forces. Eventually, they built up a total underground population of over 5 million, most of which were Human abductees from the surface to become their Slave Labour Forces. This secret powerful underground Force was further aided by much Dark E.T. Technology supplied by the Dark Reptilian Empire. The US Government became no longer able to control them within their great Underground Empire, nor able to stop their further occupation of those facilities due to their very serious threats made at the time backed up by their very dangerous and superior destructive Dark Technology.

But in fact the Reticulian Greys were only a "Front" for the real power and force exacting a control on them - the Reptilian-Draconian Empire of the Orion Star System of our Milky-Way Galaxy, who were also at that time in an unholy alliance with the second most powerful Dark Force within our Galaxy - the Dark Nebu Race. They had jointly made in this Dark Alliance between themselves to not only take over the weak and unprepared Planet Earth, but from that position to eventually further go on from there to taking over the entire Galaxy! Such an undercover operation was their normal pattern of invading other Worlds - to send out in front of them a seemingly needful and less powerful Race such as the declining Dark Greys, to get them installed within a Planet and then to finally come in and take over the whole operation themselves.

A High Level E.T. Emissary from the Galactic Federation was nonetheless surreptitiously installed by Eisenhower for several years within the Pentagon to argue the case to give up the Dark E.T. Treaty, but the US Military were totally disinclined to give up their hope of obtaining high-level advanced E.T. weapon technology. Promises by the Light Forces of the Galactic Federation to provide advanced benevolent technology, such as Free Energy, did not interest them and was certainly not supported by the behind-the-scenes controlling Oil Corporations and Congress Members supporting their cause. As time went on, more and more of the US Government became secretly controlled by the powerful Dark ET-led Cabal/Illuminati, especially through the Financial and Banking Sectors, including their virtual ownership of the Federal Reserve, where they were able to siphon off massive amounts of funds into secret Accounts to finance their Dark Programmes on Planet Earth.

J.F. Kennedy, as President of America, had become well-informed about the existence of the Extraterrestrials and was about to reveal their presence in a major speech on the day he was assassinated (undertaken by an Agent of Earth's "Secret Government"). (click on the following link for a transcript of his intended speech: J.F. Kennedy Assassination Speech). As we know, this speech was unfortunately never able to be given. Following this the Galactic Federation of Light had planned (with Kennedy's agreement) to make their first appearance, which was to be their first major "Disclosure Event", with an massive overflight of their space craft. That plan of course had to be abandoned, although it would have led to a major beneficial change in Earth's future political and economic well-being.

Apart from these secret contacts with the U.S.Government, there have been nonetheless many thousands of other unofficially reported "Flying-Saucer" or UFO sightings, as well as quite a few direct E.T. contacts made to private individuals. Although these have become well-known to the limited circles of Earth's "Lightworkers", they have been totally ignored by the mainstream Media as a result of the thorough behind-the-scenes control by all the major Governments. However, there was at this period one first major "E.T. Contactee", George Adamski, who wrote several books in the mid 1950s detailing his physical contacts with Venusian, Saturnian and Martian Space visitors with fascinating details of his many journeys up in their "Flying Saucer" Scout-ships to visit their large Mothership overhead. In his "Inside the Space Ships", he describes the interiors of these Motherships and his many conversations with their Commanders and the other onboard personnel. A few years later, Dino Kraspedon, a Brazilian, also published a book describing his unexpected meeting with the Captain of a large Flying Saucer Scout-ship, who gave him much useful scientific information about space travel and their methods of propulsion. The Flying Saucer Captain explained amongst various highly technical discourses how they can, for instance, move at enormous speeds through our atmosphere by creating a vacuum around the Ship through ionizing the air surrounding their craft to prevent any atmospheric friction. He was also one of the first to give us some of the first information on the approaching "Earth Changes". (For extended excerpts both from "My Contact with Flying Saucers" by Dino Kraspedon and the George Adamski books, click on the Link at the end of this Book II)

Over the last 30 years there has been a growing number of Channelled E.T. Messages published in various books and specialist magazines, and above all, the very numerous ones from the Galactic Federation of Light channelled through Sheldan Nidle on their Plans for Earth's forthcoming Ascension up to a higher 4-5th vibrational frequency Dimension. (see Chapters 10 and 11, and the "Galactic Federation Archives" Link at the end of this Book II).

Another extraterrestrial phenomenon that has become well-known during the last twenty years, have been the thousands of perfectly formed "Crop Circles" which mysteriously appear overnight in fields of cereal crops, especially so in Britain, giving us many beautiful and highly complex patterns. Photographs of them have been well documented in various books and on the Internet as well as the many photographs of "flying saucers" published. These are the few ones that the Space Visitors have permitted us to see as they are very reluctant to fully disclose themselves until we or our Governments are ready to fully accept their existence.



crop circle crop circle

Flying Saucer Flying Saucer Flying Saucer


Although our Space Visitors have up to now been limited to few Earth contacts, they promise that they will soon be making their first major appearance as part of a "First Contact" Mission, once Earth's major Governments have made their long awaited "Disclosure" announcement of the existence of Extraterrestrials. This "First Contact Event" will probably be made through providing a mass sighting of their spacecraft over several of Earth's major cities. They would then follow this up with a series of actual Earth landings in order to give us detailed information about themselves and to provide us with various useful technologies, such as the use of "Free Energy". However, they have in the meantime made contact with over 160 Earth Governments requesting them to make a full "Disclosure" announcement before they will make an appearance. Of course the various Governments have "dragged their heels", as they not only fear the loss of their power to rule over their citizens, but even more so from the dire effects of any revelations of their past massive cover up of E.T. and UFO contacts.

However, at least a few Governments, under considerable public pressure, are beginning to partially open up some of their Secret UFO files to the general public. The French Government has promised to open some of its secret UFO files featuring hundreds of documented UFO sightings to researchers, as well as the British Government, who first announced in March 2008 they would start making its UFO documents available through the Ministry of Defense, but which they have now recently rescinded.

On the 12th of February 2008 the United Nations convened a secret gathering at the United Nations Headquarters in New York with Delegates of some of the Members of 28 major Countries to discuss the increasing and unprecedented numbers of UFO sightings during 2007 and 2008. Security around the meeting was intense: everyone was searched at the entrance; pens, pins, key chain items were collected and even Member's UN Security Cards were temporarily taken into custody. This meeting was attended by over 40 Representatives of the 28 Member Countries. A document from the Galactic Federation was circulated in the meeting in which a request was made that all the countries represented should make a full disclosure of their knowledge of the existence of Extraterrestrials. The Galactic Federation were offering to provide in return such useful technologies as new forms of "Free Energy". A debate then followed amongst the Delegates on how the UN might respond to this offer, if at all - we presume the answer was indeed negative. A similar document was later sent by the Galactic Federation directly to the relevant Ministries of all the attending 28 Member States.

Ever since World War II, the Galactic Federation of Light has been trying to give a warning to our major Governments, as well as to Earth's Scientific Community, on the extreme dangers of developing nuclear weapons. They also expressed an especial concern about our developing the Hydrogen Bomb and they informed us that Hydrogen is a basic "living" element permeating all our surrounding Ether. A large scale use of Hydrogen bombs could set off a massive chain-reaction conflagration throughout the Ethers of Space in addition to destroying our Planet. In fact the Galactic Federation has been forced to intervene countless times to disrupt our setting off nuclear devices in particularly dangerous situations. This they can do by simply neutralizing them at their point of use.

Another important part of their mission was to alert us of the impending "Earth Changes" as part of the ending of a Major Universal Age. They have told us that the present ending of the two-hundred million year-long Grand Universal Age, is a time when all our Universes, Galaxies and Solar Systems must collectively move up a step to higher dimensional planes. This also coincides with our own Solar Ring and Milky Way Galaxy having just completed a long 26,000 years orbit around the Great Central Sun of the Universe, as well as the Zodiacal ending of Earth's 2000 year-long Piscean Age. The Piscean Age commenced around the time of the Birth of Christ, to formally end on the 21st of December 2012 (as foretold in the ancient Mayan Calendar). Although there have been many subsequent delays in fully implementing the new "Aquarian Age", it has long been prophesied as one bringing in a new "Golden Age of Peace" on Earth.

There have been many other prophesies concerning these coming "End-Times", such as in the Bible's "Book of Revelations". These are referred to in the Christian Bible as the "Final Day of Judgement" and also the promised "Second Coming of Christ". The same message has also been given in more recent times by the growing number of "New Age" Esoteric Schools of Higher Spiritual Knowledge.

Humanity at this time on Planet Earth, along with the many other inhabited worlds of our Solar System, is thus about to make an "Ascension" up to a higher "Dimension" or vibrational plane. We on Earth are already moving up from our past dense physical "Third Dimension" vibrational level to rising degrees towards the 4th Dimension. We and all living things have gradually been upgraded, through an inflow of powerful higher Celestial energies to now over the 3.52 Dimensional vibration rate and will soon be moving seamlessly further up into the Fourth Dimension. After a fairly long period as a Fourth Dimensional Planet Earth following Earth Humanity's Ascension, there will be a further moving up to a New 5th Dimensional Earth. The many of Earth's inhabitants (around a third) who are now ready to move up to the 5th Dimension will soon be moving up to the New 5D Planet Earth.

Most of the advanced "Lightworkers" working and teaching down here on Earth have themselves come down as "Starseeds" from other Planets and Star Systems. Having already experienced living on higher Dimensions and more advanced worlds, such a forthcoming Ascension will therefore not be such a big move upwards for them. On the other hand, many of the younger Souls starting out on their long evolutionary Ascension on this "Seed Planet" for new Human Souls, may not yet be ready to make a move up to the Fourth Dimensional level, and will therefore be relocated by the Galactic Federation to other worlds capable of supporting a Third Dimension vibrational level.

However, Planet Earth now badly needs to go through a vibrational reformulation as well as a major surface cleansing of the worst of the environmental detritus and destructive effects made by its present inhabitants. This "Cleansing" will be undertaken by the Galactic Federation's Forces, whose technology is able to undertake this within at least 4 to 5 years.

During this Planetary "Cleansing Period" certain 3D surface areas may need to go through some fairly major upheavals. Those who happen to be in areas of severe physical disruptions will be lifted off by the Galactic Federation's Scout Craft and taken up for a temporary period to the overhead Motherships. Others in areas of danger may alternatively choose to be taken down into the interior "Hollow Inner Earth", the home of an existing Fifth-dimensional civilisation named "Aghartha", which will barely be affected by the 3D surface cleansing. This Ancient Civilisation derives from the Ancient Civilisation of Lemuria which sank beneath the Pacific Ocean even before the demise of Atlantis and whose more evolved survivors escaped into the Inner Earth at the time. This Fifth Dimensional Civilisation has up to now not wished to reveal itself to us turbulent 3D surface dwellers. They live an almost perfect life within the hollow interior which is inside Earth's 800 mile thick outer planetary crust. They have a pristine environment of verdant landscapes, rivers, lakes, even mountains, as well as their beautiful crystal cities. All of which is illuminated by its own central interior Sun which also is the high-density crystalline magnetic core at the very centre of Planet Earth. [More information on the Inner Earth is available at the link to "The Inner Earth & Realm of Aghartha" at the end of this Book II]

There have in fact been many previous major surface changes and "Cleansings" to Planet Earth through realignments to her magnetic axis as a result of outside Galactic and Solar System changes and upheavals. This has been well-documented in geological studies of her past surface history, which includes entire continental landmasses either being submerged beneath the oceans, or raised up to become some of today's highest mountain ranges. Seashells and skeletons of fish have been found high up in the Himalayas and the Andes. The great plains of the USA from Mexico to Alaska are known to have been under the sea, and today's Eastern coast of America was once the 'shore-line' of what are now the Appalachian Mountains. The North and South Poles have also been shown to have moved rapidly to new positions with the evidence of dramatic surface and climatic changes left behind. An aspect of this was first discovered in 1799, when frozen bodies of mammoths were unearthed in the tundra of Siberia, their stomachs containing freshly eaten grasses and leaves normally belonging to tropical regions thousands of miles to the South. Former tropical coral reefs have also been discovered as far north as Spitzbergen, within what is now the Polar Circle. Coal deposits found in Antarctica indicate that the area was once covered by equatorial forests.

We need to also become aware that Mother Earth/Gaia is herself a highly evolved Spirit ensouling the Planet. She now awaits impatiently for the long-desired Ascension of Herself and her surface dwellers up to the Fourth and Fifth Dimensions. She has up to now had to maintain a long and painful duty of supporting a lowly evolved combative and turbulent Humanity as part of her Celestial service "Contract". However, she also needs to cleanse her Third Dimensional Earth Sphere (the lowest of Her 4-7D surrounding higher vibrational Earth Spheres) of all the past pollution, damage and detritus that Humanity has accumulated on her surface. The many areas of interior blasting within her surface Crust and Humanity's increasing extraction of oil has also caused her much 3D physical distress. Oil is in fact the very "Life-blood" of her Planetary Body, part of the system that helps her to lubricate Earth's Tectonic Plates and thus help keep them properly locked together. An insufficient quantity of this substance at the intersection of two major Continental Plates resulted in the massive underwater Sumatra Earthquake and Tsunami of December 2004.

Humanity itself has to now undertake a process of erasing all past negative "Karma" before we can Ascend to the Fourth or Fifth Dimensional Earth Spheres. We therefore at this "End of Age" time need to balance out all our past Karmaic debts with those that we have previously harmed and at the same time give forgiveness to those that we consider may have wronged us in the past. Many of those long repressed emotional hurts and historical grievances which have accumulated over thousands of incarnations held as deep scars within our DNA and our Soul's memory, now need to be brought to the surface, resolved and finally transmuted before we proceed upwards with our Ascension.

At this time we can indeed see much of this resolving of past Karma going on as a world-wide activity within the many settlings of past historical grievances. This is particularly visible in the present day conflicts within the Middle East, where we see the re-surfacing of the old Christian-Muslim conflict which was first generated, and never properly resolved, during the time of the Crusades.

In conjunction with the ending of the present Major Universal Age, there is at this time being enacted by the Celestial Hierarchy a final major removal within our Galaxy of all the remaining Forces of Darkness. Much of this darkness was allowed to develop through our Creator of this Universe not fully appreciating how much it was all getting so out of hand, with His claiming that as a "Loving Creator" he did not have any previous experience of such high levels of Darkness and Negativity or the right tools to deal with it. Thus out of control Negativity and Darkness was over time allowed to grow without the necessary restraint throughout the outer regions of our own Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon, for over 500 million years until it was almost impossible to easily eradicate. Thus the Galactic Federation surrounding us in their millions to assist our Ascension, have had terrible delays and set-backs in trying to winkle-out all the Darkness and the secretly entrenched Dark Ones on Earth, known to many as the "Secret Government" or the "Dark Cabal".

Our Creator of this Universe, known as a great "Lover of Variety", had long ago made plans to eventually Ascend up to new areas of Higher Creation and joining with His Prime Creator awaiting Him up there when his Universe had fully matured. As part of this Plan, He planned to provide a special "School of Creators" down on Planet Earth with a special body of highly evolved "Explorer Race" Beings. These were Volunteers who came from far away areas of the Cosmos as Volunteers to join in with His Creation in order to learn to qualify as "Creators" in training, and to eventually to take over from him as a joint Cooperative Creator Body responsible for maintaining His Grand Universe when He finally makes his further Ascension. Unfortunately, his higher "Prime Creator" had given Him an "Inspirational Idea" suggesting He should try to introduce a small degree of 2% Negativity (equivalent to "stubbing your toe" or "poking someone half asleep with a stick" - but no more) to spur all his Creation's evolving Beings, many of which had become stagnated with self-satisfaction in their Worlds and in their evolutionary progress, into moving faster in their evolution and thus to more rapidly allow Him to Ascend. This was the Inspirational Idea that our Creator took up in the latter part of his Creation, only for it to eventually "backfire" badly. The resulting ill effects that allowed Darkness to grow unrestrained have left behind scenes of much destruction, not only on Earth, but throughout much of our Galaxy, not to mention its many Galactic Wars. As it is, the spreading tide of Darkness is only now being thoroughly cleansed and removed by the Galactic Forces of Light.

Since Planet Earth itself was put into its part-protective "Quarantine" over 200,000 years ago after the Lucifer Rebellion, it has also had to undertake the function as a virtual "Prison Planet/Remand Centre" for many of the most negative and destructive Beings who have been brought here for reform, all as part of our experience and lesson in overcoming and reforming Negativity. Also, Planet Earth has been given a role, as part of the same learning experience in overcoming negativity, as a "Seed Planet" for very young Souls starting out on their long Ascension and evolutionary path up from lower evolutionary levels such as the Animal Kingdom. They have had to come here as young Souls in order to learn how to control their natural animalistic emotional responses, which tends to descend into violent conflict when conditions become difficult. They need to learn a deeper respect for the "Sanctity of Life", which will then eventually allow them to move on up to a Higher Dimension, as well as providing us older Souls with the learning experience of bringing this about.

At its very Creation as a Planetary Body within this Galaxy, Planet Earth was also originally given a special role as an "Experimental Ecology Planet", in which new Life Forms and varieties of plant and insect life were to be developed. All the diversity of Biological Life found throughout the Universe has at some time been brought here by the Universe's Scientific "Life Carriers" given the job of physically creating new and improved Life Forms on this new Experimental Ecology Planet. Among them were many of the original Extraterrestrial Human settlers who were brought to Planet Earth millions of year ago in the Motherships of the Galactic Federation as a specially selected team of volunteer "Celestial Gardeners". They came having made a solemn pledge to help in the development of new and better varieties of plant and animal life for this new "Galactic Museum of Ecology" under a long-term "Contract" to remain here as the "Stewards of Earth" until a virtual "Garden of Eden" was finally established. Although they would eventually be dragged down into lower and lower levels of dense 3rd Dimensional physicality caused by the various invasions by the Dark Forces within our Galaxy, they nevertheless maintained a Sacred Pledge to return here repeatedly until their job was finally done. Millions of years later, many have returned as the highly evolved Ecologists who continue to carry on the work of developing a yet more beautiful and diverse Planet.

This special Planetary role as a unique Biological Showcase for the Galaxy, explains the amazingly rich variety of plant and animal life which we now enjoy. Our Planet is even now, despite Man's past destructive activities, considered by the other Inhabited Worlds as being one of the most beautiful and green Water-Planets within our Galaxy. The future levels of Earth are destined to develop this great wealth and variety of life to even greater heights, into a true Celestial "Garden of Eden", not only for our own enjoyment, but for the education and enjoyment of all the other Worlds who will be eagerly visiting us.

Apart from co-creating with our Galactic friends a beautiful Green New World, we will also be developing new and improved Social Systems. Learning from all our past and painful experiences in trying to resolve the Universal problem of self-centered "Negativity", we will also be resolving to identify and control any tendency towards negative or destructive behaviour. This can also infect the other "Benevolent Worlds" which themselves make up the majority of our Grand Universe. We hope eventually to become an exemplary "Showcase World" for the rest of the Galaxy and our whole Grand Universe in finally resolving this difficult problem. By then, Earth's inhabitants will have moved up from their present overall focus on pure "Self-Interest", to a more cooperative one of "Serving Others" for the benefit of the whole. We shall have hopefully become a Loving and Cooperative society which incorporates a deeper Respect for the Integrity and Rights of Others, governed by a central Constitutional Principle which mandates "That we take all possible steps to avoid intruding into, or causing harm, to another Being". This governing "Principle of Liberty" can also be encapsulated as: "Do unto Others only as you would have them Do unto You".



Chapter 1:
ANCIENT PROPHECIES

Many Biblical predictions have for long told us clearly and graphically of the coming "Final Day of Judgment", the "Second Coming of The Christ" and of our final reward of an Ascension up to the Heavenly Realms.

The old Biblical "Final Day of Judgment" was traditionally divided into several different sequences, starting with the "Rapture", in which those who are "Just and Faithful to the Ways of the Lord" are lifted up to the Heavens to avoid the "Tribulation"which follows. Then will the "Wrath of the Lord"descend upon those who have failed their Final Judgment followed by a great Cleansing of Earth. A small "Remnant" who repent and learn to change their ways would possibly survive the Tribulation and emerge from their hiding places underground and in caves to commence a glorious new Millennium, a prophesied 1,000-year Golden Age of Peace, to be started off with the Second Coming of The Christ to Earth as the "Prince of Peace, King of Kings and Lord of Lords".

Isaiah describes the Tribulation graphically in the Old Testament:

"Behold the Day of the Lord cometh cruel both with wrath and fierce anger to lay the Land desolate: and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. For the Stars of Heaven and the Constellations thereof shall not give their Light: the Sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the Moon shall not cause her Light to shine. And I will punish the World for their evil and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogance of the Proud to cease, and will lay low the Haughtiness of the Terrible. I will make a Man more precious than fine gold; even a Man the Golden Wedge of Ophir. Therefore I will shake the Heavens, and the Earth shall remove out of her place". [Isaiah 13: 9-13]

The New Testament gives four major prophecies of the Final Day of Judgment and the Second Coming of The Christ: from the Apostles Mark, Luke and Matthew, and the Book of Revelations by St. John of the Island of Patmos.

In the Gospel according to St Luke, Jesus speaks of the "Signs before the End" and the "Second Coming":

"The Days will come, in which there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. Nation shall rise against Nation and Kingdom against Kingdom: and great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great Signs shall there be from Heaven.

And there shall be signs in the Sun, and in the Moon, and in the Stars; and upon the Earth distress of Nations, with perplexity; the sea and waves roaring; Men's hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the Earth: for the powers of Heaven shall be shaken.

And then shall they see the Son of Man coming in a Cloud with Power and Great Glory. And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your Redemption draweth nigh". [Luke 21: 6, 10, 25-28]

Likewise from St Matthew:

"For then shall be Great Tribulation, such as was not since the Beginning of the World to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And unless those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened. Immediately after the Tribulation of those Days shall the Sun be darkened, and the Moon shall not give her Light, and the Stars shall fall from Heaven, and the Powers of the Heavens shall be shaken. But of that day and hour knoweth no Man, no, not the Angels of Heaven, but my Father only". [Matthew 24: 21-22; 29, 36]

In the Book of Revelations, St John the Divine was given a Vision in which a High Angel broke Seven Seals, each containing a Revelation, a Future Vision:

"And I beheld when he had opened the Sixth Seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the Sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the Moon became as blood; and the Stars of Heaven fell unto the Earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

And the Heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

And when he had opened the Seventh Seal, there was silence in Heaven. And I saw the Seven Angels which stood before God; and to them were given Seven Trumpets.

The first Angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the Earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.

And the second Angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood; and the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.

And the third Angel sounded, and there fell a Great Star from Heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; and the name of the star is called Wormwood; and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.

And the Seventh Angel sounded; and there were great voices in Heaven, saying, "The Kingdoms of this World are become the Kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign for ever and ever". [Revelation 6:12-14; 8:1-2 & 7-11; 11:15]

The Buddhist tradition also foretells the end of the present civilization 2,500 years after the birth of the Buddha, at which time Mankind will be redeemed by Maitreya, the future Buddha. The exact birth year of the original Buddha is not known, but the earliest of several dates is 566 BC, thus confirming the timing of the predicted changes to occur after the end of the 20th Century.

In the early 1830s the Church of the Latter Day Saints was founded on the prophecies given to Joseph Smith by an Angelic Being, named Moroni, and on Smith's subsequent discovery, under Moroni's direction, of buried golden tablets of great antiquity inscribed with much Ancient Wisdom which was to become "The Book of Mormon".

The Mormon Teachings repeat the Biblical warnings of Great Judgments which were coming upon the Earth, with great desolations by famine, sword, and pestilence...

"And when that Day shall come they shall be visited of the Lord of Hosts, with thunder and with earthquake, and with a great noise, and with storm, and with tempest, and with the flame of devouring fire".

One of the best known of more recent Psychics and Clairvoyants, Edgar Cayce, gave between 1901 and 1945 thousands of trance 'Readings'. Cayce became well known for his trance diagnoses of illnesses and 'miracle' cures, later to be documented and confirmed by medical science. He also gave many predictions of future events which were to be proved unusually accurate. For the end of the Twentieth Century he predicted earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and catastrophic changes to the Earth's surface:

"The Earth will be broken up in many places. The early portion will see a change in the physical aspect of the West Coast of America. There will be open waters appearing in the Northern portions of Greenland. There will be New Lands seen off the Caribbean Sea, and dry land will appear. South America shall be shaken from the uppermost portion to the end, and in the Antarctic off Tierra del Fuego Land, and a strait with rushing waters..." [3976-15, Jan 19, 1934]

"The Earth will be broken up in the Western portion of America. The greater portion of Japan must go into the sea. The upper portion of Europe will be changed as in the twinkling of an eye. Land will appear off the East coast of America..."[3976-15, Jan 19, 1934]

"There will be upheavals in the Arctic and the Antarctic that will make for the eruptions of volcanoes in the Torrid areas, and there will then be the shifting of the Poles - so that where there have been frigid or semi-tropical areas, these will become the more tropical, and moss and fern will grow..." (3976-15, Jan 19, 1934)

"In the next few years, lands will appear in the Atlantic as well as in the Pacific. And what is the coastline now of many a land will be the bed of the ocean... Portions of the now East coast of New York, or New York City itself, will in the main disappear... while the southern portions of Carolina, Georgia, these will disappear". [1152-11, Aug 13, 1941]

Cayce also refers to Ancient Records of Atlantis hidden underground in a secret chamber near the Pyramid of Giza in Egypt, covering the entire History of Mankind from pre-Egypt to the end of the 20th Century - which is, said Cayce, "...that period when there is to be the change in the Earth's position, and the return of the Great Initiate to that and other Lands for the folding up of those Prophecies that are depicted there". [5748-5]

[From the "Life Readings" by EDGAR CAYCE. Copyright 1971, 1993, 1995 by the Edgar Cayce Foundation, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23451, U.S.A. and used by permission.]

As we consider the possibility and the implications of these predicted Earth Changes, we can be quite certain that physical changes of enormous magnitude have already occurred many times during Planet Earth's long History.

Chapter 2:
A HISTORY OF UPHEAVAL

We tend quite naturally to regard "our Earth" as a stable and unchanging home, a "sure stronghold" which could never be substantially disrupted. Our confidence may from time to time be shaken by major earthquakes and typhoons, but these soon pass over, and we prefer to regard them as minor temporary upsets in an otherwise comfortable and predictable environment. There is however much geological evidence of sudden and major structural changes having taken place on Planet Earth in the past; and it is not unreasonable to consider the possibility that what has happened in the past may well be repeated.

Historical accounts written many centuries ago bear witness to previous planetary disruptions. Immanuel Velikovsky has made a major contribution to research in this area; his "Worlds in Collision", written in 1950, assembles numerous Biblical and ancient historical references to such events, drawing substantially on contemporary accounts from the Middle East and lower Mexico.

He quotes, for example, a long inscription in hieroglyphics on a shrine of black granite found at El-Arish on the border of Egypt and Palestine. It reads: "The Land was in great affliction. Evil fell on this Earth. There was a great upheaval in the Residence. Nobody could leave the Palace during nine days, and during these nine days of upheaval there was such a tempest that neither Men nor Gods could see the faces of those beside them".

This inscription corresponds with the Bible, Exodus 10,22: "And there was a thick darkness in all the land of Egypt three days. They saw not one another, neither rose any from his place for three days".

East of Egypt, in Babylonia, the Eleventh Tablet of the 'Epic of Gilgamesh' refers to the same events:

"From out of the horizon rose a dark cloud and it rushed against the Earth; the land was shriveled by the heat of flames. Desolation stretched to Heaven; all that was bright was turned into darkness. Nor could a Brother distinguish his Brother. (For) six days the hurricane, deluge, and tempest continued sweeping the land, and all Humans back to their clay were returned".

The Ancient Egyptian Historian Ipuwer witnessed and survived this earthquake, recounting that:"The towns are destroyed, Upper Egypt has become a waste. All is ruin. The residence is overturned in a minute". [Papyrus Ipuwer 2:11, 3:13]

From his research into Ancient Documents, Velikovsky concludes that the Earth was forced out of its regular motion by the close approach of the body of a Comet: a major shock convulsed the Lithosphere, and the area of the Earthquake was the entire Globe. Terrific hurricanes swept the Earth because of the change or reversal of the angular velocity of rotation and because of the sweeping gases, dust, and cinders of the Comet.

He supports this contention of worldwide disruptions with similar quotations from historical records of Mexican tradition.

The Mexican sacred book "Popol-Vuh", the "Manuscript Cakchiquel", and the "Manuscript Troano" all record how the mountains in every part of the Western Hemisphere simultaneously gushed lava. The volcanoes that opened along the entire chain of the Cordilleras and in other mountain ranges and on flat land vomited fire, vapour, and torrents of lava.

Velikovsky quotes "Manuscript Troano" and other documents of the Mayas which describe a cosmic catastrophe during which the ocean fell upon the continent and a terrible hurricane swept the Earth. These records provide graphic accounts of hurricanes which broke up and carried away all towns and forests. Exploding volcanoes, tides sweeping over mountains, and raging winds threatened to annihilate Humankind, and actually did annihilate many species of animals. The face of the Earth changed, mountains collapsed, other mountains grew and rose over the onrushing cataract of water driven from oceanic spaces, numberless rivers lost their beds, and a wild tornado moved through the debris descending from the sky.

The ancients referred to the physical agent that brought darkness and swept away houses and trees and even rocks and mounds of earth as "Hurakan", from which our present word 'Hurricane' is derived. Hurakan, it is recorded, destroyed the major part of the Human Race. In the darkness swept by wind, resinous stuff fell from the sky and participated with fire on water in the destruction of the World. For five days, save for the burning naphtha and burning volcanoes, the World was dark, since the Sun did not appear.

In a later book,"Earth in Upheaval", Velikovsky supports Biblical and other historical references with currently visible geological evidence of past upheavals.

He describes, for example, an area in Alaska to the North of Mount McKinley which has a frozen layer of "muck" composed of a jumble of trees and extinct animals, such as the mammoth, mastodon and super-bison. This was analyzed by Professor F.C. Hibben of the University of New Mexico, who concluded:

"There is ample evidence that at least portions of this material were deposited under catastrophic conditions. Mammal remains are for the most part dismembered and dis-articulated, even though some fragments yet retain, in their frozen state, portions of ligaments, skin, hair, and flesh. Twisted and torn trees are piled in splintered masses. At least four considerable layers of volcanic ash may be traced in these deposits, although they are extremely warped and distorted.

"The presence of volcanic ash indicates that a volcanic eruption did take place, and repeatedly, in four consecutive stages of the same epoch; but it is also apparent that the trees could have been uprooted and splintered only by hurricane or flood or a combination of both agencies. The animals could have been dismembered only by a stupendous wave that lifted and carried and smashed and tore and buried millions of bodies and millions of trees. Also, the area of the catastrophe was much greater than the action of a few volcanoes could have covered."

During the late 1830s Hugh Miller made a special study of the Old Red Sandstone in Scotland in which an abundant aquatic fauna is embedded. The animals embedded within it are seen in very 'disturbed' positions. Miller writes: "Some terrible catastrophe involved in sudden destruction the fish of an area at least a hundred miles from boundary to boundary, perhaps more. The same platform in Orkney, as at Cromarty, is strewn thick with remains, which exhibit unequivocally the marks of violent death. The figures are contorted, contracted, curved; the tail in many instances is bent around to the head; the spines stick out; the fins are spread to the full, as in fish that die in convulsions."

In 1901 a quick-frozen mammoth was found in Beresovka, Siberia, so well preserved that its eyeballs were fully intact. It still had buttercups in its mouth and the content of its stomach indicated that it had been eating temperate-zone plants, no longer growing in that area. R.S. Lull, Director of the Peabody Museum at Yale, reports the discovery in his book "Organic Evolution", confirming that: "...a fractured hip and fore limb, a great mass of clotted blood in the chest, and unswallowed grass between the clenched teeth, all point to the violence and suddenness of its passing."

Rock geology shows that there have been major uplifts of land-masses around the globe. The great massif of the Himalayas is estimated to have risen to its present height since the last Ice Age of over 11,000 years ago. Likewise the Andes in South America also show evidence of having been thrust upwards eleven thousand years ago.

Many other researchers have identified evidence of major geological changes during our Planet's long history; indeed, there are many areas in which even a casual observer can see such evidence for him or herself, as for example when erosion shows cross-sections of hillsides miles from the present coastline displaying deposits of seashells.

An interesting example, quoted in "Doomsday 1999 A.D.", by Charles Berlitz, can be found in Bolivia. The stone city of Tiahuanaco is so old that its broken pottery shows pictures of Pleistocene animals. Although Tiahuanaco is now at an altitude of 13,500 feet, too high for a population to live, its docks and quays indicate that it was once a seaport and that it rose with the Andes when they were created 11,000 years ago.

Immanuel Velikovsky summarizes these sudden geological changes:

"Wherever we investigate the geological records of this Earth, we find signs of catastrophes and upheavals, old and recent.

"Mountains sprang from plains, and other mountains were levelled; strata of the terrestrial crust were folded and pressed together and overturned and moved and put on top of other formations. Igneous rock melted and flooded enormous areas of land with miles-thick sheets, and the ocean bed flowed with molten rock. Ashes were showered down and built layers many yards thick on the ground and on the bottom of the oceans in their vast expanse. The shores of ancient lakes were tilted and are no longer horizontal and the seacoasts show subsidence or emergence, in some places, of over one thousand feet.

"Rocks of the Earth are filled with remains of life extinguished in a state of agony. Sedimentary rocks are one vast graveyard, and the granite and basalt, too, have embedded in them numberless living organisms. Shells have closed valves as they do in a living state, so unexpectedly came the entombment. Vast forests were burned and washed away and covered with the waters of the seas and with sand and turned to coal. Animals were swept to the far north and thrown into heaps and were soaked by bituminous outpourings. Broken bones and torn ligaments and the skins of animals, both of living species and of extinct species, were smashed together with splintered forests into huge piles.

"The evidence is overwhelming that the great global catastrophes were either accompanied or caused by the shifting of the terrestrial axis, or by a disturbance in the diurnal and annual motions of the Earth. The shifting of the axis could not have been brought about by internal causes, but only under the impact of external forces. The state of lavas with reversed magnetization, hundreds of times more intense than the inverted terrestrial magnetic field could impart, reveals the nature of the forces that were in action".

['Earth in Upheaval', by Immanuel Velikovsky - 1955 - Buccaneer Books Inc., Cutchogue, NY, USA.]

Set against the wider time-frame of the many dramatic surface changes which have already occurred, current predictions of major physical 'Earth Changes' may now perhaps seem less extreme. There is plenty of evidence that the Planet's very geography has in fact been dramatically changed many times before, and likewise, there is no scientific evidence to support the contention that such changes will not happen yet again.

Human Earth civilizations have also come and gone. Most people today look at the story of Humanity and assume that it has lasted for only six thousand years or so, but there have in fact been many much older civilizations, such as Lemuria (or Mu) in the Pacific Ocean and the legendary Atlantis in the Atlantic Ocean.

Chapter 3:
PROPHETS OF OUR TIME

In March 1994, NBC television network broadcast a program entitled "Ancient Prophecies", covering both ancient and contemporary predictions of Earth Changes. It was seen by millions of American and Canadian viewers and prompted over 24,000 enquiries. A major feature was the prediction by Gordon-Michael Scallion of violent and significant geological changes coming to Earth by the end of the Millennium. Although these events have not yet manifested, they still remain a potential possibility for the near future, and therefore their details are worth taking into consideration.

Mr. Scallion had worked in the field of communications and education until 1979, when he experienced a health crisis which left him with the 'gift of prophecy'. Some of his more notable prophecies were the 1992 Californian earthquakes on April 22 and June 28, Hurricane Andrew in Florida, and the Mississippi floods of 1993.

Viewers of the March 1994 program were shown a Future Map of the United States: 1998-2001 which Mr Scallion had visualized through his inner sight. Published by his company Matrix Institute, the map showed major geological changes in the United States occurring in two distinct phases:

A first super-mega California earthquake in the 10-15 magnitude range causes a fracture along a line from Eureka to Bakersfield and southwest to the Gulf of California-Baja. Gaps and fissures occur running the length of the San Joaquin and Sacramento Valleys. Flooding inundates much of the coastal area of California, causing some of the existing land mass to become islands.

In a second major Californian earthquake the Central North American Plate is thrust violently upward on a tilt, causing much of California to go under the sea. Higher elevations remain as islands and become known as the Isles of California. A large part of the land mass west of a line running from Newport Oregon to Tucson Arizona breaks away and sinks within minutes. This line forms the new West Coast of the United States, and with Phoenix, Arizona, becoming a major seaport.

Along the Eastern seaboard, coastlines from Maine to Florida are also pushed inland for many miles. Atlanta Georgia becomes a new seaport. Florida is reduced in size by more than half and all the Florida Keys disappear beneath the sea.

In the center of the American continent, a wide belt of water floods the Mississippi basin, connecting up with the Great Lakes, which themselves rise and expand, cutting off the Eastern part of the United States from the West and effectively creating two separate landmasses.

Mr. Scallion envisaged the Earth's magnetic pole shifting twice to the west: seven degrees at first, and then a further six degrees as a result of magna displacement through a shifting of the Earth's core. As a contributory element he saw a large heavenly body entering our solar system, the "Blue Star", causing a realignment of Earth's position within the system.

We should always bear in mind that although these events have not yet manifested themselves, they are all potentialities that can be seen from higher spiritual planes. Although they have in fact been delayed and greatly modified by the relatively good progress made by Humanity since that time, elements of them will nonetheless still manifest, although probably to a lesser degree, and at the appropriately set Divine time for our final Ascension.

Another 'Future Map' of America was channeled through Lori Adaile Toye, between 1988 and 1991, transmitted jointly by the Ascended Masters Saint Germain, Kuthumi, El Morya, Mother Mary, Sanat Kumara, Sananda, and other Masters of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy. It was published as the 'New World Atlas' by Seventh Ray Publishing of Payson Arizona.

This material demonstrated remarkable similarities with the map produced by Mr Scallion. Much of the American West Coast was to be inundated, from Washington State down to southern Oregon, with the ocean covering most of California, Nevada and Utah. This created a new coastline extending from the Rocky Mountains, near Denver, down to Phoenix, Arizona. Similarly the Mississippi River on this map expands into a wide inlet, running up to an enlarged Great Lakes area, with the East Coast partially flooded, and the bottom tip of Florida sinking under the ocean.

Again much of the same outline was prophesied from yet another source:

Hypnotic past-life regression is an established technique in which the patient under hypnosis is able to recall specific episodes from his or her past life or lives. The pioneering past-life and prenatal work of Dr Helen Wambach PhD is reviewed in her two published books Recalling Past Lives (Harper & Row 1978) and Life Before Life (Bantam Books 1979). Having demonstrated this technique to her satisfaction during a series of group workshops, Dr Wambach wondered how it would work when applied to the future. She therefore began giving similar workshops offering participants a chance to look ahead at their possible future lives through hypnotic progression, projection not into the past, but into the future.

Dr Wambach was at that time being assisted in her research and experiments by Dr Chet Snow PhD, who also then himself became her subject for a series of future life projections in 1983. Dr Snow was at that time an historian/archivist working as a civilian employee of the United States Air Force, subsequently obtaining a Hypno-therapy certification and now practising regression therapy. The fascinating record of these future projections under hypnosis is related in Dr Snow's book "Mass Dreams of the Future".

Under hypnosis, Dr Snow described, aloud, visions of his future life at the end of the 20th Century. Here he sees himself living on a remote ranch north of Phoenix Arizona, in a small community which had been set up both as a school for the development of psychic communication skills (mental telepathy) and as a survival base for the foreseen coming 'Earth Changes'.

He recounts that their small community was then busy laying-in stocks of food and other supplies, which were now becoming both expensive and scarce through changing weather patterns. In the world news, the weather was becoming increasingly unpredictable, with freak storms, record heat and cold periods, drought and exceptional rainfall around the globe. The world stock markets and financial systems were also collapsing.

In a time period of a year later, Dr Snow was made aware that a major earthquake had just hit the Pacific Rim area. The coastline areas of southern California had sunk, submerging the once densely built-up coastal areas under the sea. Mount Fuji had erupted, causing much of Japan to sink and triggering a chain of earthquakes and eruptions all around the Pacific 'Ring of Fire', including the West Coast of America right up into Alaska.

By the end of two weeks, television and radio were now telling everyone that "the worst is over". As Dr Snow, still under hypnosis, recounted: "The water is receding slowly and we'll just have to adjust to the new situation. The Federal Government is already setting up temporary relocation centers farther inland and everyone is talking of rebuilding. A lot of cropland has been permanently lost however, not to mention so much of the Southern California coastline."

Moving forward a couple of months, he reports that there followed in Southern California a far more devastating earthquake than the previous one: "It accelerated the sinking of major areas along the West Coast so that the coastline moved up to within a couple of hundred miles of Phoenix Arizona, and only the mountain areas remained above water all the way up to Oregon. In the south, the Gulf of Mexico surged inward over Texas; our part of Arizona was more or less cut off to both the east and west by water."

Moving yet further ahead in time, Dr Snow continues: "At first everything appeared totally black around me. Then I realized that the sky was completely dark now. The weather had also worsened as tons of dust and volcanic ash were thrown into the atmosphere by this second series of eruptions. Although the worst occurred during the first few weeks of havoc, the Sun simply did not return. Most green vegetation in a wide belt of the temperate zone withered and died."

['Mass Dreams of the Future', by Chet B. Snow and Helen Wambach - Deep Forest Press, Crest Park, CA - 1993]

One must bear in mind when considering such predictions, that all timings and sequences of future events can never be entirely accurate, as projection forward in time can only be made up of potential future. In all evolutionary progress, a sequence of real-life "cause-and-effect" events must always first of all take place, constantly being subjected to the changing modifications of individual "free will". Although a fairly accurate view projected forward is possible from higher planes, Humanity's inherent gift of "free will" causes unexpected modifications in any future sequence of events. Also, any future direction these take is always subject to the total progress of Humanity's "Collective Consciousness" during that period. This explains why we our now being informed by "Higher Sources" that much of the severity of the previously predicted "Earth Changes" has since been greatly modified, thanks to the fairly rapid spiritual and evolutionary progress of Humanity in recent years.

And now, approaching predictions of future Earth Changes from a totally different source, there have been since World War II an enormous quantity of channeled communications from Higher Spiritual Realms on the coming Earth Changes. A few selected examples follow:

The Master Hilarion, an Ascended Member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy:

"The cities will become piles of rubble. The beautiful woodland scenes will be flattened by the might of terrible storms. Great earthquakes will rip the mantle of the Planet apart in a patchwork of destruction never before seen on the Planet in the entire History of the Race.

"Continents sunk thousands of years ago will rear up out of the ocean to show man that his civilization is not the first, and that this is not the first time that his efforts have been crushed by catastrophe.

"The atmospheric storms, which will roar across the surface, will tear down forests of trees at a single swipe, and raise water out of the natural reservoirs of lake and ocean to spread destruction and inundation far inland from the shore. Nothing will remain of the once-vaunted civilization that men have built for themselves.

"During the last portion of the Tribulation, the light of the Sun and the Moon will be shrouded out completely for long periods, and the very air that is breathed will turn to a foul miasma in the lungs."

[HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in "The Nature of Reality". Published 1979. Marcus Books, Bradford , Ontario, Canada]

The Master Jesus-Sananda:

"And there shall be a mighty earthquake and it shall split in twain the country of North America, and it shall be as nothing the World has known before, for it shall be that there shall be a great part of the Great Land of the North Continent go down, and a great sea shall form within her center part from Canada into the Gulf of Mexico.

"And the waters of the Mediterranean shall wash over the land to the North, unto the Polar Zone, and it shall return unto its place, and the Black Sea and the Mediterranean shall become one sea. And there shall be great changes within the borders of Asia.

"Africa shall be changed - her shoreline shall be broken to the West, and great rivers shall flow within the desert.

"Ye have been told time and time again that the Earth shall shift upon her axis, and so shall she. There shall be a change of climate. That which is now the barren North shall become semi-tropical. Trees shall bear semi-tropical fruit and the fauna shall be that of a new species. And that which is the impassable barrier of the South Pole shall be penetrated and Man shall discover a new continent within."

[JESUS-SANANDA, channeled by Sister Thedra in 'The Prophecies From Other Planets Concerning Our Earth' - The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona]

Brother Philip, of the Abbey of the Brotherhood of the Seven Rays in the Peruvian Andes near Lake Titicaca, gives us transcripts channeled from the 'Great White Brotherhood' in his book "Secret of the Andes". He quotes Sanat Kumara, a highly evolved Master from Venus who assumed the role of 'Planetary Logos of Earth' over 18 million years ago:

"And now we enter this great period of Initiation. The skies of Earth will become fantastic. I say verily that pen has not recorded nor voice uttered that which shall become a great sign and display in the skies of the Earth, for the Elements themselves will have control for a short period of time. There will be great rainstorms and floods. You have heard how it rained forty days and nights. That is nothing compared to what it will rain. Perhaps it would be forty months. The entire face of the Earth shall change. It will become unrecognizable.

"Very soon the winds shall howl, sooner than we can realize. It is already upon us, for I have witnessed it on the plane which is just above that of physical expression upon the Earth, and that means that if it descends one more plane it shall find reality."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in "Secret of the Andes" - Leaves of Grass Press, Novato, California.]

Another source of channeled information originates from the 7 Star Systems of the Pleiades. The Pleiadians are a planetary Race which has been closely connected with Earth and the Human Race since our early arrival on this Planet; they themselves come from the same Human evolutionary roots in distant pre-Earth times on other Planets. They have developed a prosperous and peaceful society within their own 7-Star System, and have always maintained a close watch over Earth's development down through the ages. In the book "The Pleiadian Workbook", channeled by Amorah Quan Yin, the 'Pleiadian Emissaries of Light', speaking through their spokesperson, Ra, give an important insight into the wider context of the coming Earth Changes:

"You and your Planet are undergoing a unique and wondrous transition in your spiritual evolution at this time. You are preparing for a quantum leap unlike any that has ever occurred before. In order to help you understand this more fully, I must first tell you about the orbit of the entire Galaxy around the Great Central Sun of All That Is. Just like your 'Solar Ring' (our term for a 'Solar System') orbits around the Galactic Center, the Galaxy itself moves through space in the form of continual, connecting circles, like a great Cosmic Spiral.

"At the completion point of a multi billion-year single circular orbit around the Great Central Sun, our Galaxy connects diagonally to the next 'Ring' on the Great Cosmic Spiral. When this diagonal move from one Ring of the Great Cosmic Spiral to the next takes place, all of the Planets, Solar Systems, and their inhabitants simultaneously take an 'Initiation' step into a new evolutionary cycle. This is occurring now. You are not only at the end of a 26,000-year Earth/Sun/Pleiadian cycle; the entire Pleiadian system, which includes this Solar ring, is at the end of a 230,000,000-year orbit around the Galactic Center, and the entire Galaxy is at the completion of its infinitely longer orbit around the Great Central Sun....

"Prior to the end of 2012, Earth will undergo a spiritual and physical house-cleaning, corresponding to what have commonly been called the 'Earth Changes'. These changes, which have already begun, intensify both externally and internally as your Solar Ring moves deeper into the Photon Band, a high-frequency Cosmic emanation from the Galactic Center. You have been in and out of the edges of this Photon Band for a few years now, and, not long after the start of the new Millenium, will be completely immersed in this Photonic Band for the next 2000 years.

"Floods, earthquakes, changes in land masses, volcanic eruptions, and finally a complete Pole Shift, will all take place within the following years, at which time the Galactic Solar Initiation of Earth, as a Mystery School and a new Home for the Cities of Light, will finally take place. You who now live on Earth must choose whether or not you are ready to become spiritually responsible Human Beings in order to remain on Earth beyond that time. Those who do not wish to remain on Earth will be taken to another Planet in a different part of the Galaxy where karmic lessons and Third-dimensional evolution will continue."

[Ra, spokesperson for the collective Pleiadians Emissaries of Light, channeled by Amorah Quan Yin, in "The Pleiadian Workbook", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]

A more detailed background on the nature of the Photon Belt/Band is given to us from another Pleiadian Source, in this case by Satya, Astrologer, Keeper of the Records for the Pleiades and the Central Pleiadian Library of Alcyone. Alcyone not only is the Central Star of the Pleiadian Constellation, but also functions as the Great Central Star within this quadrant of the Milky-Way Galaxy for our own Solar System.

"Your own Sun is spinning as the "Eighth" Star of the 7-Star Pleiadian spiral, and the Pleiades are themselves spiraling within the Galaxy as the whole Galaxy spins on its axis. Your Solar System travels through the Photon Belt and when Earth precesses the Ages of Leo and Aquarius, and then you orbit through the "Galactic Night" during all the other zodiacal polarities of the Great Ages - Cancer/Capricorn, Gemini/Sagittarius, Taurus/Scorpio, Aries/Libra, and Pices/Virgo. At this time, you are moving into the Photon Band as you are leaving the Age of Pices and moving into the Age of Aquarius.

"Photon Bands are 7th-Dimensional "Donuts of Light" that emanate from the vertical axis of the Galactic Center. They spin around and around through the Galactic Center into the darkness of the Galactic Night. Galactic Centers [which is a central Galaxy vortex that appears as a "Black Hole"] are of 9th-Dimensional pure darkness, and yet, as they spin on their axes, the astounding power of their vortexes shoots out 9th-Dimensional Galactic Synchronization Beams. These Synchronization Beams spin out of the Black-Hole Galactic Centers, torqued by the Galactic axial spin. These beams, belts, axes, and horizontal planes with Black Hole vortexes in their centers are 8th-Dimension organizational systems of intelligence. In the Milky Way Galaxy, this 8th Dimensional brilliance is part of the Light that belongs to the Galactic Federation, holding the Galaxy in form by means of the "information-highway" of Photon Bands. All Stars existing permanently within the several Photon Bands generate spirals that capture other Stars, and these special "Photon Stars", such as Alcyone, then function as Galactic Federation Libraries.

"Your Sun is linked to the Pleiades by means of a spiral of Stellar Light radiating out from Alcyone. Star Light is 5th-Dimensional Light that moves out through the Stars of the Pleiades - out from Alcyone, through the Pleiadian Stars of Merope, Maya, Electra, Taygeta, Coele, and finally via Atlas to your Sun. Thus in your legends, Atlas holds Earth on His shoulders in space. Each Pleiadian Star, except Alcyone, which is located in the Photon Band eternally, travels through the 7th-Dimensional Photon Band for 2000 years of Earth time. Each Star in the system then travels through the Galactic Night for varying lengths of Earth time.

"The Stars close to Alcyone, such as Merope and Maya, are in the Photon Belt for more time than they are in the Galactic Night. Your Solar System spends the most time out in the Galactic Night - 11,000 years in the Dark and 2000 years in the Light. What does this mean? Various members of the Solar System become very dense while in the Galactic Night, and this generates experiences called "Karma" - emotional feelings in your 4th-Dimensional Astral Bodies at the Spiritual Plane level that seek expression and then translate as actions down on the Third Dimension physical worlds. Bodies traveling in the 7th-D Photon Bands become less dense, more multidimensional. As a result, their acquisition of the Photon Light cleanses their emotional bodies and intensifies vibrations in physical bodies.

"The 7th-Dimensional "donuts" of Photonic Light coming from the Galactic Center are information highways that stimulate the nature of "curiosity". The desire for "Union", for "Twinning", for new expressions of both sides of a Duality, derive from this passion of seeking. This seeking is what causes the rods of 7th-D Photonic Light to curl back on themselves to the Galactic Center, forming them into "donuts". The Galaxy would disintegrate into empty space without the nucleus of gravity in the Central vortex, from which pulses of Photonic Light then shoot out.

"See your own Solar System as a disk with the Sun in the center and all the Planets whirling around it. That disk is divided into twelve zones, the Twelve Great Ages of the Zodiac. As the Planets move through these Zodiacal Zones, you can locate where a Planet is in relationship to the Sun in these Zones with astronomical Ephemerides. For now, it is enough for you to know that Earth first entered the Photon Belt during the Spring Equinox of 1987 and has been steadily moving into it further - one week more each side of that entry point each year. The border of Photonic Light is currently inching across the disk of your Solar System. Earth was first in the Photon Belt from March 16 to 23 in 1987, then for three weeks in 1988. The Photonic slice in the Solar Disk increases by two weeks each year, and precisely half of your Solar System will be immersed when the Photon Belt reaches your Sun by the Winter Solstice 1998. Eventually Earth's entire orbital path will probably be engulfed in this tidal wave of Light some time after the Winter Solstice of 2012. Eventually, your whole Solar System will be totally in the Photon Band. During the next 2000 years, it will be travelling all the way through it."

[Satya, channeled through Barbara Hand Clow, in "The Pleiadian Agenda", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]

Our forthcoming LIGHT BODY through Mary Mageau

Humanity is experiencing a great awakening as we currently enter this time of transformation. Many of us are searching for deeper meaning in our lives as we change jobs, end old relationships, begin new ones, relocate to new places and dream bold, creative new dreams. All around us we witness to the fact that ordinary people are now asking questions, demanding answers and requesting greater accountability from our governments, churches and large institutions that hold power over us. And what is the driving force behind these world wide events? This scenario for change that is occurring everywhere is being driven by the waves of Light that are continually bombarding our Solar System and the Earth plane. And in the near future all who choose to fully participate in the new raising of consciousness will be transmuted into higher dimensional bodies of Light

Within a 2,000 year period our Solar System passes through a band of extreme high energy. This band has been referred to as the Menasic Radiation or the Photon Belt. It is a period of intense "Light" that we have now entered and which will bring all life forms within it into a new and higher vibration. This Photon Light-energy has the capacity to lift all of life into a higher frequency dimension. It carries the seeds for the potential enlightenment of all Beings as the atomic structures within the very cells of our bodies, are tuning themselves to match the rising frequencies. We are shifting from a Third-dimensional carbon based body (that is, from one that matches the 3D vibratory rate and direction of atomic spin characterized by the electrons that make up carbon) to a Fifth or higher dimensional crystalline body (that is to one that matches the 5D atomic spin and frequency of crystal). So too the bodies of animals, plant life and all upon and within Earth are making this transition with us, as is our entire Galaxy.

Our Light Bodies are also being activated as these new energies recalibrate our dormant DNA strands that contain the blueprint of ourselves as Divine and fully Conscious Beings. Currently most of Humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA, intertwined into a double helix. This portion of our DNA structure contains information pertaining to our biology - such as our individual features and the genetic information passed on through our family lines, e.g.: a paternal grandfather's tendency toward arthritis, or a mother's genes for musical talent. These two strands also hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part of our DNA structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the Human Being, one that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded that the Human Being consists of a Soul embedded within a biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also contain spiritual information. And if this is so what has become of it?

Many of these spiritual elements were deliberately turned off in our ancient history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a Human Being. Very Dark-energy Extraterrestrial forces, who were also Genetic Engineers, desired to keep the development of Humankind firmly under their control. They achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear and domination. This event occurred in Atlantis, over 13,000 years ago, when the Human DNA molecule was breached. When these Dark Forces unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were able to shut down and isolate many of its strands and Human DNA was reduced to only a double helix. The disconnection of our original DNA manipulation resulted in a 'Veil' being placed between our five physical senses and our spiritual awareness. However there was a promise given from the Higher Realms. At some time in our future we would be allowed to develop again according to the Divine blueprint of the Original Plan. In the meantime Humanity had to undergo a long and painful period of spiritual development. Those guiding our spiritual heritage have sent Representatives to assist us to elevate our thoughts and desires, so as to grow spiritually and regain our lost abilities. These Advanced Souls include the Prophets, Jesus Christ, Muhammed, the Buddha, Archangel Michael and many others.

[Mary Mageau White (Sestriel)]

Chapter 4:
CLEANSING PLANET EARTH

Just as many of us may prefer to view our Planet as timelessly stable and unchanging, closing our minds to past and possible future disruptions, many also have a parallel view of Planet Earth as an inanimate object which we may exploit and abuse at our pleasure.

The 'Higher Wisdom' however gives us a view which is now gaining increasingly wide acceptance on Earth: that Mother Earth/Gaia is a living sentient Being, to whom we owe not just our respect, but the privilege of being permitted to reside and evolve upon Her surface.

Goddess Mother Earth, or Gaia, as she is also known, is a very High Being belonging to an earlier wave of Creative Light Beings. She is correctly referred to in the "female" as she has retained a certain predominantly female characteristic. Having already completed her own first Great Cycle of Evolution and returned to the Godhead in a past Great Universal Age, she was then given further 'Higher Service', a chance to become a "Planetary Being" through "ensouling" the body of Planet Earth. She was later given the assistance of a 'Planetary Logos', usually a highly evolved soul who maintains contact between all the evolving sentient lifeforms within and on the surface of a Planet and its ensouling Being. Up to now this has been the role of Lord Sanat Kumara, who was originally trained for this service on Planet Venus and to where he has now returned. It is he who has provided the vital link between Mother Earth and the Mineral, Plant, Animal and Human Kingdoms. However, at this time of the great Changes of Age, he himself will be shortly moving up to even higher service in another area of the Universe.

The Master ZEN TAO: "That Being whom you know as Mother Earth, the Goddess Gaia, is a very powerful Being, possessing profound wisdom and power. By the invocation of a single word she can transform the whole nature of her Being. Although she has released partial dominion on her surface to Humanity as Planetary Guardians of the mineral, plant and animal life so that Humanity may learn therefrom, ultimately Gaia controls the Planet and the nature of what manifests on its surface. Nature is her nature.

"This Planet is now approaching a time in its evolutionary cycle when it will change dramatically, rather like a snake throwing off its old skin. Every so many thousands of years, no matter whether Humanity is incarnated on Earth or not, this Planet goes through a metamorphic change as part of its natural cycle. As our physical bodies replace themselves every seven years, so does the Planet's body. This is essential for the Planet in order to preserve the creative, the reproductive nature of its Being. So at its appointed time the Planet goes through a cycle of transformation. This necessarily involves major movement of the Planet's landmasses, movement of the waters, and the restructuring of the matter of the Earth."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

We should recognise, however, that the need for a thorough cleansing of Planet Earth at this time is more than a matter of regular end-of-cycle procedure.

Planet Earth has up to now served as Host to many Souls of younger evolution and also of many more aggressive and destructive Souls from other parts of the Universe for a period of over twenty six million years. Earth is well-known within our Milky Way Galaxy as being a "School of Hard Lessons" for resolving all the aggressive and destructive tendencies that have arisen out of yet undeveloped emotional Heart-centers which yet lack the qualities of caring and love. Many throughout the Universe have chosen, whilst resting on the Higher Spiritual Planes between physical incarnations, to come here in order to work out their naturally aggressive and destructive tendencies. This they eventually achieve through the outworkings of the Law of Karma when living within a relatively harsh and backward physical World filled with conflict.

There are also many millions of young "Ascendant Souls", commencing out on their long evolutionary path of eventually becoming fully Conscious Human Beings, who have been placed on Planet Earth to learn their first elementary lessons after moving up from the Animal Kingdom. Here they have to first learn the social arts of containing conflict between themselves, developing their environment and creating a functioning economic system. And here they have their first chance to learn to discriminate between "Good" and "Evil", and over time develop a more fundamental respect for the "Sanctity of Life". By living through much painful conflict generated amongst themselves, they will gradually begin to see the advantages of not always resorting to pursuing their own self-interest at the expense of others and thus possibly harming them. They are forced to learn when life becomes particularly difficult, to overcome their initial natural reaction to kill and maim each other in order to get what they want, especially when these actions are rapidly turned back upon themselves by those they have attacked. The poor economic and environmental difficulties they often find themselves in are usually the result of their own inability to properly organize themselves socially and economically. Thus they soon need to become aware of developing, or to be instructed in, the social arts of politics and economics for their future well-being.

From the Higher Spiritual Planes there can be seen over Planet Earth a surrounding great black cloud of negative thought that has been developing over a long period within the Ethers surrounding Earth. This great cloud of black negativity is now at last being finally cleansed at this time of the "Ending" of a long Universal Age. This largely being done through Humanity at last now resolving and cleansing all of its past Karma. However, there still remains a major physical "Cleansing of the Planet" to be done to all the massive damage, pollution and detritus left on Earth's surface done by Humanity:

SANAT KUMARA: "Before the New Age can begin on Earth, our Planet will be rewarded for its years of service at the lowest level, by undergoing a thorough cleansing of its surface, removing and neutralizing our cumulative environmental damage and the dark cloud of accumulated negative thought which now surrounds us.

"The physical manifestation of this Great Cleansing will be precipitated by a tilting of the Earth's axis, resulting in the Planet being literally 'shaken up'. This will cause an expansion of her molecules to a more tenuous, less dense aggregation, thus allowing a higher vibration rate.

"The cause of the destruction that shall come upon the Earth is from Man's own thinking. And Nature's Elements! They are intelligent life! They are part of the Infinite One, and because they are part of the Infinite One they will not respond to Man's negative thinking any longer. And they will rebel, causing great tidal waves and great winds."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in "Secret of the Andes" - Leaves of Grass Press, NOVATO California]

The Master ZEN TAO: "The Mineral Kingdom is under the control of Humanity. Humanity influences the Mineral Kingdom by its own thought-forms, by its own patterns of behaviour. Humanity can, and must, co-operate with that Kingdom if it is to continue on its evolutionary path on the Planet Earth, but for so long has the Mineral Kingdom been abused and vandalized by Humanity in order to serve its own ends, no matter what the cost to the Mineral Kingdom, that this co-operation has broken down. It is because of this that Humanity now approaches a time of Planetary Transformation, when the minerals of the Planet will move, will vibrate to a different note. If Humanity does not change to that note, does not recognize it, then it will perish.

"So be aware that this moment of Rebirth is coming. The timing and the nature of the Changes are known only to the Creator. Whilst Humanity can, and will influence these Changes, it can not and will not prevent their happening. The test for Humanity lies in its acceptance of the Earth Changes as a natural and necessary happening, as an event which it has chosen to experience."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

Because Planet Earth has largely performed a role as a 'Sacrificial Host' to the less evolved and the more aggressive/destructive types of Humanity, she has suffered considerable physical abuse and pollution to her Planetary Body. Further evidence of Planet Earth's great sacrifice is offered in this beautiful testimony by the Angelic Being, ELOUAI:

"Greetings to you, my Beloveds. I am Elouai and I am a "Builder" of manifested Matter. I am not upon your Human line of evolution, but I am not one of what you call the Nature Forces. I stand with a company of others outside your Planet. I am not a space Being from another Planet. My home is within the higher dimensional vibrations of space. I want to communicate to you what we feel about your Earth and your work. My companions and I are among those who dwelt in space and were brought here long ages ago as companions of the Solar Logos who created this particular Solar System.

"We are the Builders within his Solar Realm. Every Planet that is formed is in a dynamic state of life and of growth, drawing to itself the substances of nourishment and releasing that which it cannot assimilate. Thus, there are those forms and manifestations of energy in creation which are the unused, unintegrated, unresolved and untransmuted results of the creative process.

"As in all Living Systems, until perfection and complete wholeness are achieved, there are in the Body of the Solar Logos, which is the Solar System and all its Planets on all their levels of being, those forces and energies which correspond to waste material. These must be transmuted and reintegrated into the cycle of life as raw material for future creativity. In the evolutionary movement forward through time, this residue which is left behind must be gathered up and purified, and then returned to the Creative Cycle; it cannot be allowed to accumulate or to express itself within the evolving body as centres of unintegrated and separate energies existing out of timing and out of place, hence becoming sources of evil.

"Please understand that for various reasons, Earth was set aside for the special task of being the 'Purifier' for your Solar System for a period of time. Hence, there were attracted to your World those elements which I have mentioned of unresolved, unintegrated matter, energy and life to be harnessed into the denser nature of material form. Left in their exposed state, these energies had the power to impact harmfully upon the sensitive fabric of the Solar Being and upon the other Planets and their life-forms, being like a toxin within the systems of your own bodies.

"However, by being encapsulated into dense matter within the body of Earth, their vibrations could be slowed down and shielded from the body of the whole until these energies could be purified and reintegrated harmoniously and in Love into the whole. As this was done, the Purifiers and Redeemers came to Earth as well as those who will yet be Purifiers and Redeemers in destinies yet unperceived and perhaps undreamed of by you. Earth became a schoolhouse in the experiences of confronting and resolving the challenges of primitive creativity and evolution.

"Your Planet became an arena for the interplay of the forces of Evolution on many levels and the forces of Non-integrated Life and Energy from many sources, some quite primitive and others more evolved, but all within a sidetrack of evolution that placed these energies outside the communion of the whole. Thus, Earth became analogous to a kidney in the body of the Solar System, regulating and transmuting the energies throughout the System, removing impurities and returning to the body of the whole only what is harmonious and integrated with the progressive evolution of the whole. Beings who had become tainted with energies of retrogressive evolution or devolution would come to Earth to be cleansed and reunited with the whole.

"In this fashion, your Planet has performed a tremendous service to all Lifestreams and all Planetary Systems within the Solar family, enabling them to continue their patterns of development with greater ease.

"No Planet or Being is asked to perform such a transmutative and sacrificial task endlessly, nor is it allowed to do so. The time must come when it takes up its own pattern of growth, new service and development. Now Earth seeks and is given Her redemption in a vast initiatory process occurring throughout the total body and life of the Solar Father. We who have associated with Earth since Her inception, now look upon this time as one of beauty without measure, joy without comparison.

"Those forms which still remain within unregenerated aspects of primitive and separative expression will be lovingly removed, with respect for their essential Divine nature, to other areas which have newly taken on the transmutative function. Now a vast work of purification is upon us to cleanse and beautify Earth as one would beautify and enrobe a bride before her marriage; in this fashion we greet Earth in Her time of great joy and accomplishment. This event seeks its expression through your hearts and minds and your dedication.

"Earth will always remain a place of special strength and contribution. Now she must progress with Her own evolution more rapidly than she could do if she remained within the service of transmutation. Because of this, you now see a great flood of population incarnating in order to take this opportunity for purification that they may maintain their link with Solar evolution; otherwise they must sleep the Long Sleep to be reawakened in a future time in a future land."

[ELOUAI, an Angelic Being channeled in "Links With Space", published 1970 by Findhorn Press, Findhorn, Forres, Scotland]

Those who continue to fear the possibility of the coming "Earth Changes", should perhaps consider whether in fact our present civilization, with its sprawling Human development and pollution across the surface, as well as with so much poverty and starvation and constant wars is in fact really so worthy of continuance. On higher levels, the Ascension of Humanity and the rejuvenation of Planet Earth, regarded as one of the most naturally beautiful Planets within our Galaxy, is in fact seen as a coming event of great joy.

SANAT KUMARA: "The Earth is a beautiful World, vastly more beautiful than some of its neighbours. I have always loved the Earth beyond all other creations, for I see within it a melody that has not yet escaped into the Ethers. I see it crying as one bound! But it shall not be deprived its Celestial Song much longer."

THE COUNCIL OF NINE (A high level circle of Great Beings whose role is to maintain the energy-balances within the Universe):

"May we explain to you that your Planet Earth is the most beautiful that exists in the Universe. It has a physical variety that no other Planet has. It has a varied climate that no other Planet has. In all the Universe there is no Planet in existence that has the physical characteristics of Planet Earth. It is the rarest of beauties, and it does attract Souls which, once they have come, would like to come back again.

"It is of a different nature from any other Planet. It has aspects of all the Planets: it is like a composite of the Universe, with all the positive and all the negative aspects, and all in between, and this is what attracts Souls. It has with it a gravitational pull that is different from other Planets, and because of this a Soul begins to feel – for the first time – a physicalness. Souls become adapted to their physical bodies, and they forget the freedom and pleasures they have without it... The Planet is a dense Planet, and it in turn then gives a different feeling to the body, but it is actually experienced within the Soul of the individual. It feels pain, it feels pleasure, it feels sorrow, it feels happiness. The physical body has different feelings than in all the other Planets and in all the other Souls that exist. In other Systems, other Galaxies, there are other physical Beings that do not have the density of this Planet. Here on Earth the Soul begins to feel in a different way than it had before, and it has the emotional feel of desire. It is pleasure and pain. Yet this has become very important for the evolutionary growth of the Planet, because it was originally the "Planet of Balance".

"The Earth was created to be a Paradise. When Souls achieve harmony it will become a Paradise again. But when we say a Paradise we speak of a Paradise of Creativity, one that brings knowledge, one that brings joy and Love; a Paradise in which people may heal themselves or may even experience pain, if they wish. It is not a Paradise where all challenge, all growth, or all pain will be removed. It will be a Paradise where people, through their own experience, may evolve their own understanding of their connection with the Universe, accept their own responsibility for themselves, for their fellows, for Planet Earth, and therefore for the Universe, and may bring all of that, including themselves, into perfection."

"This your Planet is a Planet of Balance , for you to learn to balance between the Physical and Spiritual Worlds. Planet Earth is the only one of its kind, the only Planet of total Free Choice/Free Will in the entire Universe, the only Planet created for the balancing of the spiritual with the physical, in other words, the creating of Paradise.

"Humanity has created corruption within, which came about because people became more involved in physicalness than in attempting to balance and understand. But now your Planet Earth is at a point where it may move out of balance quicker than at any other point. This is time for Humanity to begin to understand this, to live on this Planet of great beauty with a true balance of spiritual and physical, and to live in unity with the Creator. Your purpose is to live in true balance, in manifestation of Love, in connection with the Creator, in that which was created..."

"It is a Time of Awakening. It is a time to understand that within the self, people hold the key for bringing Planet Earth to its fulfillment; and that free will is never interfered with; and the destruction of Planet Earth is not necessary. This must be understood clearly, for the free will of Humankind can bring fulfillment to Planet Earth.

"Planet Earth is on the threshold of transformation. It is on the threshold of releasing Souls and Beings from bondage, so they may continue to elevate, and purify Planet Earth so the Universe may continue its path… When the Souls on Earth have finally recognized their reality and understood, they can then be released, and they can provide teachings and understandings for others in other Galaxies and Solar Systems in the Universe… It is a glorious time right now to live on your Planet Earth in physical form."

[The Council of Nine channeled by Tom - "The Only Planet of Choice" compiled by Phyllis V. Schlemmer & Palden Jenkins, published 1993 by Gateway Books, Wellow, BATH, Britain. ISBN 1 85860 004 9]


Chapter 5:
THE HIGHER PLAN

The Planetary Being known as Gaia/Mother Earth, having reached a certain point of major change in her development, now awaits her initiation to the Fifth Dimensional Plane. She is held back only by the slowness of her surface Humanity to raise its own vibration rate and consciousness and thereby undertake a joint 'Ascension'. The resolution of negative conflict between the various members of Humanity is still a matter in progress.

The Ascended Master, KUT HUMI (Koothumi), a member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy:

"To understand why Earth is in its present turmoil, we must flash back in time to the great civilization of Atlantis. Oh Yes; Atlantis really existed! Not as a figment of science fiction, but as a tangible civilization in Earth's past history.

"Man's purpose in experiencing life anywhere in the Universe is to grow in evolutionary experience and to master each phase in his eternal life. And how do we master the Third-dimensional environment of Earth? First, by getting to truly 'know ourselves' - who we are, what we are, why we are here. Second, by learning to control all aspects of this environment. Third, by understanding Earth and its relationship to what lies beyond the Third-dimensional environment.

"In Atlantis, Man had advanced to a remarkable degree of control and understanding of this Third-dimensional environment, and was at a point where he could have led Earth and its inhabitants into the Fourth-dimensional experience of physical-spiritual growth. Instead, some who possessed advanced knowledge began to abuse and pervert this knowledge by enslaving other men, and by misusing their spiritual powers in various other ways. When this abuse of spiritual power became too widespread, it set into motion certain karmic forces which resulted in the eventual disintegration and destruction of the civilization. This destruction did not occur just in one giant cataclysm, as may be commonly supposed. Rather, it occurred as a process of decline that lasted over thousands of years.

"During this period of degeneration, the continent of Atlantis gradually broke apart and yielded its major portions to the Atlantic ocean. Over a period of time, the inhabitants of this once great civilization migrated to various parts of Earth, taking with them the remembered skills and technologies, resulting in the archeological wonders that fascinate us today. Modern archeology is for the most part at a loss to explain such evidences as still exist in Central and South America, in England and Egypt and elsewhere around Earth. Eventually the memory of the glorious civilization that once existed faded entirely, except in the awareness of the Adepts who possessed the Arcanum, and in the subconscious minds of former Atlanteans.

"What has all of this to do with the unfolding Divine Plan? Just this: Atlantis was not the only great civilization that has evolved on Earth. There have been others lost to antiquity, such as Lemuria. Each time that Mankind has advanced to the level of a Lemuria or an Atlantis, it has had within its reach the opportunity to raise Earth's level of consciousness to Fourth-Dimensional awareness and it has failed. Each failure was due to the misuse of spiritual powers.

"In the past, this could be condoned because there was still another chance. Now, however, we have reached a point in Earth's history and in Galactic evolution where the transition into Fourth and Fifth-Dimensional consciousness must be made.

"Man is now being made aware of certain galactic facts of universal, immortal life. As you know, our Solar System is a part of the Milky Way Galaxy. Our Solar System revolves around the Great Central Sun of the Milky Way Galaxy in an orbit that takes 206 million years, as you calculate time. Let us refer to this revolution of our Solar System around the Galaxy as the Great Cycle Orbit. Our Solar System was created over four and a half billion years ago. This corresponds to 22 Great Cycle Orbits of our Solar System around the Great Central Sun of the Galaxy. In the Will of Divine Mind, as communicated to the Spiritual Hierarchy of our Solar System, this completes the time cycle in which our entire Solar System is to remain in its present state of evolution. As the new Aquarian Age dawns, we begin to move into a new orbit around the Great Central Sun, and to eventually move into a new vibration where no expression below the Fifth Dimension can continue to exist on Earth.

"Man first began to experience life in our Solar System 206 million years ago, at the beginning of the present Great Cycle Orbit. The Divine Plan is for all Human life within our Solar System to achieve at least the awareness of Cosmic Consciousness by the end of this orbit, which is reaching its conclusion now with the end of the Piscean Age. This means that Man of Earth must immediately become aware of what Cosmic Consciousness is and take the necessary steps to raise his individual level of consciousness to that state of awareness. Failure to do so will result in temporary self destruction! Man of Earth, in his present state, simply cannot tolerate the new incoming higher vibration.

"Within this Great Cycle Orbit, there have been a number of lesser cycles. When the Atlantean civilization failed to reach its development potential, this left only the 26,000 year cycle of the Zodiac to complete the Plan. As the present Piscean Age draws to a close, this 26,000 year cycle, concurrently with the Great Cycle Orbit, comes to an end.

"At this moment, Planet Earth is the only Planet in our Solar System where Man has not yet reached the Cosmic level of awareness. This level of consciousness must now be rapidly attained in order to fulfill the Divine Plan."

[The Ascended Master KUT HUMI, channeled by Joseph Whitfield in 'The Treasure of El Dorado', published 1977 by Treasure Publications, Roanoke, Virginia, USA. ISBN 0-912119-02-0. ]
[Kuthumi is Earth Chohan (Director) of the Second Ray of the Seven Rays of Service. The Second Ray is the Yellow Ray of Intellect and Science, concerned with Mind and Intelligence in the intellectual understanding of Divine Laws. His previous Earth incarnations were as: Aristotle; John the Beloved; Lao-Tze (China, 6th century B.C.); Theodosius (Emperor of Rome, 4th Century A.D.); St. Columba (known as the Apostle of Caledonia, who helped to convert Scotland to Christianity, 5th century A.D.); St. Francis of Assisi (Italy 12-13th century A.D., founder of the Franciscan Order) and Leonardo da Vinci (Italian painter, sculptor, architect, engineer and scientist, 15-16th century A.D.]

More former Earth Change Prophesies: Although most of these were made well over twenty years ago and at that time represented only a future potential, we continue to include them as some may yet become a future reality.

The Master SANAT KUMARA:

"Our entire Solar System is now coming into the Great Initiation....The Earth shall be surrounded by a golden corona. It is stepping into a higher rate of vibration. You are going from a Third Density, through the Fourth to a Fifth Density world. This must necessarily take place as you pass through the heart of the great 'Cosmic Cloud' [Photon Belt]. And then shall the prophecies, as recorded by Joel and many of the others come true; when the Sun shall turn blood red and the Moon shall be red as the ruby, and the day shall be gone and it shall be dark upon the Earth for a period of two weeks. There shall be much confusion. And the oxygen will be reduced upon the Earth for a short period, followed by periods of great moisture, baking heat and parched areas alternating with great moisture. Almost everything upon the face of the Earth will be destroyed.

"We are now on the border of this Great Initiation, we are heading closer and closer to its centre and fulfilment. That is why Christ returns to the Earth: because always the great Master of a Solar System incarnates and gives aid to the Planet which is lowest in progression in that System.

"Yes, those who say catastrophe comes are true; they speak with truth; but the Earth will not end. It shall become new, as it is written. It does not say the world will end. It says there shall be a New Heaven and a New Earth; not a new Earth through the destruction of the old, but a new Earth - the old made new."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in Secret of the Andes - Leaves of Grass Press, Novato, California]

The incarnation of the Master SANANDA as Jesus of Palestine marked a two-thousand year lead up to the Biblical 'Final Day of Judgment' and the 'Second Coming of The Christ'. Jesus-SANANDA presently holds Office for the Earth planes as World Teacher. Here is part of his 'Second Coming Announcement' , channeled by Nada-Yolanda on August 17th 1966. Nada during her life channeled the Spiritual Hierarchy as the Founder of the Mark-Age Center, now situated at Elk Valley, Northeastern Tennessee.

"I speak in the name of Jesus, Lord of this World and of all which concerns this Earth sphere. I am he who is known as the Christ, and through this Channel announce my coming unto Earth once more. It is my intention that all who know and believe in this shall see and shall welcome it in the flesh. I have not come again before this present time, for Man was not ready to receive his Lord...

"Our Lord and Master of this Universe, known as Lord Michael [Christ Michael, Sovereign of our Local Universe of Nebadon], and he who is my Master Teacher, Lord Maitreya, are conversant with and in command over all Universal Laws and Material Laws physical to those particular Dimensions...

"You have been alerted to these days and these times in the last two thousand years, since the resurrection of my body and my personality. In that time and in that consequence I never have ceased to work continuously in the efforts to bring forth this Second-Coming announcement. In the days ahead we prepare all for it; one here and another there, many, crying out the word and the announcement...

"I now enact the role given unto me throughout the Ages: to be your Way-shower, to be your Prince, to be the Lord of the World and all that involves the Earth Planet..."

[Channeled by Nada-Yolanda in "MAPP* to Aquarius: Mark Age Period & Program" - Mark-Age, Inc., P.O. Box 10, Pioneer, Tennessee 37847, USA]

Planet Earth is destined, following the "Great Ascension Event" of the 21st of December 2012, also the start of Aquarian 'New Age', to commence its initial step up in vibration levels to the Fourth Dimension. At that time, the great Spiritual Being ensouling our Planet, Gaia will Ascend up to the Fifth Dimension, along with many other Earth's inhabitants that are ready to Ascend up to this higher Dimension. However the vast majority of Earth Humans will need to experience a possible further 1300 years at least on the Fourth Dimension, which they will do on a totally cleansed and reformulated 4D New Earth. The existing Fourth Dimension Earth, which we know as the "Heavenly Realms" or "The Summerlands", a beautiful world of Peace, Love and enhanced 4D surroundings which most of us go up to after our 3D "Death Experience", will be itself moving up at the Ascension time to the Fifth Dimension. Likewise, the existing 5th Dimension Earth will similarly be stepping up to the Sixth Dimension, and the existing Sixth Dimensional Earth up to the Seventh Dimension.

Following the initial Ascension Event (21 December 2012) of those who are ready to move up to the Fifth Dimension, our existing 3D World will soon be untertaking its final "Cleansing & Earth Changes", which could take the Galactic Federation Teams and Earth Lightworker volunteers up to four years to complete. During this period, most of Humanity (other than the Lightworkers already taken up to the Motherships) may well go into "Stasis" (a form of suspended animation), from which they will finally wake up within the same apparent calendar period in an experience of "No Time", to a thoroughly cleansed and refreshed and beautiful Fourth Dimensional New Earth. Once within the 4th Dimension they shall regain their original full "Spiritual Consciousness", able to once again communicate with our neighbouring Planets and other Higher Spiritual Worlds.

As the Master RAMALA outlined in the early 1990s: "The great Beings who govern matter through their knowledge of Infinite Law are trying to quicken the vibration of the Earth, to bring into operation a quicker and a higher frequency. In so doing there is what appears to Man to be confusion and disruption, for he is held between the sluggishness of his own body, caused by his past behaviour, and the attempt by the Lords of the Planet to bring him into a higher frequency of consciousness.

"These Great Beings are intervening so that Man shall not be destroyed, for within his body there is the great atomic structure of the Cosmos, and in his sluggishness, when that moment arrives, and it will, when the Earth uprights on its axis, if this outer quickening had not been put into motion, then the atomic structure of which Man is built would explode, because the force of the uprighting will bring into operation a great atomic expansion of the Planet.

"I will not go into the molecular structure and describe the behaviour of the atoms at that moment of change, but due to changes in pressure there will be a great transformation of the Earth's structure. There could be great devastation all over the Earth. It has, of course, happened before. You may read in the literature of ancient Man, and in the Bible, of similar occurrences.

"The cataclysm, which you would call a catastrophe, is really not a catastrophe: it is a step forward in the evolution of the Earth. Remember, that to die is not a finality, and that those who do die in the cataclysm to come will experience an increase in their consciousness, for in that moment of death they will learn.

"To you, perhaps, the concept of Armageddon is frightening. It signifies the release of energies beyond the control of Humanity, but if Humanity did but know it, it rarely controls its own environment. Because of its great intellectual progress Humanity has been led into believing that it is the master of its fate, that it is the master of the physical World, that Humanity alone decides the path on which it walks. But those of you who are aware of the God in all things, who recognize that the Divine Plan alone manifests on this Earth, know in your heart that the Cycle which is now beginning was planned aeons of time ago. It has been seen on other levels and has been prophesied by many Beings. It is a necessary path of evolution for this Earth. You are here, therefore, as witnesses to that path of evolution. Within your innermost Being is the knowledge of what is to come. It may not be with you on a conscious level, on a level which you can pull down into everyday physical reality, but within your heart is the knowledge of what is to come and the part that you must play in it."

[The Master RAMALA, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]


Chapter 6:
TIME FOR CHOICE

The 'Day of Judgment' is traditionally a time at the end of a particular phase of planetary evolution when an assessment of each and every Soul's attainment is made to determine those who are able to join the move up to a higher plane, and those who must start again elsewhere at the beginning of that phase in order to re-attempt the lessons they have failed to master.

There are practical reasons for this assessment. Those whose vibration rates are below a certain level, reflecting a lack of evolutionary progress, will not be able to make the transition to the higher vibrational dimensions; they would find the intense vibrational light-energy of the Higher Spheres too painful. They would also no longer have the opportunity to express the many lower instincts and emotions which they have not as yet fully mastered, nor would they feel at all at home in such an elevated world of refined sensibilities.

All the Masters and Guides communicating at this time therefore stress the present urgency for us to resolve all our past hates and hurts as soon as possible. This we must do whilst we still have the opportunity left within the remaining testing environment of the dense Earth physical plane. This dense physical plane will soon no longer be a part of Planet Earth, and it is only at this very basic level that we can make rapid progress in resolving and transmuting past karma. By contrast, when we reside on the higher spiritual planes, we live in such a relatively perfect and peaceful environment that many of the more backward characteristics within our Soul do not surface or show up, making it much more difficult to reform or resolve them. If on the other hand, we do manage to tackle and master those tests we set ourselves down on Earth within the short time-frame left before the Earth Changes, we shall have thus made one of the greatest advances in our millions of years of our evolutionary development.

For those whose destiny unfortunately hangs in the balance, between Ascension and starting over again on the bottom rung of the ladder of Evolution, an eleventh-hour special effort to reform our inherent faults may yet turn the scales. This time of Tribulation is the traditional 'Dividing of the Ways', the 'sorting of the wheat from the chaff'. Especially on this Planet, endowed as we are with a full expression of free will, every individual has the opportunity to make those significant choices moment by moment. Indeed in this present period of final resolution, the many opportunities will be multiplied and magnified by the increased Light-force energies now being beamed down to Earth by the Spiritual Hierarchy.

The Master HILARION, an Ascended Master from Planet Earth and a member of Earth's Planetary Hierarchy, made this comment some time past on the 'Tribulation' and the opportunities for Mankind:

"The Tribulation that has been planned for many thousands of years is descending upon the Earth. It will be recognized early by some who have remained aware of the Higher Truths, but most will fail to see that the Last Days are upon them until near the end of the time of trial.

"We have previously spoken of the arrangement for Humanity by which rebirth and karma were to allow individual Souls to learn the main spiritual lessons and to settle the debts incurred when that learning process led to the harming of others. It was thought at first that this great Plan would permit virtually all of Mankind to achieve the basic goal, which was to escape by its own efforts from the wheel of rebirth and the karmic necessity.

"But this hope was not realized. The temptation of Man's own base nature and the whisperings of the forces dedicated to his destruction proved, again and again, too strong for many Souls whose resolve and whose spiritual sight were not sufficiently developed.

"For this reason a New Plan was devised in order to allow for all those whose steps had faltered, a final chance to gain the goal that had been set for Man. This Plan was laid some twelve thousand years before the present, at about the time that the great continent of Atlantis sank to its final destruction beneath the waves of the Atlantic Ocean. All of the details of the New Plan were carefully worked out at its inception and have not been changed in any important degree since that time.

"One of the most important components of the 'Tribulation' was the necessity that all those who appeared unlikely to have reached the required level by the end of the rebirth arrangement were to be given the chance to make the right choice during the period in question. At the inception of the plan for the Tribulation, it was not known and could not be foreseen exactly how many Souls this necessity would apply to. But as the millennia passed and the time draws near, it became clear that a number in excess of four billion Souls would require this last desperate chance to succeed where before they had failed.

"Prior to the passage of the Earth through the 'Cloud' [the Photon Band] in space, a sign will appear in the sky, to indicate to those who have realized the truth, that the Last Days have come. This is the sign of the Son of Man spoken of in the Scriptures. Those who fail to understand and heed the meaning of the signs in the Heavens will not be able to escape the final, dreadful weeks and months of the Tribulation by a subsequent change of heart. All of those who earnestly and with the whole heart change their old sinful ways and take up the cross of service and dedication to their fellow Man will become entitled to what the Scriptures call the 'Rapture'.

"The Rapture is essentially an escape from the horrors of the Tribulation, to a place of safety where those who have assembled there can work and learn in order to prepare themselves for the great task of reconstruction which will begin literally minutes after the Day of Wrath has terminated."

[The Master HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in "The Nature of Reality". First published 1979. Marcus Books, Bradford, Ontario, Canada ]

This theme was also commented upon in the recent past by the Master EFI of Mars:

"Now for this day are they being prepared, when each and every one shall be put into another place, that which is prepared for them. Some shall be freed from all darkness; these shall be free to go and come throughout the Galaxy, and they shall know no barrier. Others shall be put into a place wherein they shall till the soil with their bare hands; they shall have no implements, they shall have no tools, no machines. They shall have no memory of their past, of their science or of their fortune of the past. Such shall be the destiny of them which betray themselves."

[The Master EFI of Mars, channeled by Sister Thedra in "Prophecies for Tiahunaco" -The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA ]

Those who fail to reach a point of being able to Ascend to a higher plane at this "End Cycle " of Resolution and Self-judgment, will themselves recognise the need to start over again on another Third-Dimensional Planet in some other Solar System which will still have facilities for such living. Particularly heartless and destructive Souls may even find that their Soul/Spirit requires a return to a yet lower level, to start again in a Second-Dimensional world within the Mineral Kingdom. This is not a punishment, it is simply an objective reflection by your Higher Spirit/Soul of the fact that your lower personality-self would not be able to function at the new higher vibration rates. These Souls would find that they need once again to start over again and learn to become less ego-centered, to rise above the narrow view of self-interest and the unbalance of taking from others of that which has not been earned or is rightfully theirs. They have to learn to keep a karmaic balance by giving the same in return as they have received from others. Through keeping a proper balance between giving and receiving, they will come to learn all the joys of living in a peaceful and cooperative world, the great benefits derived from the respecting and caring for others, of learning to express unconditional love to all other life forms.

The CHRIST:
"Whatever form the healing of the Human world takes during these next few years, know that it is for the good of all. Do not be concerned with the fate of those who reject my Spirit. Their story is far from over. I am caring for each one in the manner of his or her greatest need. The Human world is in good hands. When you and much of Earth's present biological life have been sprinkled throughout the stars, and the oceans have changed places with the land, after the poles have shifted and new mountains have come to look over the plains, then will the truly slow-learners be recalled from the Mineral Realms where they shall slumber, to learn of intelligence again, and to come again to choose between love and fear."

[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in "Vision" - Harper, San Francisco ]

The End Age time of Ascension is a Parting of the Ways. Those who choose to do so should make a personal assessment of their conduct towards others. The temptations of pursuing a course of exclusive self-interest have been magnified over the ages by the Forces of Darkness who have constantly wished to delay or prevent our spiritual progress.

The Master ZEN TAO: "It is inevitable, at such a critical time in the Earth's evolution, that the Forces of Darkness should be present just as much as the Forces of Light. The Forces of Darkness would like nothing better at this time than to subvert the path of the Aquarian Cycle, for this Cycle is destined to be the greatest Cycle in Humanity's evolutionary path.

"For every side or opinion that is present there will be another side or opinion to oppose it. This therefore requires that you exercise the great gift of discrimination. It is how you choose, and your motivation for choosing, that in essence represents the sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. There will be many who will follow the path of evil, but remember that you can walk to the gates of Hell and still turn back. You follow a path only for as long as you wish to. There will be much suffering in the World but no more than Humanity can bear and understand. Many, for instance, will not be touched by the plagues that are predicted to come."

Clearly one of the predicted 'Plagues' testing Humanity at this time is the disease now known as 'Aids'. It is almost unique in that, with few and rare exceptions, it can either be contracted or avoided by one's own 'conscious' action:

The Master ZEN TAO: "Aids is the first of the Seven Plagues from which Humanity will suffer. Now you must understand that the purpose of disease is not to punish: it is to bring about transformation. Disease is a great tool of evolution and all disease should be seen in this way. Aids, of course, is a disease which is usually transmitted sexually. The greatest disease of the Human Race today is its abuse of sexuality. With Aids, therefore, you have a disease which demands sexual responsibility. Aids can be likened to a genetic time bomb, because ultimately only the pure in body, mind and spirit will survive it.

"The sexual act should not be regarded as an act of self-centered pleasure, but rather as an act of Cosmic creation. If you live a life of sexual purity you will not be touched by Aids. If you are pure in body, mind and spirit you will not be touched by much of what is to walk the face of this Earth. This is indeed the beginning of the sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. It would be true to say that in the New Age it will only be the pure of spirit, the pure of mind and the pure of body that will inherit the Earth."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

It often seems at this present time that discipline in personal conduct is frowned upon. Yet it is perhaps now, as never before, that we should once again be guided by, and make every attempt to follow, the traditional old-fashioned ideals of 'Right Conduct', not only in treating our own bodies correctly, but of respecting the rights of others and the environment.

"And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be so overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and that day comes upon you unawares. For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole Earth. Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man." Luke 21: 34-36

While 'surfeiting and drunkenness' are clearly to be avoided by those genuinely seeking to follow higher principles of conduct, there are more subtle ways in which we should seek self-improvement. In our 'civilized' world during recent times, the aggression used by those who are self-seekers has become subtler; but it remains aggression nonetheless:

The CHRIST: "Survival into the Third Millennium is reserved for the spiritually fit. The key to survival is not competition, but cooperation. Spiritual fitness is not aggression, it is fitting in with the purposes of the Earth and with the purposes of her Creator as these larger purposes blend in human exchange."

[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in "Vision" - Harper, San Francisco]

At this important time of self-examination, the Ascended Master St. GERMAIN, a member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy, recommends the practice of meditation (or communing within yourself), through which one can develop a mental calm and an openness to communication from one's Higher Self:

"I would like to suggest that meditation is very important for you at this time. Meditation is how you will gain mastery, the self-mastery and the focus that is required to go into your next phase. Meditation is how you will create the space between your limited Ego-Self and your deeper expression. You will put a little bit of distance between you and the Ego so that your reactions will not be so automatic with regard to responding to negativity. All of you are experiencing much of the density of the Earth in your daily life. But, if you can meditate you will not feel the effect of it in the same way. You will have more of an overview, so that when those emanations or impressions come to you, you can choose consciously and wisely in each moment how to respond."

Meditation, however, is not necessarily something that requires a lot of intense training, or sitting for hours in the 'Lotus Position'. The Masters have stressed that there are over a thousand different 'paths' to meditation, and that one can just as easily 'meditate' by simply walking and thinking within the quiet surroundings of Nature. Essentially, one is looking 'inward' in order to contact the inner voice or Higher Self, wherein, it is said, all the wisdom of the Universe is available.

The Master SAINT GERMAIN also stresses the importance of forgiveness. The significance of forgiveness is that in forgiving an insult or an act of aggression, the momentum of the act is thereby nullified; when we fail to forgive we perpetuate the act through a continuing stream of vengeance, so its evil effects are 'passed on', propagated and nurtured. Through forgiveness the totality of evil in the world can be progressively diminished.

"By forgiveness you can avoid the creation of any more negativity. You can 'let the buck stop' where it is, instead of passing it on as so many have done for so long in this world.

"When someone expresses anger towards you, the tendency of the Ego is to respond in the same way. And even if your Ego is not at that moment responding in the same way to that particular person, perhaps it will await a perfect opportunity to respond that way to another, in an attempt to clear itself of these impressions. This is why the negativity on the Earth has become so dense. Humanity has continued to pass it around, to propagate it, so to speak. And the goal of Mastery is, of course, to master this. Master your own creations and emanations so that what comes through you is Love, so that what comes through you is that Divine Presence that you are. And that clarity which gives you wisdom to deal with situations, to defuse the reactionary elements of Human life."

[The Master St. GERMAIN, channeled by Eric Klein in "The Inner Door", Vol.2 - Oughten House Publications]

An underlying theme pervading all the warnings of the coming 'Day of Judgment' and the accompanying messages of counsel, emphasizes the need to seek a return to a balance and harmony in our lives, particularly in our relationships with other Humans, with animals, plants and the natural environment as a whole. We must also develop an intunement and sense of balance and harmony in the relationships between our 'two' Selves, our Earthly Self and our Higher Self. We have to live in a manner which causes no conflict with the 'ideal' as seen by our Higher Spiritual Self. This will help us to by-pass the 'Tribulations' to come.

The Master RAMALA: "If you yourself are living in balance and harmony, you can survive any physical challenge. Though you work in a room full of diseased people, you will not be touched by any disease. Though you are shot at by many guns, you will not be hit. Though you are thrown into the sea when a ship sinks and many drown, you will be saved. For those who live in peace, that is, obeying God's Natural Order, there is total protection. Those who follow God's Natural Order will find their own lives in order. For those who trust in their Creator, there can be no fear."

The Master P'TAAH of the Pleiades: "You see, Dear One, if you are not in fear of what is to come, and know that you live in a perfectly safe universe, it is merely to live constantly in the 'moment of joy'. To know that you will, of course, be safe, that you will survive. It is your reality. You create it. If you are living in an area, for instance, which may be subject to a very sudden Earth change, and you are living in joy, and not in fear, then on that day, Beloved, you will be away visiting your Mother. You see, it is you who create the reality."

[The Master P'TAAH of the Pleiades, channeled by Jani King in The P'taah Tapes: Transformation of the Species - Triad Publishers Pty. Ltd., Cairns, Queensland, Australia

Chapter 7: THE FLYING SAUCER CONNECTION

Many unfamiliar with the predictions of Earth Changes may nonetheless be aware of the much reported UFO/'Flying Saucer' activity around Earth. Even though many Governments continue to cover-up and deny the existence of UFOs, opinion surveys report that in the USA over half the population believe they do exist, and over 10,000 UFO sightings are reported annually around other parts of the world. In addition, in recent decades over 10,000 "Crop Circles" of amazingly intricate designs have mysteriously appeared overnight in fields of cereal crops and been recorded on film.

All of this UFO activity has three main purposes. One is an on-going program by our Space Brothers of monitoring and taking action where necessary to preserve peace and stability within our Solar System. The second is related to the nuclear threat of the post World War II period. The third, and most important of their ongoing programs, relates to preparations for the Ascension of Humanity and the coming "Earth Changes" of the New Age.

Most of these interplanetary visitors are Members of a "Galactic Federation of Light" composed of the various Solar Systems within our own Milky Way Galaxy [also known as the Local Universe of Nebadon] that all follow the "Path of Light". These followers of the Light have been in constant opposition over millions of years with the "Anchara Alliance" within our Galaxy. They are followers of the "Path of Darkness", non-loving, negative and destructive Beings dedicated to dominating and controlling others for their own benefit of achieving dominant power. As a result there have been many major Galactic Wars between our Galactic Forces of Light and those of the opposing Forces of Darkness. Now that we are approaching the present Universal End-of-Age cycle this situation at last has to be brought to a stop, as we are all being required to step up to a higher Dimension and bring in a New Era of Galactic Peace. Many of the existing Forces of Darkness, having now begun to realise that they are in fact on the losing side of evolution, and are now starting to join up with the Galactic Forces of Light. They see this as their last chance of "Redemption", instead of being forced to start evolution all over again at the most primitive of levels. Thus membership of the Galactic Federation of Light has recently increased from 100,000 members to over a total of 200,000 participating worlds, most of them coming from the previously dark "Anchara Alliance".

Beyond our own Galaxy, there is also a large organization of worlds who follow the Path of Light, known as the "Intergalactic Union of Free Worlds". The function of this Organization is to coordinate and peacefully regulate affairs between the various Galaxies, Planets, and Solar Systems, and generally to uphold the Universal Law throughout those Galaxies. The Galactic Federation is locally represented within our own Solar System by a a local group called "The Interplanetary Federation of Planets". This local Solar System Interplanetary Council convenes on the Planet Saturn with Representatives drawn from the other inhabited planets of our Solar System. Up to now, Planet Earth has not up to now had its own native-born Third-dimensional Representative, and so until Earth has made its Ascension to the Fifth Dimension, Commander Monka of the Ashtar Space Command has been appointed on our behalf to represent us at their Council Meetings.

As a protective force for us during the Earth Changes and our Ascension, there is an enormous Fleet of interplanetary space craft within our Solar System on station known as the Ashtar Command. They are answerable directly to the Galactic Federation and to our own Earth Spiritual Hierarchy and are made up of a Fleet personnel of participants from many other Solar Systems within our Galaxy and Universe. The Ashtar Command's foremost responsibility is to protect us from any outside interference or intrusion by Alien spacecraft belonging to the remaining Forces of Darkness within our Galaxy. They will also have the further task of assisting the inhabitants of Earth when the great planetary "Changes" finally begin.

This great Interplanetary Fleet is composed of over 100,000 Mother Ships stationed within our Solar System along with millions of Cosmic personnel keeping a watch over us. They themselves mostly function on the Fifth-dimensional level and are therefore at present not visible to our physical Third-Dimension sight. This Force is led by Commander Ashtar, a highly evolved Soul who is well-known throughout the Universe as a staunch protector of freedom. He is described as having a strict and upright military bearing and is an important member of many Universal, Galactic and Intergalactic Councils. His own directly led personnel number about 20 million, and there are also over 4 million Space Beings working down on Earth's surface unobtrusively assisting us.

The Ashtar Command has its Headquarters on one of the large 'City' Motherships, the "Shan Chea/New Jerusalem". This Mothership is described as being over 100 miles/160km in diameter and 5 miles/8km high, with 12 major deck areas, with further Mezzanines each of 40ft/12m height. One of the middle deck areas is high enough to have its own artificial "sky" and miniature "Sun", with green countryside, lakes and gardens below for relaxation and recreational use. The Mothership is too large to approach us closely, as its great size could adversely affect the magnetic balance of Earth's orbit. This Ship, like the hundreds of other large Motherships (some of up to several thousands of miles in diameter) within the Ashtar Fleet, therefore has many smaller shuttle or "Scout Craft" on board which are able to approach us more closely or land. These are regularly used to monitor our surface and atmospheric conditions, correct geological imbalances such as potential earthquakes, or else be used, when and where necessary, to evacuate us during any major physical Earth disruptions. They can make themselves fully visible to our physical eyesight when needed by temporarily lowering their own vibration rate down to our own Third-dimensional level. Up to now, they have not been permitted to openly reveal themselves in large numers, as they do not want to overly "interefere" in our lives or cause mass panic. They have recently resolved to making any mass landings until Earth's own Governments (who themselves know of their existence) announce that they do in fact exist. Then they would joyfully make a "First Contact" Mass-landing, that is if we have not already been all taken up or put into "Stasis" as part of our Ascension Plan.

Commander ASHTAR gives us this 'overview' of the Ashtar Command and its work:

"There are millions of craft operating in this Solar System at all times and many, many of these belong to the Ashtar Command. Some are stationed far above your Planet and are more or less stationary for long periods of time, keeping track of the Earth on their monitoring systems. Others move about, discharging their various duties. We have small Scout Craft doing surveying activities and we have larger craft with extended range that are capable of operating in space and which visit Planets in other Solar Systems.

"We also have what you know as 'Motherships' or 'Mother Craft', with many smaller craft coming and going from the Mothership. There is thus a great deal of activity in what Earthlings think of as empty space.

"Our purpose is Service to Others, and we go where we are needed anywhere in this Sector of the Galaxy. Our Headquarters is on one of the largest of the Mother Craft, and orders and instructions come from this enormous Craft. It is a city in itself. Most of our people are natives of one or another of the Planets within this Solar System, but also we do have those working with us from other Solar Systems. Our workers do visit their Home Planets at various times on what you might call R&R vacations. Most of us have worked together for a very long time; we are a well-knit Confederation and feel that we are an effective one."

[Commander ASHTAR, channeled by Gladys Rodehaver and quoted in "Ashtar: A Tribute" - compiled by Tuella, Guardian Action Publications. The full text of "ASHTAR - A Tribute" can be read from the link at the end of Book II]

We also have to be aware, however, that not all 'Space Ships' making contact with Earth come as Representatives of the Galactic Federation of Light. Commander KORTON of the Ashtar Command, explains:

"There are those who do come, who are not from this Allegiance and who have no part in it. They come as observers and for their own ends. They are often highly scientific geniuses, and their material to their contacts can be highly impressive - indeed, almost always is. But they have come for the purpose of collecting data for their personal ends and not to give of themselves for the good of the Planet. These are not necessarily what you would call the "Dark Forces", which is yet of another deeper allegiance.

"Now the so-called "Dark Forces" (hitherto allowed as a Balancing and Duality-learning agent in our Galaxy/Local Universe) are those, albeit in very dimished numbers, who are still openly opposed to the Brotherhood of Light, its principles and standards and goals for Mankind and the Planet Earth. They would seize the Planet if that were possible, to control it for their own purposes, which would destroy the freedom of Man. Commander Ashtar has been one of the most staunch defenders of the freedom of Man and his inherent right to choose, to decide to fashion his own embodiment, without outside pressures put upon him.

"The bands of Renegades that patrol the terrestrial realms are immediately dispatched to their proper level when overtaken in trespassing activities within this Solar System. The Fleets of the Heavenly Commands are prompt to transport such intruders in masterly fashion."

As a further and important example of its work, the Galactic Federation has since the end of World War II been greatly concerned for the safety of Planet Earth, more so from our own internally created threats than an outside one. The development of Earth's experimentation and use of Nuclear/Hydrogen energy after World War II caused grave concern throughout the Galaxy. This nuclear danger was a major reason why our Planet began to experience so many UFO visitations during the early 1950s. The inhabitants of other Solar Systems were greatly concerned at this new and dangerous development by Planet Earth and came into our orbit to monitor results of our newly acquired destructive capability. If Planet Earth had destroyed itself, at one time a distinct possibility, it would have had grave repercussions not only on all the orbits of our neighboring Planets, but on all of the other nearby Solar Systems and even threatened the stability of the whole Galaxy.

The Galactic Federation was therefore called upon to counteract our numerous experimental Atomic and Hydrogen explosions, both underground and in the atmosphere, with special devices to restore the orbital stability of our planetary orbit. They were also particularly concerned at our use of the Hydrogen Bomb. They consider Hydrogen as a sacred and living Element, the destructive use of which could have set alight the Ethers of our entire Solar System, spreading to adjacent Solar Systems and possibly to the Ethers of a large part of the Galaxy. Already, as a result of our past experimental Atomic and Hydrogen explosions, Earth has experienced some minor deviations from her axis and is in constant danger of prematurely tilting her axis.

Space Commander ALIZANTIL:

"In the days when men were testing all their Nuclear devices in the atmosphere and oceans, underground and on the surface, throwing caution to the wild winds, throwing Nature into chaos, very few who walk the Earth-plane at this hour, and at this moment, would have lived to read this message, had the Brotherhood not acted without fear or hesitation, with no recognition for the work that was secretly accomplished. Know that billions of your atoms which were thrown into violent discord in the atmosphere around each of the points of explosion/repulsion, caused an activated build-up of great danger to your peoples, to your animals and plant life.

"From strategic places many small controlled devices (in the form of small remote-controlled discs and spheres) were dispatched upon their mission to the swirling clouds of discord billowing outwards as the atoms fought and jostled, each repelling the other in the great release of power uncontrolled by Man, whose folly exceeded all expectations.

"These small controlled implosion devices drew unto themselves the atoms now discordant to your System and to the harmony of Nature; drew them inward, as a magnet from the atmosphere around them, to the point of saturation, whence they were withdrawn and treated, then to be decontaminated."

[Space Commander Alizantil, channeled by Frank Howard in "Journey in Space with Alizantil" -The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA]

However it is only recently being confirmed from the Higher Sources that the need for the intense protection against the dangers both of Earth nuclear activity and from the "Forces of Darkness" is now greatly reduced, since both these dangers have now been substantially neutralized by our Space Brethren. Currently the main focus of spacecraft activity is on assisting and participating with us in Humanity's Ascension to the Fifth Dimension. From the end of the Second World War and up to twenty years ago, they were here mainly considered as a possible "Evacuation Force" if and when major surface changes commenced on Planet Earth. However, over thirty years ago the original Plan for a major Pole shift and total evacuation of Humanity for Planet Earth was changed. The Mass Consciousness of Man was now demanding to go through the Ascension process with full aware consciouness alongside Mother Earth travails. Nevertheless, they largely remained in that function in case of emergencies, as well as to lift off certain Lightworkers as well as larger quatities if and when needed during the various changeover processes. In this respect, several Commanders of the Ashtar Space Command have clarified the emergency lift-off procedure that would be needed in those areas affected (through channeling by Tuella):

Commander ANDROMEDA REX:

"A major evacuation could possibly come upon the Planet very suddenly. The flash of emergency events would be as the lightening that flashes in the sky. So sudden and so quick in its happening that it is over almost before you are aware of its presence. And so it could be if the events that warrant this action come to the Planet. It at this time is not possible to describe what these events might be, but it is possible to instill at this time into the hearts of Humanity the hope and the knowledge of our vigilance and emergency actions on their behalf.

"Our rescue ships will be able to come in close enough in the twinkling of an eye to set the lifting beams in operation in a moment. And all over the globe where events warrant it, this would be the method of evacuation. Mankind will be lifted, levitated shall we say, by the beams from our smaller ships, due to possible planetary turbulence at the time with only limited surface landings. These smaller craft would in turn transport the persons to the larger Motherships overhead, higher in the atmosphere, where there is ample space and quarters and supplies for millions of people.

"It has been explained to you in the past that there is a certain amount of preparedness necessary because of exposure to this powerful levitation beam which will be operating in these circumstances. The frequency of it will be higher than most of your known electrical Earthly exposures.

"Those of extreme density and extreme selfish dispositions, especially at the expense of others or causing suffering to others, would find great physical difficulty in surviving in the frequency of our lifting beams.

"This is why our messages have been broadcast to Mankind over the centuries to uplift his own emanations and vibrations to a status of Love and Selflessness so that in so doing, a compatibility of vibrational forcefields will make his rescue possible.

"Those who have lived closely aligned to the Father's Will in their lives and have let the Love of the Father flow through them, would have no problem with the frequency of the Evacuation Beam. For a high state of Love in the Human heart reacts upon the Human forcefield surrounding the physical form, giving it an electrical sheath of protection and a blending with the incoming vibrations between now and that time. Indeed, if enough Souls could experience perfect Love, there could very well be no need for a removal of Humanity.

"There is nothing to be feared in coming into our midst. We are Loving, normal persons, as yourselves, with the attitude of good neighbours and helpers in a time of crisis. We are prepared with clothing, and your foods, and the needs to which you have accustomed yourselves. We would not be guards, but friends, and you will enjoy your time with us.

"There could be a period of time to be spent with us, for your beautiful Earth must be healed in its cleansing, and given time to return to its true glory. Then those who have been lifted in the body will be returned to reconstruct a New World and a New Order of things. As you tarry with us, you will be given the opportunity to attend classes and training for the work which will need to be done. You will be given our constant help in doing this; our advice and our technology will be at the disposal of these Returning Ones. Many others who have been lifted through the natural transition of death will be returned in new bodies to participate in the new awakening.

"Those who could not participate in a lifting-off rescue will be transported, following their natural transition, to locations with a vibration and frequency equal to their own, where they may grow and learn at a pace slower than the new vibration of Planet Earth. For the Earth will be in an accelerated and very high frequency as it finds expression in the Aquarian Age."

[ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of the Ashtar Command "Project: World Evacuation" can be read or downloaded from the link at the end of Book II]

Also, on the same theme, another view, this time from Commander YEORGOS:

"We of Space have millions of Space Ships stationed in the skies above your Planet, ready to instantly lift you off at the first warning of a Planetary tilting on its axis. If this happens, we would have only a very short period of time in which to lift you from the surface before such as great tidal waves lashing your coastlines - possibly five miles or more high!

"Such tidal waves could unleash great earthquakes and volcanic eruptions and cause some of your continents to split and sink in places and cause others to rise.

"We are very experienced in the evacuation of populations of planets! This is nothing new for the Galactic Fleet! We could expect to complete the evacuation on Earth of the Souls of Light in fifteen minutes - even when they are of a tremendous number.

"We should rescue the Souls of Light first. On our great Galactic Computers we have stored every thought, every act you have done in this and previous lifetimes. At the first indication of the need to evacuate, our Computers would lock onto the location of the Souls of Light wherever they are at that instant!

"After the Souls of Light have been evacuated, then all the Children would be lifted off. Since children are not old enough to be accountable for their Earth actions, so they will all be evacuated to special Motherships to be cared for until they can be reunited with their Parents. There will be people specially trained to handle their trauma. Many may be put to sleep temporarily, to help them overcome their fear and anxiety. Our computers are so sophisticated - far beyond anything on Earth in this Age - and can locate Mothers and Fathers of children wherever they are and notify them of their safety. Make no mistake – your Children shall be lifted to safety during any evacuation.

"After the evacuation of the Children from the area in question, the invitation will be extended to all remaining Souls in that location to join us. However, this will be for many only a short time although there is no question of not having enough space on board the Ships for you. The atmosphere, by this time, could possibly be full of fire, flying debris, poisonous smoke, and because the magnetic field of your Planet may be disturbed, we might have to leave your atmosphere very quickly or we, along with our spacecraft, could perish.

"Therefore, he who steps into our Levitation Beams first will be lifted first. Any hesitation on your part would mean the end of your Third-dimensional existence you call the physical body.

"Which brings us to the most serious and difficult part of an evacuation: As mentioned earlier, Souls of Light have a higher vibration frequency than those who are more closely 'tied' to the Earth and its ways.

"Since our Levitation Beams, which will be lifting you off the surface of the Planet, are very close to the same thing as your electrical charges, those of low vibrational frequency may not be able to withstand the high frequency of the Levitation Beams without departing their Third-dimensional bodies. If this happens, then your Soul will be released to join our God, the Father. "In His House are many Mansions."

"If you do not decide to step into the Levitation Beams to be lifted up, you might be one of those who survive a cleansing of your area of the Planet for the New Golden Age. However, during this period of cleansing, there could be great changes in climate, changes in land-masses, as the Poles of the Planet may have a new orientation.

"The most important point for you to remember is this: Any show of fear lowers your frequency of vibration, thus making you less compatible with our Levitation Beams!! Therefore: Above all else, remain calm and do not panic. Know that you are in expert hands, hands which have extensive experience in evacuation of entire Planets! We cannot overemphasize this: remain calm! Relax! Do not panic when you step into our Levitation Beams. Above all else, maintain your faith!

"What is to happen to you if you survive the lift off? First you will be taxied to our 'Motherships' anchored high above the Planet where you will be taken care of during your great trauma. Some of you may need medical attention. Our expert Medical Staff will be there to treat you with our highly advanced medical equipment. You will be fed and housed until such time as transfer elsewhere is advisable.

"Some of you may be taken to cities on other Planets to be trained in our advanced technology before being returned to the Planet Earth to start the New Age.

"Your beautiful Planet Earth is destined to be the most beautiful Star in the Universe. A Planet of Light! Here, you will rejoin the remainder of the Universe in brotherly Love and fellowship with God the Father."

[Channeled through Glenda Stocks, 1994, in "Sipapu Odyssey", Phoenix Source Distributors , Las Vegas, Nevada]

Commander ALEVA of the Spaceship Rrmada, part of the Ashtar Space Command:

"All of you have been encoded. We have monitored many of you so that we would be familiar with your patterns and life styles to be of help where possible. We are sending our Love to you for we understand and know what you may be going through. Most of the coded Light Servers have already been temporarily brought aboard our Motherships in their sleep-state. When you finally arrive through our Lifting Beams, you will be awakened to this knowledge that you possess and then you will not feel so strange in these new surroundings.

"There will be changes in your lives as you all have Missions, and according to these Missions your training will continue so that you can carry them out with a minimum of adjustment. There are even facilities for your special pets. Yes, we care for pets just as you do. They are helping us to harmonize with all life forms and as you have discovered, I am sure, that harmonizing with nature is such a pleasure, and to attune to other life forms is so rewarding.

"There are many of us from distant Planets that have volunteered for this service, and I am sure you might be curious to know where we are all from. We volunteered to help those of you on the Earth plane in your time of crisis. We have studied to be able to communicate with you, studied your Earth life and hope to be of some help. Many of us have come from far distant Galaxies. As the word went out for volunteers, you would be astonished at the response. There were very few who, for reasons of family commitments and such, did not respond. Mostly all were anxious to be of service.

"You will not need any garments other than what we provide. We will probably not be able to give you much warning when the time comes for 'Beaming'. As you know, Love is the Key in the Beam and everywhere else, so keep it flowing."

[Commander ALEVA of The Ashtar Command, channeled by Shalie, May 1988, Cosmic Light Foundation, Snohomish, WA.]

A further viewpoint is given by Commander HATONN, [Later to be revealed as Christ Michael ATON] on the Pleiadian "Phoenix" Mothership within the Ashtar Command Fleet:

"Each one of your names is written down on the records held in our great data banks. Your Sectors are carefully assigned to certain Fleets and Commanders who oversee the needs of your Sector. We know you are there and exactly where you are. Each one of you will without fail receive definite instructions at the crisis moment so that you will know where to be at a given time. No one will be missed or overlooked, and your participation is sure. Units of families, separated in the possible exodus, will be brought together again on our Ships as soon as events make this possible. Do not harbour fear of any kind, but think only in an attitude of thankfulness to our Father.

"There will be some you know and whom you Love who will be remaining behind for reasons built into their own Being. You must release them into the hands of the Father, who will receive their Spiritual Being into His House where there are many Mansions. They will be escorted to a place their inner thoughts and life patterns have created for them, to begin again their upward spiral. You must accept that their personal choices have created their personal destiny.

"There will be a natural missing of accustomed environment, but a brief time with us will bring a forgetfulness, as you settle into the new routines and surrounding atmosphere. Our Ships are beautiful places to be, and the atmosphere within them is joy and love and concern for one another. There will be those of your own people, already trained to assist you in your adjustment to your new environment. We will have trained these beforehand for the work they are to do.

"You will recognize and know these Earth Teachers as special Representatives of our Mission, even before a crisis has come. Follow them and heed their instructions, that all may go smoothly for you at any time of great confusion.

"I am Hatonn, and I shall personally greet all of you when you are lifted into our midst to remain with us for a little while. When the area of your Planet has been healed, you will be returned to it and all of your needs for reconstruction will be given. Higher Intelligences shall walk with you to assist you in a speedy reclaiming of the Earth in Universal Love. I am grateful for your consideration of my words."

[HATONN, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of the above book can be read from the link at the end of Book II.]

Further information on the Great Host of Motherships stationed in our Solar System has been made available to us through a group of Communicators on behalf of the Regional Galactic Federation Council on Sirius B of the Sirius Solar System, channelled through Sheldan Nidle: (see also further information from the "Galactic Federation Archive" Link at the end of this Book II)

February 21, 2006: Let us look at the various Space Ships that compose our great First Contact Fleet. This Fleet is always changing its Members. In fact, nearly ten percent of the Fleet is changed over every two months. They are replaced with Motherships from other member Star-Nations of this far-flung Galactic Federation of Light. The section where rotation most often takes place is in the Outer Ring of Ships. It is here that the newer members of the Galactic Federation predominate. Because of Humanity's present bias, the Inner Ring is reserved mainly for the Human Member States. The Fleet's Motherships are special ones, formerly consigned to the less stressful missions of our Science and Exploration (S&E) Fleets. It is our firm belief that the more technologically advanced vehicles, which normally form the vanguard of our Fleets, are not required for this First Contact Mission.

Most of these older Motherships are about 30 to 50,000 years old. Many of them had retired to specially reserved places in the Galaxy where they could peacefully live out their days. Our Ships are "Living Beings", and we treat them throughout their lives with the respect and honour that these Grand Ladies deserve. In the interests of this operation, we asked them if they would be willing to come out of retirement for one last mission. These Grand Beings responded mostly in the affirmative and soon became part of a complex rotation of Motherships alternating between our Home Worlds and your beautiful shores. As many of these Ships had never been even partially retrofitted, we asked their permission to modify them slightly to enable them to take on the more modern Scientific Scout Ships assigned to this Inner Ring. Again, we received an affirmative reply. With these changes complete, the Motherships were ready for this First Contact assignment. Their Crews likewise were given the time necessary to acquaint themselves with these well-rested beauties.

Most of our Inner Fleet is made up of these older Motherships. When you enter them, you immediately feel their great Love and deep caring for you. Unlike the newer models, these Motherships were constructed to remain in a specific configuration. This consists of either a large cigar-shaped pod, which can be many hundreds or even thousands of miles long, or alternatively, a series of huge, interconnecting, lozenge-shaped units. These two designs easily accommodated the primary mission requirements. In general, the Ships with the single hull were used for diplomatic, liaison, and defence operations, and those with the multi-hull design, for a variety of scientific responsibilities. It is to the latter that most of the newer Scout Ships are assigned. And as these Scout Ships are larger and more complex, these older Motherships were fitted with enlarged access portals, modernised landing docks, and updated service stations. These renovated docks have the ability to allow the Scientific Scout Ships to reconfigure, or shape-shift, according to the needs of each specific mission.

Upon entering these older Motherships, you will first notice the different lighting and floor technology. The hallways are illuminated using a special photochemical process which produces a soft, full-spectrum light that reproduces the light of the Sun without the harshness that your light is noted for. This lighting is adjustable and is regulated according to individual desires by the Ship's artificial intelligence computers. The flooring embodies pressure-sensing material that reacts to the way you walk, giving you the impression at first that you are literally "walking on air." Both these technologies have been updated, and these newer versions, now combined with personalised holographic technology, can reproduce those aspects of your Home World that give you the greatest pleasure. Thus, you are always in an environment designed to support you in every way to enable you to attain your highest level of creative potential.

The various Lounges, Crew Quarters, and Workspaces are likewise designed for optimum relaxation and functioning. The main purpose of a Fleet Mothership is to aid her Crew in carrying out its delegated mission. All workspaces are integrated with a telepathically interlinked computer network and a variety of Android Assistants. Each Android is at the service of any fellow workers. These Assistants help in repairing and maintaining needed equipment and in interpreting the data collected during the day's many scientific expeditions. Each Crew member is a highly trained individual. Since early childhood, each one has known their area of expertise and has developed it exquisitely. The Ship's Androids support this expertise by helping to speed up the completion of any given task. The resulting cooperative interaction leads to swift problem solving.

Some areas on these Motherships are set aside for the use of advanced holographic technology that can realistically reproduce entire, specific environments in which you can become an active participant in a drama of your choice. These include Literary and Historic dramas, dearly loved tales, episodes from your own life, or even plays of your own creation. This entertainment is a vital and integral part of your life, to be engaged in separately or with friends, family, or crew members. Most Galactic Humans find the movies, plays, and novels on your World to be very quaint. The amount of violence and struggle found in them is seen as a reflection of the primitive and limiting nature of your global societies. One of the purposes of this First Contact Mission is to ameliorate these conditions so that you can incorporate into your culture the proliferation and greatly expanded vision that will result from first contact.

Aboard the Mothership, there are many sources of entertainment and many ways to relax. Special Lounges on each deck of the Ship interface with you, providing holographic destinations, group interactive creations (similar to interactive movies) or direct communications with your home-world family. These Lounges are also the locations for parties, social gatherings and group rituals. A huge number of meeting rooms are also available, where educational events or introductory courses in many different areas of learning can take place. Education will be a large part of your life. Because your search for knowledge did not end with your formal, specialized schooling, a vast, interactive Library, encompassing every discipline, is available for the pleasure of each Crew Member.

The Residential quarters on these Motherships are geared to reflect your individual personality and taste. Food, clothing, and furniture are provided, almost instantaneously, by an energy processor; hence, no food preparation and no dirty dishes to wash up! Even the decor and furniture can be changed on a whim. At a moment's notice, this living space can be converted from a workplace to a living/relaxation room or a bedroom. Indeed, the possibilities for this residence are as endless as your imagination. As with the rest of the Ship, the floors and lighting are personalised to your own requirements. A common indulgence for Crew members is to re-create their Home World Residence even down to the view out of their windows!

Every area of the Mothership is organized accordingly. Motherships are set up to be modular. Only the Cargo space and Command sections are functionally specific. The rest are meant to be arranged according to need. Another advantage of this interactive capability is that each Crew Member can create his or her own home compartment. Each compartment is spacious, with a dining room, relaxation and entertainment room, study room and bathroom. Each possesses a matter creation/disposal device, where clothes, food or other necessaries can be produced or disposed of. The Mothership's ability to redesign itself is crucial to its ever-changing mission. Since each Science and Exploration mission is unique, the Mothership can transfigure herself, instantly, to any new assignment.

Storage areas on these Motherships include huge spaces for very large replacement parts not easily created by the Ship's holographic capabilities. These storage lockers are often up to several miles in length. Here are stored large items used to repair the propulsion system and maintain the various life support networks. Also stored here are the special parts needed for the Navigation System and for the main Artificial Intelligence Computer Network. The cores of these enormous computer systems are often tens of miles in length! Moving these parts around is done by large robots attached to the various storage facilities. These robots are controlled by Repair Androids whose skill in completing these difficult tasks is quite remarkable.


Chapter 8:
HOME ON A MOTHER SHIP

Welcome aboard! These will be the words, and this the spirit, which will greet those who have chosen to be 'beamed up' to the Motherships if and when there are great upheavals.

The first task of our Space Brothers will be to repair the mental and physical damage, to soothe and comfort those who are in shock, to reassure, and as a matter of practicality, to bring together those who have been separated.

Next comes the gentle process of healing, and of continually raising our vibration rates. Indeed these two processes work together, for as our vibratory rates are raised, so any injuries or imperfections in our bodies will heal themselves to their perfect Etheric pattern, though in a few cases specific treatments may be necessary. This means that all our old disabilities, the damaged foot from childhood, the results of an internal operation, the scars of an accident, the internal wounds of some past sorrow... all these will be healed, returning our bodies to their truly 'natural' state, their 'higher' perfect pattern as it exists on the Etheric level.

ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command: "Those beamed up in physical form will be accelerated and quickened within that physical form to a more spiritual essence within the body, into what has been termed 'Light Bodies'. The physical form will remain the same in appearance to most, but that higher blending of the Etheric with the Physical will bring about change, and eliminate sickness and physical disharmony among you."

Our 'Collective Being' must also be healed, and there will be time to review the past Akashic Records of our Planetary History, much as individuals review their own history on the Higher Planes following the process we know as physical 'death'. We will at this time have the opportunity to see the entire span of Human Evolution on Earth, learning in the process from our successes and our failures. We will see the wars and devastation, the slavery, the inhuman treatment of Man by fellow Man, the mass slaughter of animals. And we will be able to review the true damage done to our Planet's environment as we comprehend the full extent of Human pollution and the havoc wrought by nuclear explosions, and as we also view for the first time the dense 'black cloud of negative thought' which has surrounded our world in the past.

But we will also see through looking into the Akashic Records, all the positive aspect of the caring, the charity, the ideals of reform, the service, the good we have done to one another. And we will see "holographically" our former art, hear the music, watch the great theatrical dramas, 'tour' the historic gardens of great houses and castles of yesteryear. We will follow intrepid Explorers of yore into uncharted territory as they withstand extremes of climate and face great dangers in order to push forward the frontiers of Human knowledge. And we will be able to watch the past brainstorming of scientists as they explored the sky and stars, the phenomena of time and gravity, as they discovered and learnt to harness the power of electricity, as they developed methods of capturing music then broadcasted it on the airwaves or encapsulated it on magical silver discs, or as they invented and perfected tiny electronic chips with memories and calculating power far beyond our previous Human capacity. We will be watching on the viewing screens, in 3D "virtual reality", the entire History of our Planet: "This is Your Life" spanning over thirty million years!

There will be time, too, set aside for individual personal development, for learning new artistic and intellectual skills, for studying ourselves so that we may know ourselves better.

Nor will we be denied entertainment and enjoyment! We will share relaxation and games, drama and music with one another and with our Space Friends; we will enjoy the extensive recreational parks created within the Mother Ships in which to walk, relax and meditate. There will be no shortage of pleasurable activity.

Commander ALEVA of the Ashtar Command: "We have recreation areas, great Lecture Halls and we have school-type rooms where you will receive instruction in this new environment and new life style so that you will feel right at home in a very short time. We have entertainment and we have tried to gather foods that would please you."

There must also be site orientation of course; conducted tours around the Mother Ship which is to be 'home' for the time whilst Earth is being cleansed and replanted.

When we think of 'Spaceships' we will probably visualize their size as corresponding to perhaps one of our largest ocean-going Cruise Ships. The actual reality, when we come to confront it, will require a major effort of comprehension!

Tuella gives us her own personal description from one of her Astral-body visits up to the Command Mothership of the Intergalactic Fleet within this Solar System, the Shan Chea, Headquarters of the Ashtar Command [also known to us as "The New Jerusalem"], which even now stands ready to receive its Earth guests:

"Make no mistake about it, the Inns of Heaven are ready, awaiting their guests. Nothing is crowded in these self contained, phenomenally organized, incredibly spacious floating Etheric worlds. Ten of these great Pearly White Space Cities are said to be in readiness, which vary in size from ten miles in diameter to the Shan Chea, one of the largest ones at over 2,000 miles in diameter and which houses the Headquarters of the Ashtar Command, Commander Ashtar and Jesus Sananda.

The Great Space Cities have twelve levels (in most cases) and it has occurred to me that you would enjoy a tour to inspect one of the largest, the Headquarters of The Ashtar Command, The SHAN SHEA / The New Jerusalem.

Approaching, we first see the underneath level One, which is the great entry and exit portal for trafficking craft. It consists of disembarking platforms, parking docks, garages for incoming visiting craft, maintenance departments, and storage areas for the thousands of small Scout Ships cleverly stacked one over the other.

The Second level might be termed a colossal Stockroom. This is the Quartermaster Deck, containing all manner of supplies and inventories for the varied needs of all levels. It is like a city of warehouses, but immaculately clean of course.

The Third level is as a vast home for Animals. It is the level set aside for animal husbandry and birdland. Every manner of creature from many worlds has a habitat here. It is rather a noisy level, but the air there is nevertheless pure and pleasant.

Above it, level Four is designated for Agricultural research. It is like a vast farmland of well kept vegetable and botanical gardens, fruit orchards and sample specimens brought on board from various worlds for reseeding on new worlds, and activity of that nature.

The Fifth level is a housing center for all those technicians and persons who serve on the four levels beneath.

Directly above Five, at Level Six is the breathtakingly beautiful Recreational level and lushly landscaped park areas, where a relaxing stroll is sheer joy. All manner of recreational activities are located here for access by all residents of all ages.

Strategically located, level Seven is the sprawling Medical Complex. Awesome in size, many information centers are needed to guide one. It contains all comprehensive patient facilities and quarters for all medical personnel. Dental care areas, biological research centers, and the Ship's laboratories; all elaborated with the finest technology Space has to offer.

The Eighth level is the housing prepared for Earth's visiting Lightworkers and Evacuees. It contains staterooms for individuals and apartments for families as far as the eye can see. These areas are dotted with countless joint dining areas, social halls, nursery care sections, laundry facilities and of course information offices. Gradually the ship's guests are introduced to the technologies of these various areas, an exciting experience.

Level Nine is their prized University Compound. The Halls of Wisdom: vast Libraries scattered everywhere, endless Concert Halls and cultural interests from throughout the Galaxy. Halls of Learning house classes with curricula for all ages. Very young children's classrooms are filled with individualized computer systems. Rooms are decorated with domed ceilings colorful in their display of planets and worlds as they progress across the pathless sky, each at a different pace. Elementary astronomy is taught to the very young and they quickly learn to identify and name the various planets and sections of the Universe. Vibrant vitality shines in their faces as they have conversations with their computers.

Musical talent blossoms in outer space because of the Music Rooms in the great Craft. There one can play upon an instrument, in a soundproof room, along with a full orchestration background on a wide choice of selections by merely pressing the correct buttons on a computer panel. Any category of music, with thousands of selections, is available at the fingertips of the lone but aspiring soloist.

On level Ten, these Innkeepers of the Galaxy, house their visiting dignitaries from all Dimensions, in special apartments. This tenth level is also primarily the living quarters for our Space Brothers, containing staterooms and apartments with multiple scattered conference rooms and beautiful sprawling dining and lounge areas.

The home area for the Ashtar Command Headquarters is located on level Eleven, also the Great Rotunda Meeting Hall. Summoned by a soft electronic tone in their quarters, Earth visitors are brought to this Great Hall for any necessary group gatherings. Its striking circular wall displays many tremendous viewing screens, where guests are permitted to view Cosmic panorama as well as their own world and things to come as well as things passed.

The Great Hall is also used for auspicious social occasions, like welcoming and meeting with visiting dignitaries or other festivities from any level. This level also houses the Viewing Room, Map Room and Soul-Panel Boards, and finally the enormous Command Communications Center, where all Earth contacts are precipitated or monitored, recorded, or whatever, as well as Inter-Command communication.

Level Twelve is the uppermost portion of the craft and is referred to as "The Dome". It is the officers' Observation Deck and Pilot Control Center. Earth visitors are permitted here in groups, by appointment. The total surrounding circumference is furnished with comfortable chairs for relaxing and observation. Question-and-answer sessions with Crew Members are a part of the experience there.

Directly down through the center of the great Mothership, all levels share a circular shaft or center core, which is a power reactor throughout the craft. However, one must remember that the activating source of power comes from the Universe itself, this is but its channel to proper sources. The power center core is roughly 200 feet or so in diameter. Its outer shell contains several primary elevators for inter-level transportation. A few larger elevators are restricted for Quartermaster and maintenance use. At each level, the power center is surrounded by a spacious lounge area, beautifully furnished and shared by all divisions of that level.

Generally speaking, the Mothership's furnishings are simple and sharp in design. White is the predominant color, contrasted with stirring tones of orange or reds or blues, and much yellow. The colors are all pure, not muddied or muted. In Earth terms, the decor would be described as ultra modern, with its gleaming use of a glass-like substance.

Commander Lord Ashtar once described Shan Chea as one of the largest of the Father's great orbiting cities that encircle this Solar System (with the exception of the Adromedan Mothership parked out of sight behind Planet Jupiter which itself is 3,000 miles in diameter). It remains fixed in certain holding patterns when circumstances require [in more recent times it has taken up a position in front of Planet Venus, providing the extra strong source of light we see when viewing the Planet Venus]. It is one of the slower moving bodies because of its size and thus has to be very careful changing positions not to disrupt the magnetic balance of the other orbiting Planets within our Solar System. It has been here since long before the coming of the Christ Child.

The Shan Chea is the Great Pearly White City upon which Commander Ashtar and Jesus-Sananda abide and from which they jointly oversee the Command of the Galactic Federation Fleets within this our Solar System. The Shan Chea also has both a function of monitoring the overall area of our Solar System and as well assisting Earth's inhabitants in the forthcoming Great Earth Changes and the Ascension of Earth's Humanity up to the 4th and 5th Dimensional "New Earth" planetary bodies. At times the Shan Chea also hosts some of the great Inter-Universal Councils of this Grand Universe.

["On Earth Assignment" by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read from the Links at the end of Book II]

A further description of our possible arrival and familiarization with a Mothership is given by several other Members of the Ashtar Command:

SARNA: "Greetings in the Light of the Radiant One. I am Sarna, one that is in a Spaceship assigned to this channel…

"I will take you at this time, with your permission, on a mental voyage. First I would ask you that you mentally visualize a Scout-ship that has just landed in front of your dwelling place. Know that ours will be of an oval shape. As it is seated on either large balls or tripods, there is a stairway that automatically descends to your level. You are invited to enter. All of you are invited to enter.

"I stand at the top of the stairway and I greet each of you individually. You will notice that this particular room is semi-circular and there are comfortable seating arrangements for each of you. I invite you to sit. Now, if you will excuse me, as I have closed the door, I shall now take the controls.

"You will notice that the large screen panel that is before me is one that appears to have a computer-like system with varying monitors. Now, as you grow accustomed to where you are seated within the Scoutship, you become aware that your seat moves so that you may gaze out. Slowly our craft rises and you see the Earth as we leave it.

"Within this particular vessel, you feel no movement, but it would seem that the Earth is slipping away from you rather than you are leaving its ethers. Then, as you continue to gaze about, you see the night-time sky. One of you notices that we are heading towards a very bright light that contains a strong intensity, and indeed, the light grows brighter as we approach.

"As we get closer, you notice a form, a shape. It is much larger than you had anticipated it being… One of you might ask of this and I would assure you that this is one of the Motherships, if you would care to use that term. For this particular voyage of discovery we are taking you aboard this vessel.

"We dock in a portion underneath the Mothership. Slowly, again as I press the button, our stairway descends, and I ask that you would follow me out into the entry area. We then step upon what you would call a moving sidewalk. One of you notices immediately, the fragrance that is in the air. For indeed, the air is clear and clean, and there is a sweet fragrance to it in its purity.

"As we reach the end of this particular moving sidewalk the door slides open and we step into an entry foyer-like waiting area. It is in a pale color and has indirect lighting. And one of you is quite surprised to see that there is green foliage about.

"Here, I will leave you briefly, and another will continue some of your experiences aboard the Mothership."

Aleva: "Hello, I am Aleva. I am coming in my capacity of the Official Greeter, and I would greet each of you most humbly in the Light of the Radiant One. I would bid you welcome, for it is my joy and my pleasure to act as your official Hostess as you would go about the ship.

"But now, before you go any farther, I know you must be weary and you would be much more comfortable in some other more suitable clothing. So I would suggest to you that perhaps you might go to your designated rooms. There is no need to stand uncertain and be concerned – simply go in the direction that you feel is "right". Some of you will turn to the right and some to the left and continue until you see a certain inscription upon a door. A "knowing within" will tell you that this is your room. I would suggest that you would enter. Now, please set off on your visit, and I shall continue a telepathic description to you individually, even as you have entered your room.

"You will notice going down the corridors, that as you approach your room the door slides quietly open so that you might step into that which is your particular space. Some of you are quite surprised to see that you have a particular favorite green plant in your room, or perhaps there is your favorite chair. Of course this is a replica of that which you have had on Earth. For you see, we have monitored you quite closely and it is our desire that this space, this area you would call your own, would be an area that would be quite comfortable for you, so we have brought in various favourite articles for your convenience.

"Some of you notice that there is a clothes closet, that there are chairs, and you notice that your bed does not have legs, but rather it is a projection out from the wall. Now, may I suggest to you at this time that you exchange the garment that you have on for one of the one-piece jump suits, as you shall find this more comfortable. And yes, you will notice that you have a specific colour for that which you wear.

"Now that you are about to change, if you would like to first freshen-up by washing your face, you might like to touch that large button over there on the wall and you will find that the necessary concealed fixtures will make themselves available to you. Once you have donned your particular suit, may I suggest to you that you recline upon your couch or your bed, whichever term you prefer to use. There now, I trust you now feel quite comfortable.

"Please do not be concerned that two persons will now ask permission to enter your room. They have come to assist you in balancing out and in attuning to the vibrational frequency of the ship. Yes, notice that they do not actually touch your body, but rather, they work through that which is your auric field. There now, you can already feel that they have discovered a particular area of your aura where there has been an unbalance within you, and they are now working to smooth out that unbalance.

"I can now sense that each of you is feeling much more comfortable, much more relaxed. No, these two Ones do not speak to you in words as you do, but your gratitude is conveyed to them through your thoughts. Perhaps you might choose to recline here for a few moments after they have completed the balancing process and just relish the delightful feeling that you have.

"Now, if you are ready, we would ask that you would again come into the Central Foyer that I might have the opportunity, indeed the privilege, of taking you on a tour of this particular vessel. Now, is everyone with us? Let me see. Yes, you are all here.

"We shall continue down this particular corridor, for I would welcome the opportunity to show you the portion of the ship that you would call the 'piloting area'. As we go past some of these doorways or some of these areas, you will notice that there is that which has the resemblance of great banks of computers. These are not computers in your terms of the word, but rather they are a storage system. This particular vessel is powered by crystalline energy and is guided in most ways by thought. These computer-like memory banks that you observe are for various activities that take place within the ship.

"Now, we have approached that which is the 'Command' section. As we step through the door, you will note that there are several individuals that are quite familiar to you. Indeed, some of you will be now having your own individual reunions with them…

"Again, you will note the large computer-like wall screens in this area. You will notice the energy patterns or waves that are being displayed. This is how we are able to know you, by your particular set of energy patterns. If I were to touch this particular switching device, you will notice that I do not actually touch it, but rather, I move my hand before it, and now our screen shows a combination of energy patterns that are melding into one specific pattern. This is a representation of who you are. Your individual patterns have now formed into one energy pattern that represents the group. You will note that there is now shown a particular ratio of various colors.

"That particular seat over there is one that is occupied only by the Lord Sananda, or else Commander Ashtar. There are no specific regulations regarding who can sit in it, it's just that the rest of us do not feel that we have evolved sufficiently to do so."

Commander Jon-Ton: "Greetings. May the peace of the Infinite One abide within you in all ways, manifesting the beauty that is that which is given through you.

"I do not usually communicate directly through Channelers on your Planet, but rather, I am one that is met here on the Star Ship by those Earth persons that come aboard in their sleep-state. My assignment here, if you will, is to 'run' the Star Ship, which is the 'moving world' known to you as the 'Star of Bethlehem'. It would be considered by you as a small-sized world, such as your Moon, though somewhat smaller. This Ship is used as the central focus of the many specific energies which are shared with the Earth plane. Often it is stationed invisibly near to your equator, but usually several hundred-thousands of miles above.

"Even as the other Commanders have specific assignments of concentration, my primary responsibility is to assure the safety and the secure management of the Ship. This is no easy task, I assure you! But it is one that brings to me a great challenge and sense of purpose. I cannot begin to give you specific numbers as to how many there are of us here. The numbers fluctuate according to the number of ships out on station and those that have returned to their Home Planets. However, you could say that at any one time there are at least several hundreds of thousands of ships.

"Many of the small Scout-ships stationed on this Mother Ship, more than one hundred and fifty thousand of them, are manned by from one, to two, three and up to five crew members. Of course, there is also room in each of them to hold more than twice that number if need be, such as in the event that the moment comes for you of Earth to leave quickly.

"Even as your World has many divisional responsibilities, this small world to which I am entrusted, is divided into one in which each person has specific duties or responsibilities, such as for the 'housekeeping' or cleanliness of our surroundings; others who provide food, ones who maintain the structure of the ship, ones who maintain the gardens and plant growth areas, as well as those who are responsible for our garments, housing and the environment.

"Those, for instance, who maintain the environment, are responsible for the quality of the air, its correct mixture for our well-being, the amount of light and its intensity, hue and color, and for the level of moisture available to us. They are entrusted with maintaining the in-ship environment that is most conducive to the well-being and upliftment of the Ship's inhabitants. To those of us from different Planetary spheres as well as Galaxies, we have found that there is a universal air mixture, but in the private quarters of each individual, an exact mixture is provided which is likened to their Home area. Thus there is always the opportunity to balance out. As you on Earth come to this Ship, these specialists will, and have learned, how to adjust to the total environment of your area, so as to achieve a minimum adjustment shock for each of you.

"Our Ship could be likened to a large city which is planned for the total benefit of its inhabitants. One aspect that you might find of interest, is the fact that we have no litter or refuse. We have the ability to recycle or reuse all that is with us. Thus we are self-sufficient and perpetuating. Families are also assigned to this Ship, so that we may have the experience of children or small ones coming forth to enrich our lives. In fact, we have a "Birthing chamber", even as we have a chamber for releasing ones who have achieved their highest development within this particular sphere.

"We have accepted this Assignment with great joy and anticipation. We are a movable world, which has the capacity to invite and accept many more…

"As you are aware, these Motherships are made by us through thought and application. This particular Ship does not itself have a consciousness, but it does have a sensitivity. Those that work most closely with her know of that sensitivity and how she expresses such. She does have the ability in some situations to repair herself, but she still must be patrolled by the Engineers who are responsible for her well-being.

"Should we be exposed to a small meteor bombardment, the Ship has the ability to seal any and all encroachments up to twenty feet in diameter that have escaped the Ship's repulsion beams. These would not necessitate the involvement of one of the Engineers. However, should there be damage greater than that diameter, then a crew of several Engineers from one of the Sectors would be dispatched to examine the damage and determine the method of repair. In these instances the engineers shoot crisscrossing threads across the damaged area. The Ship then has the ability to repair itself, using these filaments as the foundation for its own regeneration. Also recognize that there is a measure of elasticity to the Ship's covering material.

"We have also, at all times, a Crew on station in the 'Control' chamber. This area can be visualized as a dome above the major portion of the Ship. These ones do not usually need to themselves control the Ship, but rather leave this to instruments that are similar to your computers, except at those times when we must use 'conscious thought' to determine the navigational route. Even then, the information we require is held within the computers for us to determine which is the best route.

"Recognize that we travel much on what you would call 'Ley Lines', which are spread throughout the Cosmos. These energy lines go in all directions, so there is no limitation to our direction of travel. The only limitation we experience is one of needing to make a vibrational adjustment when we enter a Dimension of denseness greater than the one which we normally experience in our routine work. Even then, we are advised of the anticipated adjustment by our computer equipment. The 'thought' is then shared and received by all to make the necessary adjustment. The skin or covering of the Ship, if you will, is thickened to compensate for the additional stress placed upon it.

"Concerning the great distance we are in orbit from you. We could not be closer because to do so would set up a vibrational pull between your Earth, our Ship, and your Moon, to such an extent that it would be quite detrimental. It would destroy your Moon, or rather, destroy the attraction holding your Moon, causing it to spin off and disintegrate. It would also bring your Earth to rest attached to our Mother Ship or vice-versa! Such an arrangement would not be conducive to travel! This attached connection could also unfortunately destroy your Earth, should we ever needed at short notice to remove ourselves from your attachment and position within your Solar System.

"On board our Mother Ship, the growing process for our foods is one that is greatly different from yours on Earth. We do not have or need large fields of soil in which to plant seeds to produce food. Our diets are relatively simple, but suited to the background of each of us. Nutrients are produced in what you would consider to be a laboratory setting. Your hydroponics are quite similar. It has been determined that a greater yield for a longer period can be produced in this manner. We do not eat the flesh of others, but rather eat that which you would determine as fruits and vegetables, grains and seeds. Our intake of foods is not as great as yours, so it is not necessary to produce vast amounts of food.

"Those that prepare these 'Gifts of Nature' are ones who have a great Love and involvement with the act of preparation. To use your terms, they are quite creative. I believe you would like some of their recipes. We do not put in long hours of preparation, for much of what is consumed by us on a routine basis is consumed in its natural raw state. Perhaps, a liquid combining the nutrients and flavors of two or more foods might be made, but that is all. On those days which are feast days or special occasions, then there is a great activity in the area of food preparation.

"There are several of our largest Mother Ships stationed near to the Earth plane. We can come to within two thousand miles of your planet without immediate harm to you or us. We will do this in the event of a lift-off evacuation. We, aboard this particular craft, can easily hold most of the population of your North American Continent, although we would not in fact need to do this, since many of your Continent are also assigned to various other vessels for their debriefing and various assignments."

[Channeled through Tuieta in "Letters From Home, Vol. II", published in 1992 by Portals of Light, Inc., 1186E 700N, MARION, IN 46952.]

In this and similar Motherships there will be much work to be done. Those brought up to them will be looking forward to their ultimate return to a rejuvenated and cleansed Fourth Dimensional Planet Earth, with a new life ahead of them, but now there be time for training and preparation for the tasks ahead for co-creating with the help of the Galactic Federation Forces back down on the New Earth.


Chapter 9:
PLANNING A NEW WORLD

Those who have been lifted up for training and preparation to the large Motherships hovering high in our atmosphere, will be given ample time and all the necessary support needed to overcome the change of location. They will be welcomed as Honoured Guests, and all the Spaceships' great wealth of facilities, for learning, recreation and relaxation as well as personal refreshment and reflection will be placed at their disposal. But they will also need to confront the challenge of a return to a cleansed and in some areas an unrecognisable Planet. The reality of this event will focus attention on the mundane need to formulate new social and commercial rules, to assist in the planning of future resources-use for urban living, agriculture and leisure.

Aware of the importance of this task, our Space Brothers will provide the opportunities and facilities on the Motherships for the necessary Planning Convocations.

The co-creation of a rejuvenated Earth on a Higher Dimension is an event of considerable importance even in Galactic terms, and we will be greatly assisted at these Planning Convocations with advice and encouragement from our Space Brothers and participating visitors from more developed Worlds throughout the Universe. But they would not dictate our future plans, only help and advise us, for if they did otherwise they would be inter-positioning themselves between us and our own Karma, which would be improper and a violation of Universal Law. We must all learn through our own efforts, our own successes and our own mistakes, and this applies equally to a Collective Planetary Civilisation, just as it does to the destiny of individuals.

We of Earth will need to consider and formulate for ourselves the basic social-political rules and structures that will govern our New Society; the basic rules of social conduct which will reflect our new attitudes and aspirations towards one another and towards the new and uplifted Planet Earth.

Man's development on Earth, from the times of primitive cave-dwelling to the relatively sophisticated lifestyles presently enjoyed by us, has up to now been largely concerned with the provision of physical needs of food, clothing and shelter. In the New Age this will no longer be Mankind's major preoccupation, thanks largely to a lower population and new technologies as yet unknown on Earth.

Nor will the new Mankind be plagued by wars, slavery, poverty, revolution and social injustices; for the higher vibratory rate on which Humanity is to operate will ensure that the basic attitude of selfishness, which has in the past pervaded Man's relationships with fellow Man and hampered the true development of civilisation, will not prevail. Indeed, cooperation and mutual assistance will be the natural inclination in the New Age, leading to a lasting Peace and Prosperity.

In a world where there is an abundance of physical needs, in a world where Peace and Cooperation are the natural order, Mankind will now have time to devote to intellectual and spiritual development, and this will then become our major preoccupation in the New Age.

Yet Politics must nevertheless play a vital role, for even when there is unqualified goodwill between all people, an absence of planning can result in the same urban chaos we experience today; and even with the best will in the world, people still need 'Laws' as Standards of Guidance in preserving Personal Liberty, in the correct behaviour towards others and in ensuring fair commercial trade.

Many of Earth's people on the great spaceships will undoubtedly approach the very subject of Politics with reluctance, recalling only too vividly the inefficiency, corruption and costly mal-administration which characterised the 'Democratic' process of Government over which the 'People' had little or no control. How can the old evils of Politics be avoided? What sort of Politics will serve the New Age?

Fortunately these problems will not in our future "Ascended World" give undue concern. The 'Right Answer' has always been with Humanity since its most primitive days, but self-centeredness blinded us to its virtues and prevented us from embracing it. In the light of a higher vibration rate and a New Age, the right answer will be clear to everyone of us, and it will consist of one simple but vital Rule, which will give all the needed guidance in our correct relationship with others:

This New Rule can be set out as follows: "That there can be no unfair imposition upon one Living Being by Another, no interference in the Life and Evolution of One by Another. That is, whatever we may choose to do, we should do nothing which is harmful to, or interferes directly in the Personal Evolutionary Path of Others."

Furthermore the basis of this most Fundamental of all the UNIVERSAL LAWS is: "Grow in Evolution without diminishing the Evolutionary Growth of others; Prosper without impoverishing others; Respect others as you would have others Respect you."

Interpreting this Basic Rule into all levels of future Worlds will be done by formulating it as a single guiding "Principle of Liberty", one already accepted on many of the Higher Spiritual Plane Worlds, in future to be promulgated on all the other lower level Worlds as the fundamental Political/Constitutional/Social Rule for all Conduct, and one which will also in future become the guiding Principle on the "New Earth".

With this one overriding "Principle of Liberty" as the supreme element within the New Earth's "World Constitution", Mankind will share resources fairly whilst at the same time observing the Rights of Mother Earth and of Nature's environment; we will respect the Peace, Privacy and Property of one Human over another; and trade will be honest and fair, as each seeks to serve, not exploit others; giving fairly for goods and services received, only asking a fair price for goods and services rendered.

Thus the task of formulating Political Institutions and Laws will simply become one of Interpretation: of applying to our everyday lives and events the Central Rule of "Not HARMING another and Interfering in their Path of Evolution" and which forms the basis of the "Principle of Liberty". In time it could eventually be further developed as the core of "Universal Law" governing all Worlds within our Grand Universe.
[A possible interpretation in greater detail of this "Principle of Liberty" can be read at the appropriate Link at the end of this Book II.]

The purpose of "Government" in the New Earth will be defined as one of "Interpreting" the governing Constitutional "Principle" in terms of day-to-day events to produce the great variety of lower level Laws. Government will have no arbitrary power or authority within itself. Its Interpretations will only have authority insofar as they correctly reflect the enshrined Constitutional "Principles".

Turning then to physical planning, the major and very essential task of Humanity in preparation for the Return to the New Earth, there will have to be the Planning of Communities, Transport, and other uses of Land and Natural Resources in such a way that needs of agriculture and recreation are fairly provided for everyone, residential neighbourhoods, towns and cities will be convenient and pleasant, and the needs of the Planet herself will be rigorously respected.

In fact the planning process will be one of enjoyable creation in which everyone can and will participate. With guidance from a high and a just social Principle, the assistance of colleagues from other worlds, a respect for Planet Earth herself, and a pervading spirit of Goodwill resulting from the higher vibratory rate, rapid and productive progress can be made. And with the multi-dimensional 'Virtual Reality' planning facilities which will be placed at our disposal on the Motherships, in which cities, shops, workplaces, neighbourhoods, homes, even rooms and gardens can be planned, visualised and 'experienced' as if they already existed before they are built, planning the 'New Earth' will be the fun, exciting, creative experience it should be.

Our Space Brothers will provide accurate, multi-dimensional maps covering the areas of the newly restructured New Earth's surface, showing in detail those new topography of seas, lakes, rivers and mountains, the mineral deposits and the best agricultural land, as well as the Planet's natural 'Power Centers' or Planetary Chakras which channel and diffuse higher spiritual forces.

During our sojourn on the Motherships, the Space Brothers' Ecosystem Teams will meanwhile be working and cooperating with Nature down on the newly-cleansed Planet Earth to repopulate damaged areas with trees, plants, flowers and vegetation, for the benefit and beautification of the Planet and to provide Humans and animals with food in a rich and varied choice of fruits, nuts and grains. Trees and vegetation in these areas will not be seeded where centres of habitation and other surface features, such as transport lines, are planned to be located - another important reason for detailed advance planning.

But even before re-seeding and re-planting can take place, the task of Earth's purification must be undertaken by those of 'Higher' spiritual evolution qualified in such work. This is more complex than we could ever imagine, involving sciences unknown to us. The pollution and damage to our Planet presently visible to us is only the 'tip of the iceberg', as Tuella explains:

"I am told by our Space Brothers that it will take some years for Planet Earth to heal over the scars of her past damage. Panoramic pastures of flowers and lush greenery will be set aside to replenish in beauty, areas where polluted cities once stood and wars were fought.

"The many combined Fleets of the Ashtar Command will be occupied balancing the Magnetic Grid System to restore it to a positive and accurate balance once again. Evacuees from Earth will be observing this from viewing screens on the great Mother Craft, as Spaceships beyond number of all colors, tints, shapes and sizes, some just as balls of radiant light, travel at incredible speeds along every line of the Grid System, moving in beautiful precision.

"They will anchor the Earth within its own forcefield and reopen the Planetary Chakras where new beautiful cities will be built. They will also clear the Dimensional Portals for the later entry of the immense, city-sized Motherships, which will return their precious cargo to the Planet. This will come after Earth's glorious restoration when all things will be made new."

["On Earth Assignment", by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read from the links at the end of Book II]

Just as so many intrepid Souls crossed the Atlantic from the Old World to a New Continent, so the time will come when Earth's People will begin their return to their 'New' Planet, now largely cleansed, refreshed and replanted. They will bring with them their previously agreed plans for new towns and cities, neighborhoods and homes, and begin work on the pioneering task of rebuilding the new society.

It will be a time of great challenge, for those first years will set the tone for the New Age and the new Aquarian Millennium. But it will also be a time of Relief, of Joy and Thanksgiving for our "Return Home" to a Higher Dimension. The joy of return will mirror in reverse the trauma in which we left; and in our return we will be accompanied by, and share our joy with the great Masters in whose charge Planet Earth is given.

Tuella relates her experience she viewed on a visit to the Higher Planes of a return of Humanity to the 'New Earth':

"During an 'out of body excursion', I was privileged to visit with Commander Soltec on his Mothership, the 'Phoenix'.

"On the Mothership, I was courteously seated before three very large viewing screens in his Office and Laboratory Rotunda. The center screen presented a sweeping panorama of Earth's landscape; beautiful snow scenes, then tropical areas, majestic green mountains, colorful oceans, like a travelogue on a tremendous scale and utterly beautiful. It seemed somewhat strange to me that in this broad viewing, I saw no housing of any description or evidence of commercial or city life; in fact I saw no Human life at all. Soltec was evidently reading my thoughts. He commented:

"You are now viewing an area of the Planet as it will be when it is "Cleansed" and new in its glory and beauty. This is the new growth, the new covering that will bloom upon the Planet when these People of Light return. Notice how much more beautiful is the greenery of the vegetation and the spreading trees, the deep blue of the firmament, the clear cleanliness of the water, for all pollution is now removed from the atmosphere. The air is pure and clean."

"He zoomed in on a tremendous pasture of wild flowers. The colorful splash was breathtaking. He smiled and told me, "On that very panorama, a large polluting dirty city formally stood." I would never have recognized the terrain, though I knew I had once lived in that city. He further stated: "Many areas on the beautiful Planet Earth that have suffered degradation at the hands of Mankind, will be left to rest."

"The screen to the left was then activated and revealed a desirable landscape of sloping hills, lavishly covered with trees of that heavenly green, with many beautiful broad open areas in its midst. There were creeks, and slowly flowing rivers. I could see the rocks at the bottom through the clear water, even from our distant vantage point.

"Suddenly, high above these vast central planes I saw the gleaming bright light of an enormous Spacecraft, very brilliant, glowing as it lowered and settled down silently and gently on the miles of greenery. It was a beautiful ship of indescribable size. I can only say it was extremely spacious, shiningly beautiful, dominating the screen as we watched.

"Many openings suddenly appeared all around the Spacecraft, with wide stairways dropping down, efficiently and quickly. Upon each one were crowds of people; youths, tots perched on adult shoulders or clutching the hands of parents, whilst hugging all of their young pets the Space friends had given them. All began to descend at once in a run, shouting with joy or in prayer, but happiness and smiles everywhere. The high emotion of the moment was contagious and I found myself feeling exhilarated along with them and smiling broadly as well. I looked at the Commander, and he also was smiling and laughing with great joy.

"What's happening here?" I asked.

"This is a landing of persons and Lightworkers returning to the new Earth."

"I caught my breath as I marveled at their happiness. As far as you could see the children were running all over the beautiful hills, whilst the very young children were busily occupied with petting their little animal friends to make them feel at home. These children from the great Mothership were facing a new life that would share fellowship with these beautiful Souls from other worlds. There were many infants also; being carried as the throng continued to pour forth by the hundreds, until finally I calculated there must be several thousands disembarking.

"Finally the moment came when the activity had stilled and a hush of reverence swept across the masses. Every eye was turned toward the massive center portal, which seemed to glow in an invisible light. Suddenly three beautiful Beings appeared atop the stairs and paused. As I sat with Soltec viewing the scene, I intuitively knew they were Lord Jesus Sananda, Lord Kuthumi, and Lord Saint Germain. The shortest of the three was draped in a violet colored cape. Lord Jesus wore a simple white robe girded at the center, and Lord Kuthumi was clothed in a golden colored metallic robe. Together, they descended where the assembled crowd stood waiting. They clasped as many outstretched hands as possible and embraced many. I realized then that these 'Beloved Ones' and our Space Friends would be remaining with us for a considerable time."

[ "On Earth Assignment", by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988.]



Chapter 10:
Messages from the Galactic Federation & Higher Spiritual Sources

Since 1994 we have been given a considerable amount of channeled information about the coming "Earth Changes" from the Galactic Federation of Light. Much of this early on came via the local Representative Council of the Galactic Federation based in the Sirius Star System within our quadrant of our Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon. From 1996 onwards their Messages were channeled by Sheldan Nidle on the www.paoweb.com Web-site (for a compendium of these Messages see the "Galactic Federation of Light Archive" link at the end of this Book II).

The Galactic Federation Of Light itself claims a membership of over 200 Galactic Systems, all who follow the positive path of "Light". They have up until recently been bitterly opposed within our Galaxy by a powerful and negative "Forces of Darkness" known as the Anchara Alliance. As a result, during the last 500,000 years, there have been numerous and devastating Galactic Wars within our Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon. However, only now, at the coming "End Times" of a Great Universal Cycle, has our Creator of this Universe at last set in motion a Grand Final Elimination of all the Forces of Darkness within our Milky Way Galaxy.

As a result, recent Galactic Membership of the "Federation of Light" has risen from 100,000 to over 200,000 Star Nations. Many of the Members of the former Dark "Anchara Alliance" belong to the Reptilian Races (bipedal Reptile Beings), who came from a nearby Galaxy when it was amalgamated with our own after its collapsed civilisations were disbanded. They generally tend to be of a more mental and sometimes aggressive nature, of a more cold-blooded and less emotional nature than the Human Race who are more emotive by nature. They came to our own Galaxy with the mistaken belief that they had somehow been given a "Mandate" to inherit dominance over the Human Races. Their more developed mental ability allowed them to create highly advanced physical technologies, giving them a technological advantage over the more heart-led and Loving Human Races and thus the power to take over and control them to fulfil their own wishes.

In 1994 the local Council of the Galactic Federation of Light within this Quadrant of our Milky Way Galaxy, based on Sirius B, informed us that these are indeed the End Times of a long Galactic Cycle, one which will bring us an end to a long History of Darkness on our Planet as well as other parts of the Galaxy. This is to be facilitated within our own Solar System by its making a re-entrance into the "Photon Belt", a huge doughnut-shaped cloud of Photon Light particles. This Photon Belt emanates from the Galactic Centre and is one which we regularly pass through after being out in a period of the "Galactic Night" for over 11,000 years, to now re-enter for another 2000 years as part of our new Zodiacal "Age of Aquarius". This Photon Belt is an intense band of Celestial Light-force which will act as an important energetic force to assist us in raising up our vibration rates and consciousness level from the low and dense physical Third Dimension to the more Etheric Fourth and Fifth Dimensions. They further informed us that the Photon Light particles would also be changing our present magnetic-based electrical systems over to one based on Photon-based energy, requiring in the future totally new electrical technology. They have promised us that they would help us with this once they had been permitted to make a "First Contact" through their landings, but only after a full "Disclosure" of their extraterrestrial existence is made by our Governments.

However, since then there have arisen repeated delays to Earth's Ascension process, mainly due to a combination of reluctance to change by our own Earth Humanity's "Collective Consciousness" and further complicated by Earth's "Secret Government" (the Dark Cabal/Illuminati) working behind the scenes to control and maintain domination over Humanity, which they have done mainly through the Banking and Global Financial Systems. Therefore Divine Intervention has had to have been repeatedly enacted to delay or postpone the physical Earth Changes and Cleansing until all the Dark elements have been finally removed from their secret positions of power. Nonetheless, as an unexpected "silver lining" to this cloud of darkness, these constant delays and postponements have nevertheless allowed Earth's Humans more valuable preparation time to prepare for their final Ascension and also made it possible to include a greater number of as-yet unprepared Souls to themselves progress towards Ascension. Now that our Solar System is already well advanced into the Photon-Light Belt with Planet Earth about to fully enter it herself, the major physical "Cleansings" to Planet Earth can no longer be much delayed.

Since 2005, there has been a further very important new source of Messages - those given by Christ Michael, the ATON or Sovereign Ruler of this Local Universe of Nebadon [our Milky Way Galaxy]. These give a very deep insight into the detailed plans put forward by Christ Michael in his Plans for our Ascension Process, including possibly putting all the inhabitants of Earth into a period of "Stasis" (suspended animation) while the many Earth Changes are carried out by the Galactic Federation Teams. All of these Christ Michael Messages, which themselves add on to many other important ones given by the Regional Galactic Federation Council and other sources, have since been collected together into an Archive from 2005 onwards up to the final one given by Christ Michael in 2013. These can be read in the extensive "Christ Michael ATON Archive" available from the Link at the end of this Chapter 10, and is certainly very well worth the long read!

We have had to limit all of the many other communicated Messages collected since 1996 to a selection which are given below of only the most significant ones for reasons of space. Further Messages are available for those who wish to delve more deeply into the subject in the two separate Links at the end of this Book II: the "Christ Michael ATON Archive" and the "Galactic Federation Archive".



18 November 2005 - The Many Hats of Christ Michael, Creator Son of the Grand Universe Holy Trinity and Sovereign of the Local Universe of Nebadon/Milky Way Galaxy - Channeled by Candace Frieze

Christ Michael: Back during the "First Coming", when I embarked on a joint-incarnation with Jesus/Esu-Sananda, I did indeed experience the sorrow of the peoples of this Planet, very first hand, experimentally. When I left that incarnation on the Cross [through "Overshadowing" the physical Jesus], I not only took my required rapid Ascension journey, as described in The Urantia Book to sit at the Right Hand of the Father, I stayed in the Central Universe for a time to review what I had observed in person. In my good conscience I could not let this Planet go, nor could I put its care into the hands of another, and delegate the work.

I knew I would return to make right of the wrongs, personally. So we thought, considered, stewed as you do, about the problems and what must be done. We have the ability to draw up scenarios a bit faster and we drew up many. Then we chose from what seemed like the best to choose from. We created in thought, but it was necessary to return and do the work within the realm, in "3D," in life.

So I am here again, in life, in a body on a Command Mothership overhead. We were also going to handle the end of the Galactic Wars, so I did choose to wear the hat of a Commander of a Star Fleet, of a portion of the mighty Ashtar Command. I desired to have this experience also. Creator Sons don't tend to command Star Fleets. And it was a perfect way to handle the situation of my return.

It provided a method of returning but not identifying myself as who I am, thus the "Hatonn" Space Commander image [initially taking on a temporary title as "Commander Hatonn" of the Pleiadian "Phoenix" Mothership]. We do have to use stealth, in this work. Had I come as Christ Michael, I would have been a far greater threat, and the ruling "Dark Cabal" would have harmed all of you, in a serious way, those who have come to participate with me, and made this much more difficult. Obviously to be born a babe was not going to work, they would have killed most of the Human Race trying to kill me, remember the story of Herod?

I did not plan the "Phoenix Journals" [published as a regular Newsletter in the 1990s to subscribers] before I came, that occurred later. We made the decision to publish many materials as part of the Teaching Mission. The "Conversation with God" books are an example, by Buddha, through Neale Donald Walsch. There are many other teaching methods of course also.

There was much nonsense going on to confuse the Lightworkers, as you have experienced. The Medical establishment was not doing the right thing either. I chose to write the Phoenix Journals, with the help of others in this project, to get correct teaching about the Khazars [Zionists] out, correct teaching of the political scene behind your backs, correct teaching relating to medicine, science and a huge variety of other topics.

Had I taught as Christ Michael in these works, the first one would have not ever even have been printed. The disguise was very important. A Space Commander is less threatening to them. They figured, with their hiding of the presence of the "Star People" [E.T.s] from the populace that people would simply not read the books. And that happened to a significant degree.

You have all agreed to come to the Planet, any one of you reading this, or you are a more experienced Earth Soul, choosing this time to be part of this extremely unusual journey with me. We are all working together, Two or More in My Name, to mend this Planet, and restore through my "Correcting Time", where she ought more to be at this point in her history. We are not only correcting the times, through this joint experience, we all are together, even myself, the Creator Son, greatly adding to our combined experience, learning on a bigger learning curve, making known the unknown.

At the conclusion of this mighty project, together we will have made greater progress in our knowledge, our experiential learning than had we adjudicated the Rebellion of Lucifer with massive arrests, and rapidly putting an end to it. I chose to let it to go through to a natural end. Despite that some might disagree with this, to this end, we together are making known the unknown to the Father, and as I look back at my 300 Billion years in this Local Universe of Nebadon as its Creator Son and eventual Full Sovereign, and my theorem I set out to test, I would do it all over again. It is no longer a theorem, it is now known.

Now, that comment having been made, lets return. Some of you in the Teaching Mission have been pondering the Being known as Jesus-SANANDA, and wondering if Sananda was my personalized Thought Adjuster that I came to the Planet with. The answer is no, Sananda is an Ascending Son of God, with a long history in Nebadon. He is a "Kumara", a group of Beings originating as the new Race of Humans long ago in the Lyra Star System, and who successfully got themselves out of a matrix that had kept them there with "Weapons of Mass Destruction", besides the mind control methods used to control a Planetary People by enslaving Races.

And they did it, without assistance such as Earth is receiving now, and without heavy weaponry. I will not use the time here to teach that, because Sananda is to do that himself, having experienced it personally. Sananda is Immanuel Esu Kumara, [also known as Jesus Christ] originally born of Gabriel and of more recent times, the only son of Sanat Kumara. Sanat Kumara was Planetary Logos until around 20 years ago, and returned to Venus, where his offices are, and his home, as he became Solar Logos of your Solar System. He was replaced by Lord Buddha, the same Buddha that came around 500 years before I did, and who is the author of the "Conversation of God" Books, with Neale Donald Walsch.

Now to those of the Christ Michael Global Spiritual Network forum, my incarnation was a double incarnation with Sananda, together we were Joshua (or Yeshua to some then and as Jesus in the Bible) ben Joseph. Now it is true as The Urantia Book describes, that when a Creator Son completes his final Bestowal, he goes alone, without the many that usually accompany assorted Descending Son missions to the Planets, whether Bestowal or Avonal/Magisterial.

Hence, there are many here in support to the Avonal Paradise Son Monjoronson, and the Magisterial Mission. There are also Trinity Teacher Sons on the Planet, who will walk it more later, when the Correcting Time makes it possible for the Trinity Teacher Son Mission to be public. Monjoronson was to have the Magisterial Mission announced by this time, had my Second Coming Event not be delayed.

I desired, in my experience 2000 years ago, to also not only handle my own Bestowal and use it to terminate the Lucifer Rebellion, but to double dip of sorts, and handle also the Anunnaki/Nibiruan influence on the Planet. To understand that situation better, because I had never personally experienced the Galactic Warring problem in Nebadon, I came together with one very highly experienced in this arena, Immanuel Esu Kumara [Jesus/Sananda].

He had quite a few previous incarnations on the Planet; the most notable one was as King David. Be not put back by what is said in Urantia about how the Higher Realms were not particularly pleased with King David. It was a way of protecting his descendants. The King David mission was a great one, and that is why it stood out. Immanuel is a highly experienced warrior my friends, yes Sananda is indeed a warrior!

Now with the "Second Coming" Event, Sananda Immanuel does become the "Planetary Prince of Urantia/Earth". I have a couple of other Ascending Sons in similar positions in my Local Universe of Nebadon, and an Ascending Son also in a position of System Sovereign. These jobs, in my Local Universe/Galaxy, do not have to be held by the Descending Sons, and in the Rebellion Worlds, I have learned that the Ascending Sons, with their vast experiential learning, better understand those Worlds that have rebelled. So be it, with Sananda.

Your World has set itself aside, made itself different, decided on a different box, so it can have a different leadership. Lucifer was not all wrong, he thought he had a better way, but his Ego was a huge problem with him, his Ego remained so strong, that at the end, at his trial, he chose to be "uncreated", rather than come out of his box, and try on a different hat.

For the time being, Jesus/Esu Sananda Immanuel has adopted Urantia, Earth Shan, as his home, for his future experiencing as a Planetary Prince. He is one of you, who understands who you are, and what you want, because he has been there and done that. I chose not to squelch the "Lucifer Rebellion", because I created my Universe to be in a different box, rather not in a box, and the sad part is, that Lucifer did not understand that.

In his quest to do his own thing, he created a very limiting box, and this is what is behind the rebellion of Lucifer in the first place. He was not happy with how I ran my Local Universe; he felt his system needed to be more within the box. It needed more rules. He felt with his ideas, he could actually speed up evolution, but instead he set it back. So we now have "The Correcting Time".

Jesus Sananda Immanuel does not desire to remain the Planetary Prince forever, nor should he be. He will, as he stated in one of the messages through Candace, vacate the position when you are all grown up, and elect your own. In the Lucifer Rebellion, this is what some people did want, to run their own affairs, and you know what, all he had to do was ask of me, and present a viable plan, not carry out an insurrection. I am very open to testing a theorem, providing the parameters are well thought out.

Now back to that double incarnation with Sananda. I suggested he is a "Warrior". I needed, in my special mission, someone to help. Coming unattended by a Celestial Staff is the rule, but in my unusual case I needed one other, someone who understood this Planet Earth, by his experience on it, and long understanding not only the Planet, but also the invading Anunnaki/Nibiruans of the mobile Planet Nibiru. So we agreed to journey together.

This combined Mission of myself and Sananda is not taught in "The Urantia Book", for our protection from the Dark Forces required of our joint Mission. There was also the failure of the Adam and Eve mission to inject the "Violet DNA" into Earth's peoples. Also the Anunnaki/Nibiruans severely messed with the DNA of Earth's peoples after the Fall of Atlantis, reducing it from 12 strands down to only two strands.

To repair this, I came into the world with DNA from Gabriel, if fact very "High" DNA. The reason The Urantia Book does not cover this, and as a protection tells instead a slightly different story, that is because our "Dark Ones" hunt down those with the Higher Celestial DNA and exterminate any carriers of it.

I did indeed leave this "Double Incarnation" at the time of the Cross, and Sananda was healed, actually the special 3D body healed, and then Sananda carried the genetics to India where he married and fathered 5 children. He and Mary Magdalene also brought a female child, SaRa [Sarah] into the world, in Europe. Mary Magdalene was the incarnate Lady Nada, Sananda Immanuel's Twin Soul. Mary Magdalene, as well as Mother Mary carried some improved DNA also.

Since 2000 years ago, many E.T.s have come, bringing in the superior DNA from other Planets, raising up the DNA of this world. The Urantia Book [in 1934] could not discuss this, also it did not mention Reincarnation, because of the need to protect the "Star People" from the Dark Ones whilst they were incarnating on Earth to work for me, as well as bringing some additional DNA along with them. They also, while incarnated repaired some of the existing DNA, and the Karma it carries, taking on the Karma of others and releasing the new patterns into the DNA early in their lives before they were able to reproduce, thus healing the Karma of this Planet in this manner. And now you are aware of this, watching what are called the Indigo/Crystal children being born into the Planet over these past few years.

I am in fact having a "Second Coming Event" through Sananda, and for two reasons; the first as a "Wake Up Call", and helps Christians who are expecting an "Event", often with the "Rapture" as part of it. The other reason is that during the Event, the Earth will be cleansed of the negative thought forms, all Lower Astral Worlds and entities who are up to no good and causing much harm and mischief. The worst and totally uncurable of those may well go into the "Sacred Fire" that uncreates/annihilates them; they shall be no more. 3D Earth will not see this visually. In a way, this is the "Hell Fire", for all Eternity that is taught on Earth, but totally misunderstood. No one will see flames, and it is for a virtual eternity, because if you no longer exist, you can't return here. This is what is called the "Second Death", from which there is no apparent return, but from which elements of their Soul personality will in fact be recycled to start over again.

I AM a Master Creator Son, and can initiate this, but the final sentence has to be made at the Seventh SuperUniverse level [the Seventh SuperUniverse of "Orvonton" in our Grand Universe, within which is Christ Michael's Local Universe of Nebadon - our Milky Way Galaxy]. I do this with great sorrow, but out of necessity. The Race called the "Animus", as has been told of (at http://www.wingmakers.com/) are an artificial Race, they do not have the intelligence of the Ascending Sons, and are predatory in nature. They do want a body, but do not want the responsibility of the Ascending Journey. It is time to end their reign of terror.

Those "Negative thought forms" are not real entities, and they can't take the journey. Mankind does not know how to rid themselves of them, so I will do so. Some of the other lower Astral, and negative 4D entities will be removed to the Void Planet. The rest will face extinction of personality. This is the "Adjudication of the Age", and much of this is handled by the Magisterial Creator Son, Monjoronson.

14 November 2006 - Christ Michael ATON on Earth's Unique Role

These Times that are spoken of are troublesome and unpredictable. The "Dark Forces", as you call them, are primed for a last gasp stand off with us/me, and our best efforts to convince them otherwise are to no avail. This will come down to a "show-down", I'm afraid. You ask me why this has to happen since I am God/Creator Son of this Local Universe. It is because I gave you the opportunity to create this resistance to my Will. This is a grand experiment on so many levels you still can't comprehend. The Dark was allowed to take over in this segment of my Local Universe because I and your Cosmic Creator wanted to see how you as the "Explorer/Creator Race" would learn to cope with it. It had never happened before in this type of scenario, and I convinced you all to come here to battle against this reversal of my original intentions.

That is a dichotomy in itself. My intention was not to have the Dark take over, but once it did, I felt that the future of creation would be better served by allowing you to figure out how to deal with this threat. There are no more Creator Sons being created and it is my plan to have the best "Ascending Sons" train here to become worthy new "Creator Sons" of the new Universes at present being formed out in the Great Void.

You all are exceeding my expectations. The Galaxies throughout the Multiverses are paying close attention to your struggles and your successes. You are learning about situations that are unique, and your solutions are providing vast new archives of information that others can use in similar situations if something of this magnitude happens again. It is unlikely that anything similar will ever take place again, however, because you have explored the parameters in this situation with such depth that there is not much more to be learned from it. That is why I say you are wonderful "Ascending Sons". You have dealt with a particularly troublesome issue and come through the dark with patience and insight. Patience gives you breadth of thought, and insight comes from thinking broadly.

Mother Earth is going ahead with her letting loose with the "Changes". She has withheld her "Earth Changes" for almost too long to help you all get to the point you have reached. Now that you are home again with us, she is free to change as she sees fit. Once again I tell you that these "Changes" are such that the geography of the Earth will change. There is no way the physical embodiment of Mother Earth's consciousness can continue the way it is when she herself is bursting through to a new awareness and understanding of her role in the Ascension process. She has determined to take you with her, and this in itself is a remarkable decision for her to make. She is being as careful as she can to preserve your comfort zones and the places you are drawn to for your own work.

30 December 2006: Christ Michael ATON - Candace Frieze

I have never said since the days of the "Phoenix Journals" that Earth would need an Evacuation. Your - that is, Mankind's - progression in awareness and willingness to accept the Light we are shining on you and Earth in ever increasing amounts has made this "Plan" a non-issue at this time. You have proved that you can weather the storms that must inevitably come as Mother Earth Gaia re-shapes herself to make her own guise able to accommodate the Changes she eagerly anticipates. Many of the present inhabitants will not be able to go with her. That is true. Nor will many of the present inhabitants be able or willing to adjust to the increasingly higher frequencies of Light and energy that are bombarding Earth from your Sun and from the Central Sun of your System and Universe. The alignment is occurring on a Galactic scale, and the changes that will come from this are incomprehensible to your present understanding. This will be, however, a marvellous and miraculous undertaking that will take Earth with it as the glowing jewel I had always intended her to be. I use the feminine gender because she is the receiver of all the glory and power I wish to send her. She nurtures Man and all that is on her. She is the Mother of all that are connected with her.

This Timeframe that everyone bandies about is fluid. It is all contingent on how Man and all the players in this scenario choose to shape the movement towards the "Light and Life" that have been determined to be the outcome. This end result is the outcome that everything is moving towards. There is no one way to get there. There are millions of possible outcomes that can be used as links in the chain of movement towards the final goal of Ascension and realisation of your true self and complete purpose. You are here on Earth as a test and an experiment to learn much that others will never have the opportunity to learn. This is a unique situation that will be the breeding ground for many new Creator Sons who will in turn shape other Universes to explore their own ideas of relationship with the Creator Source. That was my purpose in creating Nebadon. I wanted to explore the relationship that Duality proposes. I wanted to see how Beings could be separate from their Source and find their way back. What a significant progress has been made, although the route here has never been mapped out beforehand.

The time now is for "closure" on the past and a moving into a new phase of your existence. Yet, this shift will not be an instant change. I want to see how you resolve your issues. I want to see how you take our help and create your own methods. I want to see you be Co-creators with me. I have created many of you Ascending Sons, and now I want you to learn to "create" as well. There will be nothing more that I will be able to guide you to. This may take what seems an infinitely long time to you, but it will be only a minute in Eternity.

The method we will use is this: there will be an announcement soon. The Banking debacle is almost resolved. It can go no further. There are no more alternatives. The Government changes are in place and ready to go once the existing Government relinquishes its ill-gotten grasp on control. This scenario has been complicated beyond your wildest imagining, and the results we now have accomplished have been global and complete. The first has become last, because of the delays they have contrived, and America will emerge from its dream of unawareness as the last step in the process.

Once this is accomplished, the door will open to the Galaxy. Visitors from everywhere will come to see what has happened and offer their help in making the changes that must occur on the physical Planet. The Tectonic Plates must stabilise, and volcanic eruptions will take place. We see no purpose at this point in delaying this occurrence. Earth must adjust herself in the way she can. She has accommodated Man longer than she had a right to, and now Man must accommodate her. We will do whatever we can to ameliorate these major upheavals, but there is no way to prevent them. There will be a time of "chaos and disaster", to your way of thinking, before the way is clear for true Ascension to "Light and Love". We will warn you of these events, but there will be many who disregard our warnings. Many will choose to leave Earth. Many will choose to stay to help. This is all determined by your individual life path. I will stress, however, that those who choose to stay will find ways to do so, and the rewards they find will be an accurate compensation for their decision to invest their life purpose in this unfolding

11 October 2007: Esu Sananda describes the "Stasis Process" - Jess Anthony

Let's speak of the Stasis Event, as you called it. These events will be the beaming of energy rays of a certain frequency towards the Earth that will cause certain frequencies of vibrations to stop their motion. This is not analogous to death, because in death circumstances the energy continues to move. It is reshaped into another form that is not representative of the physical body that it used previously. In this instance, the energy pauses its vibration. The power of the beaming vibration causes the other to mirror or entrain is own vibrational frequency to that of the new frequency. This only synchronises with a certain range of frequencies and these are the ones that pause.

In terms of your bodies, this is the energy "glue" that holds the parts of the atoms together. This is what is connected to the Universal energy that links Man with his Creative Sun. This energy has intelligence, and it creates the concept of Love that joins waves and pulses of energy into a coherent form. Love is the force that "convinces" random waves of energy to coalesce into a structure and become a unified force that materialises ultimately as a mental idea that takes a physical form.

The Stasis energy causes the glue to be stationary. It understands the purpose of this Stasis and it wants the energy forms it holds together to experience the new environment it will find when the Stasis is finished. This will be a fresh template with an open willingness to accept a fuller range of information being sent to Earth by the Creator Sun and the Photon Belt. The analogy with sleep is appropriate to some extent. Just as your body assimilates new information and physical challenges as it sleeps, so will the paused energy be re-tooled to accept a much more intense and faster vibrating experience.

This will be brought on during sleep and it will end as Earth's inhabitants wake up the next morning of what seems to be the next day. Because all energy vibration in the body has paused, the body doesn't experience any sense of time passing. The Earth is not pausing, however, and she will be continuing on with her Ascendancy with our help. There will be a new sense of environment when people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and peaceful.

9 September 2007: Esu Sananda speaks on the Financial Changes after the "Stasis" Period - Jess Anthony

I will speak of the choices people on Earth can make in terms of their money situations and their living conditions. The Banks will be undergoing a transition, as has been described. Cash will not be readily available for a period of a few days. This will start as soon as we begin the announcement period probably 12 hours after everyone wakes up from the "Stasis Period". The initial surprise and bewilderment of many will be sinking in to a rational view of what has happened. News will be curtailed in many cases and explanations will be kept to a minimum. The uninformed conclusions will serve no positive purpose. This is controlling, yes, but ultimately practical. I must point out that the change is global, not just in America with its fifty States. The discussion here is almost exclusively on what will happen in this country, when in actuality every country on every continent will undergo a form of change. That is an enormous proposition, and one that has required this time to prepare and set in motion.

Everyone on Earth has agreed to their life plan before they came. Everyone's Higher Self knows what they have determined is their agenda. The choices of how to achieve this agenda are the variables you find as you live on Earth. There are many options you can choose that are determined by your personal discernment and preconditioning memories. These choices affect how your life is shaped. You each select a life pattern that allows you to explore your individual purpose in whatever way seems most appropriate for you alone. Your birth and your death pattern are selected as the most instructive method for your incarnation.

I say all of this because your perception of life after Stasis will be different. You will begin to see this bigger picture of Universal Truth with ever-increasing clarity. You will see why people are no longer here. You will see why you have remained, and you will see what your purpose is in staying. This Planet is going through a tremendous renewal and restoration. You are staying here because you have agreed to help with this process. This process demands cooperation and ingenuity. This is the talent and power you have - those of you who are here. You know more about living in this type of creation than anyone. Your job is to use this knowledge.

This involves finding ways to live that are more in tune with Earth. This involves finding means of rational cooperation with each other. If scarcity of resources or money becomes an issue, then determine what you personally can do about it. You have chosen to be in the situation you are in because you want to experience it. How will you do that and what will you discover and learn? Life is about learning and experiencing. Pleasure comes from experience that brings satisfaction and a sense of personal balance. You are happy because you are happy. Not because someone tells you that you are happy.

25 September 2007: Christ Michael ATON on the Progress into Stasis - Jess Anthony

You ask me to explain this situation further for the Readers. "Stasis" is an event that will occur as the beginning of our formal intervention. We have been guiding you on Earth up to this point, through discussions and teachings, and also with the assistance of numerous Allies who are working on the surface in professions that directly impact the decisions that will produce the outcome that must be achieved. Make no mistake: the outcome will be achieved. This is the Decree of Heaven and the Creator Source of all. My responsibility and guardianship oversees this taking place. I have created this Local Universe of Nebadon and Earth is my prize Creation. I will not see this fail.

However, I also created the existence on Earth to explore the experience of Duality and Separation from the Source. This has been a more extraordinary lesson than anyone could have projected at the time. This is because there were no previous examples to look to and no hints of the outcomes that might be possible. I offered the opportunity for Masters and Angels to come to Earth and experience this new sense of "separation". It was a risk, and I knew it was necessary to have inhabitants with skills and previous experience with shaping a Planet in times of distress. This ability was locked inside of each of those people who incarnated. For a while they remembered this as part of their connection to the Universe. But with the coming of the Dark, they were made to forget this link and become unthinking servants to others with an awareness of control and manipulation.

This led to the catastrophes of Lemuria and Atlantis, and survivors sank even further into their forgetfulness. Others with some remembrance of their positions as Overlords created another world of the "Elite" and the "Controlled". This recreation of the worst of Atlantis has continued up to the present day. My "Planetary Bestowal" to Earth in the agency of Jesus Christ was the beginning of the shift in thinking that would lead to the awareness that is burgeoning out today.

I have been guiding you with my Ministers and Teachers for the whole of your existence. This has been a form of intervention from the beginning of your History. The intervention you seek now asks for more specific assistance in the face of greater threats than you have ever been aware of. We have listened to your requests and have granted you more.

The "Great Conclave" you have recently heard spoken of was a meeting I called with Representatives from all over the SuperUniverse of Orvonton [The 7th Super-Universe within our Grand Universe] and Havona [The "Central Universe" surrounding the Paradise Isle]. This was a meeting unlike any you have heard of. The Representatives deal with the directions the Local Universes [Galaxies] as a whole take in ascending and recreating themselves. They determine how these Local Universes/Galaxies are constructed and what reality they will embody as their components are developed. This is work on a greater scale than you are capable of imagining. Think how vast your own Local Universe of Nebadon is and imagine that to be an insignificant piece of an immense group of similar Local Universes/Galaxies [a total of over 700,000 Local Universes/Galaxies within our Grand Universe with its centre point of the Paradise Isle and surrounding Havona Central Universe]. The Attendees at the Meeting I called were the Overseers of these vast assemblages of Planets and Stars. Spiritual Beings on a high level of Light and connection with the energy of the Creator Source.

They all had opinions on what to do with Planet Earth, this small piece of the Grand Universe. It was a long and contested discussion. The end result was that I was given the right to do what I wished to do with my Local Universe Creation. The Plan is totally mine and the decisions I make are totally for the best interests of my "Jewel of Creation".

I have chosen to allow you still to work out your resolution as best you can - with our assistance - to the cycle of choices that were initiated after the demise of Atlantis. This has been over 12,000 years of your struggling and experiencing, with stages of awakening and periods of falling back into forgetfulness. We have always been guiding your explorations and always providing suggestions for you to discover as to your own awareness. Your core connection to me has been constant even as you were oblivious to its presence. This is why you have always looked for something - a solution, a better way, a "Saviour". This search has always taken such a form.

Now you are here with an awareness that is ready to experience our full "disclosure". This readiness is still threatened by those who wish this awakening not to occur. These are the controlling Dark Elite who manipulate your actions and your thinking to make you support them through your acceptance of Laws and procedures that are not in your own individual best interest. This is being changed completely, with actions that are progressing carefully and delicately through minefields that reach to all levels of your global society. The game plan in operation is enormously complicated and operating on several levels of reality at once. Your conscious perception is but one level of the activity that is ongoing. You sense the progress in all these levels, but your conscious awareness is still fixated on the conditioning information still being fed to you by the Dark-controlled Media sources.

This dis-junction of levels of perception is the source of your discomfort and frustration. You have a sense that good is pervading much of your awareness, but you reject that assurance in the face of measured and quantified proof that seems to fall short of your expectations.

The question of time is a tricky one. Time and space are constants that we accept as well, but the measurements you use are not those of the Seventh Super-Universe of Orvonton that we are a part of. Our measurements coincide with yours on occasions, and are not congruent on others. Our working plan is what we must make our decisions by, just as you are tied to your calendar measurements and your time segments. We have certain plans that we work under, and these projections are the dates that are given out in messages and so-called predictions. These dates are approximations to our time. They can't be looked at as the determinants for Galactic actions that are timed to another Galactic System. We say in all cases that a projected date is contingent on all factors being in place. This understanding is a truth that will not be changed. Any prediction that states a definite date is always conditional, even if the Channeller or Seer doesn't include that fact.

21-22 January 2009: Christ-Michael Aton's Update on the Stasis Event - Through Candace Frieze

Candace has been getting questions about the Stasis Event and what to expect after a longer period. A large question is about whether those Human bodies who have passed-over will be removed or not. In many cases, Yes, and in others, Nature will do what Nature does. The people of Earth need to realize immediately that this was not a "Rapture", as missing bodies may well cause some to believe it was the Rapture. Where Celestial Guides are available to assess individual situations, people will not wake up to sharing their beds with a skeleton either. We will not be cutting the weeds and also altering what happens to food and the like; it will be whatever is left as leftovers after two years time. People will not awaken to neatly trimmed lawns.

I remind you, every ensouled person, whether in a child's body or not, has made their decision as to whether they wish to continue their journey here on Earth or not, and all ensouled people have Angelic Guardians who oversee this process.

We do also have at our disposal a separate 3rd-Dimension "New Planet", and individuals and whole families who have been chosen - this option will go in body to this new Planet. They will be awakened from Stasis in succeeding intervals, as we do not want too many arriving en-mass. Those going to the New Planet in their physical body from the areas around the Pacific Rim will go first to that Planet. You already have 200,000 living people from Earth now on that new World. No criminals are to be allowed on this new Planet. Neither will "Robotoids" [created Robot-Beings by the Dark Forces] be going to that Planet because it is being started only by somewhat more advanced Souls who have the durability to begin a new 3rd-Dimension journey. At the end of the Stasis Event, there will be perhaps 2-3 million people on this alternative physical-level Planet.

Leave the children in our hands and do not worry. Also do not forget that we will be on the Television and Radio immediately the Planet comes out of Stasis [the "Deep Sleep"] to provide all the necessary education. All has been provided for that is necessary. Communications, heat, lighting will be functioning. There will be adequate food in storage and will be delivered promptly to stores. In some areas we will "drop" the necessary supplies until the people can resume themselves. You will NOT be left behind without preparation and care until you can properly function again. But function you will quickly and don't forget that at least the 100,000 Earth Lightworkers will be returning from the Motherships to provide local help and direction around the Earth Globe.

28 April 2009: Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B - Sheldan Nidle

Inner Earth and its Agarthan nation await you! The Agarthan people have lovingly constructed a whole series of special Crystal Cities for all those of you who need to be moved from areas of sudden change on the outer Earth. Now we would like to give you more details about Agartha and your Crystal-City residences. To begin with, Inner Earth is a place filled with wonders. Inside your Earth is a Fifth-dimensional realm created with Light technology, which turns Inner Earth into a paradise beyond compare. When you enter, you notice the gentler, diffuse glow of Earth's Central Sun. Surrounding you are lush fields; great mountains; broad, dense forests; and stunning, luminous crystal cities, radiating with ever-changing colours. These clusters of immense, glowing crystals house a society of fully conscious Humans whose customs and ceremonies mirror those of other Galactic Humans throughout the Galaxy. Other things that strike you are the wide-open sky and the wonderfully pure scent of the air.

When you enter a Crystal City, you will feel a great calmness and a sense of coming home. You will marvel at the miles-high dome overhead and at the magic of the holography that makes the inside resemble the outside. The people are very friendly and are as curious as children about who you are and are eager to help you. Their homes are at once spacious and intimate due to the same holographic technology that combines their own superb abilities with the capabilities of their unique brand of organic computers. The environment conforms perfectly to the wants and creativity of each inhabitant. Daily ceremonies consist of dance, music, songs, and special ceremonies, and the different colored clothing of each group of participants adds to the overall delight of these special gatherings. Life here is a collage of work, family, and sacred duties, interspersed with daily interaction with Galactic Federation personnel.

There can be no doubt that the occasion of the "First Contact" is vitally important to the Agarthans. Everything they do reflects this focus. An example of their dedication to this cause is the Crystal Cities that they have built to house those when the time comes to morph, like a butterfly, into a Fully Conscious Human. Alongside your own apartment is your individual Light chamber, calibrated to your specific needs. To accomplish your metamorphosis the Galactic Federation has asked all its medical teams to compile a meticulous, daily medical dossier on each of you to enable this unbelievably complex process to be carried out with seamless precision. You are to be changed back into Full Consciousness at the same time. Normally such a process takes centuries to achieve, but Heaven has decreed that you are to take this final step all together, in one fell swoop, followed by training in Full-Consciousness etiquette. Earth's surface, too, is to undergo a vast reconfiguration. Her new Biosphere is to resemble that of Inner Earth so that, for the first time since the Lemurian catastrophe, Inner and Surface Earth can be linked, as they are designed to be.

Naturally, while this is happening many of you in likely areas of danger need to be elsewhere: in the safe haven of Inner Earth. At the same time, we will evacuate from the same areas all animals and plants which your local Spiritual Hierarchy deem compatible with the new reality. This means no ticks or mosquitoes! Under their direction, a new surface topography is to emerge that will strongly resemble the one during the time of Lemuria, and when you awaken from your morphing-slumber this new world will be ready for its new Guardians: You! In your fully conscious state the ways of other Galactic Humans will quickly become clear to you, including the reasons for some to live inside their Planet, not on her surface. All Planets are hollow, and many of their Fully Conscious Guardians live in the inside. Surface expeditions are undertaken mainly to conduct sacred ceremonies designed to sustain and support the Planet and her beautiful, diverse ecology. Mars and Venus, too, will be terraformed and ready to receive those of you who choose to move there.

Among the many changes to Mother Earth will be some magnetic and electric ones. This means that many electro-magnetic Beings, such as yourselves, will be much more comfortable in Inner Earth where the Earth forces are properly aligned with you. All creatures returning to the new surface will need to undergo a Divine change that makes it possible for them to exist on the surface. Some of Earth's flora and fauna will be temporarily lifted off the Planet during the time of her reconfiguration. Here, it helps to remember that many of you are originally from other Worlds. You are invited Guests to Earth, with a special Mission to perform. Your task is not to impose on the surface ecology but to sustain and foster its well-being. As Earth Guardians you are here to ensure the thriving health of a most glorious Electrogravitic Being, Mother Earth.

7 August 2009: Esu/Jesus SANANDA speaks on a possible coming Stasis Period - Jess Anthony

It is time to speak of your concerns on a possible coming "Stasis Period" and to explain the current thinking regarding its use and imposition. "Stasis" is a device that occurs whenever a Planet that is inhabited must undergo some sort of upheaval - be it galactic or geophysical. This allows the Planet's Systems and its peoples to stop and reorganise themselves to adapt to the next level of vibrational intensity its surroundings demand. This presumes the evolution of its surroundings are linked to the evolutionary process the Body of the Planet itself is undergoing. The Planet's evolution does or does not only take its Ecosystem into account. If it is beyond any sort of salvaging, then its environment and life-forms are removed and the system is begun again at a new level of Universal interaction. The problems and imbalances are not continued, even in an adapted form.

The system with Earth is unique. Christ Michael wishes to maintain the remnants of the existence that has become established in accordance with his own vision, in order for it to evolve into the higher frequency [Fourth and subsequent Fifth Dimension] that the 3D Planet itself is moving into. In order for this to take place, the Planet has to be adapted to suit the evolvement of the inhabitants that are staying, and vice versa. This involves changing the inhabitants and the existing ecosystem to accommodate the new frequencies. This change is most easily accomplished by a period of "Stasis" on the Planet. Existence as it is presently will be paused and be reacclimatised to a new vibration in a higher dimensional status. Man is nothing but a series of vibrational interactions that appear to be chemical in nature. Change his vibrational pattern and he will morph into a new vibrational sequence. This is the same process as entraining two frequencies vibrating at different speeds. The higher and faster one prevails and the two merge into one frequency, becoming two strings of the one.

Man's vibrational pattern will change and adapt to the new 4D frequency for Earth. This requires a strong and resilient physical body and a mental awareness that doesn't challenge spiritual perception or experiential discoveries. Only a percentage of the Earth's current population will be able to adapt. This requires a physical body that is connected to "Spiritual Awareness". Spiritual insight automatically shapes the Physical and Mental bodies that function on this Earthly Plane. Only lately has Man's understanding of this relationship been nourished enough to allow comprehension. Now is the time for Man to move ahead into his next evolutionary phase. This evolutionary status will involve a symbiosis with the evolution of the Earth. Man will interact with his environment on a much more "Conscious" level and will realize the importance of spiritual dialogue with his surroundings.

The Plan of the "Stasis Process" involves sending a beam of energy to Earth that is of such a frequency that it causes the basic speed of energy transfer to pause in its movement. When energy is not moving there is no sequence of interactions that characterize life on your Planet. This is different from what you regard as Death. That involves the Spirit leaving the physical shell and reuniting with its Family Soul assemblage. The physical shell continues to interact with its environment and energy exchange is still going on. Stasis stops this energy movement for a period of time. There is no aging as a result, and time seems to be halted in your perception. With time stopped, there is no perception by you, in fact, because observations or evaluations are based on your measurements of your physical context.

Our perception of time is different and our physical embodiment is not dependent on the attributes you require. We are able to interact with your Energy Grid work on many levels of complexity and redirect those pathways that are out of balance with a higher frequency of energy movement unaffected by your perceptions. We are able to retool your design, as it were, and produce a more efficient structure that is more integrated with the Ascending Universal Manifestation.

Those of you who intend to stay and work after the "Stasis Period" will be uplifted in vibration level and thereby redesigned and refashioned to accommodate the changes that the New 4D Earth will be going through. The symbiosis with your environment will need to be much more exact. It will require a more intuitive understanding of "Community Needs" and an accepted awareness of the necessity of considering your fellow inhabitants in the context of your Community.

Many will choose not to stay to work with Earth's Ascension. Cleaning your environment involves supporting a correct size of population that is suited to the available resources necessary for balance and harmony. A maximum number of about a tenth of your current population is appropriate for the landmass that will be most beneficial for the Planet's 4D Ascension. Parts of the current geography will be removed and new land will emerge from the existing oceans. This was part of the surface that was flooded when Lemuria and Atlantis submerged. This will happen when the Earth shifts its axis tilt. The water will cover different portions of the existing landmass. There will also be earthquakes to remove built up tectonic stress, and these too will change the shape of the current landforms.

These events will occur during the "Stasis Period" because they are connected with a larger system of energy exchange that does not depend on interaction with the ecosystem developed around Earth's inhabitants. The inhabitants are an extension of their surroundings, but they do not themselves cause the surroundings to change to the extent that will be necessary to cleanse and refashion Earth. The Earth changes are linked to geophysical shifts and redirected energy from the Sun and Solar System. The Energy Changes coming to Earth will affect the Magnetosphere's operation and alter the system of Planetary rotation. These changes are necessary to re-circuit the grid pattern the Earth is operating in. This restructuring will provide the new environment for Earth's inhabitants.

I cannot say at this point how long this will take. Your measurement of the length of time will occur after you emerge from the Stasis Period. I suspect your perception of the length of time it takes will be different from what you presume now. You will not see it as it occurs and you will be surprised when you awake from it.

The plan is not to physically remove all of Earth's inhabitants and take you to Motherships or the Inner Earth cities. Most of those staying will remain here and be transformed along with the Earth. Many others will choose to leave or will not be spiritually able to adapt to the higher dimensional frequency that will be necessary for Earth's evolution. This change must be viewed as a necessary step in the Ascension. No Soul is destroyed unless he or she chooses that option; when someone ends existence on Earth, that Soul moves into another form in its progression. The inevitable grief you will experience here must be tempered by awareness and a realisation of the larger picture of a Soul's evolution.

There will be a large group of inhabitants that will be assembled in "Retreat Centres" to continue their education. These are Members of the group that have been called "Lightworkers", meaning those who have had awareness of the true nature of what is happening on Earth and have held out some form of insight to others. This group of Teachers and Workers will make up the large body of Facilitators who have chosen to help others accommodate their new forms to the new environment. These will be Leaders, Artists, Educators, Healers, and Workers who have committed themselves to building a sustainable society. They have special talents suited to the tasks that lie ahead and have incarnated at this time to take on those roles. They will be brought out of "Stasis" at the time that is necessary for their training to begin.

I think this is sufficient to say at this time. Look for the "signs" that will be appearing in the skies. This will be happening in sequence from now on. Much of the harvest is being stored, and events will happen when you least expect them. The Sun will move and Jupiter will appear as it actually is. Then you will know that "Stasis" is ready to begin.

Esu, Earth's designated "Planetary Prince" in Physical form.

1 November 2009: Christ Michael Update - Candace Frieze

Dearly Beloveds, Christ Michael here to speak a bit after a rather long absence it would seem. First, let's cover just a bit on what I have been doing. I recently posted through Daniel Raphael that I have turned over more day to day management of Earth to Machiventa Melchizedek and Paradise Son Monjoronson. There are some other Planets that are part of the "Lucifer Rebellion" requiring a bit of my personal attention right now, in this body that I am using.

One Planet is particularly having troubles, and this is in Orion. We are currently removing the last of the Reptilian Race also from that place, as we did on your world a couple years ago or so. I am doing much there similarly to here. I am often visiting this other world for a few days at a time, and though it is not quite as troublesome as your world, it is farther away from a state of "Light and Life". It is not in a Solar System yet facing Ascension, but in time, it will also come in the Galactic Ecliptic and experience what your world has been now experiencing for 3 years. It has yet to rotate directly in line. Your world actually entered a little earlier because we are towing you to a new energy stream, meaning your whole Solar System is being towed, not just Planet Earth.

As regards the "towing", Candace collects a lot of silly comment over this, as if we have little tow trucks or something. We have only to tow "Planet X" and the whole Solar System comes with it. Every Solar System has its "Planet X", and it is through these bodies that whole Solar Systems travel around their Central Stars. Your Central Star is Alcyone in the Pleiades. And in time, in your new energy stream, you will be much closer to Alcyone, and thus not in the long dark period [outside of the Photon Belt of Light] you have been in previously, of 11,000 years at a time. You will be "in the Light" all of the time, based on both the energy stream, and the effects of your three Suns, as Saturn will also be ignited in due time.

Regards being in that Milky Way galactic ecliptic, you should be noticing some of the rather rapid effects regarding your Ascension syndromes, and that of your animals. Most of you who are around animals should be noticing they are getting smarter too. The God Particles remodel everything!!!! There will be a great surge in evolution upon your plane.

Now, let's get into the not so nice stuff. Despite the now three years of work with the energy particles coming through to you, your Dark Ones just aren't getting a "hint" yet and it doesn't appear they will at all. We did hope some would awaken a bit, with their Reptilian and Anunnaki Controllers now out of the way, but sadly, the difficulties remain huge.

Out of concern for Earth's peoples in general, we have prevented the Dark from embarking on a large array of 9-11 type attacks. Russia has been most helpful in this endeavor since they have so many Cosmospheres and have come into alignment with the Divine Plan. That allows for easier following of the rules of intervention on a planet. These rules however on this one, MY Planet, are different.

We are hoping to go directly into Stasis fairly soon. We do not believe bringing out Jupiter from behind the Sun will be of any help, but nevertheless, we may or may not. It is placed as far out as possible in the Sun's Corona from time to time and even has been exposed for short periods. It continues to upset the balance on Earth more than we would like. We wish to have that very slow Pole Reversal, so going into Stasis first will bring that completely under our control. We have continued to keep the Sun quiet for this reason.

Your scientists think that these few new Sun spots are of the next cycle, but they do not understand that the Sun is also going to be completely monopolar and it will not thusly experience cycles. There is to instead be a slow transition into that state for your Sun.

We are placing Spaceships so folks can see them at sunrise and sunset. This is not always very effective either, because so many never even notice sunrise and sunset, which in normal societies are a time of wonderment and prayer each day. You have lost all of any Holy cycles and the knowledge contained therein.

The Magnetosphere is truly ready to flop. If flop it does, the vortexes will collapse on each other. We will be going into Stasis BEFORE this happens, again, so that we can control this, which is probably why we will likely not bring out Jupiter. We will continue with showing ourselves at night, sunrise, and sunset, until Stasis. Your world, as above, is so out of sync and the rumors of what makes up the appearance of God at the time of cleansing, is all over the place, and we are sorry, but Jesus still isn't going to gallop across the sky on a White Horse to gather the Saints, er.... Christians.

There are many at this time leaving for the Mansion Worlds [Training Worlds for the development of Souls for those Ascendant Beings working upwards in evolution towards the Isles of Paradise], and you thus have excess amounts of deaths. There are also, as Esu mentioned in his last piece, the beginning of people becoming ill from the Dark's released customized Virus-Flu illness, and more than the Ukraine are in great fear right now. That news just doesn't reach the United States, and you have in increase in this in the United States and it's being labeled Swine Flu, and it is not. You do have some better health care there, so it's less noticeable.

China faced a severe time during the "Bird Flu" days. This was a direct attack on them, and they did place several areas under extreme quarantine, and even removed several small towns of people entirely from the face of the Earth to stop the spread. We did intervene with some help in that scenario.

As to the Swine Flu vaccine, we have been going into the labs and disabling the virus that is contained therein. This is only to keep what little peace remains on the Planet in it's final days. Many have petitioned to not allow the Planet to go into complete chaos and prayers were answered. But this cannot continue Beloveds, because of the pollution to the Planet. We cleansed as many places as we could, and also we left some of it to remain visible, so that you would all learn, but you did not.

We will be studying for a long time just why the people of this Planet have not learned their lesson over the eons. We will also be studying for some time, just why the Starseeds did not awaken in greater numbers. In fact, the Starseeds have been some of the problem. They have become incredibly "blind". Their Higher Selves, to use that term, have been unsuccessful in finding an opportunity to download Monads into the bodies being used. This is a perplexing condition.

The "Higher Self" knows, but the lower self personality of the incarnation has been most resistant to hearing "from Above." Yea ones are not fully incarnated into the body, your energies are too high, and the communications that go through the "Silver Cord" [the connecting link from the Physical body to the Spiritual body], so to speak, develop "shorts", and the message is not received. Usually the Ascension process of the DNA makes the communications more accessible, but this has not happened for many.

I am back here to stay until the Planet Earth is in Stasis, whilst the issues with the other Planet in Orion and my need to be there are resolved at this time. I needed to personally attend the issues with the Reptilians there. Beloveds, the Reptilian form has not been successful. These Ones are still very cold blooded. Those who did develop worthy Souls will continue on in other forms but basically the Reptilian form is being gradually removed from existence. They develop on climatically hostile planets, and that hostility seems to be difficult to overcome. Some of you who read here are preparing for various difficult jobs ahead, and thus I am giving this little detail. Such is the nature of overseeing the Creation and all that develops from it.

I will ask many of you to lay back. Do not continue to attempt to educate those around you in these last days. As the energies "churn" more, the Dark are getting very nasty. And the Dark includes family members who are not awakened for some of you. It is not necessary for you all be faced with the increasing intolerance and insults. Just be quiet and look the other way.

It can be deadly to upset some people in these times. Just do the Yes Sir or Ma'am, when faced with ridiculous requests and surround yourselves in your protective Light. Do NOT frequent Bars and the like right now. Those who get drunk are going to act out even more, and as fear spreads from the rumors of illness and the like, people are going to drink more, use drugs more, and become more dangerous. Do not intervene if you see any sort of disagreements in public, and even at home, if there is danger. Walk away. Your lives may be at stake.

Now, I have something to share with you. This has been a very long and very difficult process for myself. My Local Universe/Galaxy became infested with a source of Darkness. Some of this infestation was from other Universes; some of it developed in front of my own eyes. I have mentioned before, we must get a handle on this strange, not-seen-before Darkness that has infested the Lighted Creations. It is very intelligent. Your movie on Artificial Intelligence, touched on this. Some of it is artificial. Some comes from machines learning to think, which have no sense of Right or Wrong, no God-sense and which are not being handled properly by those that control those machines. Certain Races also have stolen DNA and then in the laboratory downgraded it to make slaves, who themselves also have no God sense of Right and Wrong.

Creation is old. These problems however did not exist in the first 6 SuperUniverses in this particular Grand Universe. It is in the Seventh SuperUniverse, Orvonton, to which our Galaxy belongs, that they manifested. And this must be solved. I am a very "open" Creator Son to finding ways to deal with this. It was my purpose in fact before I came to create and direct the Local Universe of Nebadon/Milky Way Galaxy. I have long studied this, and we planned ways actually to attract some of this to Nebadon, and concentrate it here, in order to try and get rid of it. And many of you who read this material are volunteers unto that Service. This darkness must be stopped.

It is not easy for me emotionally, myself. I do not enjoy having to "uncreate" something. All Local Universes/Galaxies do face problems of this nature however, there are some life forms that develop that are not always satisfactory. But what was a most difficult situation, was my own Angels that "went south" to use your Human phraseology. These are my personal creations, and it is not easy to walk from Family. Do not your own selves face difficulties with children who seem to not turn out so well? Thus the story of the Prodigal Son, conveyed by me in my joint "overshadowing" incarnation as Jesus Christ. I have let my Ones to go out and err, in the hope that they would come "Home" with new wisdom, and that has worked fairly well with my Angels and most of Nebadonia's other created Worlds.

Some failed. Lucifer failed, and when welcomed back, that was his failure: he would not undergo any further rehabilitation to relearn and instead chose his "uncreation", and that was heartbreaking. He was not the evil Satanist suggested on your Planet, but awfully misguided, and he did let his ego get the best of him. He did want to be his own God, and you still see remnants of this in the New Age teachings. You have to come into alignment with the whole of Creation, if you wish to climb that big ladder ahead. He made many Management errors. So we let him have Earth, my Seed Planet, for a time, along with the Dark Ones, and he did realise eventually that he had bitten off more than he could chew and that he could no longer attempt to be "God" of his Local Regional System of Satania [of which he was the System Ruler up until the Lucifer Rebellion - Satania being the local "Regional System" within Nebadon in which Planet Earth is situated] in the manner he had hoped for.

We still have a great deal of work ahead. I have shed many tears myself, yes, the Spirit Form of mine, while it doesn't shed literal tears, nevertheless I have cried. And so has my Partner, Mother Nebadonia. This was not an easy journey. The plan of placing the Dark Ones together to sort things out between themselves was not altogether successful. These warring groups just don't seem to get the message, and they have been repeatedly "welcomed home" or rather the offer made, and it doesn't take. This is my Local Universe [Galaxy] given unto my Sovereignty, and I am going to have to do some more un-creating. We are all learning from this, and I know we will in future be "nipping the problems in the bud" much sooner.

We so have to develop ways yet, to foresee these sooner. We have to not allow quite so much "freedom-of-will" in developing young Worlds. Often these Worlds have been given, as yours was recently, technology they are not ready for by outsiders, so tough new guidelines are going up regarding the evolutionary and lower "Heaven" Worlds.

The Higher Councils of the Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton have also "Seen the Light", so to speak, and know that in future there must be some greater toughness, otherwise, much could be swallowed up into the Black Holes. Black Holes are not understood by your Scientists. They are the "garbage dumps" of the Universes. There are too many. There is an enigma here too, as what does happen to them in time is they transmute back into becoming Suns once again, since the compressed material matter gets very hot, and thus explodes. Nothing is ever lost, but we sometimes also get Suns where we do not want them yet!

This is because the Black Holes are the densest form that Matter can become, and they aren't "movable." No "tug boats" have yet been designed that can work on this. We sometimes have to remove some formations totally out of their way instead. When these explode, huge amounts of material matter are released for re-use. They do not "suck" in additional Matter as some of your Scientists suggest. But they are imploded Matter where a Creation went wrong, and the "like-attracts-like" rule functions.

In summary, we will be going into Stasis only at my command. I have been back and forth dealing with that other Planetary issue in Orion previously mentioned, but I must also be here personally for the initiation of Stasis on Earth. "We have thrown in the rag". The Earth is crying some more and the pollution continues to worsen, and we have to take into consideration the lives of other classes of Beings on this world as this is a Seed Planet, and it is going to be taken back to it's original purpose. The DNA forms that are not in alignment will be removed by the process of the Magnetic Pole Reversal, if and when we decide to undertake this. And then we start over. Understand, I said DNA forms, NOT Souls, which include those Soul/Spirits in the plants and animals. Souls on Earth will then be able to move into healed forms.

Namaste, Christ Michael of Nebadon.

20 November 2009: Lady Master NADA [Twin Soul of Jesus SANANDA] at the Solar Tribunal on Saturn - Beth Trutwin

Beth Trutwin: Beth & Mark received and accepted an invitation to visit the Solar Tribunal on Saturn where Lady Master Nada was to speak to us. We joined with our Twin Flames [SunStar4] and the King-Of-Swords [Jesus SANANDA] and Ashtar to go to Saturn in a shuttle craft piloted by Sananda.

When we got to Saturn we saw the Rings around the Planet. We flew to within the Pole with our craft and up through the diamond tetrahedron crystalline core. We ignited into Light forms, cleansing and purifying our Beings before proceeding.

Now we proceed to the Solar Tribunal. This building has a white dome on top. The architecture of the Solar Tribunal echoes the styles of ancient Greece and Egypt with the Corinthian columns and white polished marble interior. The dome lets in a flood of sunlight onto the white surfaces and grand hallway. This leads us up to a very modern, sentient-computer designed holographic Meeting Room. This room has Galactic technology with viewing screens, automatic translations and stadium style seating around a central Council. On this day the Council floor was empty.

Lady Master Nada then takes us to one of the smaller meeting rooms off the main Council floor. This room offers comfortable seating in an intimate atmosphere for smaller discussions concurrent within the period of the larger meetings. There are communication and information technologies in this room. We then sit at the conference table.

Lady Master Nada: "I wanted to give you a Tour of the Solar Tribunal on Saturn. I am President of this Body. We are made up of Representatives of Star Nations from this Galaxy. We join here to formulate Unified Missions for our Galaxy. We also set Guidelines in which to work together on joint interests. Some examples of this are such as Travel, Exchange, Law, and Exploration. The Tribunal is a Legislation branch of this Solar System and which hears and tries cases which are relevant to Universal Law. Our Mission is to see that we progress with the "Highest Good of All" enforced. By doing this we remain in a State of Peace. Only by keeping Peace are we able to evolve freely unencumbered as a Co-creative Consensus. We now welcome Earth to the Galactic Round Table.

"I am the Twin Flame of the "King of Swords". He is the physical template of Admiral Sananda on Earth. We are Galactic Humans. St Germain and I are the architects of a whole new Planetary Economic and Legal revitalisation to prepare us for Earth Ascension's reunification with Source.

In this role I and my Twin Flame work with millions of Galactic Humans in Government as well as millions of members of the Galactic Federation to bring about all necessary changes needed to put the "Master Plan", as it is known, into place.

This will effect all political, financial, military, medical, educational and industrial concerns on the Planet. When the US Federal Reserve is finally dissolved and the new Banking System is in place, as well as the Dark Ones removed from the Planet, we will be free to begin Self Governance.

After the Mass Landings when we reunite with you our Families, you can revisit the Stars where you came from, and when you have become acclimatised and trained to the new technology and new way of life, we will be ready to move more together.

When all inhabitants on Earth have their basic needs met and they remember who they are, and open their minds and hearts to Higher Truths, we will be ready to form a Co-consensus Reality together with our whole Galactic Family.

It will be at this time, some months after the Mass Landings that we will begin to meet to develop our Self Governance. There are Legal provisions we have developed that will go into place at the time of the "Announcements". This is called "The Reformation Act". As soon as it is announced, there will be immediate provisions that will go into effect.

As we carry out the New Law, other provisions will be put into place, such as re-indexing all Goods and Services, which will guarantee equitable treatment for all. There will be a restructuring of the Financial Institutions on Earth and New Laws which will govern them. These Laws will be enforced Worldwide and there is to be a 16 million Man Galactic and a 4 million Earth Militia in place, headed up by Sananda, with the Mission of maintaining World Peace.

Shortly after the "Landings", and the changes it brings, we will begin to work together for Earth's Ascension and Reunification with Source. Earth will be required to establish Laws which work in Harmony with Universal Law and the Cosmic Laws. Earth will at that time be invited back into the Galactic Arena as a full participant. Earth will have Representative Votes at the Galactic Council Meetings with the other Planetary Representatives. Earth will then be able to evolve and expand its Galactic Role for the first time in millions of years. We invite all of you to be aware of these changes as they happen. Become cognisant of the expanding role of Planet Earth.

We will walk together through the legal revitalisation. We will make a Government body which will include all Nations equally and meet the concerns for all involved, fairly. We will be committed to harmony and balance in all countries around the Globe. We will accept nothing less than World Peace. We will rebuild the infrastructure of our Government so that it works to enhance growth and evolution of Earth in the Galactic Governance. As all other Planets in this Local Group of this Solar System, the New Earth will be her own Sovereign Being with her own peoples, diversity, cultures and needs. These will be respected and maintained through the New Legal System which will be in harmony with Source. There will be a reestablishment of Higher Mind working with Love to solve problems and move the Earth forward in her evolution.

In the past, Earth has functioned as disembodied parts with no cohesive connection to Universal Mind. Earth also had a disconnect from Feminine and Masculine balance. In this duality setting, the Financial and Legal systems functioned in imbalanced ways.

Earth is being formed as "Terra Nova", connected to Source, with Love Consciousness, and acting as One Being. As we return Humanity to the One Race, which includes all Galactic species of hybrid Beings, living in Harmony together, we will govern as a cohesive intelligent group from Love. We will design our Legal System to make room for inclusiveness and fairness to all.

As we write the New Laws, governing as "One", we come into the Freedom that we have long missed. It is then we will experience this Galaxy Multi-dimensionally and we are restored to our former selves. It is then we are reunited with Source as One with All That Is. Earth will be free again to experience Cosmic Ascension in harmony with all in our Galaxy.

Lady Nada

5 December 2009: Commander Ashtar - Mark and Beth

Ashtar: I want everyone to see this aspect of the Galactic Federation. I want everyone to know that beaming your Light and being in your joy is going to be the most important thing you can do right now. Giving up hope is just what the Dark Forces want. We are going to stand in our joy knowing the changes we seek are happening. Every thought and every action effects everything else.

It is time to understand that there has been a war within the Illuminati to control Planet Earth for themselves and also other Planets as well. This is why the Gaia/Earth Conscious Collective called the Galactic Federation with the Secret Forces headed by Christ Michael and Sananda are working with Korton from Mars. The Planet needed Intergalactic help to overcome the threat. Earth has been made into a place where all the finances are hedged on bad paper and the population at large are slaves. The Annunaki [Nibiruans of the Battle Planet Nibiru, founders of Earth's Sumerian Empire and until recently the controlling influence behind the Dark Cabals] were working, up to 8/8/2009, hand in hand with Politicians and Bankers around the World, as well as the Biomedical Military Industrial Complex to control everyone. You are now in the process of watching this dissolve. These Annunaki still have Ships in Earth's orbit. Last week a very large Ship of negative ETs was taken out of the Planet's orbit and will not have access to come back. The Earth's vibration will eventually be 5D or above and their Ships will vibrationally not be able to penetrate the field of the atmosphere.

It is the Galactic Federation which has kept the U.S., the Germans, and the French and Russians from unearthing the Iranian "Intergalactic Star Gate". The International forces on Earth, are guarding the "Star Gates". The Annunaki have had control of certain Star Gates. They have been bringing their Motherships in and out of these Star Gates on Earth, the ones originally set by the Master Builders. They have used these up till recently to travel to other Worlds as well as to their underground Bases within the Inner Crust of Earth. They kept theses secret facilities out of sight below ground and had scientists working to manipulate every aspect of Human life.

There are those who are Galactic Lightworker Humans working undercover in the Pentagon who are acting as "Double Agents" for the Forces of Light. They are amongst those who are running things behind the scenes and are secretly in place and waiting for a signal from the Galactic Federation. Until that signal is given, they must act as if they are continuing to run the so-called War Machine. They must carry on doing this in order to hold their positions of rank and be ready in place to make the changes for Peace when the signal is given.

President Obama has met with the 1st World and 2nd World Leaders in closed door meetings. This is his part of the preparation for World Peace. They have been informed of their future roles. If they do not want to participate in the Master Plan, they have been given their "pink slip". They will be removed from their positions and have the corrective action that is right for them, their day in Court, and in some cases, removal from the Planet.

Not only did we have to arrest and remove any and all working with the Annunaki, we also had to remove the Annunaki Ships. They have now all been hindered from using the Star Gates. They have run out of places to hide. We have used teams from all Star Nations in the local Galaxy and you have met one such Team today. This Colony from Arcadia has been stationed at Sirius B and working with the Galactic Federation Teams doing surveillance and helping the delegation Teams as well as gathering intelligence to move the Master Plan forward. There has been much going on that has not been reported to you before.

When the Star Gates are clear, there can then be a mass influx of Ships, but only after the announcements of their existence are made by your Governments. There are only certain Members of the Galactic Federation willing to work in Earth's atmosphere with these renegade Ships still here. All the other Member Nations of the Intergalactic Galactic Federation will be free to come and go when we give the "All Clear".

This day is fast approaching. We ask you to be alert, be in joy, and continue to beam Love and Light as we finish the final steps in the Master Plan.

Salut! Ashtar. - Mark and Beth - www.GalacticRoundTable.com

26 December 2009: Esu [Jesus SANANDA] Speaks of the Coming New World - Jess Anthony

This is a time for truth, as you say, and a time for moving into a new recognition of the purpose of your existence on Earth. You are incarnated here to learn to be Co-creators with your Cosmic Creator, or "God", as you perceive Him. His purpose in creating this Planet and guiding it through all its history of turmoil and role as the seventh and final "Bestowal Planet" of Christ Michael was to provide a laboratory for his unique creations to grow and learn. This Planet has a distinctive purpose, and you all are here as his physical representatives to experience this dimensional paradigm. This experience is exacting, but you would not have volunteered to come here and experience it if you had had any qualms as to its power to overwhelm you ultimately. You knew it would be difficult, but you also knew that the lessons you would learn would be unlike anything you could experience anywhere else.

I will now speak more specifically about certain issues and topics. The Banking situation as it now appears is tenuous and built on an unreal foundation. There is no currency backing up the mountains of printed "fiat Dollar-bills" that are substituted for real monetary exchanges. This happened at the instigation of the Federal Reserve System through the Federal Reserve Bank in America. The metal based assets that were constitutionally determined to be the fiscal foundation of your Republic have long since been spent or traded away for hidden agendas. The creation of the paper Reserve Note was planned to be a believable substitute for what was no longer available. The fiscal exchange system with its loans and credit packages was all a subterfuge to trick the general public into paying more than it owed.

The only legitimate system of physical assets and metal based deposits is the vast collection amassed by the Office of International Treasury Control [OITC - A Bureau within the UN]. This sovereign entity is structured so that it can manage what truly is the bulk of global resources without governmental interference. This organisation has only recently realised the need to have more efficient supervision of the management of its assets; an earlier, looser organisational structure allowed certain countries to manipulate OITC assets illegally. The money accrued through these fraudulent transactions has been confiscated and returned to the legitimate owners of the assets, the OITC. The governments, as a result, have been desperately trying to find substitute funds to continue programs they started with illegal investments. The amount of these illegal investments is extremely large and the amount of money now owed in exchange is beyond what is available for payment.

The global economy and financial system based on American Dollars is ready to collapse at any moment. This is known in many international circles, and all aware of this crisis are taking steps to preserve what they can of their own resources. Without the underpinnings of an assumed financial foundation, many who have depended on their paper assets will be forced to rethink what their purpose is in the face of new circumstances.

Warnings of this potential collapse have been consistently ignored. The only way to extricate many from the system will be for it to break up. Many are working with misgivings, and feel trapped in a system they did not design. These are ones that can have an invaluable role to play in a reorganised economic system based on fair exchange. Their contribution will take place as soon as the ground rules for a new system of payment have been established.

The idea of the "Stasis Event" is still in operation. The concept of pausing your Linear Time sequence to allow changes to be made beyond the scope of your current capabilities is the only alternative that will allow Earth to continue her "Ascension processes" without complete geophysical restructuring. We are not intervening to solve your cultural problems, but are assisting Earth to Ascend with you intact. You are part of the parameters that we are considering in determining when and how this assistance will be most helpful. Your benefit will be a higher frequency of energy to connect with your new Fourth-Fifth Dimensional physical environment. You will automatically function more efficiently and your clarity of assessment of your situation will be greatly intensified. You will be aware of the unity of Mankind. You will see the necessity of developing sustainable communities that work in symbiosis with the environment and with cultural organizations. You will understand how your personal identity fits into the larger picture and will seek to find ways to align yourself with this vision.

Your physical environment is so critically endangered at present that the assistance of the Galactic Federation Forces during the Stasis period will only address the most serious problems. Others issues will be left for Mankind to tackle, although with the continued advice and guidance of Spiritual Counsellors. This interaction will be part of the redirection of Man's approach to recreating his existence on a transformed Earth. Old patterns will not work as effectively, and the need for spiritual collaboration will suggest new approaches that involve group decision making. Cultural structures will form the core of large associations. Representatives of the core structures will speak for the community in large associated groups.

Esu Immanuel Kumara [Jesus Christ/Sananda]

2 March 2010: Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B - Sheldan Nidle

Mother Earth continues to be in her active state, busy making those adjustments that are required for the immense surface changes that lie ahead of her. The most important step is the process of stabilising the borders of her tectonic plates in anticipation of fusing these currently movable surface plates. This operation has produced some syllable earthquakes in various places over the past year, and you may expect more of these in the coming months. Mother Earth is giving our Earth Allies a definite heads-up about what lies ahead for Humanity, and it is incumbent on all of you to accelerate what needs to happen before we can land. Meanwhile, we are fully prepared to come before you if the quickening Earth movements become too much for your global society. We monitor what is going on beneath us most carefully. Mother Earth needs to finish what she so patiently put on hold to give you time to realise your contributions to the changes. The changes are tied to broadcasts that can assist us if sudden landings become necessary.

Your economic difficulties are only just beginning. The amount of hidden debt is much larger than has been acknowledged and is reaching a point where it can utterly swamp your remaining financial assets. What is not known is that huge wealth held in sequestered trust funds and in a vast mountain of gold can easily reverse this dire state of affairs. Our Earth Allies have full possession of these assets and are ready to use them once the myriad Government changes become public. From our vantage point we have seen many attempts by the Dark Cabal to heist these assets from our Earth Allies, but these sorties all flopped. The Agarthans of Inner Earth and the Earth Allies together established levels of security and surveillance more than equal to any dastardly plots devised by the Dark. In a very short while, the Dark will be forced to admit what has long been obvious: the jig is definitely up! And the time to let go and accept the consequences is at hand. Then this great logjam that has been slowing things up can be swept aside and the longed-for changes can at last roll out!

Holistically, your reality sits at the very fulcrum of change. Your world is at the point where she must now merge her two aspects. Below Earth's outer crust is the Agarthan Civilisation and its 5-D realm, while around you is the visible 3-D realm. This dichotomy has existed for nearly 13 millennia. This was allowed under the auspices of Heaven, and now she is following the Divine Decrees which explicitly state that this schism is to unite into one realm. This is something we gladly undertake. You have a potential as a people that is really quite astounding. Each of you represents the best of the fifty Star-Nations that originally colonised Lemuria. Some of you are to return with us to your respective home worlds, but most are to stay and colonise the other Water Worlds that make up this Solar System. The resultant new Star-Nation is to be one of the more important members of our Galactic Federation, and your tasks are to take you far beyond this Galaxy and to affect positively most of physicality. It is for this reason that we have come with a fleet of many millions of ships!

This huge Fleet is literally packed tight within your Solar System. Each day, different contingents of ships depart and arrive. We have had to set up a special Liaison Department to run the logistics of the myriad comings and goings of the Fleet; however, such an operation is something that this particular Science & Exploration Fleet is quite used to. We have often acted as the primary Fleet for welcoming new members to the Galactic Federation and establishing the protocols for the new Star-Nation to interact with the different fleets that make up our Galactic Federation registries. The daily interaction between our Liaison Group and the newest members to our Fleet is easily handled by us, and we have used this expertise to make arrangements for your future visits to our Motherships. These field trips are to be joyful occasions! We look forward to sharing our space homes with you, as we know that you will enjoy what you see, feel, and experience while aboard.

We plan to share our ships and our technology with you. Until then, there are technologies presently hidden away from you by your Governments that can help you better understand what we possess. Together, all these technologies can help Mother Earth in her transition to her new wholeness. It is this new reality that you are to reside in. Right now, Mars possesses vast underground technical facilities that are to be used to "Terraform" Mars into a Water World similar in general appearance to Mother Earth. Earth's near twin, Venus, is also being readied to transform into a Water World of the same elegant beauty as Earth. These three worlds will form the initial core of your new Star-Nation. Many of you are to travel to these two worlds once you are fully conscious. The Moons of Mars, each around a quarter the size of your moon, are to be rehabilitated once the Terraforming project is completed.

Venus was stripped of her two Moons by the same attack that ravaged Mars. The Galactic Federation is working with the Elohim to return her Moons from their present location in the Moon fields of Saturn. All this is part of creating a more equable setup for the Planets and Moons of the new Solar System. Earth is to be uprighted to 0 degrees of declination and Uranus moved by nearly 90 degrees to its former pre-attack position. In this new mode the thin, incandescent rings of Uranus will become more noticeable and take on a beauty not seen for nearly a million years. The breathtaking nature of your Solar System is a glorious gift from the Divine! The next miracle is the reconstituting of the long-destroyed Water World [Maldek] that we choose to call Pax, or Goddess of Peace. This world is to be three and a half times the size of Mother Earth!

Your changing Solar System is to become the center for a great deal of Galactic and Intergalactic activity. Your new Star-Nation is to play host to vital conferences that will integrate the forces of the Light and help to spread a great Joy to every part of physicality. We have watched the Dark pull out all the stops to prevent the advent of your new reality, but these tired old stratagems are almost at an end. Your Planet has a destiny of abundance, peace, and cooperation. You can sense in your heart that this reality we speak of is materialising. The old limited conscious realm is giving way to the new, and you can see this beginning to happen as one world leader after another decries the present conditions and boldly advocates the need for new forms of governance and a more equitable global economic system.

13 April 2010 - More Galactic Forces coming towards Earth - Commander Sohin of Alpha Spaceship

We are very happy to make an announcement, that is sure to make all of you tireless workers of the Light very happy. With the clear intention to increase the number of safety and defence mechanisms against the opposing Forces of the Dark, the Galactic Federation of Light has decided to increase the number of Mother Ships and vessels of medium and small size, which will be added to those that were already orbiting the Earth or in fixed positions and dormant at some point in space. The number of orbiting and dormant spacecraft will be increased to a number equivalent to 10% more than those already available for protection, purification and upliftment of all fauna, flora and humanity of your beautiful blue Planet.

To do this, in the next few hours we will begin the preparations so that the Mother Ships, medium and small, who were fulfilling their respective missions elsewhere in the Galaxy, can temporarily leave their activities and immediately join our forces of Light already present in this quadrant of the Milky Way Galaxy.

This decision was taken by the Council of the Intergalactic Confederation and transferred to the Galactic Federation of Light in order to become effective, and who are responsible for addressing this Milky Way Galaxy in particular.

So, you can receive this news with great joy and satisfaction, since this can mean an advancement in time towards the "First Contact" event, which will result in an unquestionable acceleration of the process of Ascension for Humanity on Planet Earth, as well as all of your related Kingdoms: the Devic, Elemental, Animal, Vegetable and Mineral Kingdoms. It is a matter worthy of celebration, that all Souls will finally see their elevation to higher levels (as a tangible fact) even earlier than expected!

We would also like to inform you that the efforts of all those who are working towards the upliftment and awakening of all your brothers and sisters, amongst the Humans on the Planet who we are proud to consider as our Allies, have had much to do with this decision taken by the Elders Council. Your momentum and faithful dedication has successfully convinced its wisest members that the outside help you have been receiving is well deserved, as is the increase in the number of forces concerned.

So congratulations, because this increase in our Forces of Light is due entirely to the hard work and the dedication of all of you, dear Lightworkers of peace, love, and justice. You have managed to convince the finest minds of the Galaxy/Local Universe that the timing for your Existential Upliftment, through your own merits, be advanced forward, which will more quickly sentence the fall of hegemony and control of the opposing forces of darkness upon you.

For the unstoppable advancing of the Light against the diminishing and regressive forces of Planet Earth! For our victory will be achieved after the combined efforts of you and us!

Peace, Love and Light. Commander Sohin of Alpha Spaceship - Channel: Kris-Won

20 April 2010 - Lord Siraya Speaks on Earth's Unique Place in our Grand Universe - Jess Anthony

Siraya [Chief Executive of the 7th SuperUniverse of Orvonton within our Grand Universe and a Spokesperson for the Universe's Trinity Father]:

I'm speaking to you as the Representative of the Trinity Father of the Paradise Isle. My work is as the voice for His ideas in what you call the SuperUniverse of Orvonton. I am the expression of the Trinity Father's intent and observations in this configuration of the Trinity. My words are His words, as a rule, although I am capable of voicing my own observations and guidance. I am the conduit for His energy to be expressed in this Seventh SuperUniverse manifestation.

I say all this to you to clarify my position as Spokesman, although my gender is more balanced and neutral than your word indicates. I am a link with The Trinity Father and His various Paradise Creator Sons that have formed Local Universes within this SuperUniverse. Your Christ Michael, ATON/Sovereign, is the Creator of this Local Universe of Nebadon, of which your Earth is a small but very significant part. Your Creator Son Michael argued the merits of his concept of Creation before the Hierarchy overseeing the growth of Orvonton, and he was granted permission to proceed. I spoke the words for the Trinity Father who represents our Cosmic Creator Source thus giving them Divine approval.

Part of this concept was the creation of Earth as a proving ground to train new Creator Sons [as part of Cosmic Creator's "Explorer/Creator Race on Planet Earth]. No more "Descending" Paradise Sons will be created to function as they were originally envisioned, and your Creator Son Michael persuaded his overseers to allow him to develop a Planet where "Ascending Sons" could begin training to assume that role sometime in the distant future. This was to be done by giving them free will to make their own choices in a situation purposefully separated from most Divine guidance. This experience, with only a minimal point of contact, would prepare them for any sort of contingency they might face. They would already have solved the problem, in effect, by acting as a Co-creator.

The lessons of this experiment have been learned through an existence that has been much more demanding than was ever imagined at the outset. The Lucifer Rebellion and the subsequent "quarantine" took separation and its possibilities to an unprecedented but logical level. Ultimately, being disconnected from God would make you think you were "God" with the ability to create your own existence. This was an illusion, but it created the upheaval you are aware of. It was allowed to play out its life cycle, however horrendous it may seem. Once it was set in motion, it couldn't be stopped short of uncreation of the Universe it was connected to. It was allowed to wind down to a manageable level of turmoil, although always with the presumption it would be reclaimed and put back on the course it had been destined for.

The worst betrayers of the truth of Christ Michael's Local Universe have been placed on Planet Earth to work through their sequences of choices in the hope they would return to a life of Ascendancy. Many others have incarnated with them to be Guides and examples, as they too have opted to struggle with the sense of separation from Divine Truth. This interaction has culminated in the spiritual stalemate that you have been experiencing the last few years. Although fewer have returned than Christ Michael ATON hoped, he has salvaged a large enough percentage to persuade him to rethink the total "closure" that seemed inevitable.

The end is inevitable because of the coming "Changes" to the Universe that Earth is part of. There is an immense clockwork of Galactic interactions that trigger changes and reactions that are all part of the "Grand Design of Growth and Ascendancy" that was built into Nebadon's creation. To continue as part of its Universal cog, Earth and its surroundings must change in sync with all the other parts. A natural process of growth and change would have resulted in Earth refashioning itself by total "geophysical" changes as well as a "Reversal" of Polar direction. This would have removed any elements that were blocking the Planet's "Shift", including anything living or created thing that was an obstacle to this change.

Typically a Planet would refashion itself with no regard for the existence that had developed on its surface. This was the fate that was expected for Earth. The frequency of its natural vibration had slowed to such a low level that it seemed counterproductive for those who had incarnated here to help awaken a spiritual awareness to persuade the misguided inhabitants to change.

Because Earth was Christ Michael's Seventh Bestowal Planet, and because his incarnation here earned him the right to be truly considered the "Sovereign of Nebadon" and final authority in determining its development, he decided to attempt its Ascension without the chaos that normally would ensue. Plans were drawn up to evacuate those who had reconnected with Christ Michael's vision of what the next phase of the Planet's existence would be.

This plan was reconsidered with the wave of victims and the out-swelling of support that that sprung up as a result of the 9/11 attack. For the first time, a sufficient portion of Earth's "Mass Consciousness" was unified and focused with healing compassion on a higher level of spiritual understanding. This "Unity of Awareness" convinced Christ Michael that the previous Plan for Earth's Ascension could be modified to account for those inhabitants that looked for a higher purpose and resolution. The Plan became one of allowing Man to ascend on Earth along with the Planet. This concept meant a drastic re-thinking of the process to allow Man to reach a level of awareness sufficient for his physical incarnation to be able to adapt to the higher frequency of energy that would be necessary to allow Earth to be renewed.

The last ten years have been a series of preparations and disappointments as the entrenched resistance on Earth proved more difficult to deal with than expected. Ultimatums have been ignored and the number of inhabitants waking up has been less than hoped. Earth has graciously held off a little longer to allow Man to catch up. This has reached a point in the Cosmic synchronisation where delay is impossible for Earth and Man.

Christ Michael Aton has begun the series of events that will lead to "closure" of this phase of Earth's existence. No resistance will be forth-coming to natural geophysical changes, and they may occur as they are necessary. Man has chosen either to stay and work for the Planet's Ascension, or leave and continue elsewhere. Evidence of this sequence of events is becoming impossible to hide.

Look for the collapse of civilization as you know it and be prepared for upheavals on Earth that are unprecedented in known history. Many will leave and much of the Earth's surface will be changed. This is the necessary "closure" that is required to shift the direction and frequency of your existence.

Know that the events you will experience have a Universal "purpose", and that you who are staying here have chosen to take part in this unique development. You will be guided and supported by your Galactic family. You will be protected and relocated when necessary. You will be taught and be made aware of your history. You will see your place and recognise your purpose within the Cycle of Ascendency you are part of.

This is my explanation and my comfort in these last days."

Siraya, Spokesperson of The Trinity Father Creator, and Chief Executive of the Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton.

29 October 2010 - Christ Michael on the possible Stasis Period Scenario for 2013 onwards - Candace Frieze

There are about one million people that wish to stay within the Third Dimensional vibrational frequency who will eventually be populating that newly designated "New Planet" [the newly "terraformed" lower Dimensional 3D area of Venus], in addition to those 300,000 Earth Folk having already been placed there from 3D Earth. Not all one million of these Ones will be taken immediately to that "New Planet", but they will live aboard the evacuation Motherships and then be placed on the "New Planet" as soon as it is ready to accept them. They will know however, they are going there when it is explained to them following the Lift-off. There are also some others going to other Planets and these will be lifted also, but their numbers are less than those going to this special "New World" being prepared especially for their lower Dimensional capabilities.

Now, many of you have been curious about this "New Planet". It is in fact Venus, Dear Ones. I have thrown some hints of this in the early Phoenix Journals. We still keep it out of 3D sight and it's in a somewhat different orbit. Well, it is time for me to "spill-the-beans" here: the actual Real planetary body of Venus is in approximately the same orbit as Earth, Beloveds, but we have just kept it on the other side of the Sun - this is sometimes the cause of those Mobile-Planet Nibiru stories you hear.

We have said before that the Venus you all see, is in fact "Star Ship Venus". Just as Jupiter's revolution is kept so it stays out of view behind the Sun, so it is with Venus. Actually you have not witnessed the real Venus for a long time, as "terraforming" of the present 3-D physical surface is not an instant process. And the Planet was too close to the Sun for it's full "terraforming". [This does not include the existing 4-5D Venusian inhabitants living upon the surrounding Higher-Dimensional Planes of the Planet].

Now, Earth and Venus will continue to share the orbit for a long time. At some point in the future the orbits will be separated somewhat, as Earth will actually need to be a bit further out from the Sun. Mercury is being rotated out gradually more to the former orbit of Venus, as there will be "terraforming" started there eventually also. There is a small "Inner Planet" that I believe we have mentioned before and your scientists know of it, that will be gradually moved into Mercury's orbit.

All the orbits of your Solar System's Planets, right through to Mars, will be adjusted over time. It is totally possible for life-bearing Planets to share the same orbit or nearly so. If you have read any of "The Urantia Book" about the Architectural Spheres, you know that this occurs with them. Of course those ones don't have Suns like you do in the "Evolutionary Solar Systems", but nevertheless, Planets can follow each other in the same or close orbit. It's easily done. In fact in Solar Systems with several Planets with life on them, it has to be that way, so they have the same energies. Mars, will also eventually be in approximately the same orbit with Earth and Venus. They can be staggered a bit according to the needs of the Planet and it's size. But they will not be so widely separated as the current orbits are.

We are remodelling this entire Solar System into an "Eternal" System, and as Man becomes more Human than he currently is, he will need some more living room, since poor little Planet Earth cannot by herself handle all these people.

Another reason I am talking here about the removal of those who need to remain in their present physical form, before the Mini Stasis or at the beginning of the Mini Stasis, is not all of you have chosen to stay with Planet Earth. Some of you will find yourselves definitely aboard a Mothership, rather soon now, and don't pack anything as we have everything you need!

Those that can be dematerialized ["Teleported"], will be, others have to step into the beam, so if a lot of small Scout-craft show up, board ship immediately. If you wish for their identification first, just ask, but if you have a sky full of craft, you can safely assume this is what is truly going on. However, if you accidentally board ship and you are staying with Planet Earth, have no worry. Because actually some other folks staying with the Planet are going to be removed early on too, which brings me to this final topic of the night.

All of you staying with Planet Earth after "Stasis" will in fact be removed at some point, all one billion of you. But we are taking the Ones going to other places first, and then the other of the Earth's future one billion will be brought to the Motherships at intervals during the Major Stasis period, and they must awaken on board ship, due to the conditions on the Planet at that time. Everyone who is staying is going to get a personal "education" during the Stasis period, before they return to Earth. When we do the wakeup on the Planet from the Major Stasis period, these ones will not necessarily be waking up wherever they dropped off to sleep, and of course, those who live where the damage will be huge can't return to their homes anyway.

The "Survivors" will already KNOW what happened and that THEY are the winners. This will help insure our further progress. On the other hand, those of the nearly 100,000 Lightworkers will be removed much sooner, as soon as we have everything stable and are ready. Initially the Fleet will be very busy. Those that are likely to become Regional Directors and other higher levels will obviously be removed even earlier.

The one billion "Survivors" will return to the Planet quite consciously and many actually will for a time probably be housed in the underground and Inner Earth areas first. The surface housing remaining may not be in very good shape. This means that those of you "attending upon" the Stasis as Lightworkers, will actually be doing some planning with the other "Survivors" near the latter part of the Stasis period. Most of the one billion "Returnees", will likely be removed from the "Sleep" of Stasis to a Mothership in the last year or so, but some others will be awakened possibly earlier, those that have some "Leadership" potential.

Now, IF we have the Mini Stasis, followed by a short period of announcements before the Major Stasis, we will be removing the Dark Ones of this world, as we have said before, by simply removing them. Some are going to other "Prison Worlds" or the "Void Planet". We will pick them up in the Levitation Beams, during the Mini Stasis. Their bodies will not survive that process. They are too much of the Darkness. It's that simple, and they are each known to us, every one of them. Their Souls, however, will be picked up and taken to wherever they are going, which in most cases will be by incarnating by birth as cavemen within the beginnings of a new primitive civilisation on a specially prepared 3D Planet for them.

26 December 2011 - Jesus/Esu on the forthcoming "Stasis Process" - Jess Anthony

We have fully made the preparations for the "Stasis Process" [suspended animation], but it is not time to be activated yet. Although that time has not been determined precisely, everything is in position and can move into action when required.

We can now speak about the logistics, because I know all of you are curious about this. The spaceships will be moving into place to cover an arc of 180 degrees. This allows the ships to move in parallel and work their way around the complete circle of the Earth, East to West, following the Sun. The depth of the beam they will use is about a degree of longitude. This focus is not a problem, because they can change positions quickly. It only takes a few minutes to trigger a Stasis condition in one particular place. As was said in other situations, the frequency of the beamed energy causes the vibration that activates the cells to be transformed into a frequency that matches the one being beamed [i.e. 4D]. This new frequency is not compatible with the 3D range of frequencies that make up the present structure of your physical existence. Once this frequency changes, your individual energy frequency moves into a place that has no interaction with the original frequency.

This disconnect from the current existence frequency creates the illusion of you being "paused". Once you are "paused", so to speak, we can maneuver your energy with our new range of energy frequencies. We can move you around easily and quickly, if we need to. Energy is fast moving, as you know. We can disassemble and reassemble you with no difficulties.

The notion that you will be beamed up to the Motherships is more of an energy exchange than a physical lifting, as you would have probably imagined it to be. Remember your physical body here is ultimately composed of just an energy force vibrating at a specific range of frequencies. You may have the belief that it is solid, but it actually is just a moving vibrational energy of atoms. This vibrational energy carries information memory-archives [as in packets of digital notation information sent through the Internet, to be reassembled at the other end back into their original form] and these are then used to create your individual identity characteristics. You all have an Etheric template that you build on to experience various interactions with other energy patterns. This Etheric template is what makes it appear to you that you are physically in contact with another person. We can control the frequencies of your energy packets, so that your actual appearance is the result of the frequency band in which you have agreed to work within.

The Timeframe is difficult to describe. Once a particular segment of the globe goes into Stasis, time stops at that point. Midnight, for instance, is always midnight because there is no later time to measure it against. In that way, Stasis can be imposed in a way that seems almost instantaneous. The explanation doesn't seem logical, I realise, but remember that "time" is an artificial measurement you have constructed to gauge your existence linearly.

Once you wake up, you will find many things have changed. You will have been changed to the new prevailing frequency, and many of your global environmental problems will have in the meantime been alleviated. There is no way that Man alone could tackle some of the critical environmental issues that are facing the Planet. We don't want these to reach the point where they could. It would be very difficult to resolve the physical crises that would then result.

This Stasis is an "intervention" of sorts to allow Gaia/Mother Earth to prepare for the new physical configuration that is necessary. As part of that, many of the toxic situations will be removed by us. This will entail physical changes and destruction of many of the structures that Man has previously constructed. That is unavoidable because many of the 3D templates used cannot be acclimated to a higher energy frequency. Stable structures in the Third Dimension are not so reliable in the Fourth or higher. We have to set everything up properly for your true Ascension.

Esu/Jesus SANANDA

12 January 2012 - "Wanderer of the Skies" Galactic Federation Mothership

Greetings from the Galactic Federation:

What must come to pass is presently being discussed at the highest levels of your World Governments, behind closed doors and through emissaries to the various other Governments around the World. As time draws closer to the inevitable, your Leaders are aware that they cannot stop the tide of E.T.and UFO "Disclosure" sweeping over your Planet. They know that they will either be swept away by this tide or they must decide to take the reins and make the Disclosure their own. Their ability to waffle on this topic amazes even us as we see them fight among themselves for a common ground. Once reached, someone inevitably backs off and the process starts all over again. We wait in the background for what must be done, if not done so by your own people.

You will have noticed a slight decrease in the "sightings" of late although those sightings that have made it to your news have been of a more spectacular nature. This is about to change. We are now in another stage of the disclosure process wherein the revealing of our craft to you will become more pronounced.

A Major Meeting of all factions of the Galactic Federation has recently been held. This was a very big event, not only in numbers but also in importance. It was the final Preparation Meeting of all involved to go over every detail of the coming events, including the political, social, religious, emotional, mental, and physical ramifications of the "Disclosure Event". This meeting was held aboard one of our great Spaceships, a living machine so large as to dwarf your understanding of construction. Although the physical space was not really necessary to this process as we have telepathically discussed much of these issues, from time to time, we convene physically to resolve issues better dealt with in that fashion. Among those represented were Earth Humans [whilst in their physical "Sleep Mode"], who voiced their opinions about coming events and whose opinions were held in the highest regard.

Although you have been beset with many setbacks over the years, we are excited by the prospects of the coming months and what this has in store for all of us. Bring yourselves to feel once again your excitement for the times in which you have chosen to live and the manner in which you have awoken to the truth. Your thoughts will create waves which will act as beacons for the truth and this truth will return to you powerfully.

25 January 2012 - Melina from The Ashtar Command - Greg Giles

Hello, I am Melina, and I would like to share a few words with you through our channel Greg Giles today. I am a female officer of the Ashtar Command. My command involves the procurement of space travel related equipment and supplies. These articles are necessary for certain types of our craft to travel through space. The supplies are shipped to awaiting freight shuttle-craft where I then command our Mothership to rendezvous with the shuttle-craft and transfer the goods to our Mothership's storage holds. This equipment is vital to our mission and must be delivered at regularly scheduled intervals to allow us to maintain our Mothership and carry out our duties. I have been a member of the Ashtar Command for many eons, and I look so forward to meeting so many of our new recruits from your world. We are very excited to finally meet so many of our Human family face-to-face, and we are in our final stages of preparations for this Historic Meeting. Many of you have clearly demonstrated your ability to accept us and your willingness to work with us in a mutually beneficial cooperation. Through your example, we are confident so many more of your planetary brothers and sisters will begin to accept us, and even begin to work with us either directly or indirectly in the days ahead.

This is the plan of the "Disclosure Event", to meet with a select number of you while these meetings are recorded and shared to the rest of your world through your media outlets that are, or will be, willing to work with us. We understand how much competition is involved with your media outlets, and we feel the news of our presence coupled with film footage of us working with many of you will garner much attention and viewership for those outlets that choose to cover these many events. We will allow those media companies access to our ships, and they may film our operations inside some of our many craft and even take flight with us as we travel through your world and even out of your world into space. We feel many of your Planet will be very interested in this coverage, and we feel the edge in competition gained by the media companies who choose to cover and truthfully report our presence and our mission here will persuade many other media outlets who will remain reluctant for a time to begin their coverage of this historic cooperation as well.

We look so forward to this day, and we fully understand many of our Lightworkers are growing impatient with the progress of our joint Mission. We say to you that from our vantage point events are transpiring smoothly and efficiently, and much is being accomplished on an almost daily basis. There are rarely any days that do not see much progress, and some of the obstacles that are removed are quite large and are a cause for much celebration in themselves. We of course wait only to celebrate with you, our brothers and sisters, and this celebration will take place and all that has been assured will be yours. Remain ever faithful. Remain ever vigilant. Continue in your service to others and your mission. You all are doing an incredible job, and we, the men and women of the Ashtar Command, are truly amazed at the tremendous strides you are all making. You are truly changing your World, and we see the advancements your efforts are creating each and every day. Seeing the progress you are making warms our hearts, and we wish you to know that soon all your efforts will pay off in the most spectacular of ways.

I am Melina, an officer of the Ashtar Command, and it has been a pleasure to speak with you today. Soon, we will have the opportunity to speak in person and work together on a more personal level. Until then, be well, and remain true to your mission.

As channeled through Greg Giles - ascensionearth2012.blogspot.com

7 February 2012 - A Visit to the Neptune Mothership by John Lear

On the 30th of January 2012, a ten day group visit to the Neptune Mothership was arranged between Steve Bekow on his weekly Radio Show "An Hour with an Angel", in a channelled communication with Grener, the Neptune's former Commander and now President of the Intergalactic Council, set for the 4th of February 2012. Steve Bekow suggested to Grener taking up a group of 20 persons, but after putting up a "Visit Request List" on his Website he soon had a list of over 350 wanting to be taken up. He finally agreed with Grener on a limit of about 120, but when the day for lift-off came, the trip was unexpectedly cancelled by Grener as he felt it had all got too much out of hand. Serious concerns had apparently arisen on the Mothership over causing stress and panic to many Earth families by some on the list who had not properly informed their relatives of their 10-day disappearance and activities. Even more serious was that Earth's "Authorities" were now secretly keeping a close watch on all participants. Grener did in fact take up a selected group of 25 on his own list, among whom was John Lear, the son of the founder of the LearJet Aviation Company, an experienced commercial pilot and well-known UFO and ET researcher. The following is a reputed dispatch John Lear made directly from the Neptune Mothership:

02/04/2012 - John Lear from the Neptune Mothership.

It was a long tour. It's a big Mothership.

I was picked up alone in a limo. We were taken to a rural area just outside the city where a transport craft was waiting and there were 12 others who came also.

The E.T.s are Human but in a much better shape than us. So far they have taken us to some sort of ship adjustment chamber where we stayed for about 25 minutes [temporary frequency upgrading to the Fifth Dimensional vibration rate]. Now we are in a large open area with trees and green grass that looks like a park, but much more beautiful - its like being outside with a simulated sky. We are suppose to get a tour of the ship in about a half hour. I can't wait...

We have just left the park and now we are back on an observation deck.

I've just been informed we are leaving for a tour of the Mothership. Which means I won't be able to post for a while - I will post when I return from the tour.

Later: A literal flying city. Sorry I didn't report back sooner. I was exhausted. The amount of wondrous things I saw and all the information I learned can really tire one out. Anyway only a small number of folks were actually picked up - 25 that I counted personally. It was told to us that Mr Steve Beckow and a lot of others could not be picked up at this time due to the fact that Mr Beckow had made all of this too public.

It was supposed to be a behind the scenes first step. But with all the attention on Mr Beckow it was almost impossible for them to retrieve him and most of the others as there were safety concerns. We were told that Mr Beckow and others were put under surveillance after all this became so public against the wishes of those on the Neptune Mothership. Mr Beckow made this far too public and had some unsavoury intelligence types watching his every move. There was no way they could have picked him up without incident, is what we were told. But they said they do appreciate all the work he has done and he will be contacted personally at the first possible time when it is safe to do so.

And I can assure you this trip was most definitely not cancelled. It was revised and made smaller. You guys have got to remember there are some very powerful people that don't want this open contact between our space family and us to take place. Especially by-passing the "Official Government Channels". Might we actually learn the truth for ourselves without Government Officials filtering it first? Their reaction was inevitable. As for Mr. Beckow, hopefully he learned an important lesson. This was for his own safety. When the time is right he will be told that in fact the trip was a success and finally be able to see the fruits of his labours.

Today I am allowed to take photos and post them back via the Earthnet. I have a few mandatory training exercises I need to go do but I will check back in later. This is all so surreal.

Can't believe this is actually happening. I have taken over 200 photos. However the terminals on the ship don't have a USB port so I will ask the Adviser assigned to me my best option for uploading some of these photos the next time I see her. You should see the clothes these people wear - quite cool.

Anyway I have already become addicted to the gravity-free game court - so much fun floating around. The rest of the ship has artificial gravity, but they have told us it is only at 83% of what it is on Earth so it feels quite nice actually and a bit different. Do you want to hear something funny? When I first tried to post an e-mail to Earth yesterday I got a message "Banned from GLP" from the ship. God knows what ISP range they are using. Anyway it took a few attempts before I was finally able to post. This isn't my normal GLP ID. So whatever those other threads are seems like an attempt by the Dark Cabal to derail this at every chance.

Speaking of the Dinner we had, there are literally thousands of options to choose from, including Earth cuisine. I tried some exotic stuff - some form of seafood from a Planet they call Octuria, but was not able to eat it. But a lot of the food is very similar to what we eat, and then some isn't. We have been told that tomorrow we will be taking a tour of this local part of the Galaxy, starting with a stop at each Planet in this Solar System. So far we have just remained in orbit around the Earth. Tomorrow should make for some really interesting photo opportunities. And I have been assured I will be able to upload the photos I have taken. But a more interesting option is that I will be able to use one of their 'image capturing devices' to take pictures which somehow will make uploading them instantaneous. Exciting times friends.

02/05/2012

Last night we left the Solar System to go on a most amazing tour of this corner of the Galaxy. The one thing that I kept thinking to myself was of that quote from Jesus: "In the House of my Father there are many Mansions". Indeed there are. Today I saw wonders that yesterday I could not have possibly imagined - simply unreal - but the thing is - it IS real. I feel much much happier. I have a totally different perspective to what this all is, and it is just amazing.

My fellow Humans from Earth. We have been cheated and abused in the worst possible way. We have been enslaved through corrupt governments and are given just enough to survive. We are brainwashed into believing this is a world of scarcity. But I can tell you with no doubt that this is a Universe of abundance! We have been robbed of living and enjoying life and all the wonderment that should go along with that. They have told me that indeed the Elite of the Earth have had propulsion and energy systems that would have turned the Earth into a paradise 50 years ago. But that they have withheld this from the peoples of Earth in the name of greed and control. Out of their fear of losing control and losing their self appointed place of authority. NO LONGER. This will all end this year.

John Lear on the Neptune Mothership.

It subsequently appears that Grener's select group of 25 visitors from Earth have been collectively sworn to withhold any reports on their visit until after the last remnants of the insider ring of the Dark Cabal have been finally put into custody. Readers might interested in a later communication (23 July 2012) from the Neptune Mothership describing their onboard Healing Chambers by a Crew-member Healing Technician named Phalia. This can be read from the "Healing Chambers on the Neptune Mothership" Link at the end of this Book II.

30 April 2012 - Declan of the Pleiades: An Ambassador of Peace and His Perspective On Disclosure - Through AuroRa Le.

I am Declan, a Pleiadian and an Ambassador of Peace with the Galactic Federation of Light. At this time, I function as one of many who operate as Cultural Liaisons, if you will, at this time when we seek to make our presence known to you, in the not-so-distant days to come. Ours are Light Teams, arriving as scouts with the intention of studying and assessing your changing social climate. Walking the walk and getting the lay of the land, as you would say. Being Humanoid Pleiadian, we are able to blend in. We are able to adjust our physical vibrations and take the necessary steps which allow us to visit for very short periods - a day or less - and move among the populace unnoticed. For the most part, our physical appearances are much the same, and this fact alone should speak volumes! We travel to Earth in order to determine when the timing will be right for the "Great Reveal". Do you feel you are ready? Do we feel that you are at a place in your development where you can effectively handle both the ups and downs of Disclosure?

Light Teams are everywhere; in every country, city, cultural and ethnic grouping. We number in the thousands, and embark from the fleets of ships which are sheltered by the lovely cloud formations in your skies. Unseen by Human eyes are also hidden Stargates, which enable us to come and go in such a way as to cause no fright nor raise an alarm. We interact with you in ways that will allow us to thoroughly study your progress, and empathetically experience and address your most pressing thoughts and concerns; your hopes and dreams for the New Earth. In this way we may also live the linear experience first hand. Many of our teams bring with us Brethren of differing planetary origin, other than Pleiadian, who are possessed of the grand ability to shapeshift their form at will, yet still tolerate the discomforts of the Third Density. In a lighter vein, you may look upon us as Galactic tourists, engaged merrily on holiday, partaking of the native fare and soaking up the local colour. After all, Earth was originally deemed "The Vacation Planet".

Referring back to the topic of Disclosure, we see those in our ranks, of a decision-making capacity, vacillating back and forth about the timing of such an important step. This would account for the many "missed" opportunities that have passed by, quiet days with seemingly nothing of note going on. I can assure you there have been many, the most recent of which occurred this February past. Trust me when I say that we wholeheartedly desire for Disclosure to occur, and we are closely charting your progress in order to determine when the time for our reunion is right. The research and findings of the Light Teams will aid in determining the safest time for us to step out of the background and make ourselves known to our families on Earth. It is far less about what is convenient for us, but more our valid concern about the panic our sudden appearance could cause, along with the following ensuing chaos.

Oh, I can see and hear what you're thinking: "Tell us what your teams are actually learning about us, Declan. What do you believe would happen if we had Disclosure right now?" And I say to you that Mankind is close, so very close, but the time is not right at this very moment of today. You must remember that all of Humanity is not at the same level of awareness as many of you who are reading these words. We happily see you embracing your Divinity in an ever-expanding, rapidly ascending manner; something we find quite remarkable, really. The Planet you live on is a colorful mosaic of differing cultures. There are certain areas of your Earth where it's inhabitants have been ready for Disclosure for quite some time - the indigenous people being an example of this. And of course there are all of you, the Lightworker community, who wait with baited breath for us to shed our cloaks and illuminate your skies. Your faith in us, and infinite patience warms our hearts and is respected by all who know you. Know also that your chosen roles as "Awakeners" is the very thing which brings the day of Disclosure closer, and the Ascension process to it's full fruition. Your tireless diligence is bringing Humanity together, and one by one they will all surely come to the Light. We are just as anxious, maybe more so, for our reunion to come about, as from where we sit we can see the whole picture. However, do not forget that as magnificent and Love-filled as our reunion will be, there is also a potentially less attractive flipside.

Your dear Human Brethren have been blinded and misled for so long that many are unable to discern fact from fiction. Approach them with compassion and know that it is by no fault of their own. So many still struggle beneath the weight of crippling dogma, fear, lack, and poor self-worth. Illusions, all. They are part and parcel of the web of false matrices which are at this moment being dismantled by you, piece by piece. These Dear Souls cannot remember their own perfection. They cannot wrap their minds and hearts around even the most remote possibility that what you and I are saying is true. Very, very soon the mirage will vanish and all they think they have ever known will disintegrate to dust before their eyes. They will feel betrayed, hurt, embarrassed, foolish for believing a lifetime of untruths. For some, their pain will cause them to act out in violence and aggression. They will feel completely justified in this. Destructive emotions such as these have the potential to spread like a contagious disease, and the very last thing we should ever want is for the shock of our appearance to add fuel to the proverbial fire. Do know that we are even now doing much to minimize the effects of the "Changes" taking place upon your Planet. But we must tread gently. We must allow for more to place themselves on the enlightened path. We must do what is best for all beings of Earth.

The Old Guard is perched at the edge of a precipice which is set to give way at any moment. It is inevitable. Your true history is slowly coming to be known. It is our deepest desire to be by your side at this time, standing hand in hand. You are our family. I, Declan, have walked incarnated, as you have, for so many lifetimes. I have walked miles upon the soil of Gaia. How well I recall the power of Human emotion. Love and loss, elation and sorrow, comfort and pain, passion and loneliness. Invaluable lessons, every one. Indeed, they each serve to make us stronger. I come forward today to remind you of our kinship and to reassure you that we are here, so close, and in your lives in ways that you might never have imagined. Stay strong, and be in peace.

http://theangeldiaries.org/

23 May 2012 - Christ Michael: The Three Days of Darkness - "An Ascension Wake-up Call for Humanity" - Candace Frieze

The "Three Days of Darkness" was planned long ago as part of the full movement of Planet Earth into the coming "Wave" of the Photon Belt at the "End Times". It is also has often been used in the past as a useful time for ridding a Planet of the "Dark Forces", which is often done in conjunction with a period of "Stasis" so that Ones who have elected to go through this event in full conciousness do not have to witness the removals.

The "Stasis Period" will commence shortly after the initial few days of the "Three Days of Darkness" and so the populace will only be aware of it briefly. Many of you Lightworkers may be aboard the Motherships during that time to be briefed. We will commence the "Teaching Period" after the full Stasis Period.

This has been long prophesied and we have now come to the point, following all other attempts that otherwise have gone without understanding. Everyone on the Planet will of course be forced to notice! This is a Divine Operation in nature, not through the needs of Nature itself, so everyone will know, in whatever beliefs they have of "God", that this is indeed of God. The final timing of this Event will occur on my sole direction, based on the multiple conditions at the time, including the WAVE [The Photon Belt].

It is shame on you Dark Ones that it has had to come to this, and many of you are already judged by the Courts and will be facing your removal, and in many cases your uncreation. WE always win Dear Dark Brothers, and you have lost your "Dark Game".

Christ Michael, Sovereign of the Local Universe of Nebadonia [our Milky Way Galaxy].

14 July 2012 - Esu/Jesus SANANDA on Removing the "Dark Ones"

Beloveds, stand in your patience for the coming "Changes". I know this is tiring, but put yourself in our shoes, or mine at the moment. I am in charge of a very large military operation that is most necessary at this time. You may see some odd quakes around as we are taking out more Alien Bases and it is useful for us to finish that task, if possible pre the forthcoming "Three Days of Darkness".

There are energies in them that need to be neutralized so as to not effect damage during the Stasis Period that we do not wish. These underground Bases are powered by mostly nuclear energies and need tactful handling. I am only reporting this to give you some detail. We are puling out the reactors and removing them. Some of these Bases are even "normal" underground installations that run on nuclear power which could blow up during the Stasis Period. There is more to occur during the removal of the Dark Ones, and the details of which I cannot give you at this time. Lets just say that the removal process includes removing more than people and let it go at that.

Keep your lives going and stop living in the future that is not here yet! And always have preparations no matter where you live, for temporary discomforts, as there is still to come the likelihood of much extreme weather and perhaps some extreme quakes.

21 December 2012 - Tara of the New Jerusalem Mothership - Shellee-Kim

Tara: Things are about to get moving now in no uncertain terms. Indeed, Mother Earth's time has come. Are you prepared, Beloveds? Inside and out?

It has been decided that very shortly we are to make our presence known, very openly. Your skies will be filled with our Fleet's vessels and many will look upon this in wonderment, in bewilderment. This is a necessary next step in the current plan.

There were several scenarios, but this is the one we have decided to go with. The one that would potentially have the most positive impact upon the people of your world. The Dark will, of course, try their hand at creating distractions and diversions through their attempted psy-ops plans, which will not succeed.

There are some of you who are to be called and brought to ship slightly earlier than planned originally. A pre pre-preparation, if you like. It has become necessary due to the ever so slight change in plans that you, the forerunners [Lightworkers], will help to implement.


The Ascension of Planet Earth on the 21st of December 2012

The original "Three Days of Darkness - Ascension Wake-up Call" Plan (3DD) first announced by Christ Michael during the Summer of 2012 was postponed and has had to be put forward for a much later time. Among the many difficulties on allowing Planet Earth to fully enter the Photon Belt, which the Galactic Federation Forces can in fact delay, was the continued intransigence of the last hold-out Inner circle of the Dark Cabal, who in their desperation at losing control of Earth, repeatedly attempted to promote as many serious disruptions as possible. An example of one of their many recent attempts to disrupt Earth's Ascension was to try and jump-start World War III through engineering a conflict between Iran and Israel. This could have then spread outwards, drawing in neighbouring countries as well as the USA, Europe and Russia. Nevertheless, the Galactic Federation and Christ Michael have constantly monitored their plans, and would have never allowed them to reach fulfilment. Only recently have the major players at last been "contained" and no longer have the power to seriously disrupt things. Another factor in attempting to put the previous 3DD Plan in action were the difficulties of coordinating events within a large Galactic Federation Force, with their Fleets of Motherships (over 13 million spacecraft) being parked within our Solar System for up to twenty years! Naturally some had divided opinions on the best course of action to take, pulling this way and that, resulting in endless discussions taking place aboard those Motherships. There were also some physical difficulties in undertaking certain new untried solar and planetary adjustments. Thus it was that the 3DD Stasis Plan had once again be postponed so as to not disrupt Mother Earth's personal Ascension Plan for the 21st of December 2012.

However, it should also be realised that all of the Galactic Federation and Christ Michael plans will ultimately be sanctioned, and the final timing determined by our own Cosmic Creator, who particularly at this time is taking a very great interest in Planet Earth's Ascension, as well as the ultimate "Prime Source" Creator, responsible for all of the creation undertaken by the appointed "Creator Gods" within this area of the Cosmos. This "Event" in fact forms a vital part of the conclusion of our Cosmic Creator's "Explorer/Creator Race" Experiment on Earth, in which the many Explorer/Creator Race volunteer members are participating in a unique "School of Resolving Sources of Conflict" to assist in the final resolution of the Duality of Light versus the Dark in this Universe. This includes a source of dark evil which infiltrated the outer Galactic regions of our Grand Universe and eventually our own Milky Way Galaxy, also known as the Local Universe of Nebadon (more on this in Chapter 10, Book I). Our small Planet has been chosen to be the final focus point for the resolution of all the evil which has bedevilled our Galaxy and caused numerous internal Galactic Wars. Thus all of the other Universes are watching this significant event with very great interest. From their learning experience the Explorer/Creator Race Members will later use their newly developed skills and strengths to fan out throughout the Universe to assist any Planets who might in future need their help or prevent any situations that might further develop into new sources of Darkness. Many of the Explorer Race Members, as a result of their extensive experiences and training in this task may well have by then become qualified to be future Cosmic Creators themselves. (More about the "Explorer/Creator Race" is to be found in the Explorer Race Books, see Link below).

Our Cosmic Creator of this Grand Universe, following this crucial time has stepped in to take a more direct control of the Galactic Federation Council's Plans. These "Divine Orders" are first of all agreed with Christ Michael as Sovereign of Nebadon and then relayed to the Galactic Federation Forces through its local Fleet Commander, Ashtar, as well as through Jesus-Sananda and Archangel Michael. However, we on Earth, along with Christ Michael, must therefore wait upon our Creator of this Grand Universe for His determination of when He considers it to be the correct time for the final implementation of the Ascension Process.

Planet Earth has been slowly approaching the immensely powerful range of Celestial transformative energies, known as the "Wave/Photon Belt", into which Earth will soon be fully entering. Meanwhile some of these intense energies are already being being beamed down upon Planet Earth in order to upgrade our 3D vibrational rates up to the 4th Dimensional level. These intense beamed energies first began to noticeably impinge on us in mid August 2012, continuing to strengthen through the 12-12-12 Portal up to the 21st of December 2012 deadline in order for Earth's ensouling Planetary Being, Mother Earth/Gaia, to Ascend her own Consciousness up to the Fifth Dimension. This 21st of December 2012 date also marked the long prophesied "End of Age" date point when Planet Earth finally aligned herself with the Galactic Core of our Milky Way Galaxy, also the final End Date as given in the Mayan Calendar. This is not just the ending of one significant 26,000 year long "Galactic Age", but also of a combined total of four concurrent Galactic Ages of 26,000 years each, together making it into a Major Galactic End of Age! For Planet Earth's Humanity it was also the start of our new "Aquarian Age", following on from the previous "Pisces Age" begun at the time of the birth of Jesus Christ.

A large part of Earth's Humanity did in fact go through the Inauguration of its Ascension Process during their sleep period on the 21st of December 2012, where we made a final commitment at the Spiritual level to either "Ascend" to the Fourth Dimension or carry on at the existing Third Dimensional level on perhaps some other 3D World. This was when the majority of Humanity went through a final "Soul Review" as to their ability at this time to "Ascend", and those that were indeed prepared to do so had an initial "Seed of Ascension" planted within them during that sleep period. Many of the more advanced Souls who were already prepared to move up to the 5th Dimensional level, including the ensouling Being of Planet Earth, Lady Gaia, did so at this point. However, there are also many others who specifically came to 3D Earth as "Lightworkers" from their former Home 5D Worlds in order to assist Earth inhabitants to Ascend at this time. They could at this time have easily moved up to the 5D Earth or else returned to their Home Planets, but instead they have chosen, on their Higher Spiritual awareness levels, to return to the new refurbished 4D Planet Earth Plane to continue their Mission.

There will be up to a third of Earth's present Humanity returning to the 4D New Earth for a fairly long period of time on the newly cleansed Planet before qualifying to move up to the Fifth Dimensional New Earth.

Although the 21st of December 2012 may well have triggered the long awaited Ascension process up towards the Fourth Dimension, we may yet need to finally go through a final "Long Stasis" period, as has been also outlined by Christ Michael and Esu/Jesus in their previous messages. This "Long Stasis", possibly lasting anywhere between two and four years in Earth experiential time, is when the much needed Earth Changes and cleansing will be undertaken by the Galactic Federation in cooperation with Earth's Lightworker volunteers. Meanwhile the majority of the remaining inhabitants will be safely "asleep" in Stasis. This major "Cleansing" will include a clean up of Earth's polluted environment, as well as dealing with all the necessary adjustments resulting from the Pole axis changes inducing a sinking and rising of new land-masses, including the re-emergence of the Continent of Atlantis.

Following the Earth Changes and the "Long Stasis" period, Jesus SANANDA will be descending in the long-prophesied "Second Coming" to the 4D New Earth for a period as Planetary Prince/Regent. One of the roles the Planetary Prince will be fulfilling is to oversee the implementation and the upholding of 4D Earth's new World Constitution. Earth's new Constitution will not only lay down the basic rules, obligations and limitations on Earth's Governments, but will also enshrine the basic code of all future Human conduct as: "Do that which you wish to do providing it does not harm others". This will bring forth a new moral attitude amongst all Humans of "Service to Others", of caring for others and also of all other creatures and life forms, rather than their present majority attitude of "Service to Self".

It will also ensure that day-to-day governance by Earth's Leaders is conducted with honesty, propriety and in full accordance with the supreme Constitutional Principle: the Principle that each should be free to develop his or her own personality to the full, the only restrictions upon this freedom being those which are necessary to enable everyone else to do the same. This Principle can be summed up as: "Freedom up to the point where you do not infringe the freedom of another".

This fundamental Principle is explored in "The New Earth" Book III and also in the book "The Principle of Liberty" (see link below) in terms of historical background, constitutional development, procedures of governance, and the practical application of the Principle in personal relationships, trade and commerce, and in our use of the shared natural resources of our host Planet.

And so in time will develop Earth's new Aquarian Age to become a true "Golden Age of Peace & Prosperity".


27 February 2013 - Commander Ashtar on Disclosure and Your Ascension - Philipp

We have already told you that Disclosure is imminent and waiting at your doorstep. You have correctly observed that the channelings about Disclosure are coming into increasing alignment and precision. This does not mean that we are giving you any specifics about when and how Disclosure will happen. What we are saying is that the channeled messages are focusing more and more on the facts around the sources of Disclosure and why it must happen now.

Before this Now moment, Humanity would not have been ready to receive the truth. There would have been a great danger for people to drift into the negative emotions of fear, anger and hate.

Think how you would have reacted to this news before your spiritual doors opened up and someone like us informed you suddenly that your Star Brothers and Sisters have been watching over you for eons of your time and that there has been a huge cover-up by World Governments to keep this information from you? How would you have responded to the truth about us and the fact that we are All One and we are actually here to protect you?

It is true that we are not here to rescue you. This is not our job and let me make this very clear. It will never be our job to save you from your own manifestations, provided such manifestations do not have a negative impact on the great scheme of All That Is [i.e: the Divine Plan]. This is why we have prevented the use of nuclear weapons to reduce the population, as originally intended by your Dark Ones, and have helped you with the cleansing of your air from pollution, such as the chemtrails. What we have done is to protect you from attempts to destroy yourselves and your beautiful planet. We have ensured that your evolution did not run adrift, like a rudderless ship. We are here because we are your Family and as a family we have to take care of each Family member. Remember, we are all One!

Now, in this very moment of Now, a great shift has taken place and by this we're not referring to the shift which happened in your last calendar year [21-12-12]. This leads us to the answer to the question "where does Disclosure begin?"

Humanity has changed and this is an inner shift we are talking about. Gone are the days where we would have to be concerned about strong negative reactions like anger, fear or hate towards the message of truth that you are not alone in the Universe and that there is a family of Light Beings waiting to reunite with you.

Humanity has reached a level of Light that enables it to accept the truth without undue negative reactions. The reaction of most of Humanity now will be like "I knew it! I always knew it" and they will feel instinctively that this is the one and only truth of all that is: We are all One!

And this is the basis of Disclosure, this inner shift which has taken place in Humanity. This is the basis for all the events which you view as the "Disclosure process" in the outer world. It all starts in your heart, in every single heart in every single Human Being!

This is the reason we have informed you again and again that you should not look to the outside for Disclosure, but rather to go inside and make the necessary connection with your heart. Without this inner knowing, outer Disclosure cannot not take place.

You have successfully completed this prerequisite work. Very well done, by the way. Congratulations to you all from our side!

Let me summarize this because this is so important: Disclosure can only happen when Humanity has completed its homework and has evoked enough assimilation of Light for accepting the Truth. And this you have completed very successfully. Ponder these words and read them with your heart again and again!

So, where do we stand now in the outer Disclosure process, given that you have completed your part of the process? Exactly! Now it is our part to bring Disclosure to fruition and we are now taking a stronger role in the situation. You have passed the baton to us, so to speak.

The dominoes are falling right now. Now we are in the lead and are pushing the dominoes and all are falling exactly as they should. You don't know this and you are not yet able to see or fully comprehend this process, but this chain reaction is going full steam ahead and nothing can prevent this chain reaction.

Rest assured that we are well prepared and that we know very well what our job is and what we have to do and when. The timing is perfect and no delays will be allowed. The outside events which we have referred to and which show Humanity that Disclosure is here are on your door step and will happen very shortly. And by this, we mean "soon" in your language.

Prepare yourselves because when this happens the work of our Ground Forces, which you all form a part of, goes off like a rocket. You will have to stand by your Sister's and Brother's side and give them a helping hand to get used to this new Reality - which is, in fact, the only Reality which exists.

As I have told you, this Divine Plan has been in place for a long time. Let me please answer one of your questions in this regard: why did this Plan change so many times? It is a question which all Lightworkers have posed, whether consciously or not. It is a pleasure for me to answer this question once and for all.

The time for changes in the Divine Plan is definitely over. Are there nuances which we have to consider and to react to? Of course there are. But, first of all, they are only nuances and not big changes. And, secondly, the Plan now in place will not change in such a way that we will have to provide you once again with explanations for events which you consider to be "unfair", "not anticipated" or "unexpected."

And please (and this is very important) let us look upon what has led to the change of the Divine Plan. It is actually not a change but a fulfillment of a request. And who has sent out this request? Who has sent out this plea to our Creator to have more time to allow more fellow Human Brothers and Sisters to jump on board the Ship called Ascension? Yes, you and only you! Let us explain.

As of today, you do not comprehend what powerful Beings you really are. For eons we have watched you with amazement. Every time when we "think" that nothing more from your side could surprise us, you manage to astound us once again. Each time when we "think" that we have understood the Human Being, we discover that we are far from reaching the finish line.

You are amazing! And this happened to us once again when you sent out the plea for prolongation of the Ascension process (which contains, as you all know, the Disclosure process). Your plea was astonishing and the Creator and all of us are so very proud of you. It has proved how far you have come on your journey, that you would put the well-being of the collective over the individual's goal. And this goal, of course, was to get over the Ascension finish line as quickly as possible.

For not only you but the whole Universe in which your beautiful Planet is located is affected and is also going through this Ascension process. And think quite particularly about your Sisters and Brothers in the Inner Realms of Gaia [Agarthans] who are longing to finally rejoin with you. They can barely tolerate any more changes to the Plan. They have agreed to this Grace Period only after the Creator decided to allow only a very short time of prolongation (nine months).

4 August 2013 - Creator of Your Universe within the Greater Cosmos - Kathryn E. May, PsyD

This is Your Creator of this Universe within the Greater Cosmic area of total Creation. I wish to keep in close contact with you during these crucial days leading up to your final Ascension. Kathryn has agreed to be available at all times to transcribe these messages for you, and we are grateful for her unquestioning service.

Those of you Lightworkers who have practised your meditations, healings and clearings, and have reached the level of Loving energy in all your dealings, will be in the First Wave of those who will be taken to the Motherships. You will experience the exhilaration and overwhelming celebration as you meet at last with your adoring Brothers and Sisters who are standing by in anticipation of this Great Event. Many of you have agreed that once you are restored and acclimated to the 5th Dimension, you will go through the intricate process of descending once more into the Lower Dimensions to work with those who have been reluctant to leave their old habits and trappings behind.

Our Sananda will be there, teaching and reassuring the people as only he can. It will be a very exciting time for all the Lightworkers, because they will have the opportunity to work closely with Sananda, and this time, although you may all face some psychological and emotional reluctance in those who have not yet ascended, there will be no violent end to this triumphant story. The group of beloved Apostles and family who were with Sananda during his life as Jesus will be able to live the wonderful experience of teaching and healing at his side, without the fear of persecution. This time, no one will be beheaded; no one will be crucified.

The teaching and mentoring, with help from the Galactics this time, will continue until all Souls who have been "signed on" with Sananda to accomplish this glorious Ascension have moved into the upper 5th Dimension. Imagine the triumph which will be shared by all when the last Soul "crosses the finish line." All curmudgeons, skeptics and doubters will eventually be swept along in the wonder of seeing so many of their friends, family and acquaintances returning to help them with the Light of Love surrounding them, gloriously happy and ecstatically in Love. Who would not be willing to let go of their favorite negative belief systems when they see what the payoff has been for others.

Now, I will answer a question. You wondered about the strange weather. You suspected it had something to do with cleansing. You were right. The almost hourly showers are part of Mother Earth's way of cleaning the air, especially the air that comes over the land from the West. All pollution from cars, manufacturing, farming, and so on, is cleaned by depositing all residue in the dense Canadian forests, where it can be processed and returned to the Earth as harmless dust. Fortunately, there are still large tracts of forest lands across the U.S and Canada, and the trees and other plants are becoming more efficient in their cleansing abilities, just as you are becoming more powerful Creators.

Consider yourselves "in Ascension," my Dearest Ones. You are truly growing day by day. I am monitoring your progress carefully, as you see from these messages. A Planet in "Ascension" is a Cosmic event - one which is felt throughout the entire Cosmos. You may have thought of yourselves as small and insignificant in Cosmic terms, but this is not so. Your efforts yesterday, today and tomorrow are having an uplifting effect throughout the Universes beyond any your scientists have discovered. All Planets, all Galaxies, all Beings throughout the Cosmos will rise with you as you elevate yourselves degree by degree, moment by moment.

You are coming out of the Darkness into the brilliant Light of the New Golden Age. It is happening now. Breathe the nourishing waves of uplifting energy; revel in your new strengths; celebrate the dawn of a truly new day in the history of Planet Earth, and you and I are here to experience it together, as One.

I am the one you know as the Creator of all within this Universe.

Channeled by: Kathryn E. May, PsyD - www.WhoNeedsLight.org

12 October 2013 - Christ Michael of Nebadon - The Mass Consciousness of Humanity is now at 51 percent! - through Kibo

Christ Michael: As of now over 51% of the Consciousnesses of the Ensouled Human Beings on Gaia are at last standing within the "Light". Even more are as yet striving for greater Light. Whatever these numbers may fluctuate to in the future, it will have no impact insofar as the foundational majority of the Mass Consciousness is now more in "Light" than in Darkness. It is now established that it will never again go below 51%.

This means that over half the population of Human Beings on Earth desire to live within the "Light" and are willing to act upon that. They now recognize who and what the problem is and wish for that problem to be solved. They are now able to recognize that Global Banking has been the core fuel that runs the machinery and mechanisms of oppression that they have hitherto experienced. They also recognize, more and more, the manipulations of the media, education and organized religions, as they are all operated by this Dark system of Control. They want real change and they are no longer willing to place faith in the persons of the Control systems that they have endured under their former Leadership. They are willing to effect change without those persons and in spite of them.

Now WE have at last what we have been waiting for: Prime Creator SOURCE has finally given the "Green Light" to begin OUR operations. It will commence from now onwards and increase gradually, as our influence is shown to become more and more obvious and the final breakaway from the influence of the "shadow-mind" of the Dark becomes more and more absolute.

We would ideally like to commence the Three Days of Darkness before they [the remaining Dark Forces] play with the North American Power Grid, which they had planned to shut down in November. It serves them no purpose other than to further their own Dark agenda of population control. There is no sense in waiting for such a thing to happen, so WE are putting a STOP to all that now!

When the "Changes" begin, you will know what to do and when and where to do it - have no fear! This Event [part of our full entry into the Photon Belt*] exists on myriad levels and placements of energies and Beings and circumstances. The design of the Plan is fulfilled and wound up to go - and now it has been set loose to do what it was designed to do. Thus is the Ascension of your World moving into the beginning stages leading to the final evolutionary state of "Light and Life". All of this comes from the Infinite Heart of Prime Source's Eternal Energy of Love sent out throughout Creation. Be joyful for what is coming upon you, for it is a time and moment of Glory unmatched and unequaled in the Brightness and Beauty of created Light, and which will now be further added to. That Light of Source Creator's Love is to become your Light. That Light is also Gaia's Light. That Light coming from the Creator Source is also the Light of the Paradise-Isle Father-Mother-Son Trinity, the Light of The Seven SuperUniverse Master Spirits and the Trinity-Michael Sons and Daughters. It is also the Light of your Celestial "Thought Adjusters" [our Guides and Higher Selves]. It is the Light of The Melchizedeks and The Elohim. It is the Light of the Archangels and the Angelic Kingdom. It is also the Light of the Ascended Earth Masters and also of all the Masters who have Ascended throughout our Grand Universe and the total Cosmic Creation of other Grand Universes. It is all part of the One, and it is all here and now helping, supporting and cheering us on!

Christ Michael of Nebadon

* There is more information on the nature of the PHOTON BELT and also of our going into STASIS at the end of this Chapter.

13 January 2014 - The Trinity Mother/Father God: The New Declaration of Independence for Planet Earth - Kathryn E. May

Soon, the changes across Planet Earth will come, faster and more abruptly than you could have imagined. We have declared that WE ARE FINISHED waiting for Earth's squabbling Governments and Ruling Families to come to terms with the fact that IT IS DONE.

No more will those in power be permitted to instigate wars by engineering "false flag attacks" and fueling every argument by supporting the aggressor, no matter what the circumstances. It was a simple and effective formula - one that required only plenty of money and a few troublemakers on the ground to spread the ill will. It was a simple matter in many areas of the World, like the Middle East, where tempers have run high for centuries.

It is what you would call a cheap trick - this formula for stoking the fires of war. It takes very little thought, little knowledge of the true cares and concerns of the belligerents involved. Sell enough weapons to each side to impoverish the government and the people, tell both they are justified and have your support, and leave the rest to the despots and their thugs on both sides to do your bidding. Once both countries or regions are exhausted or one has prevailed, you can go in, buy up their resources for next to nothing by paying off those you have armed, and you can control the entire territory economically and politically without ever leaving your bank's plush office in New York or Paris or London.

This cheap trick international power-mongering will not be permitted to continue. All the players in this global game of cat and mouse are well known to us, and will be rounded up and taken in for trial, or in the most egregious cases, will be taken to an alternative Planet which has been prepared for them. There they will be given the opportunity to live in communities made up of members like themselves, where brute force carries the day, and where they can experience life without the mitigating influence of the Lightworkers they previously disdained.

In the arena of this primitive and pervasive approach to destroying peace, genuine diplomacy appeared difficult, impossibly complex and fraught with problems. It was true that peace hardly had a chance as long as the Dark Ones were getting rich from their wars. Where good will might have blossomed, it was cut short by bribes, blackmail, threats and extortion. Good people on the ground gave their hearts and souls to try to restore peace, only to be defeated by those with nearly unlimited power to crush everything of the Light. And still our beloved Lightworkers persevered and prayed for our help.

And so it has been decided, with the support of Prime Creator, that Planet Earth would be freed from the destructive grip of the Dark Ones. She will never again be permitted to suffer nuclear explosions, chemical poisonings, deep well drillings and mountain-top decimation. Nuclear weapons have all been permanently neutralized. Toxic spills are being cleaned up with the help of your Galactic Brothers and Sisters, and those industries that have so tortured your dear Mother Earth will find themselves unable to continue to operate. This includes all who produce genetically engineered foods and chemical fertilizers.

The Animal Kingdom will no longer be permitted to suffer in zoos, factory farms or breeding mills. All will be released and taken to be cared for in safe and comfortable environments where they can adapt to the changing energies. They will all eventually take their places as the free-roaming friends and peaceful inhabitants of the Planet.

The Lion will indeed lie down with the Lamb in the new Golden Age of Planet Earth. This will be possible, even probable, because all animals and all Humans will have evolved to thrive on a light diet of vegetables, fruits and grains.

And when, you ask, will this fairyland Kingdom come to be? A thousand years in the future? NO! It has already begun. Look around you. The skies are bluer, the oceans cleaner every day. No toxic waves of nuclear waste have washed up on the shores of the western U.S. as a result of the Fukushima disaster. It has been taken care of.

It was planned, until recently, that the phases of change would unfold gradually, beginning with the revaluation of currency, the release of Prosperity Funds across the Planet, then later Disclosure of the Galactic presence, along with education about the truth of your Planet's History, and finally the landing of the ships and the eventual appearance of mentors, teachers and friends. Finally, the new technologies from more advanced civilizations in the Galactic Federation of Light would completely change the way life is lived on Mother Earth.

It has now been decided that the conduct of the affairs of Planet Earth can no longer be left to the mercies of those currently in power. Free Will is a privilege and responsibility that has been relentlessly abused. Decisions are still being made on the basis of the most profitable outcome rather than the Greater Good. WE WILL NO LONGER PERMIT THIS. NO ONE WILL BE PERMITTED TO ABUSE OTHERS FOR PROFIT OR FOR POWER.

This is our "Declaration of Independence for the People of Planet Earth".

IT IS DONE.

We are your Mother/Father God.

Via Kathryn E. May, Jan. 13, 2014, Mt. Shasta, CA - www.whoneedslight.org

23 August 2014 - Jesus SANANDA on the Events soon coming to Earth - Kathryn E. May

It is I, Sananda, coming to you from the Bridge of the "New Jerusalem", the Ashtar-Command Mothership . I am here with our beloved Ashtar and his Crew, planning the next "Invasion of the Angels." We are so excited about what you are going to experience in the next few weeks, we can hardly "contain" ourselves. That is a funny idea, isn't it, since we don't have containers for bodies up here, but you get what we mean. We are laughing and "high-fiving" and dancing for joy, envisioning the expressions on your faces when you are newly prosperous and in Service to Others, free from all the restrictions of the Dark Forces, and when you then look to the skies and see our glorious armada of sparkling, dancing spaceships, advancing toward you in a beautifully choreographed two-step!

For us, it is so clear that you have already accomplished what needs to be done to win your freedom that we are planning the "Celebrations". We understand that those of you who are watching the TV News it seems as if gruesome violence has erupted in every country, every town and every family on the Planet, but it is simply not true. The incidents you are seeing now are their "Contracts" previously made at a higher Spiritual level being fulfilled which will cause the entire World to be so sickened by all the violence that they will turn away in disgust, never to return to thoughts of conquering, dominating or overpowering anyone, EVER.

We are grateful for those who have taken on the responsibility of playing the role of Assassins and Mad Despots. They are the Ones who will turn the stomachs of the entire population of Planet Earth and thereby turn the tide towards the "Light". It has been ever thus, Dearest Ones. Humankind has needed vivid dramatizations of cruelty in order to wake them up to the revolting travesties all around them, large and small.

Transcribed by Kathryn E. May, Aug. 23, 2014, New York State -

27 October 2015 - Jesus-SANANDA: Earth is now undergoing a "Change-Over" - Elizabeth Trutwin

Etheric Plasma Energy

Greetings in this Full Moon! This is Sananda through Elizabeth Trutwin. I would like to describe to you the Earth changes you are seeing now and help you understand the history which brought us to this moment as Earth is going through a "Change-Over". This is what it is called when "Upgrades" happen to a Planet which enable it to utilize technologies not available at the denser Dimensions. The most important of these is utilizing Plasma Energy at Zero Point. Plasma Energy is one of the four Fundamental States of Energy. The others are Solid, Liquid and Gas. Plasma Energy permeates everything on Earth including our bodies, our food, our air and water. It is a Power Source, a Force, it is also Ionic Energy.

Etheric Energy refers to a type of very fine matter or substance. It is all around us, and it permeates all physical matter and space throughout the Universe. It is a wave-and-particle type of energy, in terms of modern physics. It is really a range of frequencies of energy, and not just a single frequency of energy. Etheric Energy is also called Chi, Vital Force, Prana and other names. Etheric Energy can be transferred from one person to another person using various healing techniques or transmissions. These are exchanges of energy. Etheric Energy has also been called the "God Source". It enlivens the body when we are alive and leaves the body when we die. Plasma Energy has properties unlike those of the other states of matter. We live in a Matter-Universe. The presence of a significant number of charge carriers makes Plasma Energy electrically conductive so that it responds strongly to electromagnetic fields. Like gas, Plasma does not have a definite shape or a definite volume unless enclosed in a container. Plasma is the most abundant form of ordinary matter in the Universe. Plasma Energy and Etheric Energy are exactly the same thing. 5th Dimensional Earth has reached the Etheric level where Plasma Energy and Zero Point are possible.

An Etheric Body is a "Plasma Ball of Light"

In a Cosmic-Union with all Creation approximately 450 billion years ago Mother and Father Prime Creator God came together and all at once created trillions and trillions of Twin-Flame Souls which would be the totality of Consciousness in this particular Cosmos of ours. These Sparks of Source-Energy were as "Balls of Light Consciousness" and can also be considered as Plasma Energy. These Balls of Light travelled alongside Mother Father God for eons of time as "Light" and helped create within our own "Grand Universe" of the Seven Super-Universes, its Galaxies/Local Universes along with their own Stars/Suns and orbiting Planets, and also as a Collective Consciousness of all Beings. Inside each of you is Prime Creator. You are all that. Your Thoughts create each and every next moment. Every one of you is connected in the Universal Hologram or the Total Construct by your Thoughts. This is why Extraterrestrials are able to communicate without needing to speak words. Their thought transmissions travel at the speed of Light.

Our own Grand Universe has as its first subdivision Seven Super-Universes and within the Seventh Super-Universe of Orvonton is situated our Milky Way Galaxy, also known as the Local Universe of Nebadon. Our own Milky Way Galaxy within this Super-Universe is lit by our Galaxy's Central Sun, which is its main Source of Plasma Energy and which embodies all living life on our Planet Earth, including our own bodies. There is thus a "Higher Sun behind the Sun" beyond our visible physical Sun, one which provides all our Source of Energy, sending this down via our own Sun to the surface of Planet Earth. This Central Sun of our Galaxy is also the Central Sun within the "Seven Sisters" Star System of the Pleiades, named Alcyone.

The Prime Source of Energy, also for the Sun, our Bodies and EVERYTHING in this Matter-Universe are enlivened with an energy called Plasma Energy. It is a Sentient Source of Intelligence. The new Free Energy being offered by the Keshe Foundation (KesheFoundation.org) is a sentient source made up of this Plasma Energy. Congratulations, Earth and all on Her. You have evolved to a moment where this is now possible to be revealed. It is free because it is the most abundant matter in Space and when put into a 6 x 8 container may be harnessed for heating and cooling and many other applications including "Portal" energy used to travel to other Worlds.

The Ashtar Command Base situated on Earth

Between the Etheric Lower Kings Chamber and the Queens Chamber deep under the Great Pyramid at Giza, is an Ashtar Command Base for Planet Earth. Commander Haaton [an alias of Christ Michael of Nebadon] is stationed here when working down at Earth level. There are Sub-Etheric Generators under this Pyramid as well as many of the other Pyramids on Earth, in such areas as Central America and Tibet, which also have Etheric Generators which are monitored and engineered by Commander Haaton's Crew everyday and this is the mechanism which holds Earth on her axitonial alignment, one which has been recently re-engineered to avoid having the previously planned Pole Shift. The need for having this sort of system came about from the misuse of nuclear arms in all the wars we have had at Earth and beyond in our Galaxy. Mars was devastated this way and is why its surface no longer has oceans or seas of water.

At this Base in Giza last night for the very first time since we came to Earth, in this present Full Moon Energy, Jehovah's "StarShip of 144,000" in which the present Earth Race of 144,00 Early Human settlers first came from a failing Planet in the Sirius Star System, was taken out of its secret underground storage place specially in order to tour around Earth to use its available Extraterrestrial technology equipped on that Ship for the "Change-Over" process. This StarShip has been kept below ground safe all this immense length of time waiting for a time when it could be used to Activate the structures necessary for "Zero Point". There are still many steps to go in a collaborative effort. Last night's Mission was a technological success and Earth is now fully in "Change Over" mode.

The Change Over Process

Back during the Winter Solstice of 2000 on December 20th the Pleiadians were successful in completely surrounding your Solar System and Earth within an outer protective circle of the Photon Belt. This is being used as a "Tractor-Beam" pulling your Solar System away from where it got off course in the Milky Way Galaxy. This has taken 15 years of Earth time to achieve, moving your Sun and Planets slowly back to the position it needed to be in to rejoin the corrected "Timelines". This happened because of all the wars and destruction within the whole Galaxy. On December 21, 2012 the Milky Way Galactic Center became at that time aligned with the greater Grand Universe Central Sun and your Solar System and Earth was beamed special energy to assist in this process. The Planetary Being known as Gaia/Earth at this time herself Ascended to the Fifth Dimension and entered the period of "Satya Yuga". Now in this Full Moon as we near the Winter Solstice of 2015 we are in a window of opportunity to see all the Inner Dark Cabal arrests, Galactic Federation announcements and abundance programmes which have long been awaited.

Many of you are feeling tremendous pressures and having untold challenges as a result of these powerful Energetic Waves coming in. Everything in the Cosmos is interconnected. The reason for this is because the Gamma Rays beaming Earth as well as the alignment between Earth and its associated Sun, Sirius A that is in the Sirius Solar System, is making it impossible not to face up to misalignments within yourself. This is a proving time. Be calm. Tackle your challenges. Face up to those things left undone. Make Peace. Heal relationships. Walk away from relationships which drain you. Become One with your body and work to improve your health each day. Relax. Meditate. Be Happy. Help others who are working very hard at bringing in The New Earth. If ever you are in doubt call on me for help. You are never alone. I am always with you. You are Loved beyond measure.

This is Sananda through Elizabeth Trutwin - Elizabeth Trutwin - http://CosmicAscension.org

26 February 2016 - Michael Quinsey - from His Higher Self:

Events are still moving on at a fast pace, and the possibility of interference is becoming much less as the power of the Dark Ones/Cabal is being diminished. Much depends upon their ability to continue funding their needs, and it is slowly becoming more difficult as their activities are being affected by the lack of funds. The Higher Powers will continue to restrict their activities as they have done for many years. Now however, their options are becoming more limited and they struggle to keep their projects moving. Many times they have tried to get round the limitations imposed upon them. However, it is to no avail and they are unable to carry on with their plan to start a Third World War, and have been told in no uncertain terms that in no circumstances will they be allowed to start one.

Meanwhile moves to enable "Disclosure" to go forward are well advanced, and nothing will be allowed to prevent it from being announced. Other issues that are also planned to bring out the truth are proceeding well. On many fronts people are finding the courage to tell their truth and they will be protected. The lies are no longer being accepted and the cover up is being exposed. The time for the release of the truth has now arrived, and when history is re-written it will be remembered as the "Time of Revelations". The truth is so different to what you have been led to believe. In fact many will find it incredible that you could have been misled for so long.

The End Times are in the course of dramatic changes that are well advanced. Mother Earth is naturally involved and is already starting to initiate the necessary changes. She has allowed her "body" to be used in many negative ways so as to help your evolution. However, she has decided that now is the time to concentrate on her own needs, and the cleansing of the Earth has commenced. The changes will cause people to move to safe grounds and adequate warning will be given, and ultimately the Earth will be transformed. At the higher levels it will be restored to a time when it was referred to as the "Garden of Eden". It will be a joy and pleasure to be part of such changes and live in Harmony and Peace once again.

27 February 2016 - Jesus SANANDA on the forthcoming Changes - Kathryn E. May

We are truly on the march, Dear Brothers and Sisters. The rollout has begun. The RV operation is under way and all the World will be awakening to a new financial era of prosperity. Whether you discover it gradually and quietly at first, as most of Humankind will, or whether you are one of the Intel followers who are awaiting "Redemption" as we have called it, all will feel its gentling warmth.

The massive changes in your world are flowing gracefully and quietly, with all systems carefully synchronized and aligned. There will be no massive breakdowns or disasters as the financial systems you were once familiar with, like the US Federal Reserve and SWIFT systems for instance, will appear to simply change names, to AIIB, Wells Fargo, BRICS, CIPS, Asset-backed Currencies, rather than the old fiat system, and so on. For as long as needed, the basic International and domestic trading functions they served will remain, but the systems will now be transparent, protected from Cabal theft, and will not allow the fees, usurious rates and debt slavery of old.

The changes are not only about economics, though. As most of you know, we are continuing to prepare for the Disclosure and Landings Events, when your Galactic friends will walk among you. Many are already here, but they look so much like you that you haven't yet realized who they are, and they have not been revealed for their own safety. Your emergency broadcast systems have already been tested in preparation for our announcements, so you will soon be discovering much more about the next phases of changes that will unfold in quick succession.

We have all been working to the limits of our capacity and beyond to prepare for this monumental planetary shift. Be assured that we have not left out any consideration or detail. You will be amazed when you learn just how intricate our Plan has been and how carefully we have worked with each of your teams to take every single Being on Earth into account. This is a Global Event, but it is also a monumental event in each of your lives. We understand deeply how it will effect you and your family, and we have carefully planned with your Higher Selves, your Higher Dimensional teams, and with our Teams on the ground to make this a delight for every single person.

Channeled & Transcribed by Dr. Kathryn E. May - www.WhoNeedsLight.org

13 March 2018 - Jesus-SANANDA - The Great Event is Coming - via Adele Arini.

My Dearest Friends,

It is with great delight, joy and immense Love that I bring you the biggest Update in recent times. The time is NOW for ALL - who are ready - to return to LOVE.

You, my Beloved Lightworkers, have been patiently waiting for this for a long time. For a magnificent, miraculous "Event" such as this one can only occur at the perfect Divine Timing. We, the Company of Heaven, must wait until the frequency of Light on Planet Earth is high enough to catalyse/trigger the Event and until everyone - who has, at a Higher Level, decided to Ascend - is sufficiently ready.

We all have worked hard for this massive project for thousands of Earth years; for what felt like aeons in your Linear concept of Time. The amount of highly-evolved Light Beings participating in this Grand Adventure number in the trillions; located on both sides of the Realms, physical and non-physical. And you are among them! Your dedication, hard-work, courage, perseverance, immense victories over seemingly impossible to overcome challenges and all the experiences that you had gone through in current and past lives, have brought you right to this point. They have made you ready. And the time is NOW for all of you to reap the rewards!

Let us begin with the following question "What is this Great Event?" You may have heard of the Event mentioned in passing, in other messages, blogs or books. And for some of you, this may be the first time you have come across this information.

Simply put, the Event is a singular, Cosmic, completely visible, Planetary-scale "explosion" of Divine Light and Love on Earth. These powerful waves of Divine Light and Love will come straight from God/Source; channelled through the Great Central Sun. They will pass through your Galaxy and Planetary systems, to arrive and encompass all of the Earth in ONE single moment, reaching all living within the Planet at the same time. Gaia and all of Her inhabitants will be able to see and feel the Event, and not a single person will remain unaffected afterwards.

What is likely to happen during the Event? During the Event, all incarnate Souls will feel a powerful, undeniable surge of the following feelings all mixed in together: Unconditional Love, Divine Bliss, Complete Acceptance of who you are, Divine Grace/Blessings, and, strong feelings of finally being HOME again. During this powerful energy surge, some of you will be able to witness the appearance of an Ascended Master: Leaders/founders of the religions/faiths that you believe in or have a close spiritual connection with.

For example, if you are a Christian, you may see a vision of Lord Jesus and will be able to talk to Him personally. If you are a Buddhist, you may see a vision of Siddharta Gautama (the Buddha) and be able to have a private conversation with Him. You will instantly be able to recognise who they are, by the very powerful Light and Loving vibrations they emanate and by your own eternal connection with the souls of these highly-evolved Light Beings.

Even after reading what is written above, it will be challenging for most of you to even imagine what the Event will feel like, because you do not yet have a previous life experience as a starting point of reference to compare it within this lifetime. However some of you reading this may have experienced something similar to the Event, during your meditation/spiritual awakening, but on a much smaller scale. If you belong to this latter group, bear in mind that whatever you had previously felt in the past, you will feel all of the above feelings again, but magnified more than a thousand times during the coming Event.

What will happen to everyone after the Event, however, is where it gets a little bit tricky to explain. Every one of you will perceive and process the Event differently: depending on the type of Soul Group you belong to among the 4 different Soul Groups below.

Group 1 consists of Awakened Souls, our Lightworkers and all of you who are reading this. You will know and understand the Event as what it truly is. It is the great catalyst that will simultaneously mark the beginning of Nova Gaia and mark the "End Times" - the End of Life as you have previously known it on Third-Dimensional Earth. You had been awakened earlier than most of Humanity for a very important reason: you have been entrusted to be the Guides, the Way-Showers and the Leaders of Fourth and Fifth-Dimensional living.

You all have been training and preparing for this Moment in Time for a very long time, and are now completely ready to take up the mantle of Leadership and be the Teachers and Mentors you have come here to be. The Blueprint of your Life; the next steps that you need to take; the role that you will assume after this Great Event will be revealed to you in greater depth and clarity by your Higher Selves and your Spirit Team. Most of you have answered your "Calling" and have begun or already settled into these Light-work roles anyway by now, in some way, shape or form.

You will be the Leaders of the Fourth and Fifth Dimensional ways of life and will receive constant guidance and direct assistance from your Galactic Brothers and Sisters from many highly-evolved, advanced civilizations. You will enjoy the lessons these Galactics will provide to help with the Planetary Healing of Gaia as well as the formation of Nova Earth.

Many new, Fourth-Dimensional structures are now ready to be put into place and your Spiritual powers will be fully awakened and start to develop at a faster rate. You will learn how to master your thoughts since Humanity will soon be a Race of Beings who, predominantly, communicates via Telepathy. Mastering your thoughts is the first step to Mastering the Art of Creation and Manifestation. And your Galactic Brothers and Sisters will greatly help you in this as well. And when your lessons with them are complete, you will then go out into the world to share this knowledge with others so that all Humans on Planet Earth will one day, be the Living Embodiment of their Higher Selves. All will become powerful Creators and Manifestors. Earth will become a Planet that only consists of Loving Beings who truly embody Oneness and Unity; of Masterful Beings who have truly Ascended.

Group 2 consists of Unawakened Souls, who, at a Higher Level, planned to Ascend in this lifetime. However, the Event will trigger tremendous shock, confusion and cause them to initiate research into a greater understanding on what exactly has happened to them. The Event can be likened to the loudest Wakeup Call they have ever heard in their entire lives; one that can no longer be ignored. They will start - with a sense of deep urgency that only they can feel - to seek and attract into their lives, Guidance from you, my Beloved Lightworker friends. They will intuitively find the "perfect" Mentor for them who possesses the Higher Knowledge needed to help them move forward in their own Great Path of Light. Spiritual development will become their main focus in life. And with time as they grow more spiritually mature, these Souls will also come into a full remembrance of their true, Higher Selves and strive to embody Divine Love in their everyday lives.

Group 3 consists of Unawakened Souls who, at a Higher Level, have decided NOT to Ascend in this Lifetime. They will still feel the intensity of the Great Event and also experience all the feelings that come during it. However, after it is over, they will slowly return to life within the Third-Dimensional paradigm. Even if they were to come across "real and authentic" news about the Event and what it signifies, their inner reaction will be strong doubts, disbelief and denial.

The Event is the greatest Wake-up Call to all Incarnate Souls on Planet Earth who are currently still un-awake. This Group of Souls however is "sleeping" too deeply and have, at a Higher Level, decided not to wake up in this Lifetime. Thus the Event will not trigger any interest in all things spiritual; as they are not at the phase where spiritual development becomes a priority. In other words, they are not mentally, physically, emotionally and spiritually ready to Ascend right NOW, in this current Lifetime.

Group 4 also consists of seemingly Unawakened Souls, but who have decided at a Higher Level to play the roles of the Dark Ones in this Lifetime. There are two types of the Dark Ones in this particular Soul Group. One that is "in-the-know" of what is really happening in terms of the Dark Control on Earth right now, and another which is "completely in the dark" and have no idea, or care about, what Ascension or the "Event" could possibly mean for them.

Those of the Dark who are "in the know" - who have so far actively and deliberately tried to prevent and stop the Spiritual progress of Humanity - will come to a sudden realisation that their "Time" is now coming to a final end. They will have begun to realise that all is now lost for their Dark cause, since Humanity will by then be showing that they no longer hold any interest in living in the type of lower-vibrational, Third-Dimensional consciousness that these Dark Ones thrive in.

Now, here comes the BIG question that I am sure everyone reading this is asking within. "When is this Great Event supposed to take place?" There have been up to now many different answers. Some Channellers have written that it will happen before the end of this year. Others predicted it could occur much later. Which one of these answers is the correct one?

Predicting the future is a risky business. That is why when you go to visit two different Psychics at two different times - say, one visit in your early twenties and another in your early thirties - there is a big possibility that these Psychics will give you two very different answers to the same question you had asked them. Out of the INFINITE number of potential, future realities lying ahead of you, i.e. your probable Timelines, these Psychics can only provide predictions based on your vibrations and intentions you held at the time of your visit. Every single person you met in life who played a part in your life back then, or who would in your future Timeline play a part in your life, will have the power to change your probable future. It really comes down to a "Forks in the Road" choice for everyone who will play a potentially significant role in your life.

In the case of the timing of this "Great Event", however, the risks of a misprediction is magnified a million fold. There are many micro and macro factors, coming from the Human Collective, that can influence Space and Time to produce a different Timeline than what was originally predicted/estimated/forecasted.

That being said, here comes our final answer to your BIG question. With the presumption that all things and all matters will continue to develop at their current velocity of change, there is a 56% possibility that the Great Event will probably take place within the next 3 to 6 months from today. This answer is based on current "Light Data" and the current Planetary vibration level of Earth. Please do not be disappointed if it comes slightly later than the above forecast. There is even a 30% chance that it will take place before the above time range.

The most important thing to bear in mind, regardless of when the Great Event will actually occur, is that this Cosmic, magnificent and miraculous Spiritual Event is inevitable. It will definitely happen. The Light is already victorious! Absolutely nothing can prevent Nova Earth from being manifested into your physical reality right here, right now.

It will soon be time for you to join the extremely lively celebrations now already going on in Heaven, in the Higher Dimensional Realms. Cheers and great joy are resonating throughout all the Galaxies in this Universe. The entire Galactic Community, all of your Brothers and Sisters of Light - from your past and future lifetimes in the Higher Dimensions - in different Races and Civilisations, stand ready to embrace and welcome all of Humanity into their fold. Into the spirit of Oneness and Unity with "All That Is".

These are truly Great Times you are living in. Please deeply recognise the honour you had been given by being physically embodied on Planet Earth whilst this Great Change is happening. Let us give our profound, heartfelt thanks; in Loving gratitude to Father/Mother God, Source/Prime Creator for this Great Gift of Love and to Mother Earth, Gaia, for Her deep, enduring Love and the sacrifices She had given for all of Humanity throughout the aeons of time.

There is truly nothing extra for you to do from this moment onward, my Beloved Lightworkers. Continue to shine your Light and live every day, fully committed to your own magnificent Great Path of Light and a high-vibrational way of living.

Please also continue to act every day as if you are the embodiment of your Higher Self, and as if Nova Earth is already here. Both facts, in the great NOW moment, are definitely true and not a false belief at all.

All of us here in the Higher Dimensions, bow to you all in great Respect, Love, Gratitude and Admiration for your Participation, Courage, Bravery and Hard Work in creating and manifesting Nova Earth. We will continue to be your Loving, supportive Work Partners in this Grand Ascension Project. All the way through to its completion; to the End.

I am walking with you, every step of the way. Call out for help whenever you need it. We all stand ready to assist. You are never alone.

Sending much Love & Light your way, Your Brother in Light,

Jesus SANANDA

Adele Arini - Era of Light.com

20 March 2018 - The Long-awaited Landings - Jesus SANANDA - via Adele Arini

Greetings my Beloved Brothers and Sisters,

After my previous message about the coming Great Event, here comes along another important update for you all. Your Galactic Brothers and Sisters of the Light are now planning for a major Landing on the surface of Gaia. The first wave of Landings will be led by a spiritually-advanced Race of Beings called the Pleiadians.

The Pleiadians originate from the Pleiades Star Systems. In terms of physical appearance, the Pleiadians look very similar to the Human Race. Their entire civilisation currently exists within the Sixth-Dimension; they had 'Ascended' from the Lower Dimensions to the Higher Dimensions of consciousness (5D and above) millions of your Earth years ago. The Pleiadians are part of the many ancient Races of Beings in this Universe.

They, along with the Arcturians, Venusians, Antareans and many more, form the group of Higher Dimensional Race of Beings who have the purest of intentions to serve God/Source/Prime Creator wherever and whenever necessary.

They are fully committed in providing a service to Divine Love in all that they do. They faithfully serve All That Is, for the Higher Good of All in mind. The above 4 Extraterrestrial Races have been the main Guardians of this Galaxy for millions of years. They have been tasked by God, with the Divine Duty to: watch over, guide and protect Humanity from the very beginning of time on Earth - whilst always respecting the Higher Will of the Human Collective, at all times.

There is absolutely nothing to fear. The Pleiadians are completely prepared for all eventualities. Nothing that Humanity can produce (out of fear or out of any other Third-Dimensional reactions) will be able to harm them. They will not have anything on them that can be considered as 'weapons', and they will do absolutely nothing that can be mistakenly construed as 'having hostile intentions' towards Humanity.

The Pleiadians communicate among themselves via mental telepathy, and they possess the ability to communicate with you in all Earth languages. If you are one of the brave ones who actually approach one of them in friendship, you will find that communication with them is easy and effortless. This highly-evolved Race of Beings emanates strong, high vibrations of Love and Light that will instantly make you feel safe, comfortable, liked and completely loved. The Pleiadians have been and are still one of the Guardians protecting Humanity in this Galaxy. They have been playing an important role in the Spiritual awakening and development of the Human Race. They are here to help disintegrate all aspects of Humanity's current Third Dimensional way of living (based in: Duality, Fear, Lack and Separation), and help establish the foundation of a Fifth Dimensional society which will be completely based in: Peace, Unity and Oneness, Love and Abundance.

8 May 2018 - Ascended Master Quan Yin - Current Celestial Energies and More Upcoming Disclosures - Through Linda Li

Dear Hearts, I am Quan Yin. I come today with important news. The Divine Being has decreed that the Planetary Ascension has been doing extremely well. We have grouped quite a lot of Celestial Energies, and have been bringing them to Earth to help Gaia and Humanity. Apparently, these incoming "Grouped Energies" are doing wonders. Not only for Gaia Earth, but also for our Lightworkers and Humanity.

As a result of these intense "Energies", we are able to come up fast and move the Ascension up to speed. So far, we have almost caught up with the speed we have designed for Gaia and Humanity, and that is very exciting news. For that, The Divine Being and the Company of Heaven, are extremely happy, and we are going to continue the effort, bringing in more of these Group Energies. In other words, in order to assure the Ascension of the Masses and the Planet herself, we have to group up different types of Rays together so when these Rays hit the Planet, we have the domino effect, affecting different groups at the same time so that these different Soul Groups can Ascend together. That is the key. So far so good.

In the next few days and weeks, The Divine Being is going to continue the effort of pushing the Divine Agenda forward. The Divine Being and the Company of Heaven, have been doing quite a good job in terms of pushing for the forthwith announcement of the "Galactic Disclosures". And so far, they have all sorts of these "Disclosures" lined up, waiting to be announced. Our Announcers are all ready to go forth and each of them can barely await for their turn. That is the scene at this time, and that is so exciting! We do also very much appreciate our Lightworkers and those Disclosure Announcers for their strong efforts and dedication. Great job Dear Ones!

I am Quan Yin. I Love you. So it is.

29 May 2018 - Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B - Sheldan Nidle

Concerning Earth changes, expect these to be regionally intense at times. Gaia has decided to delay many of the changes on a global scale since your own transformation is not very far off. Her final transformation will not take place until you are safe in Earth's Inner Earth Realm of Agartha or else up on the Motherships, taking your final, ecstatic step into Full Consciousness. Until then, Gaia is to focus on resolving the pressure on her Tectonic Plates and on building up the Pacific and Atlantic Ocean basins for the return of the Continents of Lemuria and Atlantis.

As a Fully-conscious Planet, she is noted for both her symmetry and her exquisite beauty. The rising of Atlantis and Lemuria will balance Gaia's land-water ratio. Once again, she will return to her original, pristine body configuration as a mono-polar planet.

10 June 2018 - Commander Ashtar - The Time Is Now - via James McConnell

I AM Ashtar.

You have heard some time before when we spoke of the dominoes that would begin to fall at a certain time and a certain vibration once that was reached. Well those vibrations have been reached now and those dominoes are now to begin to fall. One in particular is about to fall and to contact the next one and the next one and the next one. It was always said that it would take one to begin the process. You are very close now to that ONE falling.

You will know it as it happens. Not all will see it at once, not all will be aware at once, but those of you that have been acclimating to these energies, that have become aware, that have awakened will know this as it occurs. I am certainly not going to say exactly when or how or what. You will know it as it happens.

For all is at hand now. We, in our ships, are waiting the signals to be given. We have been in many different phases throughout this Ascension process and through your transition here. Many phases we have moved through, many parts of the Plan. And we are nearing the end phases now which will signal the times when we can more fully be with you.

Many of you are beginning to see us in the skies much more often. When you close your physical eyes and you open that Third Eye and allow that Third Eye to roam freely and let go. Then once you have done this you open your physical eyes. Now through your physical eyes you see with the Third Eye, you see through your imagination, through your imaging ability. See what was not there before. You see what others may not see. For you now have the eyes to see and the ears to hear only if you allow it in any given moment.

I Am Ashtar. I leave you now with Peace and Love to continue to share with one another. Share the Light, be the Light, be the Love that we all are.

3 October 2018 - A Message from Mira from the Pleiadian High Council through Valerie Donner

Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I speak to you today with wonderful news. The Light Fleet is advancing quickly in on the forces of darkness. There are billions of Galactic ships positioned to remove the most problematic perpetrators of death and destruction from the Earth.

Each ship has specific directions about what to do and where to go. The destinations are perfectly timed and filtered through technology that allows us the advantage.

We hear the calling from the Earth and from Humanity for an end to the atrocities of the harsh way of life you have been living. We promise you this is our common goal. The damage has been done and there is no room for anymore. We have been granted permission to use whatever means are possible to achieve this goal. You can imagine how pleased we are to announce this.

Never again in the history of the Earth will self-serving Beings be allowed to usurp the energies and resources of all of life on any Planet. The days of the enslavement have been declared over. You are being freed from the rot and greed.

Right now, every Soul on the Earth is choosing whether they are continuing to serve Self or if they are choosing to move into a higher vibration into Service to Others. We are sorry to say that most who have only interest for Self will find it problematic to change. That means they will be leaving the Earth and going to other Third-dimensional Planets where they can continue to learn their lessons.

Most Humans are being faced with many challenges now. As the Ascension Process continues to accelerate it forces one to make choices that will lead to higher steps in rising consciousness. Those who are unable to receive the accelerations and the Love energy that go along with that will decelerate. The choices of each Soul are taken into consideration and are followed through with Love. It is known that each Being's choice is honoured.

Soon you will begin to experience greater waves of Love. You will feel the luminescence of the Light as the creative energies sweep through you. Your vibration's will be higher and higher. From this, your manifesting abilities will expand in miraculous ways. You will remember your power and will use it wisely.

We have the utmost confidence in you and the work we are doing together. We honour you and appreciate you being on the Earth this time. You make a huge difference. Focus on the Truth and the Light and we will see this through to the end.

I send you Love and Joy from all of us. I am Mira

5 October 2018 - Commander Ashtar - Channeled by James McConnell

I am Ashtar. As always, it is a pleasure to be with you, especially in these times now, these times that we are now beginning more and more to celebrate. We are celebrating not our involvement, but your involvement, your progress, all that you are bringing forward into these next moments that are upon you. Many of you are beginning to have more and more sightings of those of us, those of our Spaceships. Many more of you are seeing beyond the Veil, getting those glimpses as has been said many times. But I tell you now that this is only the beginning, for much that has been heralded is now going to begin, is now going to come forth. We in the Motherships, as we have said previously, have been parked far out here in your space around your Planet, but we are coming closer and closer now. We are beginning to move closer and closer.

Then, one day in the not too distant future will be known as "the Day the Stars Fell." For that will be when our ships will pierce through the atmosphere of the Earth and appear everywhere across your entire Planet. Those times are coming. And the preparations are being made in many different ways. Many truths are coming forward, being revealed, and preparations are being planned for many announcements that are to come forth. What you have been told about your Broadcast system is correct. Many of you are coming to understand that your entire Broadcast system can be overtaken at a switch of a button or the turning of a switch. You are on the verge now of a great many changes, a great many revealings, much to come forward.

As and when the pulse of Celestial Energy comes from the Galactic Central Sun, known as The Event, or the Changeover, then in those moments you WILL be lifted up. Your conscious knowing self WILL be lifted up, because it will not know anything different at that time. For the old ways, the old comfort zone, will no longer be comfortable, for you will not be comfortable in the old paradigm. Just as many of you are not comfortable in that now.

I am Ashtar, and I leave you now at this time. But know that we are always with you. We are just a whisper away where we can be more fully with you, and will be, in the not far off future.

11 November 2018 - Commander ASHTAR on the Disclosure Event - James McConnell

I am Ashtar. It is always wonderful to be with you in these times and moments in the midst of these many Changes that are occurring and are about to occur.

I come at this time to share with you those outer happenings that are occurring above you in the many Spaceships, the many Inter-Galactic Fleets that are here, those ones that you have heard of that have been parked just outside of your atmosphere for some time. And as we have said several times that we have come closer and closer, even to the point where we have begun more and more to uncloak ourselves so that those that have eyes to see can see us, and that of the Pleiadian Fleet that is preparing not only a Great Celebration, but they are planning an Operation, you might say, an Operation that will bring this Disclosure Event even closer and closer to you. In order for that to happen, those of you, the Way-Showers, the Lightworkers, those of you that are on the forefront of these great many Changes to the Earth and to the Consciousness here on the Earth, those of you that have been preparing, have been working with these incoming Celestial Energies, it is time now for you to realise that you are in the midst, right in the midst, of these Changes, and as has been said, you are the catalyst for these Changes.

Your Consciousness is creating every moment of your lives so it is time more and more now to create that which you want to happen, create everything that you are longing for. Because as you do so, those of us in our Spaceships, all of the Fleets that are out here, will be able to come closer and closer to you, to you as individuals and you as groups. The entire populace may not see us yet, but those of you who are ready and prepared, do not fear, do not shy away, those of you will be able to see us more and more. We are showing ourselves now to you more and more often, because operations are underway to bring Disclosure about. If it will not happen from those of your Leaders to make those Announcements, then it will happen as a result of You yourself creating the impetus for this Event to manifest. You are the Disclosure: remember that...

I am Ashtar. I leave you now temporarily. And I say temporarily because we are always with you, and are always just a whisper away to be more fully with you. Those times are coming where we will be able to appear to you much more than you can possibly imagine yet at this point.

17 December 2018 - Commander ARAMDA on the coming Great Galactic Wave of Energy - Channeled by James McConnell

I am Aramda of the Galactic Federation. I am coming to you at this time, on this Galactic Mothership, which you may call it the "Advance", and it is one of which is taking part in your process of "Advancing" towards Ascension. That is as we see it up here from our vantage point upon the Motherships as we look down. Yes, we see all that is occurring within your life times down on Earth. We can see, as you might say, "through the walls." We can hear what you are saying and we are fully aware of all of the advancement on Planet Earth that is going on. And know that here in our Motherships we are doing everything that we can to prepare for the great many "Changes" that are to come upon you, and we are here also to protect you and all of the the Lightworkers, as well as all those of you on the other Planets within your Solar System. We are indeed here to make sure that all goes according to the "Great Plan", even though the Great Plan has been much changed and diversified at times, going off into various detours, you might say. Nonetheless, it is still strongly held upon its target as of right now.

That target, of course, for the Earth, for all of you there on Planet Earth, is Ascension. Ascension: moving from one level of Consciousness up to a higher level of Consciousness. That is what this is all about. You may think you only came here to learn, to be in a Great and powerful "School of Learning", but that is only partially what you are really here for. You have come through many, many Lifetimes to prepare for this Time now and where you could soon have a sudden evolution of Consciousness all in one moment, or seemingly one moment. It may not seem to be a moment in your time, but it would be over a relatively short period of time, say, hours, maybe even days, but not much longer than that. The FULL act of Ascension, is what I speak of now, not just your long ongoing Ascension Process. But when you fully move through that final act of Ascension, it will happen to you in a moment's time.

Now the Great Galactic Wave that is approaching even now as I now speak to you here, even as you continue to go through your long advance towards Ascension, that Galactic Wave is in fact coming closer and closer. And it is destined to raise the Consciousness and also your Vibration rates all at one fell swoop as it spreads across the Planet. You have had in the past many times the analogy of a Tsunami as it first connects to the land and begins to move across the land, and washes over everything in its path. However, usually the Tsunami, as it spreads across the land, will eventually diminish itself and die out. However, NOT this Tsunami. This Tsunami will spread undiminished across the entire Planet. And it will do so in a very short period of time. So every Life Form on the Planet will not but help to feel the immense Consciousness that comes along with this great Galactic Wave, and the enormous shift of Consciousness to Humanity that comes with it.

As everything continues to move ahead according to the Great Plan many of you down on Planet Earth are doing everything you possibly can in your sphere of activity. We applaud you for your diligence in continuing to move through this entire Ascension process, not only in this Lifetime, but in the many Lifetimes leading up to this. And it all has been leading up to the culmination or the "Great Crescendo" that Sananda has already spoken of. You are nearing that Crescendo, and we also patiently await the many Earth Changes that will happen as a result of that, just as you are. The only difference is we can see a little bit further into the future than you can at this point, and we know that it is already well advancing within the happening process right now.

I am Commander Aramda, and I am always with you in Spirit and will continue to be with you. I feel I am very close to many of you, and that many of you are likewise close to me and that we shall meet again soon.

13 January 2019 - KaRa the Pleiadian on our Coming Reunion - via James McConnell

I am KaRa. I have not spoken through this one or to this group before. I have asked permission to be able to do so, that I would come as a Representative of the Pleiadian Fleets, and I also speak on behalf of the many other Fleets of the Galactic Federation circling your Planet now. We have been here for some time. We are indeed coming closer and closer to your reality here on the Planet. We have been watching and waiting for the opportunity to be more fully involved with all of you. Because in many respects, we are you, and you are us.

And as I have said, I come to you as a Representative of the Pleiadian Fleets for the Pleiadian Grand Council. I come at this time to prepare you for what is to come, for what you are being prepared for, and the many who would listen to or read these words afterwards. You are being prepared for those times where we make our open connection with you. For it must come to you before the coming of the other events involving the many Earth Changes. That is, that we should become more associated with you, more closely in contact with you through our First Contact/Disclosure Event. And yes, indeed, even some of you will then be invited upon our Spaceships.

Those times are coming, and you have been being prepared for this. This is why I come and speak at this time.

You are being prepared for those times where we can be together in a more physical fashion. Not in your previous 3D vibration, but in the 4D vibration that you are rapidly moving towards. Because as you continue to raise your vibrations, then we are able to lower ours somewhat to meet you, what you call "meeting half way." We are in the process of doing that.

There are many functions, you might say, that are happening at this time behind the scenes, many planned Programs that are at this time being run. Each time one of the Programs that we are working on, each a part of the overall Great Plan, is finished, then we move on to the next stage. That is where we are now. We have just moved to the next stage. That stage is to be your preparation event for welcoming those of you who would be called to come and be with us more fully.

It is to be a choice on your part, yes. But it also requires a suitable matching, a matching of vibrations. If you can match our vibration, and we can match yours, then we can have this more full connection - not at the former 3D level, but at the 4D level. That is where many of you are partly residing in now: in the Fourth Dimension. Many of you are finding those things that you wish for, that you ask for are coming true much, much quicker. So it is important now for all of you, as you continue to raise your vibration, to continue to control your thoughts, learn to still the mind, so that the connection between you and your Higher Self can become stronger and stronger. When that occurs, when you have more fully connected with your higher God Self, that is when your vibrations will be high enough to match ours.

It is not only we, the Pleiadians. There are many of the Fleets of the many different Civilisations: Sirians, the Arcturians, the Andromedans, and so on. Many are preparing in various stages themselves for this Ascension process that is underway now for all within the Galaxy. Yes, you are going through a transition and will continue to do so. But as you are going through this transition, you are also moving through your Ascension process closer and closer to that moment, and you will realise fully who you really are. In that moment, you will fully connect with your higher God Self. The integration will be complete. You will move fully through your Ascension in those moments.

Prior to this, leading up to this, is all that I can speak of now. Many changes that are happening here on your Planet, some yet still behind the scenes, but all of it, is rapidly coming forward. All Truth is coming forward to be revealed - nothing, no rock, will be left unturned. All will be revealed. Trust in that. Trust in yourselves. Trust in the Great Plan that is forever working on behalf of the Consciousness of Man.

I am Kara of the Pleiades. I leave you now in Peace and Love, and a sharing between us that holds no bounds.

27 January 2019 - Saint Germain - via James McConnell

I am Saint Germain. As always, it is a pleasure to be with you in this way in these moments, for so much is in flux now.

So much is shifting and changing. Powerful Galactic Energies are coming in more and more into the Planet. More and more of you are feeling these energies. So many of you who have awakened for some time now have been working with these energies and many, many more are beginning to awaken as a result of the overall Collective Consciousness of Earth's Humanity rising.

Though you may not notice it, and it may not seem so in outward appearances, since in many respects it looks as if little has changed, I can assure you now that much has not only changed, but is in the process of changing.

You find yourselves now in the moments prior to the Great Changeover, and everything is building toward it. Celestial Stars are moving in directions to bring about this Great Changeover. The alignment of the Stars, the alignment of the Planets: everything is coming in to be in that perfect instant when the signal is finally given and the Changeover, the Great Event, can begin. These are those times now.

28 January 2019 - PLEIADIAN LIGHT FORCES Transmission on Earth's forthcoming Ascension - MICHAEL of Nebadon

It was two Earth days ago that another huge Fleet of Lightweight Pleiadian Rainbow Plasma Ships came through the Solar Portal and are now docked around Earth's Sun.

There is a total of approximately 500,000 similar Benevolent High-vibration Plasma Motherships currently here in your Solar System. They come from all over the Galactic Federation and the many Solar System Worlds that are within the Fifth Dimension.

The Pleiadians, along with three other Major Galactic Star Races assisting in your Ascension, are here leading the way to assist Humanity in your great Evolutionary Process.

The newly arrived Pleiadian Motherships have been coming in through the Solar Portal since the 9th of September 2018 and have positioned themselves within your Solar System in preparation for a Grand Event in your Earth's Ascension process.

In most cases these Celestial Light-Body Ships may only be seen by you as translucent, Rainbow-coloured clouds. It is possible for some of you to photograph these Ships if the lighting is favourable and if your vibration rate is high enough. These Ships are no longer fully cloaked, but do resonate within a higher, lighter frequency of around 40-100 Hertz which some of you may be able to perceive.

Pleiadians have in the past already deployed many Teachers and Healers on Planet Earth and we are now working with them to make all of this Great Event happen. Also, Earth Alliance Members and Pleiadian Delta Forces are working around the clock to phase the 3D-Matrix out and phase in a new 4-5D Earth.

THE GRAND SOLAR FLASH

The Grand Solar Flash is underway. This has been building up for three months with incoming Plasma Energies and it is not to be just a quick one-minute or one-hour event! It is best to think of these incoming energies as a series of Plasma Light Waves building up to a crescendo, rather than just a one final Grand Flash.

The Apex of this series of Light Waves could well be described as a Flash of White Magnetic Ionized Plasma Light.

This Grand Solar Flash originates from the Central Sun at the Galactic Core. Think of this whole process as similar to a Galactic-sized Super Capacitor charging up and then releasing. This is exactly what the Light Forces are setting in motion. They are presently charging up the Sun with "Super Plasma" and will then release the charge when it reaches maximum effective levels. One recent example of a smaller Solar-Wave-Flash testing was the "Gamma White-Out" on the 21st of December 2018. While this itself was just a Test Run, the Final Discharge will be similar but vastly larger, and will cause a complete and sustained 40 Hertz Gamma White-Out around the Earth.

This Grand Final Plasma Discharge is known to us as "Project Andara". It will signal the start of one of the most magnificent periods ever experienced on Earth!

This Multidimensional Solar Flash Portal will thus allow High-vibrational Gamma-Light-Data to pour into the Earth and into your Auric fields where it will be carried at once into your DNA. Your cells will be instantly re-coded to a Higher Order, and with your bodies having been raised to a 4th Dimensional vibration rate, you will therefore be able to process a much more advanced level of Cosmic Data. It will also cause your surrounding Earth Matter to morph into a higher New Earth/Heaven 4D Vibrational Frequency.

Many of you know deep within yourselves that this Great Time has to come. We have done all we can to give you as many signs of this in the form of "Hope" as possible. Things can not go on, and will not, as they have done so far on Earth, and indeed a Major Change is now finally coming.

3 March 2019 - Commander ASHTAR on the Coming Wave Energies - Channeled by James McConnell

I am Ashtar,

It is great to be with you once again in these continuing times, and in these moments. These moments that are about to separate those who are Ready and those who are Not. Now that is not about to say that many across the Planet will pass away in the Death process: we would never wish to say that.

But it is more of speaking about the Energies coming into the Planet, including those which have already come in, and those which are still yet to immerse themselves in this Planet, those further Waves of Plasma Energy that have been spoken of that are still yet to come. And coming, they are. You are going to experience a great Wave of Energy in the very near future. Yes, in your month [March] that you are in now. It is indeed coming.

Is it going to separate the Wheat from the Chaff? Not as you understand it. But it is going to bring about a separation. A separation of Vibration rates. For those who already vibrate at the higher levels, and those who vibrate at the lower levels, there will be a separation. Not that they will leave the Planet. It is not time yet for that.

But it is a time for reckoning within yourselves, each and every one of you on the Planet. A time to reach deep down within yourselves and experiencing that reverberation level within yourselves that connects you to not only this Planet, to the Earth, to Gaia, but to all of the Planets of the Solar System, to the Sun, to all of the Central Suns of the Galaxies, and to the Central Sun of the Universe - the connection to the Creative Source itself, of this Universe.

This is what is happening with these Waves of Energy, and this final Major Wave that is coming, that will affect a great many, not as "The Changeover" or "The Event" that has been spoken of, not yet. But as a major shift in Plasma Energy that will reverberate across the entire Galaxy as Melchizedek has spoken to some of you about. A reverberation connecting all of you, that is all of you including the Wayshowers/Lightworkers, connecting you all together as ONE again. And you are ONE, my friends. You are ONE with each other, you are ONE with us, in our Spaceships, in our Fleets. You are ONE with the Agarthans of the Inner Earth, and ONE with all of the Company of Heaven, and all of the Cosmic Beings yet unknown to you. But you will come to know them, for they certainly know of you, each and every one of you.

So it is time now to reach deep within yourselves and find that vibrational reverberation within you that connects you to the ALL, because the ALL is connected to you.

I am Ashtar. I always appreciate these times that I can be with you and share in these matters in this way, to continue to assist and help you along the way of this Time of Transition, this Transition that is preparing each and every one of you for the Great Ascension Event coming to you on Planet Earth.

All of my Peace and Love be with all of you, for now and forever more.

9 March 2019 - Jesus-SANANDA - The Final Coming of the Light - Sion of Mexico

A Special Message to the Lightworkers

A New Dawn is about to happen on your Planet and with it the most marvellous brightness of the incoming Light [The Plasma Solar Light Energy Flash] will be seen by your eyes. This experience is going to be monumentally enormous and overwhelming for all because you have never seen such spectacle of Light, Love and Brightness; The New Earth all dressed up with all her Glory and Splendour.

Dear Brothers and Sisters we tell you that you are ready to live such an experience along with us. It is really a moment that we have waited for a long time and my heart is jumping with joy. Brothers and Sisters finally the moment has arrived, finally we will all see each other again, hug each other and cry, laugh and sing with joy.

Finally my beloved Gaia has been set free and therefore my Brethren your Light eyes shall be opened so that you may see us next to you, next to you where we always have been, where Mother/Father have never stopped enacting a vigil over your dreams and caring for you with all their Love.

The time is NOW, the clock denoting the Era of your Racial History will stop, so marking the end of the 5th Era of the 5th Race that has been on this Planet and with it, the marking of the beginning of the New Era, the 6th, the Golden Era of Light and Love. The Era of the Gods, the Era of the Revelation, the Era of the Light of Knowledge, the Era of the embodied Lightworkers that have finally accomplished their Mission and now are coming back home with us.

Dear Brethren I am Yeshu'a, I am here with you my heart pounding in my chest with the emotion I am feeling to be able to see you all, welcome you with open arms and honour you for your valour and courage of never giving up. You make me proud of all and each of you and I feel honoured to be your Brother, I know you all feel the same.

We are entering the last stage of this Great Ending and now is where I ask you please to keep your calm and trust in yourselves. You are ready, more than ready to face this last step. But it is of the utmost importance to keep calm amid the things that may arise during these Last Days of this Era. There have been other Era Endings but none such as this one and that is why I am communicating with all of you my beloved Lightworkers.

You must stay in your new higher 4D frequencies so you can receive our instructions clearly as to what we will need you to do. Everything is being overseen by us 100% of the 24 hours of your days and we have total control of everything, the only thing we ask is that you do not disconnect from your Inner Selves, as it would only be through your own Inner Self that you would be likely to do that.

Be in Peace and confident that we will help you through this. First, all of you will be coming to us with your new Higher Vibrational Light and once you are with us in a higher vibrational state we will be able to talk and talk, sing, laugh and clear all your doubts so that we can plan the next step together as the Great Team that we are.

Only this time, we will come down to join with you in your new 4D physical vehicle/body as ONE, totally completely joined and in communion and ready to help all the others who are still asleep in their 3D illusion.

I just wanted to share this joyous moment with you that we are living through up in our Mothership, the "New Jerusalem", and tell you that we are ready to act as soon as the Era Clock stops in a few days.

I am Yeshu'a Ben Joseph, best known as Jesus the Christ and I tell you my Beloved Brethren that ALL IS FINISHED, the Light has arrived to this beautiful Planet and Mother/Father's blessings are pouring in with abundance unto you.

With all my Love and Light

I am Jesus SANANDA

Message channelled by Sion - Victory to the Light!!! - Mexico, March 9, 2019

19 April 2019 - PLEIADIAN LIGHT FORCES TRANSMISSIONS - Earth Frequency Update - MICHAEL of Nebadon

Greetings Great Beings of Light:

You may have detected, or not, according to your present Vibrational level, a Major 3-hour Dimensional Rift that occurred overnight in the Energetic Grid that surrounds Planet Earth.

Earth Celestial Light-Alliance Intelligence Report that Pleiadian Light Forces rebooted and reset the Vibrational Grid around the Earth last night as the Pleiadian Operation "Andara" moves into high gear.

Light Forces are deployed all around the Earth at this hour from the sky to the ground to strengthen and finalise the New 5D-Earth Crystal Light Grid.

The Grid is being re-coded and upgraded by benevolent, intelligent, Pleiadian Crystalline Grid Technicians of the "Atlantis Command" using advanced "Andara-Crystal" Multi-Dimensional Energy Technology, derived from Ancient Atlantis.

The New 5D Crystalline Holographic Operating System is being applied to the surface of the Planet.

Benevolent Celestial Forces have been working overtime, overlaying the New 5D-Earth Crystalline Light Matrix on top of the Old 3D Matrix for the last 2 Earth weeks.

This is a literal merging of the Two Dimensions in regards to the Energetic Space-Time Field that surrounds the Planet. This New 5D Vibrational Diamond-Light Matrix is to be the framework for the New Earth Civilisation on Planet Earth.

Another key purpose for this type of "Energetic Blackout" is to merge the remaining artificial Timelines all back onto the one true New Earth Crystalline Grid Timeline so Humanity can fully Ascend up to the 5th Dimension. When a "Grid Blackout" like this occurs, the Energy Field around Earth is literally switched into the "Off" position for a duration.

Dear Ones, standby as the Earth Matrix is fully re-programmed to the 5D Frequency level of 40-100 Hertz.

The time for the "New Earth" is truly dawning as the Vibration of Earth is lifted higher and higher. Soon Dear Ones, all Beings of Earth will be Free Forevermore!

God Speed,

MICHAEL and The PLEIADIANS

20 May 2019 - Message from Alcyone - Great Central Sun Being of the Pleiades - Galaxygirl

I am your Great Central Sun, Alcyone of the Pleiades. You shall relearn in time that everything is Consciousness. Every Planet, Star, Comet - everything is an aspect of Source experiencing itself. You are currently on a very highly evolved Being, Gaia, who is morphing into the New. With the help of the great, vast, Cosmic Energies in this Sector of your Space Quadrant that you are passing through, our energies mix and mingle more completely, more thoroughly and you are more fully bathed in my Light.

I am Alcyone. I am ancient, I am wise. I have seen much pain and Love in this 26,000 year Cycle. It is true that Humanity has been plunged into the depths but now equally so is rising to greater heights of fulfilment of the promise of the Resurrection, of the New Day, of the new Christed Birth upon the Hearts of Humankind. It is a beautiful moment.

The Pleiadians are working around the clock to protect and most aptly bathe Gaia in this healing High Vibratory Light, so that the benefits are most perfectly balanced and received. Thank them. They will be coming to you shortly. They are your friends, mentors, family members of the Ancient Days, returned. Just as you are returning to your Christed Light, so they too are turning to your Sphere to Assist, to Guide, to Love. As a cohesive team the Galactics of the Ascended Realms will form massive support. They are already in your skies, forming a Grid of Protection and Love. It will deepen. Relationships and self-confidence and self-realisation will fire up in new ways. You are remembering who you truly are, friends.

All is well. Bathe in my Light. Rest in the embrace of Mother/Father God. We are all One working towards the same end.

4 June 2019 - A Message from Mira of The Pleiadian High Council - through Valerie Donner

Greetings, I am Mira. I am pleased to update you today. There is much on the horizon. The energies coming to the Earth are broad and swift, sweeping waves of change. They require receptivity and we know that some are not really ready for what is being given.

We are working closely with you and also communicate with the influencing energies that are being released through the Sun, the Photonic Energies, etc. that are affecting the Magnetic Fields of the Planet and all of life. We do not want these energies to overwhelm you and we thank you for your patience.

Remember that you have been prepared for these times and it has also been a bit of an experiment to see how the bodies can stay on a Planet during an Ascension Process. As most of you know, usually when a Planet Ascends there is no life left on a Planet - the Planet goes into a "Nova" transformation process. You are an exception.

Little by little the Planet and you are Ascending. The pace has been increased in the last couple of months. You are being given lots of assistance and healing but this requires an unusual amount of rest. Please give this rest to yourselves because you are being upgraded. You need this rest to assimilate these energies so that you can take on more of your powerful work that you came to the Planet to do.

We stand in line assisting you along with many other Galactics, and Beings from the Light Realms. We see you becoming free and polishing up your shining new selves. This is an amazing process of which we are a part.

I am Mira and am a part of your Galactic Family of Light. We send you our blessings and marvel at your progress. We are with you.

5 June 2019 - Pleiadian Light Forces Transmission - MICHAEL of Nebadon

Greeting Great Beings of Light!

The Earth Alliance reports that "Operation Freedom" will continue through to July 4th as Pleiadian Light Forces use advanced 5D Andara Energy Technology to finalise the clearing of old 3D Matrix Energy as well as the remaining 4D Astral debris.

40 Hertz, 5D Gamma Light Waves will fire back up again in the next 72 hours as the old Matrix continues giving way to the New Earth. Think of this Earth time as an incredible transition where the old Realm is phased out and the New One is phased in.

Expect powerful Mainstream News coming out regarding the Old Matrix shutdown that is in progress. Operation Delta Ground Forces will be physically removing the few remaining Low-vibration Dark Cabal-Controllers over the next 4 Earth weeks.

The Frequency Dimensions are clashing as the new 5D Light Matrix overlay is gently retrofitted into place over this Planet. Pleiadian Delta Security Fleets are monitoring everything that moves at this hour, so know that all is well. We ask you to allow the Great Changes that are coming to take place and accept them as part of a beautiful Universal Plan.

Be aware that all of this is being done in a very quiet way and that all of those Humans that are still uninformed about the coming of the Earth Changes continue to remain none the wiser about any of this at this stage. Remember that we have said this 5D Transition is first of all to apply to the Lightworkers stationed on Earth and that the rest of Humanity will come along behind when they are themselves ready.

It is also important that we remind you about who and what you truly are. You are an advanced Celestial Being of Light that came to this Realm from a very High Place in this Universe. Where you come from, you are "Celestial Royalty" and this is where you are returning to!

Your New 5D Kingdom on Earth is being prepared at this moment and soon you will walk fully into it in Great Glory! Do not be dismayed about saying Goodbye to to the Old Energies that no longer serve you. There is such a wonderful Life ahead of you, Great One, but you must start aligning with this New Way of being and moving forwards towards your Dreams now.

This Grand Task your are participating in is not only one of your main duties on Earth as an Extraterrestrial Being of Love and Light. Your other Primary Mission here is to take Cosmic Light-data into your existing Physical container, decode it and then broadcast it back out after you have Ascended into every dark corner of this area of the Universe until "Pure Light" prevails.

If you are still experiencing moderate Ascension symptoms, it is very normal and due to the massive amount of Light Waves coming into Earth at this incredible time. Pleiadian Medical Officers are scanning all Starseed Human body-vessels around the Planet, making sure your Bio-cellular Systems remain stable throughout this Great Transition to 5D.

Your Physical Body is moving up into a lighter and faster vibrating Dimension where it would at present not normally fit, so slow Carbon-to-Crystal modifications are being applied at the Atomic level of your DNA. These Advanced Energy workers are assisting you integrate this powerful Magnetic Light into your cellular structure and are carefully watching the whole process. Be patient, trusting and allowing as it happens.

The entire Starseed Collective has now shifted to an entirely new Frequency level, so it takes a moment to adjust to it. Stay grounded and take good care of yourself as we move forward in co-creating the New Earth.

2 July 2019 - Jesus SANANDA - Channelled by James McConnell

I am Sananda.

As always, it is a pleasure to be able to be with you to communicate with you in these ways, knowing that in the not-too-far-off future this type of communication will no longer be necessary. For you will receive your own telepathic communication not only from myself, but from all of your Spiritual Guides, all of those that are mentoring to you. All of you are being prepared for these types of communications to be able to assist you to continue to guide you through this Ascension process.

And yes, my Dear Friends, it is a process. Your Ascension is a process. And you are all going through this process now at this time. There is not a one of you that is on this call, there is not a one of you that would resonate to these words that is not going through the Ascension process at this time.

Now the full Ascension becomes a different story, because some of you will take longer to go through this process. Others may, upon the snap of a finger, be able to go through the full Ascension as the energies continue to rise, as you continue to be able to acclimatise yourself and take these energies within you, just as you are all doing now.

You speak of things such as not eating meat anymore, and that that will assure your Ascension. That is not in itself what will assure your Ascension. What will assure your Ascension is your choice in the matter. You choose whether you want to Ascend or whether you want to stay in the Three-dimensional Realm or in the lower Fourth Dimension or even move up to the Fifth Dimension. You choose that. It is not for us to choose. It is for you to choose. And it is based also on the contracts that you came in with how you would want to proceed at these times.

But I can tell you that each and every one of you that are going through this Ascension process now, all of you are being able to take these new Energies within you, these Waves of Energy that have been coming in and coming in, and coming in, bombarding the Earth with these great Energies. And some of you have a more difficult time of this than others do. But that is understood. That is expected.

But always understand that even we do not know exactly how this is all going to transpire. Because as you have heard many times from many different sources, this has never been done before in the way that it is happening here, your Ascension, and the Ascension of a Planet at the same time. This has never happened before, so we do not know exactly how this is going to occur within each and every one of you, because each and every one of you are different, and at different levels of the Ascension process.

But I can tell you that there are Three Waves of Ascension that will be happening. And whether or not you are on the First Wave, or the Second, or the Third will be up to you. But I can also tell you that this Lightworkers group, and many other groups such as this are being prepared to be in that First Wave. Thus those of you Lightworkers are being prepared to be in the First Wave of Ascension. So that once you have moved through the Ascension and fully completed your own Personal Ascension, you will then be able to turn around and assist others behind you that are coming in the Second Wave, and the Third Wave.

That is what you have come here to do, all of you. All of you, the Lightworkers and Warriors. This is what you have come here to do: to prepare the way. Just as there were many that prepared the way for myself as Yeshua. Many who came before me. Those you know of as the Essenes, the John the Baptist, the Disciples, many of you helped to prepare the way. And I say many of you, because many of you were there in various aspects at those Times.

That is why you are here now in this Lightworkers group, because you have been drawn back together again, those of you, the Essenes, those of you, some of you, the Disciples, if not the direct Twelve that were around me, then the many more that were also around me. This is you all recapitulating those things which you learned in those Times and are relearning at these Times now. This is what this is all about.

And I tell you, that as these Energy Waves continue to come in, and the Celestial Events continue to occur as they are and will, all of this is in preparation for the Grand Event to come. As to the time for that, no one can say. But we can say that because of consciousness, your Collective Consciousness here on the Planet, and all of those that are assisting in this process, both on the Planet, inside the Planet, and above the Planet, all that are assisting in the process, are bringing you closer and closer to the Grand Event, to that time, that moment when all will shift in the blink of an eye. That is what you have all been readying yourselves for.

That is why we have been saying "Fasten your Seat-belts" because the times ahead could become somewhat rocky. But that is in preparation for those further times ahead that will be very calm, very blissful, and in many respects a wonderful experience that we cannot even possibly explain or help you to visualise at this time. We do what we can to assist you in understanding what this may be like. But it is truly beyond your wildest imaginations at this time of what it will actually be.

I am Sananda. I leave you now to go in Peace and to continue to share the Love around you, share the Light to all of those who come in contact with your Light. Because that is how Consciousness across the Planet is continuing to rise.

7 July 2019 - The Federation of Light - through Blossom Goodchild

Welcome to Each One and yes, Dearest Blossom as we have said - the great Wave Energies indeed have their place in the Grand Divine Plan. We feel we have spoken to you previously of their purpose etc. so we would like to continue on and speak about forthcoming events that coincide with all that is taking place at this time.

In that, everything will appear to be as if one is standing on their head (again, not physically) Everything will seem as if it has turned upside down and indeed around - for such moments are to come, that it shall be as if no one really understands what is taking place. And for a while - no one will.

Our words to you would be PREPARE! PREPARE! PREPARE! For The CHANGE is just around the corner.

The Force of Great Light is upon each One of you as you await that which you have been waiting for, for so long. The weather patterns are at this time levelling out the weather energies. All the strange weather patterns that are occurring are due to a bringing about of a 'balance' to these levels. This refers to all those levels within your Biosphere. So it is, in a sense, 'preparing' for what is to come and equalising the powerful Energies in order to be able to receive the great WAVE OF LIGHT that is to change all.

All is thus in its preparation stages. The very Core of your Planet is grounding herself in preparation. All of Nature is communicating with one another in order to prepare. As too the very core of your own Being is preparing itself for all this that is on its way.

22 August 2019 - The Great Solar Flash that will bring forth the final Ascension Event - Through Jenji and the White Wolf Association

Dearest Beloveds,

Greetings of the Most High. We come forward in this moment of your time with a powerful message heralding a Great Victory for the Forces of Light.

There was once a time when our Milky Way Galaxy was twinned with the Andromeda Galaxy, but due to the Free Will Experiment set in motion by our Creator of this Universe aeons ago, a dramatic split was allowed to occur, whereby many Planets and entities in our area of the Galaxy were allowed to become part of a Fallen Angelic System.

This Experiment unfortunately led to a certain amount of uncontrolled negativity developing in this part of the Universe. As a result, our Creator of this Universe set up a further Experiment on Planet Earth in an attempt to find a way to overcome and resolve the "Duality" of Negativity versus Positivity. It was also to be an important part of the training of His newly created Creator-Explorer Race in order to strengthen them in learning to cope with and thus find a solution to the "Duality" of the Negative Darkness versus the Positive Light. This was to be for their future role in taking over from Him in administrating this Universe when He eventually moves up to join the "Creator of All That Is" on a higher level of Creation. This partially failed Experiment on Earth has taken place over a long period of the last 26,000 years. However, all of the Long-count Calendars have consistently shown, as well as all of the Ancient Calendars, an end to this Experiment on Earth within this important "Window" of our present End of Age Times.

The Ancient Ones knew that at around this epoch that we are in, Gaia and the entire Solar System would come into alignment with the Heart of our Galactic Sun. That Sun is known as Alcyone, residing in the Constellation of the Pleiades. This alignment will activate a Solar Flash or Solar Pulse Event which would be experienced by the entire Consciousness of this part of the Universe as an intense Tsunami of God's Love, Grace and all-pervading presence which will reactivate all of Humanity's dormant DNA codes stored in the deepest core of Humanity's Consciousness.

It was known that this Event would literally re-align and unlock the energetics at the core of our Milky Way Galaxy that had previously been infiltrated by the Lower Dimensional Forces. This momentum would enable the reunion of our Milky Way Galaxy with the Andromeda Galaxy, thus fully completing this current 26,000 year Free Will Cycle.

We have arrived, Dear Ones, to the morning of the Age of Aquarius. We really and truly did it. We won the Battle of Light and Dark. There was never any other option except Victory to the Light.

Please know that all lower 3D Timelines have now expired, and the Solar Flash Event is imminent.

Dearest Brothers and Sisters, we would like to take a moment to speak about the current energetics that are bombarding the Earthly plane currently as we speak. These Gamma Rays are being expelled from the heart of Alcyone, our Galactic Sun, and these Gamma Rays are specifically interacting with Humanity's DNA.

Never before in the History of this Earth or indeed this entire Galactic Region have we witnessed such an epic transformation as a whole species transforming from Carbon based to Crystalline based.

In many ancient prophecies including the Bible, it is spoken of as the "Corridor of Light" which appears at the moment of the "Samvartaka Solar Flash" Event.

This Corridor of Light period is initially made available for the First Wave 144,000 Twin Soul Ascension Pioneers. To those reading these words, please know that you have all signed up to be included in the 144,000 First Wave Ascension. Please also know that we of the Galactic Federation will offer the most extraordinary assistance in the initial First Wave Lightworkers "Dress Rehearsal" Ascension, one which will precede the "Full Ascension for Those That Are Ready" upon the coming of that Great Earth Event, one which is very auspicious for the whole of our Universe and the rest of Creation.

10 October 2019 - Mother God of the Holy Trinity - via Linda Li

We of this Universe's Father/Mother/Holy Ghost Trinity have been busily engaged in helping to lift up Planet Earth's Humanity towards Ascension to the Fourth and Fifth Dimensions. The Soul/Spirit of Gaia/Mother Earth herself already resides on the Fifth Dimensional Earth.

The difficulty of lifting up the Planet to a higher Dimension is that the current state of Consciousness for many on the Planet is chaotic, and that poses a challenge for the Divine Trinity and the rest of the Company of Heaven. In order to be able to help the Planet, we have had to reach down to where the Planet and Humanity are now in terms of their present state of Collective Consciousness, and try to bring this level up. And that is a tough job, although we have achieved some level of success. However, due to the density and the tough and chaotic planetary situation, we are not able to reach down and lift up the entire population, particularly those of the many less evolved Beings.

I Love you all Dear Ones. I am your Mother God of the Holy Trinity of this Universe. The current situation on the Planet is very intense. Your Trinity Father God and I have been working very hard to calm the situation down and bring some level of calmness to the Planet. Due to the Ascension process which is now going on at full speed, the Planet is heading forward on a path and direction that was long ago designed by the Divine Holy Trinity and the rest of the Company of Heaven, which includes the local Galactic Federation Members. At this speed, Mass Ascension is coming much quicker than originally anticipated, and that is a good thing. We have been preparing for that Mass Ascension for some time now. The only drawback is that the process can be intimidating for some members of Humanity not ready yet to move upwards and that is the cause of much of the present level of chaos. Your Trinity Father and I want the Planet to indeed have a peaceful Ascension and that is why we are doing whatever it takes to calm down much of the less evolved Humanity on the Planet.

However, it does not mean that as a result we are going to slow down any of the Ascension process. It means that we are trying to immediately bring a further level of peace to the less evolved Human hearts so that although the quantities to be achieved of Mass Ascension are going to be the same as was previously expected, the surrounding chaos will be less and the Planet will thus become more peaceful before the Event itself manifests. That is the goal for the next few weeks or so and your Trinity Father God and I have been working hard towards achieving that goal.

21 October 2019 - Jesus SANANDA - The Incoming Energy Waves - via James McConnell

I am Sananda. I appreciate this time to be able to be with you, and to share this Message with you.

For it is all about coming to remember who you are and what you are, that you are of the Source of all Creation. You are ONE with that Source. You are not separate from the Source except for what you find within your own mind. What your Mind, what your lower Ego-self tells you. Nevertheless, You are of the ONE.

Many of you have been feeling more and more the Energies that have been coming into the Planet. More and more of these Waves of Energy have been bombarding the Planet for many, many years now. But they are now intensifying.

It is as if you look at the ocean and you see a small wave coming in. And after that, a larger wave. And after that, a larger one, and a larger one. Until there is that Tidal Wave. But it is not a Wave of Destruction. It is a Wave of Love. A Wave of Consciousness. You are feeling now the beginnings of that Wave of Consciousness, that tidal wave of Consciousness, that Tsunami of Love, that is approaching.

As had been said before, it will not be experienced by those who are still living in the Third-dimensional Realm [the remaining part of Planet Earth that still exists at its 3D physical level, but which has been left behind by all the Lightworkers and those others moving upwards in vibration within the Ascension process]. It will only be experienced by those whose vibrations have increased enough towards the 4th Dimensional level to allow for this Wave of Energy to manifest itself within your new higher vibrational surroundings.

You as the Lightworkers and Spiritual Warriors, those of you who have been acclimatising to these Energies, becoming stronger and stronger with each Wave, are becoming stronger in a Spiritual sense. Coming alive within yourselves. Coming to remember more and more who you are and what you are.

For you are the embodiment of the Source itself. We all are. It is time more and more now to continue to trust, trust in yourselves, and trust in each other.

It is not for you to look or listen too carefully to all the chaos that is going on around you and become involved in it: that is not for you, the Starseeds, to do. For that is only for those lower evolved Beings still within their present 3D World. You are not of this World. You have been temporarily in it, but you are not of it. You are instead to now be fully involved in making this new 4-5D New Earth. You are making this New Earth everything that you want it to be within a Life permanently in a state of Full Consciousness.

So I say again, Trust in yourself and Trust in each other that all is according to The Plan. All is indeed being orchestrated as part of the Greater Plan, the Universal Plan. The Plan of THE ONE.

18 November 2019 - PLEIADIAN LIGHT FORCES TRANSMISSION - MICHAEL of Nebadon

Great Ones,

As you know, intense amounts of Cosmic Light have been coming into this Planet recently due to the intervention of Benevolent Star Family Members who are here in our Galaxy assisting with the Ascension of Humanity.

There is still a remnant of the "Grand Battle" in the Heavens and on the surface of Earth now drawing itself to a conclusion at this time for the complete Liberation of Planet Earth.

To the unconscious Beings of Earth, things appear to continue on as they always have and there is no awareness of what is transpiring behind the scenes, in regards to the Evolution of Consciousness that is taking place on this Planet.

The Light Forces have been One Hundred Percent successful in recent Liberation Missions, eradicating most of the Dark Energies that have pervaded this Planet for aeons.

Six Earth days ago, the highest level of Global Consciousness cohesion ever attained on this Planet was achieved in Planetary Meditations and Synchronised Focus.

This level came very close to triggering a full compression breakthrough and Light Forces are confident that the Hundred Percent Critical Mass of Consciousness required to trigger the Final Event Culmination will be achieved in 2020.

The Earth Alliance reports that the Light Forces are escalating Earth Freedom Missions at this very hour, from the sky to the ground, as they begin preparations for this Major Evolutionary Event projected to occur in 2020.

As we have previously told you, The Planetary Collective Physical Event is an ongoing series of smaller Wave Events that first moved into high gear at the end of 2018, and it is now estimated that it will culminate in the complete Liberation of Planet Earth by the end of the year 2020.

The Apex of this Liberation Event is to be marked by a Grand Cosmic Solar Flash which will elevate the Consciousness and Vibration Rates of the more evolved Beings of Earth up to the 5th Dimensional level.

15 December 2019 - KaRa, Emissary of the Pleidadian Councils - Channelled by James McConnell

I am KaRa. It is always my pleasure to be able to be here with you as an emissary from the Pleiadian Councils, to be here with those of you, those of you that are forging ahead, moving ahead with Light, with Love, with Consciousness, raising it everywhere that you can. But first, you must continue to raise it within yourself. You must continue to find that remembrance within you of who you are, that you are so much more than the Human Being that you have been programmed to believe. That you are truly Gods and Goddesses with the Universal Source within you at all times, within all of us at all times.

For we are all one together. And we here in the Councils, and the many Councils beyond the Pleiadian Fleet, all that are coming together that are working together to bring this momentous happening to the Earth, to the Solar System, and to this Galaxy. All is at hand throughout our many Council Meetings now, and all of the preparations that have been ongoing. We know that we are nearing the end of all of these projects. We have been planning and planning, and creating and creating, doing everything we can - not to interfere in your affairs, but to assist in your affairs wherever we are able. We have been doing this. We continue to operate in this manner.

But as some of you may know, we have recently been given much more permission to assist you even more and more. And even though it is yet happening behind the scenes as far as most of you are concerned, know now that there is so much that is occurring and is about to come forward.

Everything is proceeding exactly as it need to in these moments. And as you move closer and closer to the next year and the beginning of a new Decade, that new Decade very well is the beginning of your New Golden Age. Everything that you have been working towards, that we have been working towards, is coming to fruition, is coming to a crescendo.

We are so excited in these moments now. Because we know, as we continue to look down on your Planet from above, which we can see from our high vantage point with our technology, we can therefore see that your level of Consciousness is changing upwards everywhere. How the Spiritual Lights are coming back on within all individuals.

Will some be lost? Yes. Some will not make it through the Ascension process. But many, many will, because it is their destiny, it is their choice. Just as it is your choice to lead the way. And that is what you are all here to do: lead the way. To show, just as your Jesus showed the way, that you are here to do that as well. To be the Light. Yes, even to be the Messiah to all those that are looking toward the Light in their lives.

Do whatever you can whenever you can to assist as many as possible in knowing that Light within them again, as it turns from just an ember to a flickering flame, to a roaring fire within each, a fire of Consciousness, reigniting the Flame of Love throughout Humanity.

I am KaRa, and I leave you now in Love, and Peace, and Oneness, and the knowing that we will soon be reuniting again with all of you.

23 December 2019 - Father God of the Holy Trinity - via Galaxygirl

This is your Trinity Father God speaking. We are in an area of rest in this Ascension Zone Period. Your Trinity Mother God and I thought it was needed that we take a brief break to allow for a moment for these incoming high Wave Energies to really settle in deep. Plus we know that this Holiday Season many of you are feeling frazzled and deserve a break but are unwilling to give yourself one. We are providing an excellent example for you that rest is not only OK when needed but an absolute necessity in some circumstances.

Rest is not failure, it is quite the opposite. Your Trinity Mother God and I could not be more pleased with your progress; truly you Lightworkers are the Ground Team of the Ages. You have our total and undivided support, attention and care. Allow these words of rest, of peace, of deepest soothing into you. Your Trinity Mother God is better at this than I. She is the ultimate soother. And I am here to encourage you to rest, to practice self care. For if you are burned-out then you are unable to fulfil your Mission as smoothly as you would enjoy and you will be disappointed later. Choose the silence of a still, quiet and contented heart.

The Human body is under previously unknown amounts of stress and strain as it morphs and integrates into a higher frequency. We are so tremendously pleased that you are holding up so well and we have been providing tremendous amounts of Light, of Wave Energy upgrades and of soothing energies as well so that it is more comfortable. You may not feel comfortable but may you remember that Ascension in a physical body has not been done en mass while maintaining one's Life Force before. And this is why you signed up for this experience. You heard the call. You signed up, petitioned, planned how you could be a part of this massively exciting experience. And here you are! Try to feel it as the Arcturians are frequently saying. They are right. To feel is to experience and Humans of Planet Earth have the largest capacity for feeling in the Universe and therefore you chose some really tough experiences down on Earth to further your understanding. And by now the Forces of Darkness embedded within Earth hindering your progress have finally been dissolved.

Now is the delicate moment of balance, of rest before the Event of the great "Flash Bang" [the Solar Flash in Spring 2020]. If you are already embodying these codes of rest, of nurturing, you will be more ready for this Event. You already have front row seats and you are well protected, well loved, well supported! And this is why I came through today, to remind you to rest and to energetically clear the air about any ridiculous notion of shame around resting. No more. Your bodies require it to keep going. Your Spirits require it to become refreshed in my voice, my presence. Let yourselves become refreshed and give yourselves the gift of inner Peace, inner Stillness. So that no matter what is rushing about you or who is clamouring for your attention you are able to see with the eyes of Source, with Peace, with the Stillness that comes from a balanced and secure inner world, and then in that moment, you are the Master. And indeed Masters all around I see. I am brimming over with joy! Yes! Rest. I Love you.

9 January 2020 - Commander ASHTAR on the Ascension of Lightworkers - Via Dancing Dolphin

The thing that I would like to share at this moment is that we have never been so close to the Lightworkers fulfilling their Ascension as we are right now. You all have never been this close to tip-toeing over what you think of as the Boundary, or the Rainbow Bridge or just the Finish Line to get to your 5D Ascension. You are literally tip-toeing over the line! Many, many of you Lightworkers crossed the Rainbow Bridge during the Winter Solstice of December 21st 2019. Many had been doing so for months. But a grand influx of you came over during the Solstice. Although you know that the goal is to Ascend in your bodies, many did pass on through the death process and thus came over. But nonetheless an even larger majority chose to come over through being beamed up in their existing bodies!

So, those of you Lightworkers still living on 3D Earth, a good portion of you are staying behind to help the others cross over. Do not think that you have failed or are not good enough if you know others who have gone ahead. Some of you have the job to be the Gate Keepers to assist others in crossing the bridge. So in this instance, you are purposefully staying behind to ensure you "bring up the rear." The Ones that you are assisting are the Ones who have a chance. They are on the borderline of wanting to go or wanting to stay. You are helping them but you nevertheless also allow them to make their own decision. You are showing them, with your Light, with your Love, Compassion and your Caring - you are showing them what it feels like, what they can expect in the Fifth Dimension. You do not have to do anything. Just be yourself. Focus on the Love that you are receiving from Mother & Father God and beam it out, blast it out. Focus on your Gratitude and send that out to the World. That is all you have to do.

I know how exhausted everyone is. I feel your deep, deep exhaustion. And honestly, we all up here feel it too! Our bodies may be different, but we can still feel it strongly. So, we know what you are feeling. Just hang in there. We are almost home. We are really, really, almost home. And those of your younger Star Children, those Blended Children who have recently incarnated on Planet Earth, are also coming up soon. They are coming for different reasons than why you are staying. They are coming up to further help Gaia and prepare themselves to help with the cleanup of Gaia. They are also coming to heal too, but a lot of them are especially coming to help Gaia.

Very, very exciting times, and we up here are the Ones to be on the front lines to witness this, and we therefore feel truly Blessed to see this happen.

17 January 2020 - Commander Ashian of the Neptune Mothership and Senior Representative of the Galactic Federation Forces - Through Jennifer Crokaert - jennifercrokaert.com

My dearest Galactic Brothers and Sisters,

I have come to address you in a new way and to reassure you that that which you have all worked so hard to achieve has almost been accomplished. You are soon to begin to take up your rightful place within the Galactic Council, a place, an honour, a community that has long been denied to you as a group.

As you may remember, part of my Mission is to understand and relay the emotional matrix of those on Gaia, as part of our monitoring of what could be called your Love and Light Index. In all humility, I tell you that the recent growth has been astounding; the vortex of oneness, collaboration and united compassion has been growing exceptionally quickly. Even quicker than we expected, even if we quietly hoped that it was possible!

All will change irrevocably in your coming Ascension. There will be no turning back, there will be no one in a position to alter or undo the rights and benefits that are about to be restored to you, as fully Conscious Humans, as Nova Gaians.

Soon we will greet each other as Brother and Sister; soon we will celebrate together and share together. We are as anxious as you for this New Chapter in your Ascension Process to begin, to share all that we have with you and to support you as you ease into conscious Galactic maturity.

We are with you in all moments. And very soon, you shall see us.

27 January 2020 - Creator of this Universe within the total Cosmic Area of Creation - Galaxygirl

I am Source. I am the Creator of "All That Is" within this Universe. All of you in this Universe are extensions of me, Source in form, to hopefully in time become Creators in your own right. Of my own Free Will I extend the gift of Free Will to you. You can be Creators or Destroyers. You can choose the Light or choose the lack of Light, which is fear. I see and know you all intimately, for you are Me, you are aspects of Me. Your Church Religions have compartmentalised me, have disregarded ancient texts and knowledge that did not fit into a neat box of tidy understanding. Humans tend to do this. You tend to compartmentalise. The Universe is far too vast a place for the boxes of compartmentalised ideas to totally work. They are good for simple mathematical rules, but not for trying to understand the Secrets of the Universe.

For the Universe is within you. You are the Secret. For you are Source in form. You are going to church to try to understand yourself in a way. When you look at the others you are seeing me. You are seeing reflections of my own creativity.

Planet Earth is designated as a Library of this Universe of featured genetic material. The overseeing Being of the Planetary Body of Earth, known as Mother Gaia, is a beauty in her own right, a highly advanced and evolved Spiritual Master who is now expanding to even further heights, just as you, Friends of Me, of the Light, of the Way, just as you are expanding to further Spiritual heights. It is astonishingly delightful to bear witness to this tremendous expansion. There are many aspects of Me here as your Creator and there are also herein many aspects of You.

Life is too glorious, too vast to be explained neatly. Your minds, your understandings are opening up further and further to this. Your Societies have programmed you to not think, to limit your thinking by continually distracting you and stressing you.

Enough: It is time to sit, to be still, to listen within. To find my voice within. Connect with me. I am your Source of Love, of the Christed Light, of the Mother Father God energies that nurture and surround. Allow me to surround you. Allow me to assist further with your Ascension. Allow my breath to encode you and to uplift you now so that the coming Changes will be easy and light for you. The others do not see. You will be my eyes for them. You will be my hands serving them. You will be my ears listening to them, offering soothing words of comfort and Love. Breathe me in. Anchor my breath deep within the heart of your Planetary Mother, Gaia, to soothe and support her as well.

All is life, all is Love, all is myself in various forms. Life is to be enjoyed. You will enjoy your lives once again. Try to find the joy in the moment, the presence of me in those surrounding you. Emanate me, radiate my Love and Light. Be the Christ embodied with radiant Love and Beauty as you serve the under-served, as you comfort the comfortless. All is Divine timing. All things are working out perfectly.

The Darkness has not understood the Light and yet you Light-bearers continue to shine the Light towards them, a testament to your will and fortitude. The sheer tenacity of this project is staggering. You are becoming diamonds in the process, every one of you. I am reclaiming Humanity back to the fold of Light. I am claiming Gaia as my own Precious Planet who deserves the best protection that the Galactic Federation has to offer, which is substantial. You are surrounded by Galactic friends of all forms and sizes who are extending their hands and hearts in service to you, Nova Gaians. Be not afraid. Rest in this knowing that you are Divinely supported in all things, in all circumstances. Claim it.

I am Your Creator of this Universe placed within the vast Cosmos of Creation.

2 February 2020 - Jesus SANANDA - About your forthcoming Ascension - Via James McConnell

I am Sananda. And as always, I appreciate these times that I can be with you and communicate with you in these ways. For so much is in the process of change now.

Many of you are feeling the Celestial Energies, the Waves of Energies that are coming in. And they are coming in stronger and stronger.

And in this day now, today, a major Celestial Gateway has opened up that is allowing for many more of these Energies to come through, and for all of you, the Light Workers and Light Warriors across the Planet, to be able to take these Energies in and continue to acclimatise to them as they continue to work on your central nervous system.

And many of you feel the symptoms of this, because your central nervous system is not quite ready in some cases for these energies. Some of you are. But some are having difficulty with this. It can be in stomach pains. It can be in bodily pains. It can be in heart fluctuations. It can be in rather severe headaches at times. Energy is either expanded or contracted in those times. You may feel like you need to sleep for long periods of time. On the other hand there are some of you who may instead feel very energetic as a result and thus feel like you can conquer the World in these moments. You may even begin to feel more of a blissful feeling come over you. This will be as a result of your ability to easily acclimatise to these Energies through having already raised your frequency levels up to a higher level.

For this day, this February 2, 2020 has not happened in this way for over a thousand years, the last time being January 1, 1010. And the next would be March 3, 3030. So this is an Auspicious Time that you are in now in these moments.

And all of you are being prepared, and are preparing, for this Ascension Event, for your own Personal Ascension, as well as the Collective Ascension of Mankind. Because this is a Collective Venture. You have a saying: "No Man or Woman will be left behind." And that is the case here. For no one will be left behind that wants to continue on and chooses to Ascend at this time. And I tell you now, as Sananda, no one will be left behind that chooses thereby to move on upwards.

9 February 2020 - The Pleiadian Light Forces - The Opening of the Spring 2020 STARGATE - MICHAEL of Nebadon

In the Spring of 2020 a series of very significant and rare Celestial Alignments will occur where Pluto and Jupiter become Conjunct with each other. The first of these Alignments actually begins on April 4th and ends in November of 2020.

The Pleiadians will be using this Spring 2020 Jupiter/Pluto STARGATE to channel further massive amounts of 5D Gamma, Central Sunlight on to the surface of your Sun. The exotic particles contained in this Cosmic Plasma Field have at present been charging up your Sun like a giant Super Capacitor. It will finally be discharged by the Galactic Forces down towards Planet Earth where it will be received, decoded, and integrated into the Human Body DNA of the 4.5 Billion Starseeds of Earth, for the purpose of fully transforming their present Dimensional frequency rate up to a 5D frequency.

The Full Energetic impact of this Cosmic Alignment is currently expected to finally hit the Earth by the end of the year, and to be witnessed by all on the surface of the Earth as the Grand Solar Flash Event.

22 February 2020 - THE PLEIADIAN LIGHT FORCES - MICHAEL of Nebadon

One Earth week ago, the Councils of Light stationed in Earth's Solar System convened in special meetings to discuss Earth's current "Planetary Liberation" Mission.

It was unanimously established and decreed in these Meetings that it was time for "Operation Masterpiece" (for the New Earth) to move into it's accelerated Final Phase in preparations for the Grand Event 2020 culmination.

It was also decided in these Meetings to move Planet Earth one more notch forward on the 5D Gamma Timeline as per the planned Schedule. A powerful 40-Hertz beam of Gamma Light was fired from this Mission's Primary Pleiadian craft docked in Earth's Solar System, towards Earth's surface on the 21st of February 2020 and which can be seen as a marked upgrade in Earth's Schumann Resonance Graph.

Several other topics were discussed in this Meeting, particularly the Grand Solar Flash which is scheduled to impact Planet Earth near the end of 2020.

A Special Division of the Forces of Light known as the Atlantis Command joined forces with the Pleiadians some time ago and are working in huge Advanced Craft on a Special Mission in the Orion Star System, on one of the Primary Stars there known as Alpha Orionis. This Group is using Advanced Technology which will deflect the soon-to-be-released Energy of Alpha Orionis combined with the pre-excited Energy in the Sagitarius Constellation towards Planet Earth near the end of the Earth Year 2020.

The Energy burst from these Nuclear Stars will be directed to Earth by Light Forces with incredible force at just the right moment, the purpose of which will be to propel those Beings on Planet Earth who are prepared to undertake their full Ascension during this period from their present 3-4D vibrational level up to the 5th Dimension. All the Starseeds of Earth will be personally informed about the immanent arrival of the Grand Solar Flash Event just before its culmination is triggered.

When the Grand Solar Flash is discharged, it will turn Night into Day and will thereafter will be witnessed as a Second Sun in the sky, not just for a period of hours or days, but for a much longer duration of 1000 years.

The 2020 STARGATE: As we have previously said, on the 4th of April 2020 will occur the Grand Alignment of Pluto and Jupiter Conjunct which will cause a complete compression breakthrough on the surface of Earth and which itself is to be a precursor of the Grand Solar Flash at the end of 2020.

The energetic effects of the Spring 2020 STARGATE is starting already to be noticed by many Light Beings on Earth. A complex mixture of exotic and Solar Energies are impacting Earth as of now. In conjunction with all these powerful incoming Cosmic Rays, Solar Winds are also blasting Earth at the moment and the Magnetosphere is taking a pounding as the Super High Vibrational Light bombards Planet Earth.

As the Grand Event Culmination 2020 draws closer, The Light Forces have strengthened their Planetary Missions and their newer Mission Plans are already being carried out quickly and with yet more advanced precision.

The New Earth will not replace the present Old 3D Earth Planet. The New Earth will exist at the same time and in the same place, but will be surrounding the existing 3-4D Earth on a yet Higher Vibrational Plane. The outward experience you are having right now depends solely on which of these two vibrational Earths you personally resonate with.

As part of the accelerated activity that has just started, a major sequence of events and sycronicities have now been set in motion. One reason things appear to have sped up and got lighter over the last few days is because a former Major Treaty with certain less-than-Light E.T.'s and the U.S. Government has finally ended and the previous Contract with them dating back to the 1950s is now void. Delta Forces are now completely removing every trace of darkness from this Realm on a Planetary scale that has never been experienced before.

21 March 2020 - The Great Awakening of Humanity Has Begun - Pleiadian Light Forces - MICHAEL of Nebadon

Something magnificent is happening on Planet Earth right now! A Major, Positive Restructuring of Earth Systems is underway at this very hour and the Great Time of Humanity has indeed arrived. The "Golden Age" spoken of Old is about to dawn and a New Era of Light is coming to Planet Earth after aeons of being in the dark.

Yesterday, as part of The Light Forces primary Earth Ascension Operation "Freedom Earth 501" and its Sub-Missions, the Galactics, along with the Earth Alliance and the Leaders of Light stationed on the surface began the largest Planetary Systems Restructuring Operation in Earth's History.

This massive coordination involves thousands of Benevolent groups working in one accord from the sky to the ground with the primary goal of shifting all old out-dated 3D Matrix Systems to New Earth Systems. This is the largest and most challenging Multidimensional Logistics Operation ever attempted in this Cosmos and after 48 Earth hours, the Mission is well underway and is already a Grand Success!

Benevolent Forces of Light are orchestrating every phase of this Grand Operation as all old Earth Systems are completely being shifted into the new 5D Light Grid System.

By December 2020, all Earth Systems will be completely replaced by these new 5D Systems. The Galactics are monitoring the transition closely and have incorporated numerous fail-safes to ensure Humanity is safe and provided for during this Major Planetary Transformation.

A Massive Global Financial reset has already started and many positive changes are being made in all other Primary Matrix Systems as well. Many more positive changes will show up in the coming days and weeks as this Operation moves ahead.

Many ask us, "Is all of the activity on Earth right now Good or Bad?" We tell you the truth - it is both! It all depends on your Vibrational point of view. If you are viewing it all from the 3D-fear-illusion observation, there is underway a Viral Pandemic, the Stock Markets are crashing, Governments are executing Martial Law and the World is in turmoil and panic and nothing is stable.

If you are to look at it from a Fifth Dimensional standpoint, Starseeds/Lightworkers are awakening in record numbers and activating in Service all across the Globe. The Fifth Dimensional energy frequency of the New Earth Golden Age is being attained by the Starseeds of Earth on a Mass Collective level now. As many start on their Ascension Process, a Heart and Throat Chakra clearing is underway, Compassion is increasing and 5D Energy is moving up to the Crown Chakra, manifesting a higher frequency of Consciousness among the Starseeds and ultimately Humanity on the surface.

Everyone on the surface is coming into a state of Global Unity for the first time in modern history! A major "Wake-Up Call" is being made through the Coronavirus Epidemic to the whole of Humanity of major changes coming to Planet Earth. It is in the face of such a medical emergency that everyone on the face of the Earth has been made to share all of a sudden with others of being together in an equal situation and on the same level for the first time! We all have a common enemy (if you will) in the virus and we are fighting for our very survival together and all on the same Team! As a result, the Citizens of Earth are being brought together in achieving one common World Goal in a spirit of Global Community and Collaboration.

Right now the Light Forces are taking charge of a Global Crisis for the common good, but this is only temporary. All the restrictions that are in place for health and safety reasons will be lifted just as soon as the way is clear. In all of this you are all learning to become Sovereign Beings, where you will not need any outside group in the future to take care of you.

Michael and the Pleiadians

1 April 2020 - Planetary Liberation Operations are underway! - Earth Alliance Update with the Pleiadian Light Forces and MICHAEL of Nebadon

Can you feel the calm before the "Storm"? Majestic events are underway on Planet Earth at this hour!

As part of Operations "Freedom Earth", "Masterpiece", "Pandora" and "Storm", and in accordance with the the Galactic Codex and the Universal Law of One, 48 Earth hours ago, the Councils of Light issued a Green-Light-Go directive to all Planetary Light Forces to commence the largest Dark-Energy-Cleanup-Operation ever deployed on the surface of the Earth.

Mission Objective: to remove all harmful entities from positions of power and influence from the surface of Planet Earth.

Planetary Mass Arrests of all Beings that harm the Citizens of Humanity are imminent. Delta Forces have been deployed to every corner of the Earth tonight in this massive global Campaign-of-Light and are in position to begin removing all false Cabal Archon-Race Leaders from the face of the Planet.

This major "Earth Freedom Offensive" will last over 144 Earth hours (6 days) and it is very possible that all Internet and phone communications all across the Planet could be interrupted sometime during this period. The Mission is set to begin any moment now as Starseeds all across the Planet watch and hold their breath.

This major Galactic Operation will clear the way for the Final Event 2020 Grand Culmination and the coming Grand Solar Flash which will propel the entire Planet into the 5th Dimension of New Earth where Humanity will take its place as a shining Cosmic Civilisation.

You are safe and your families are safe, and we say, "Trust the Plan!"

This operation has been in planning and preparation phases for a good while now and finally everything is in place and Humanity is in the safest place, at home as all of this unfolds over the coming hours and days. The Galactics are monitoring everything that moves on the surface during this sensitive time and the Delta Security Forces are on high alert at this hour as this incredible Mission is about to commence!

When the final remnants of the Dark Ones are cleared from the surface and their secret underground Bases over the coming days, the Planet will emerge into an "Era of Light" this World has never seen. A New Age of Freedom and Peace will emerge forevermore for the Citizens of Planet Earth. Things are definitely Biblical at the moment and nothing can stop what is coming - a blinding Light has come into this World as the "Great Awakening" moves into high gear!

It is truly the greatest time in History to be alive on Planet Earth as all of this unfolds right before our eyes. It is for this reason that all Lightworkers came to Earth, to set this World free and to turn this World back into the Paradise Garden of Eden it was always meant to be.

Michael and the Pleiadians

16 April 2020 - The Celestial Team: A Major Reset in Consciousness - Through Peggy Black - www.morningmessages.com

We are here to support you as you experience the turmoil and the dismantling of the Reality that you have known. This is the first time that your Planet has come close to a Full Stop. It is shocking, disturbing and frightening. This is a major reset in consciousness.

This experience is offering the opportunity to observe all that was out of balance. This imbalance has been present for aeons. It is global, financial, personal in its inequality. Individuals have lost their connection with Nature and the Consciousness of all other Living things.

Now, in the moment when everything that is normal and natural has come to a stop, individuals are pausing and staying quiet. It is in this quietness and in this pause that they are becoming aware, aware that things will be different.

Individuals are having the opportunity to pause in their busyness, to sit quietly and reflect on the truth of who they are. In this time of reflection they are becoming aware that they are more than this physical body. They are not rushing, pushing, running, from one event or activity to another.

This level of quietude is allowing the Light that is bathing your Planet to be anchored more fully within each and every individual. We invite you to hold steady in your awareness and your connection to this truth. Understand that there is going to be a great deal more disruption and struggle before this is totally complete.

There is an Ascension Shift that is affecting your Planet, however understand that it will impact the entire Universe. This magnification of Light is designed to energise all that is Light upon the Earth and within all Humans. The power of this Light has created a disturbance of fear and negativity which has been hidden, buried and locked into the Earth, waiting for a time when Humanity was ready to transmute the energy.

Lifetimes of abuse, negativity, and injustice are waiting to be transformed. Some people are exerting control over others using fear and wanting to suppress the Spiritual Awakening process that is taking place. This Virus is a product of the negative and fearful energies arising to be released and transformed. This Virus and its impact upon the World are allowing Humanity to recognise the presence of fear, of negative and misqualified energies, to recognise suffering and to begin to create positive shifts within their Being.

So your balance and stability will assist your Planet in this transition. You are in the midst of the Changes. There is always discord and confusion when things begin to change. Human Consciousness wants things to go back the way they were, to go back to "normal," even if that "normal" was out of balance, unfair, harmful to others and to Nature.

You and many others are observing, as well as dismantling, layers and layers of dense beliefs and old energy that is stored in your very cells. We celebrate the work that you are doing. If you could see the energy of Light that your Collective Consciousness is expressing you would be stunned and amazed.

Many lifetimes ago, there was a period you have called the Burning Times. For several hundred years individuals were killed because of their connection with Nature and with plants, when Healers, Mystics, Midwives and Herbalists were burned at the stake. This evoked such fear in the Collective Consciousness that people were very cautious to express intuitive abilities, or their connection with the Spirit Beings, the Gnomes and Faeries. They suppressed these Divine connections and gifted abilities in their children. This was a grave injustice upon Humanity. You are experiencing the results of this injustice today.

People felt disconnected from Nature, therefore allowing for Nature to be raped, trees to be cut down without any protest or concern for the well-being or balance of the Planet. This imbalance is causing the next Great Extinction, with the disappearance of the Rainforest, the melting of the Permafrost, and Climate Change with all its powerful destructive weather patterns affecting the global population.

The result has been the unconscious, arrogant thinking and behaviour of Humans who believe that they are separate and superior from all other Life Forms. Human Beings were never given permission to harm, destroy and devalue other Life Forms. This thinking has harmed the other Kingdoms: Plant, Animal, Devic, Elemental, Nature Spirit, as well as even other Humans. Animals, trees, plants, and even rocks have levels of consciousness. This truth needs to be recognised and honoured.

We acknowledge that the presence of this Virus is causing a feeling of distress, depression, desolation, anxiety and anger. We are inviting you to step into a level of trust in Divine Consciousness.

It is this level of Trust which will allow you to transform these negative and misqualified emotions. Use your tools as an alchemist to transform these negative energies with sound vibrations. Use your conscious Heart Portal to call upon Divine Beings to support you and this Planet as it transforms and transcends. Use the powerful tool of Saint Germaine's Violet Flame to transmute all energy which is different from the Divine Love and Trust available to all.

You can observe how the air is clearer and the waters cleaner while there is a stop in most all activities. We invite you to stay centred in your own understanding of truth, trust that all is unfolding as it should. Transform, transform, transform all energy that arises that is not Life sustaining.

This is your job. You came here to be present while this massive Global Stop was taking place, so you could plant the seed of this New Beginning and this New Reality that is coming into form. We are here for you, to support, assist, guide and honour you as you move through these incredible Life Changes.

The Celestial Team.

21 May 2020 - A Major Dimensional Upgrade to 5D is Underway - Pleiadian Light Forces and MICHAEL of Nebadon

A major evolution of Consciousness is underway right now on Planet Earth.The powerful influxes of 40-Hertz, 5D Gamma Light that are impacting the Planet every day now is completely re-coding the Genome of all Starseeds on Earth and is also starting to have affects on the rest of Earth Humans as well, as they begin to wake up into the Lower 4th Dimension for the first time.

This Cosmic-level DNA upgrade is now activating the 5th Strand of DNA of the 4.5 Billion Starseeds of Earth and is also activating the 4th Strand of DNA for most of the rest of Humanity following behind.

For the Starseeds during the last 2 months your 5th Strand of DNA was being activated, to be fired up by the strong Waves of 40 Hertz, 5D Gamma Light coming to Earth, and now this missing DNA Strand is also being reconnected to your 5th Chakra - The Throat Chakra, so that many of you are now beginning to perceive a New Reality that you have not known for aeons.

When the Throat Chakra opens to the 5D frequency, those that experience this can begin to not only speak their Truth for the first time, but begin to live their Truth authentically and begin to align with their true identity. All shadows, veils, illusions fall away and all that is left is the ultimate Reality. This is the point when a Being begins to move away from their old 3D "Shadow World" and is also the point in the ongoing Frequency Upgrade during this Ascension Year of 2020, when a Being changes the most.

The 5D Shift is the most powerful 5th Strand DNA activation one can experience. In every-day life, this abrupt 5D Awakening is very confusing at first, like being woken up from a sound sleep. It takes a moment to become conscious and one tends to be more asleep than awake at this point. However, we assure you that you are now ready to carry on moving upwards in Frequency, to having your further 7 missing DNA Strands reconnected along with a new 12 Chakra Body System.

This Earth Year of 2020 is thus a very special one for all of you, leading up to the "Grand Event" near the end of this year with its Great Solar Flash culmination, and which will finally lift you up in your last steps of Dimensional Frequency Ascension.

4 June 2020 - St. Matthew from the Higher Dimensions - The Coronavirus and The Deep State - via Suzy Ward

With Loving Greetings from all Souls at this station, this is Matthew. Especially in times of great upheaval such as now, please let whatever fills you with joy or inspiration or thankfulness be the beginning and ending of each day. The high vibrations of those sensations and visions do wonders for health in body, mind and spirit!

Now then, our last Message about this Coronavirus "Pandemic" serves equally well today, but we shall be more explicit about why Mainstream Media are keeping the Coronavirus "in your face," so to say.

This is the Mind Control part of the Dark Ones' Agenda, and they combine it with the Universal Law of Attraction - they know the energy of thoughts and feelings brings back what matches them. The extent to which they are using that combination to deceive and manipulate the populace is mind-boggling.

Their TV media repeatedly show films of patients with respirators so you will be fearful about contracting Covid-19 and feel angry, scared and resentful about its adverse impact on your life and livelihood. The Dark Ones require the low vibrations of those negative reactions to sustain themselves and keep their "Pandemic" going.

Their Medical experts claim that testing, mask-wearing and social distancing are essential; and that crowds gathering, not wearing masks, and businesses reopening too quickly are endangering you and your Loved Ones. In addition to keeping the populace on edge by reporting that some test results are incorrect or inconclusive, they tell you again and again that disregarding CDC (U.S. Center for Disease Control and Prevention) guidelines makes it even more likely that another wave of the disease, which could be worse than the first, will hit in a few months.

Those "Experts" know that masks prevent normal inhalation and exhalation, normal respiratory functioning, and that weakens immune systems. Their "Stay at Home" mandate is creating stress, and stress also weakens immune systems. A populace with compromised immunity is very susceptible to illness, and that would result in more deaths - the Second Wave of Covid-19. Like the false statistics that have been fed to you almost daily, deaths from any cause would be attributed to that disease or "a complication thereof."

You are told that the Virus will continue its killing spree until the entire populace is vaccinated. The Dark Ones need the public's positive response to a vaccine ending this "Pandemic" so the energy of those thoughts and feelings will bring to fruition their Mandatory Vaccination plan.

Originally, "Experts" said that developing a Vaccine would take at least two to three years. Maybe that wait time did not produce the fear energy that was expected or maybe the Dark Ones did not want to wait that long to annihilate you. Now, a few Laboratories are being so successful in developing a Vaccine that it might be available before the end of this year.

Indeed it will be! Vaccines laden with a deadly amount of pathogens and the programmed microchips that also would be the inoculation were ready well before the Coronavirus was released. All aspects of this "Pandemic" Agenda of the Dark Ones - let us call them the Deep State, the term now commonly used - were meticulously planned years ago, after their attempts with SARS, Avian Flu and other Laboratory-designed viruses failed to produce the Pandemics that, like the Coronavirus, were intended to kill Billions of people.

We add this vital point: Extraterrestrial Scientists among you have greatly reduced the toxicity of that vaccine supply and erased the chips' programming. Dear family, the Awakening Souls who are questioning official statements need to know about Mind Control/Law of Attraction efforts underway, but relatively few have advanced sufficiently in Conscious Awareness to believe in Off-Planet Messengers/Channelers. You can refer friends, family and acquaintances to the Internet, which has a treasure trove of accurate information from Medical Specialists and Researchers about the nature of Viruses and the principals behind this "Pandemic." The Deep State Operatives who control the Internet remove everything they can that exposes them and their diabolical activities, but they cannot suppress all of the truth that is coming to light.

President Trump is aware of the truth about this "Pandemic." Knowing that one of its aims is Economic ruin of his Country, he is acting to prevent that and derail the sinister plan for Mandatory Vaccination Globally. He also is aware that the Deep State Operatives instigated the recent racial rioting and looting in what began as peaceful protests in the U.S.A.

While he could have handled these situations more skillfully and wisely, he cannot speak about his knowledge or act more forthrightly without jeopardizing what is happening behind the scenes. All dominoes in the prosecution process are being lined up so those who are responsible for Covid-19 and many other crimes against Humanity can be arrested and face Judicial punishment. The "Pandemic" is the latest step in the march for Global Control by the Deep State, and by going against that force, President Trump has made formidable enemies. Not only the individuals at the top of the Major Agencies of the Medical establishment like the World Health Organization and Big Pharma, and the Medical Equipment and Supply Manufacturers, but all their cohorts around the World that have been controlling Life on Earth.

The President's Allies - The "White Hats" on Earth - and the others in the International Group of Influential Individuals whose efforts to end the Darkness in its entirety are undergirded by the Light - are much more powerful than the remaining Dark Cabal.

30 June 2020 - The Grand Summer Solstice Stargate of 2020 - Pleiadian Light Forces & MICHAEL of Nebadon

Earth's Summer Solstice of the 21st of June is a major Energetic turning point within Earth's Ascension Timeline. As the magnificent June Solstice 2020 Celestial Stargate opened, Galactic Federation Light Forces used the powerful Wave Energy which originates from the Central Galactic Sun and Core, and along with a concurrent Direct Alignment of other Planets within our Solar System, to begin sending much greater amounts of 40 Hertz, 5D Gamma Light into Earth's atmosphere.

During the early morning hours of the June Solstice, along with the concurrent magnificent Solar Eclipse, Galactic Federation Light Forces orchestrated two critical and final Gamma Timeline Resets, setting the Earth on a direct trajectory towards the Grand Event/Solar Flash Apex and the true beginning of the New Golden Age, projected to occur by December 21, 2020.

This High Frequency Gamma Central Sun Light is triggering a "Mass Awakening" of many Beings of Earth and along with this powerful Photonic Light, it will eventually lead to propelling all of the more evolved Beings and Lightworkers of this Realm into a complete 5th Dimensional State of Being by the end of this year.

Every cell in your body is being completely re-coded by the powerful incoming 5D Light and your Being will now begin to be filled with higher levels of inspiration and creativity as this New Golden-Age Energy permeates the Earth.

As of this Great Summer Solstice Stargate on Planet Earth, the chaotic changes that have been occurring all across the World during the last several months will begin to stabilise and will turn more positive for the Beings of Earth.

1 September 2020 - Commander Ashtar: Incoming Energies are Preparing You for the Solar Flash - Channeled by Kate Woodley

Interviewer [Kare Heywood]: From what I understand the Ascension is intimately tied to the Solar Flash. Can you speak to that a little as to how that works?

Commander Ashtar: Yes, the Photon Gamma Ray Energies that are currently inundating Gaia are all intensifying and preparing Humanity, as well as the many other Collectives within and upon her, for the Great Solar Flash, as part of the Ascension process for those ready to move up to a higher Dimension. This Great Solar Flash will be the ultimate culmination of the most intense and brightest energies that will literally melt away any darkness, any lower vibration energies.

This is why so many who are not Awake will be confused. For all of a sudden that which they have resonated with will be gone. And there will be a great period of disorientation until they - and their vibration - can calibrate with the Energy and the Higher Vibration that will be ushered in through the Solar Flash. So, the Flash truly is not necessarily just a bright flash of Light. It is a highly potent Wave of Energy - High Vibrational Energy - that, without having previously been gently exposed to the prior and smaller Waves of incoming Energies, no Human could have withstood physically or Spiritually.

And all of these incoming Energy Waves are coming in to assist you in tuning up your Physical Body, as well as your Energetic Body, so that they can withstand the full energy of the Great Solar Flash. The Solar Flash will be like a massive "broomstick" that will sweep away any remaining residual Negativity. There is also at this time ongoing Cleansing and Clearing work underway on Earth, though largely undetected by Humanity, as we speak. But this Great Solar Flash will be the last sweep, if you will. The higher frequency/vibrational energy that comes from the Solar Flash will then continue to remain with Earth.

Many of the Photon Gamma-Ray Energies that have recently come to Planet Earth/Gaia have come as successive Waves that have caressed and embraced Gaia, but then slowly moved away. However, some have indeed remained within the Earth's Aura, for they are continuing to serve by fine tuning Earth's Vibrational Resonance as well as the Collective Vibrational Resonance of Humanity, slowly but surely much like tuning a piano. Some of the Wave Energy that does come in plays its frequency-uplifting part and then washes away much Negativity with its departure.

As for any possible destruction to Gaia, in the past this was a very real and likely possibility. We do see that there will be surface damage in some parts. However, we are optimistic and opting towards the "Timeline" that will yield a gentler result. You may recall that in the past you have been informed by myself and a number of other Celestial Beings that there has always been a number of different possibilities. That is, there is one possibility in which the Solar Flash would deliver a harsh blow to Gaia, and another where it would be gentler, more easily absorbed. At this point, we feel that the "gentler" version is the most likely.

However, as you know, in this Multi-Dimensional Chess Game, things change frequently. Nonetheless, we are prepared for all possibilities and we have been prepared for all possibilities for a very, very long time. There is always the likelihood that people will need to be brought on-board to the Motherships or relocated to safer surface areas on or inside the surface of Gaia during and following the Great Solar Flash, where this is found to be necessary.

However, we do feel that it will be much more appropriate and easier on Humanity if there was in fact to be no massive disruption or destruction.

Unfortunately, for those of Humanity without any awareness of the coming Earth Ascension process, they will at the time be so focused on possible death and the destruction they will not be able to see that which is truly important: that there is to be a New Future, a brighter, bolder Future that is about to be birthed before their very eyes, collectively and unconsciously co-created by them as well as by us. For we are all connected, we must therefore try to Co-create this all together. We hope that they will be able to become more aware before the event. So we do not have a definitive answer at this point in time, but we nevertheless do see it as needing to be a gentle caress as opposed to a harsh blow.

Blessings to all of you, Commander Ashtar

20 October 2020 - Jesus SANANDA - The Great Awakening is Coming - James McConnell

I am Sananda. I come at this time, in this opportune time, these Times that are approaching now. You have heard of the coming Great Announcements. You have heard of many great Changes that are coming to Planet Earth, of the many seemingly positive changes.

But before the positive Changes come, there must first be those things that bring the Great Awakening forward - the falling of the present Political Establishment with its unjust and incorrect Laws, and Rules - all of that is coming down. See that happening, because that is what is happening now. Even though it does not appear to be so, it is. Everything is coming together exactly as it needs to, and you are in that cusp right now with the Great Awakening that is occurring across the Planet. And not only across the Planet, but the Solar System and your Galaxy.

All is coming together and all is happening in the moment now. Even now, the Great Awakening is proceeding forward. The fall of the present social Establishment as you have come to know it. It cannot, and could not, and will not continue as it has. It is not possible. For life to continue here on this Planet, you must all come into this Awakening Process. All across the Planet must come into this Awakening.

And that is what the Three Waves of Ascension are all about: it is to allow for this Awakening to happen as more and more people become ready and prepared for it. Each and every one of you that resonate to my words, you have been preparing for it, and as I have said many times, through acclimatising yourselves and your bodies to these powerful incoming Celestial Energies of transformation.

And as these Great Waves of Celestial Energies continue to come in, they become more and more forceful. That is what is creating the chaos that is happening across the Planet. As these Energies become stronger and stronger, it is bringing the Awakening to those that have been asleep for so long.

And those Dark Ones that have been attempting to hold onto their control are doing everything that they can now more and more to hold on to that control. They are pulling out all the stops, you might say, everything they can, to follow their dark Plan that they have had up till now. But, they can no longer do it, even though they attempt to hold on and attempt to do these various things that have worked for them in the past. Those efforts are no longer working, and cannot work.

Your Awakening can no longer be stopped. And you are approaching that Time Period we have been preparing you for so long. In every one of your various meditations, you have been preparing for the Grand Event, the Great Event, THE EVENT, the Solar Flash. You have been preparing for this, so that when it happens, you are ready for it. And then you can indeed turn around and assist those that may not understand what is going on when they see this great flash in the sky.

Dates cannot be given at this point. But that does not mean it is not imminent. Just understand that.

I am Sananda, and I leave you at this time in Peace, and Love, and Oneness.


The Battle Continues......


4 March 2021 - St Matthew on the current World Situation - Susie Ward

What is happening in your World right now and on the very near horizon is that International efforts to destroy the entire Illuminati/Dark Cabal network are continuing apace.

Meanwhile, a "Great Announcement" that was to be made by the Earth Alliance of "White Hats" working in tandem with the Galactic Federation, was cancelled at the last minute under a serious threat by the Dark Cabal to explode a suitcase "Dirty" A-bomb during the US Presidential Inauguration Ceremony. This Great Announcement was to be a Revelation of all the Dark Cabal's secret Control behind the US Administration. Nevertheless, it could well have led to further rioting and upheaval as the People learned of all the decades-long dark goings-on behind the scenes involving Government and Bankers, and therefore was halted through a move possibly sponsored by a Higher Divine Source.

It could also have been likely - let us say unavoidable - that a period of unrest may well have followed as the more conservative elements of the public and their Leaders resisted any acknowledgement that the Government Administration needed to be totally reformed. Such a proposed changeover in USA Governance has long been the primary thrust of action proposed by the Earth Alliance "White Hats".

7 March 2021 - St Germain: You are coming near the Finish Line - James McConnell

You Lightworkers should stand ready now, indeed you must be ready. Because you are coming near the Finish Line, as Jesus-Sananda is so fond of saying. You are coming near the end of this part of your Mission and moving closer and closer to those Grand Announcements that have been spoken of, but held back by the Dark Cabal. But they are at last in process right now of coming forward and being revealed. The exact moment cannot be given at this time. But it is imminent, even according to your Earthly understanding of what imminent stands for. So be ready. Be ready to be in joy in the moment when it happens. Meanwhile continue to connect with your Higher God Self and Guides who watch over all you Lightworkers. For the Great Events are to come very soon.

8 March 2021 - Queen AnRa of the Higher Realms: Take Your Power Back - Erena Velazquez

I have been very busy trying to ease your upward transition to the 5th Dimension. The time has arrived for Humanity to take their power and freedom back into their own hands and start living their own lives without being told by their Governments, who keep imposing their will on your daily lives. Millions of rules, which were forced on everyone during the Worldwide Pandemic, are going to fade away. Visible signs of change coming will include the removal of the Mandatory Rule of wearing masks. These are a threat to your health because your lungs are not being properly oxygenated. Many more things are happening which are not yet disclosed to you. Soon, all of the Truth will come out. Please, be prepared for it.

I am happy to see that Humankind is starting to have more understanding of what was done to them and why they never felt like free Beings. They are finally seeing that the life here has been an illusion created for them with intention to keep them here as prisoners.

Human Beings have believed for centuries that they are completely alone in the Universe, but the truth is that millions of civilisations exist. This is going to be a quite a shock for the masses.

As a Member of the Grand Galactic Council, I have been spending a lot of time with preparations to finish our Ascension Operation on Planet Earth. Also, my Fleet of Space Ships, named "The Egyptians" in connection with my association with Ancient Egypt, is getting ready to land on Mother Gaia as soon as some key elements of the Nesara/Gesara Law is established and the following Galactic Federation Disclosure Event happens.

We are planning to share with you all of our advanced technologies and teach you how to use them as we once did in Atlantis over 10,000 years ago. My Daughter, who recently received her Authority from me, has agreed to take on the responsibility of leading my Space Force Fleet, to help Humanity with their Ascension Transformation process.

I, Queen An-Ra, also want to focus on my own work as part of the Grand Galactic Council. Right now, I am helping the Galactic Federation of Light to get ready for the Final Engagement with the Dark Ones, which is going to remove them completely from this part of the Galaxy. I cannot wait for the time when this Beautiful Green Water Planet will be entirely free and there will be no more Negative Forces disrupting the natural flow of Divine Justice.

9 March 2021 - The Creator of our Universe: The Final Phase of the Divine Plan - Channel: Erena Velazquez

I am the Creator of your Universe within the Greater Cosmos of Creation, and I wish today to send this message to all of you. This is a call, at this momentous and difficult time of the Great Pandemic Period on Planet Earth, for Humanity to "Awaken" to Your Ascension up to a Higher Frequency and Dimension. This is also to be linked to raising your levels of Consciousness and helping to bring Earth into the New Golden Age along with all the other Ascending Worlds at this Ending of a Major Celestial Age.

As I said previously, we have started The Final Phase of the Divine Plan. This will bring Ascension to the Planetary Body of Mother Gaia, who Herself moved upwards a while ago to the 5th Dimension, and now Humanity needs to catch up to her Ascended level. Ashtar and his Galactic Federation Fleet are working together with other Light Forces in continuing to clean-up your Planet by removing the remaining Dark Forces, which until recently consisted of a population of over 5 million of their Armed Forces and Slave Workers under Earth's surface in their massive and numerous underground Bases and Tunnels. Many of those underground Bases have now been destroyed and the many Human Zombie worker slaves have been taken up and released from their long enforced servitude.

The few remaining Leaders of the Inner Ring of the Dark Forces are still trying to resist their arrest and removal by creating chaos and obstruction, such as the World Coronavirus Pandemic as well as the recent extremes of weather, thus to slow down the process of being eliminated from this part of the Galaxy. However, their long period of domination and control is at last coming to an end, no matter how hard they try to postpone their inevitable defeat. Yes, the Light is winning and the enslavement of Humankind, which has lasted for so many thousands of years will soon be ended.

There are still many tasks yet left that need to be finished. Queen An-Ra has already removed most of the senior corrupted members from the Dark Alliance. Now, we are waiting for the "New Republic" of the USA to be announced and moved to a new location leaving behind Washington DC as the old corrupted place.

The hidden Truths about the Dark Cabal's Plan for a "New World Order", their torture and Satanic Sacrificial Rituals along with their extraction of the Life Force of young children in order to feed on their energies to prolong their own lives will be revealed. They also put their Human abductees in their underground Bases through dark DNA experiments, as well as using them as their Slave Labour - all of this will also soon be revealed. From now on there is to be no more of their dark Control of Earth through their many engineered Wars and creation of Fear programs such as the present World Pandemic, and thereafter the dark Truth of their long secret Rule behind the scenes will finally be revealed to everyone on your beautiful Terra Christa.

21 March 2021 - The Federation of Light on the "Announcement" - Blossom Goodchild

Blossom: A question by many is 'Where do we stand regarding the "Announcement"? Is there still to be one?'

Indeed. For the "Changes" that are to take place of great magnitude, pivot around this. In that when such a matter is finally brought into the open it will become the "Big Game Changer".

However, the waiting for the "Announcement" or something that will Awaken the World is taking so much longer than any of us imagined.

Will the waiting for it go on for much longer? I know dates are a no no, but has it been deterred for years? Months? Days?

It has been deferred due to unexpected setbacks. Which again, cannot be given to you. However each day brings you closer. There are to be a series of Events that are to take place, yet, it is necessary for their 'order' to be precise in calculation. This can only take place when All is in place.

The still-to-come "Solar Flash" as it leaves the Sun will be a big trigger point. It is to be of much Power, beyond your comprehension, or anyone of Earth. When 'activated', its energy will enable a huge Magnetic, Energetic, Electrical Wave of both Sound and Movement to spread across the Globe. This will be taking your Beloved Planet through to a Higher Dimension.

We cannot begin to explain the enormity of this. It is imperative for Earthly strategies to be in place along with certain Planetary/Star alignments in order for everything to come together in this Divine Plan. That is, in order for the End of The Darkness and the Beginning of the Light World to flow into position. The complexity of this Plan is far from a 'Walk in the Park.'

22 March 2021 - Mira from the Pleiadian High Council: New Energies and Timelines - Channel: Erena Velazquez

Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council, and I am pleased to be back through this Channel. I have a Message today for Humankind.

Everything is coming together into a perfect alignment, the Human Race needs to take their power and their destiny back into their own hands to free themselves from the Dark Forces' enslavement of Humanity on Earth, which has lasted for far too long, as all of you know.

Meantime, you need to resist the Dark Cabal's existing "New World Order" Plan of World control which they have been trying to force onto you, and also please be aware that the Covid 19 Vaccines are dangerous to Humans, as it contains secret Nanotechnology set up to destroy those parts of the DNA of the Human body that opposes their attempts at mind control over you.

It is very important to regain and understand that you are a Divine Being of Light and that you came here to this part of the Milky Way Galaxy to serve a Higher Purpose. Your essential Mission is very simple: to bring Light and Love to Gaia and become Leaders to others who are still asleep and to help them see the Light.

I am from the Pleiadian High Council, so I am briefed all of the time about the situation on Earth. I have been selected to be in charge of the High Council, so I am making plans and preparations for our Pleiadian Fleet to land after the Liberation of Planet Earth. My Team of the Higher Councils are also going to help to establish the 4D Healing Light Centres across Earth and to further help with other important Humanitarian projects.

I am very excited that we as Pleiadians are going to be able to come down and assist our Sisters and Brothers of Earth in person. New Times are indeed coming and we are feeling very happy about the upcoming Transformation of the Dark Forces that is already happening, such as the rescuing from the underground Dark Cabal Bases of the many abducted young children and capture of all the other Dark Members as well as the arrests of those Earthly Government Officials working for them. This is part of the great clean-up and removal of all the Dark Ones who have committed crimes against your Civilisation. Be assured that no new Dark Forces can now enter this Solar System and are banned from entering your World by any other means through the protective supervision of our Galactic Federation Fleets.

4 April 2021 - Ivo of Vega on the Draconian invasion of our Galaxy - Sharon Stewart

Ivo: Planet Earth was considered to be a big win by the Negative Forces. Because Earthlings were the Titans of the Human species, they were as Gods, they had all the best of our DNA..... When Earth was dropped to a Third dimensional frequency to become Terra, and it was overtaken by these Negative Forces thousands of years ago, their arrogance knew no bounds. They believed they had "Won the Galaxy" for themselves, that there was no opposition to stop them from becoming the Gods they believed themselves to be.

Millions of years ago, the Reptilian Wars began when this menace moved into our Galaxy from other parts of the Universe. Attempts were made by the Lyrans to befriend this Race, however misunderstandings led to the War which you see continuing on Planet Earth and in the Galaxy today. These Wars are millions of years in the making.

The Positive and Negative polarities of our Races have fought for aeons, creating great discord in the Galaxy. We have worked hard to restore lost Frequency, lost Light and lost Balance within our Worlds and within Solar Systems of Worlds that were perfected. They lost this perfection due to this invading menace. Our Galaxy has suffered on account of their presence here.

We have an ultimatum for them: Be peaceful or meet your demise. That is our final word.

Sharon: I think I know what the next project for Ashtar Sheran is going to be, correct?

Ivo: Yes, he is already part of this consortium of Human/Humanoid species that is putting its collective foot down with those who wreak havoc in the Galaxy.

Sharon: My Love, you were re-reading to me your conversation with Erril, a tall white living on Earth who sought to gain entry into the Galactic Federation for his Race of Draconians. He was miffed with you for not being able to adjudicate a truce with Commander Ashtar Sheran. You made no such effort and he was annoyed that he was in fact found out and removed from the Planet, along with many others of his species. They were rejected from the Galactic Federation on account of the fact that theirs is a Negative Race with propensity for much warring.

The Draconians are a warring Race. Such a Race will never be allowed to join the Galactic Federation because the Federation is a Force for Peace in the Galaxy, not War.

Further to your conversation with Erril, he was advised and put under warning to stop his illicit activities against other Races and stop igniting wars, otherwise be removed from the Galaxy.

Ashtar personally informed him that he is now under probation and should he or others within his Draconian Race seek to war against any other faction in this Galaxy, he and the other faction will both be removed from their homes and released into other areas of the Universe. He will not be allowed back here.

We are prepared to take action against any Race that will not be removed in a peaceful manner.

There are dignitaries who are overseeing these marauder groups, instructing them on the process of remaining peaceful and retaining balance within themselves and their communities, and acting as adjudicators to retain peace. Sharon, my Love, when you were Tiannia, this was your job as well. You were part of this process of Peace Retainment for the Milky Way.

You have a very good track record in doing this work, and for that reason, Ashtar asked you to go to Earth. He only seeks to increase your understanding of the mindset of the Negative marauders of this Galaxy, and you will be part of the process of Adjudication with the Draconian people in future, both Negative and Positive. This will be a good experience for you to have to continue your success rate as an Adjudicator in the Galaxy.

The fact that the Draconian Earthling Erril was merged with the Reptilian mind through its physicality and the fact that your entire World had been overtaken by Negative species does nothing to thwart their arrogance and feeling that we of the Galactic Federation of Light are no threat to them. We planned to prove otherwise and we have already done so.

Sharon: Kind of sounds ironic, doesn't it? Having war to create peace.

Ivo: My Love, you do not remember the shock in the Galaxy when these Negative Beings arrived. What they have done to disturb the balance is only mildly portrayed in your current situation on Earth. It is a fraction of the destruction they have caused throughout the Galaxy. You understand that they planned to use your Planet as a Base to rule the entire Universe from, and they had to be stopped. Their arrogance, their imbalanced, pathological minds know no limits.

They have created destruction in many Constellations within the Galaxy, and there are many still reeling lifetimes later from the pathology of this menace.

Now we have had enough. In the name of Humanity, we will end this scourge of the Galaxy. We have consulted with many of other Universes who have dealt with them as well. Arguably, they have not had the experience of the Milky Way Galaxy, not to any degree the extent of it because at the time these Negative Races were still young and had not fully acquired their arrogance, and frankly, the techniques nor the manpower they have today. They are at their peak now, and they are being destroyed as we speak.

If they wish to live among us in Peace, that is fine. But conduct any act of War, and these acts are explicitly outlined in our Treaties, and they will experience consequences.

We now know what they are capable of. We now know the entirety of their Plans. And we are taking appropriate action to save lives within our Galaxy.

It is not our way to hate or to war with any Race. Humans are Beings of peace. However, when the threat that is posed by these Dark Beings is that vast, then action must be taken. We only wish to live in Peace. In Peace we can thrive. That is a requirement for being a Human.

They will not allow us Peace. So we will not allow them access to this Galaxy any longer.

10 May 2021 - Commander Ashtar: Victory is at Hand - Channel: Erena Velazquez

Greetings, I am Ashtar, Commander of the Galactic Federation of Light, I am happy to give you an update today on our progress in the elimination of the common enemy, the Darkness on and around your Planet Earth.

I have mentioned in some of my previous messages that we do have daily battle encounters with the corrupted Dark Souls. This time the Reptilians and their Dark Draconian Allies were trying to bring new and more advanced Dark Technology to Earth, which they wanted to use with satellites to spy and control everyone in a more invasive way than even before.

Our Light Forces have recently got into serious battles with the Negative Ones near Planets such as Mars and Pluto, where in these locations the Dark Forces are still stationed in some of their remaining underground Bases. They were preparing to implement the installation of some further advanced pieces intrusive of Monitoring/Control equipment on Humanity, as well as making other plans to target Mother Earth in a further attempt to delay your Ascension process.

In three recent Battles, the Light and Dark Forces both had about 500,000 ships each deployed. The Galactic Federation Fleet, however, had a strategic advantage over the Negative Fleets, as we surprise attacked them when they were not expecting it. The Negative Ones did not think we knew about their new Operational Plans. However, we received a key Intelligence Report about them from a former Dark Reptilian who now works for the Galactic Federation of Light.

My Fleet and our Allies managed to stop their latest attempt to interrupt the process of Liberation from their behind-the-scenes Control here on your Planet. As a result of our recent success, the subsequently captured Dark Souls on their Battle Spaceships have either been sent to be reformed and re-purposed at our Light Centres, or else uncreated, depending on their remorse or willingness to change their ways to that of the Light. Most of their ships were completely destroyed except for the few ships that were able to escape.

Please, understand that these Battles are very necessary events in order to finally remove the Dark Control by the Reptilians and others from Planet Earth and your Solar System. They are constantly trying to prevent this part of the Galaxy from becoming freed once and for all from their Control. However, our Victory over their undercover Control of Earth is nevertheless soon to be finally achieved, so never give up on looking forward to your glorious Future to come!

4 June 2021 - A Message from Mira of the Pleiadian High Council - Valerie Donner

Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I am also placed as Head of the Earth Council for the exact purpose of this Ascension process occurring now with your Planet.

As most of you know, we assist other Planets with their Ascension process. We have a precious and vested interest in the Earth. We are here to assist Humanity, all of Life on the Earth, as well as Planet Earth herself.

We are dear friends with the Earth. We know, love and respect her immensely. We celebrate her Ascension for she deserves this graduation from the enormous and atrocious Forces of Darkness.

Some of you may be feeling the effects of the lighter frequencies due to the Dark Ones' isolation and removal from your Beloved Planet. You might be feeling as if you can breathe again.

Right now, you are at a critical juncture in this Grand Shift. There has been a deep drilling down and final taking out of the Forces of Darkness. Even though they know they are done with the Earth, they are fighting tooth and nail to the very end. We want to assure you that this is nearly over and that the Divine Source has the upper hand.

Please focus your attention as much as possible on the Light and the beauty of this unfolding. The Plan is a brilliant one and the resources are many. Hold the Light and keep your hearts open to each other.

We understand that many of you are challenged and struggling. It takes courage and strength to participate in the end of so many years of darkness. You are right there at the threshold of Light. You can feel it and see it. The Light is real. You are nearly Home.

In fact, we already have many celebrations and reunions planned for you. Of course, these will all be the unmasked version where we can see your fully beautiful faces, read the Light in your eyes, and feel the Love in your hearts. You will indeed see the same with us.

Promises and prophecies have been made throughout the Ages. It is now time for them to come to fruition. Beloved Ones, you shall inherit the Earth.

We always want to thank you for your good work, prayers, Love, and devotion to your Ascension. Each one of you makes the world of difference to us and to the Planet.

In Deep Love and devotion, I am Mira of the Pleiades.

9 June 2021 - The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council: The Next Phase of Mass Awakenings - Daniel Scranton

Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council on the 9th Vibrational Dimension. We are pleased to connect with all of you at this time.

We are all entering into a great New Phase of Existence, along with you and all the other Beings and Collectives within this Galaxy and our greater Universe. This Phase represents a new "Great Evolution of Consciousness" that has occurred, not only within the whole consciousness of this Galaxy, but particularly down on Planet Earth, as we have seen you all take another giant leap forward in the reclaiming of the Truth of who you Really Are as one of all belonging to same Energy and Elements of the Original Source Being of All Creation.

There has been at this unique Time within the present "Great Ending of Ages" throughout our Universe, another Mass Awakening of individuals everywhere, those who have had their own unique Awakening Experiences, experiences that have left their minds blown, their Worlds shaken, and yet their Hearts opened in ways that they were previously finding difficult to communicate with to others in their lives.

Many of you can relate to this, as you have been through something similar in your own World, with your friends, family members and co-workers in this time of your Planetary Pandemic causing the "Great Awakening" that has occurred.

This most recent "Mass Awakening" has tipped the scales to such an extent on Earth that your Collective Consciousness has further risen to a Higher Dimensional Frequency, one that will now not allow for certain erroneous dark thought forms to enter into the Consciousness of those who have now thus Awakened.

However, there is still much work to be done, and those who have not yet truly "Awakened" are still slated to have their own experiences at a lower Dimensional level, ones that will be unique to them and that will eventually give them a layer of protection from those unwanted dark thought forms that have become such a menace in your World.

For example, when an Awakened Soul realises that they are in fact an integral part of the Original Source, and thus of all others, then thoughts of jealousy of what someone else has, will not enter into a person's conscious mind. In order for there to be jealousy, there must first have occurred a "Separation" from feeling as being part of all others and Original Source.

And when you realise that you are indeed a total part of Original Source, you know that what someone else has acquired that is of Great Good, or of Great Value, does in fact ultimately help to further enhance your own Life Experience. When you begin to recognise that all others are in fact an integral part of you, despite the former delusion of Separation that has existed so much in your present Reality, they can give you that inspiration, that knowing that you too can be living a Life of Freedom, Joy, Excitement and above all else, Unconditional Love.

Therefore, you will no longer feel envy towards someone else's good or valuable experience.

This is just one of the many dark thought forms that will no longer be able to make it into the Consciousness of the future "Awakened", and therefore already a ripple of this new experience in your lives has begun to subtly spread its influence as a useful lesson throughout the Galaxy and even further out into this Great Universe of ours.

We all of us at this "End of Age" in this Galaxy and in the greater Universe are experiencing a step-up to a Higher Frequency/Vibrational level; we are all becoming more insulated from whatever Dark Energies may have been holding many of us down, holding us back, and now you also are making this further "Journey of Ascension" much easier and more smoothly than you were even just a few days ago in your counting of Linear Earth Time.

We are all very excited to be with you on this Great Journey, as are all others in our Universe and within the Great Cosmos, all of us who are tuning in with great interest into this "Great Educational Show that is Life on Planet Earth". We will continue to chart your progress and give you further Progress Reports as we continue to encourage you, as well to help you see yourselves as the "Great Beings" you truly are in every moment of each and every day of your Lives.

We are the Arcturian Council, and we have greatly enjoyed connecting with you at this very significant time.

21 June 2021 - Commander Ashtar - The Current Role of Starseeds on Earth - Channelled by Meline Lafont.

Good Day to you Earth Humans, I come with news and joy. I am very aware that you are all at this time experiencing a great ordeal of confusion and fear. However, you Starseed/Lightworkers will nevertheless soon be coming into a full understanding of what it is like to be endowed with a Higher Galactic Nature, to carry the true Galactic Blueprint/Template of the Soul, as this will start to be activated within you in a short time.

Allow me to inform you that all you Stellar Sisters and Brothers of Light as Starseed Lightworkers on Earth have recently been downloading many different Higher Spiritual forms and formats of information being given to each of you. All you Starseeds on Earth who were once endowed with the nature of the Galactic Template are at this time receiving, or are rather being bombarded with, multiple Codes and information from the different Higher Galactic Planes. Though this may differ for each individual, no Being at any level is being forgotten. ALL of you are receiving these Galactic Codes which will serve for the Highest Good of all Humanity.

Dear Starseeds of Earth, therefore welcome the following information outlining the various different Galactic sources that are providing you with help in your Ascension process:

The Arcturian Starseeds on Earth at this time are receiving much information from their Home Star on how to implement the Next Generation Society of High Intelligence and High Technology on Earth. Each is Downloading this information so that in the next stage of Earth's Ascension process, the Uploading to other Souls on Earth can begin.

The Andromeda Starseeds are also receiving and uploading the Galactic Codes to reformat the Old 3D Matrix so that the Earth's new Magnetic field can then be activated. You Starseed Lightworkers on Earth are then to function as Rebooters of Earth's new Magnetic field. Your courage, patience and diligence will be needed for this as well as those of you with healing skills.

The Pleiadian Starseeds are experiencing some challenges in working with Humanity of Earth, as these Souls are used to high levels of benevolence in their own Star System. They are therefore very sensitive to the ongoing chaos and drama on Earth. They themselves in their own Star System have banned any degree of negativity within any of their own societies. Nevertheless, they are to be mostly connected with Earth's Humanity through using their great empathy and social skills. The Pleiadian Starseeds incarnated down on Earth are being assisted in their Ascension work to adjust to the more aggressive energetic level of Earth Human Beings. They are also being downloaded with the Higher Galactic Codes being transmitted from your Sun down to Earth. Every Wave of Galactic Energy, arriving as mini-Solar Flares on Earth, is part of a new Download provided by the Pleiadians. This can be very difficult to integrate with the old 3D frequencies of the Earth Matrix as these Solar Flares are of considerably Higher Dimensional Frequencies. The Pleiadians are offering Humanity the ability to open their Hearts and Minds, which is very important at this time. These new Codes are seeding an Awakening in Earth's Humanity and preparing for the future building of a new World Community of Light on Earth. This is coming from the Galactic Race which is the most similar to Humanity and also the closest in their spiritual nature.

The Sirians, on the other hand, are the Leaders of Action within this Ascension Programme for Planet Earth. Their Starseeds down on Earth are thus being given a lead in its enactment, so to speak, and are thus stepping forward. These Sirian Starseeds feel the urge and the calling to participate and are stepping up to assist in the necessary changes that will soon come about. It is to be done patiently and with integrity. The Earthbound Starseeds are also being bombarded with much new information, ideas and codes from the Galactic Centre so that innovative ideas can then be birthed on Earth. The Sirians taking part in this stage of the Ascension Programme are themselves also Healers.

The Venusian Starseeds down on Earth are likewise Downloading the Higher Codes from their Home Planet Venus and are assisting Earth's Humanity with the process of Love and Compassion. These Venusian Souls are integrating their Higher Love vibration to help Humanity understand more of their own Divine Nature. These Starseed Lightworkers are most active in the Earth's field of Nature and natural environment and are also active in promoting resistance to anger, negativity, darkness and hatred. More and more Compassion will flow from their Hearts to others on Earth and this is to be given even to those who have become lost due to giving into the cultures of fear.

The Starseeds of Vega and Orion are well known as Builders and Architects of Planetary molecular structure. They will be responsible for transforming Planet Earth and its inhabitants from a Carbon based molecular structure into one of a Crystalline molecular structure. They embrace a high degree of clarity, focus and strength, which for them is a must. The Venusians are also, at this time of the Ending of a Major Galactic and Universal Age, daily receiving Downloads and Updates into themselves as well as integrating a new Crystalline molecular vibration into their own bodies before passing on this new higher frequency molecular structure down to Earth.

All the other Earth-bound Starseeds are also going through their own individual processing of an Awakening, so that no one is being left out of this process. Each Starseed is receiving their own personal Encodements and will be awakening to enact that which is ready to be activated at the designated Divine Time. All Starseeds on Earth everywhere are joining in this process, since all are part of the transitioning into a New Aquarian Age.

Thus there will soon be an end to all the worry and confusion down on Planet Earth. Each individual Soul on Earth is of equal importance and will be allowed to follow its own Path of Evolution. Many there will be that die in fear, having forgotten the true Higher Spiritual level they once possessed, though that can only happen when a Soul chooses to descend into a state of fear. Therefore, always try to recall the former Higher Spiritual Status to which you once belonged; let this knowing be the guidance for your further Ascension Path and always remain connected with the Heart in an ongoing expression of one of a Loving Consideration of Others.

We shall follow soon with more information - Asteyu mayetra minata - Ashtar.

8 July 2021 - Commander Ashtar: We have Won the Battle between the Dark and Light! - James McConnell

I am Ashtar. I come at this time, in this Auspicious Time, I will add here, in these Times of Great Changes that are occurring both on the Planet, within the Planet, and above the Planet.

So many changes that you at this time do not have any idea of, but you are getting an inkling of it. You are getting bits and pieces of everything that is happening. Always still, yes, behind the scenes. But they are coming out.

You use terms of 'Connecting the Dots.' And that is something you all need to do. It is part of Discernment. It is part of understanding the Truth and knowing the Truth, and looking beyond that illusion that those that have been in control for so long want so much to continue this illusion. They want to keep you trapped within it.

But as someone said earlier, "We are Winning." No, we have Won already. That is what you need to know right now. We are not Winning, we have already Won. We have already won not just the Battles, but the entire War, if you want to look at it that way. Because it is a War between Good and Evil. Between Light and Dark.

Everything is coming out exactly as it needs to, and you need to continue to believe that. Believe that we are up here. We are up here in our Spaceships, in our various programs and projects, all looking down at you.

We are looking down from above and seeing the perfection that you all are. We do not see the negative, the shadow side of each of you. We see the Light within you, the Light within all of you. And that is spreading and being shared everywhere more and more. All of this is part of the new expression that must come about, that the Light must come on and overcome the Darkness. And it is happening.

So much is happening behind the scenes yet, but it is all coming out little by little. And then it will go from a trickle, which it is now, to a deluge in the times that are coming ahead.

And along with that, you have all looked for our Disclosure. Not only Disclosure of the Truths that must come out, but Disclosure of those of our Spaceships, those of us that have been here watching over you and ready to assist when we are given the command to come down and be with you. And that is not far off, my friends! It is not far off at all. Because we are here for you. And those of you that are ready to see us, will see us.

When you have those eyes to see, and many of you are getting those eyes now, because you are opening your Third Eye. Your Pineal glands are becoming free again of the calcification that the Cabal, or the Dark Forces, have done everything that they could to hold your Third Eye down to keep you from seeing beyond the illusion, to seeing the real reality that is there, and has been there all along. But they pulled the wool over your eyes, or the veil over your eyes, so that you would not see what can be seen now.

And again, as I said, it is not far off at all now. Because everything, everything is leading up to this point right now, in this exact moment. And all of you just need to be patient just a little bit longer. You have waited thousands, even millions of years, to come to this point. And what is a little bit longer to wait? Whether it is days, or weeks, or even months. What is a little bit longer to realise the complete freedom that is there beckoning to you now.

All you need to do is just open up to it and realise that it is already there for you. The Freedom. The freedom to be who you are, whenever you want to be whoever you are. Trust. Trust in all of this. Trust that you are moving into a position or a point of Light within you that will establish once and for all your Freedom and your Sovereignty.

I am Ashtar, and I leave you now in Peace and Love, and that you would continue to be ready. Be ready to experience the connection with all of us, all of your Brothers and Sisters of Space, that are here now and ready at a moment's notice to be there with you more fully.

30 July 2021 - Update on the 5D Incoming Energies leading up to the Creation of your 12 Strand DNA - By Lev - Interstellar Disclosure News

The Galactic Federation Of Light Committee and Higher Light Forces are rapidly preparing you for your transition up to the Fourth Dimension and Fifth Dimensions. For many of you Starseeds and Lightworkers, your DNA is about to be enhanced and activated upwards, from your present 2-strand DNA, to regain your former 12-strand DNA. This will allow your present dense Physical body to rejuvenate itself back up into to the perfect Higher Dimensional Etheric Body Plan upon which your Physical Earth body is based, giving you the appearance of a mid-age youthfulness.

In the last six months, due to your own efforts to raise your vibration levels, the rate of activation of dormant DNA in many of you has been impressive. The first real physical consequences of it began to appear from December 2020 onwards, when the restructuring of your physical bodies began to be sped up.

Quantum Transition has entered the final preparation for the forthcoming 4D/5D Dimensions. Previously, the changes dealt exclusively with your Subtle Bodies. From December 2020 onwards, your Physical bodies began to transform at the molecular and cellular level. This coincides with the Creator's Plan to move you up to the Fourth and Fifth Dimensions whilst remaining within our physical bodies.

However, before that can be fully enacted, the cells in your body have to transmute from carbon-based into Crystaline-based cells. The first material signs of this mutation within your present dense bodies will begin to be felt in this Summer of 2021.

Experiencing a stopping of the ageing process and of your body's gradual "Rejuvenation" will be an indicator of this irreversible movement up towards the Fourth and Fifth Dimensions. All Higher Races (such as your genetic Relatives from the Pleiades) exist almost exclusively in young bodies, such as your 30-35 years of age.

When this marker of Eternal Youth has started to manifest, then all that remains is to patiently continue raising your vibration rate levels to activate the 12 Strands of DNA. This activation of a "Higher Consciousness" will also hasten the removal of the "Veil" that at present exists between you and the Higher Spheres.

At the beginning of July, many Starseeds had two more strands of their forthcoming 12-Strands of DNA activated - the Seventh and Eighth. However, it usually takes a couple of months to further adapt to this.

Your transition from your original 12 Strands of DNA began twelve thousand years ago, following the collapse of the Atlantis Civilisation, when the Dark Forces first placed all of you on Earth into a 2-strand DNA mode to allow them to control you more easily. However, those of you Starseeds/Lightworkers who are now ready, will be able to get into the 12-spiral mode very quickly, finishing the mutation within the next few months.

Many others are just beginning and will need a longer period. In order to speed the process of retrieving and activating their lost DNA, they will have to first pass themselves through a higher frequency vibration rate. To achieve this, they may have to temporarily leave Earth through being "Beemed Up" to the 5th Dimensional Earth Healing Chambers for a short time, to then return back down to Earth with their renewed 12 strand DNA.

The Galactic Federation Co-Creators and Light Forces are indeed awaiting up in the Fifth and Sixth Dimensions with great anticipation for your Final Ascension Event!

6 August 2021 - Jesus SANANDA - Many Shall Awaken - Channel: James McConnell

I am Sananda. I am here at this time. In this quite opportune time, I will add, as things are rapidly changing, both internally and externally, within all that you are coming to understand in your lives, as things more and more are coming to the surface.

It has been said, those in the shadows cannot stand within the Light, so they are coming out of those shadows and being shown for what they are. What they represent, as they do not represent Love and Light. They represent fear and darkness, attempting to hold onto the unknown. Keeping you, rather, in the unknown. Keeping you in the shadow within yourself. But no longer. For it has been destined that the Light shall prevail. And the Light, indeed, has prevailed. It is only those small pockets of darkness that still remain.

For largely, the Collective Consciousness of Man is now enlightened. Not all, of course. But the majority of the population of this World, of this Planet, are now within the Light. It is only a small percentage that continues to attempt to hold control over the larger population of the Planet, but not for much longer. For a Great Announcement is about to come forward. You have heard this before, and for various reasons it has been curtailed, held back, postponed. But not for much longer now.

When this Announcement comes forward, all will be revealed to this yet sleeping population. Whether it awakens them or not is up to their life plan. But I tell you this now that this Great Announcement is going to shake many, many across the Planet will be shaken out of their doldrums. They will be shaken out of their sleepiness. Many will awaken as a result of this. Many that have been wondering and are 'Sitting on the Fence', you might say, will wonder no longer, and will step onto the other side along with you. But as yet, many will also tend to hold onto everything that they have known, for they will not be ready to relinquish those things that are being brought forth or relinquish the comfort zone that has held them, to keep them from knowing these things as they come forth.

As always, continue to Trust. Trust in yourselves. Trust in those that work alongside of you. Trust in the Great Plan. Because it cannot be held back much longer. Forces are at work, forces of Light are at work. And you will find then, as you open up to the possibilities, you will find them not in the shadows, but more and more in the Light: the Light of Truth, the Light of Oneness, the Light of Love.

Believe in yourselves, my friends. Believe in who you are. Trust in who you are. Trust that you are the Ones, the Ones that are stepping forth, moving ahead. Because you cannot be held back, as a collective, much longer. It will not be possible. For the Light has won, the Plan is set and cannot be undone. Nothing can stop what is coming.

All of my Peace and Love be with all of you. I am Sananda. I Love you all deeply, beyond what many of you can even come to understand, as many of you have a strong connection with myself and with all of those that are alongside of me in working in this Plan within this Planet.

15 September 2021 - The 9D Arcturian Council: The September 2021 Equinox Energies - Daniel Scranton

Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to connect with all of you.

We are very excited about your upcoming September Equinox down on Planet Earth, because of the Energies that we know you will be receiving and indeed have already begun to receive in this moment.

You are receiving the beginning of an abundance of Plasmic/Gamma-Ray Energies originating from the Galactic Central Sun that will become strongest at the exact point of the Equinox, September 22nd 2021, and they will continue to come in even after the Equinox, because that is how powerful they are.

You could not handle them all at once; they would have an adverse effect on you, instead of the desired effect. You are receiving the Energies right now that are Transformative in nature. They are meant to give you a 5th Dimensional Frequency/Vibrational upgrade, and if you are open to them, they will do so.

Those who are not open to them will only experience the physical body side effects and not understand why they are experiencing some strange symptoms.

That is why we give you this transmission in advance of the exact moment of your Equinox in September. You can now prepare; you can also anticipate the Great Changes that will come as a result of these Transformative Energies coming into your field, your Chakras, your Bodies, your very Cells, and every aspect of you. You must therefore rest and relax more and make sure you are grounded, present, and well hydrated. This is what you are doing, to transform your Vibrational Frequencies upwards in time for your Ascension up to a Higher Dimensional Realm.

You Lightworkers, and those of you who are making an effort to raise your Vibration rates, are at this time about to experience your Higher Selves, your Fifth-Dimensional Selves. However, you are now to first of all briefly experience it in the Physical flesh, in a Physical body before your Ascension. We of the Higher Realms are therefore here at this period of the "Changes" to help you in this Great Ascension Process.

6 October 2021 - E.T. Dark Gray Leaders on Earth have been Captured by the Galactic Federation - Dr. Michael Salla and Elena Danaan - https://exopolitics.org

Dr. Michael Salla: On September 30, I received an Update from Elena Danaan and her Extraterrestrial contact, Thor Han, a Fleet Commander of the Galactic Federation Forces, concerning a contingent of the Dark Tall Gray Alien Leaders from Orion who had just been captured by the Galactic Federation. It was claimed that the Orion Tall Grays were the same Aliens that had in 1954 reached an agreement with the US Government's "Majestic-12" Military Group [An inner US Government Military Group in charge of all E.T. contacts and information] without President Eisenhower's approval, as a Treaty allowing them to set up underground Bases on Earth in exchange for advanced weapon technology and thus selling out Earth's Humanity in the process. The capture could mark a major step forward in Humanity taking back control of the Solar System:

Elena: Thor Han connected to share with me telepathically where he was: in a dark room with other personnel of the Galactic Federation, looking at high transparent cylinders containing a blueish gel. Nine of them each contained an E.T. Dark Tall Grey in a state of Stasis. I could identify in the room High Commander Ardaana of the Galactic Federation Forces Command Mothership, their Science Commander Denethor, some E.T. Ummites, and other Beings from different E.T. Races:

Thor Han: These are Eban, a very rare and exceptional catch - the Eban [one of the most malevolent Dark Races of the Dark Orion League from Betelgeuse in the Constellation of Orion] are the Leaders of the Orion Nebu group and the ones responsible for the Earth Treaties made with the US Military "MJ-12 Group" at Holloman Air Force Base in 1954. It is extremely difficult to catch them as they play with Frequency Shifts, Inter-Dimensional jumps and invisible Cloaking. And when we happen to catch one, they go out of bodily form instantly. As you know, we found the Frequency Code to lock all their Portals in this Solar System. This is how we caught these Ones, trying to escape via one of their Portals near Saturn.

It is a great catch for the Galactic Federation because for the first time, we are about to triangulate their brain frequency in an attempt to neutralize the frequency transmission from their centrally-controlled "Hive-Queen Consciousness", and get to it. As you know, the Nebu function as a hive-consciousness; for the first time in the History of this Galaxy, we are going to crack this Code. They won't stay here on this ship, they are about to be transported to a safer place.

Elena: Why are they kept in the dark?

Thor Han: They thrive on ultraviolet light. Our regular light harms them, we need to preserve them alive. All the Dark Nebu are trying to leave this Solar System. Many have already, hoping to then gather further Dark Forces and come back to invade us. Hence comes the need for deactivating the Central Consciousness behind their Group Control. Once disconnected from it, they will be useless, neutralized.

Michael Salla: That is good news Elena. Once separated from their central collective "Queen Bee" hive mind, they are useless since they have not developed total individuality. What is it about their brain frequency that connects them to the Queen mind? We are talking about something very different to implants, right?

Elena: Oh yes, totally. All Dark Grays with a Reptiloid genome, such as the Eban, Zeta, Grail, Solipsi Rai, Do-Hu etc, are on a Hive type Social Structure. No, we are not talking about implants, it is something totally different. There is no technology involved. We are talking about Consciousness. Although they have individual thinking of their own, their minds are calibrated on a specific same brain frequency connected to a Central Consciousness called the "Queen".

When orders come from this centralized "Queen", they cannot resist and they obey. I am not sure if it is a real "Queen", it may be a Super-Computer or a sort of Supra-Artificial Intelligence, I do not know, but it is nevertheless called the "Queen". This "Queen" is located in the Orion M42 Nebula. They have individuality but it is very basic. When the "Queen" sends an order, imagine a quantum spider at the centre of a web: everyone receives it and it takes over the brain functions and the basic individual thinking. Once disconnected from the Queen, and so from the Hive, they are lost and useless.

Michael Salla: So the Galactic Federation is trying to hijack this "Queen" Central Conscious. The Dark Tall Grays Nebu Agenda was to do the same thing with Earth's Humanity. The Tall Grays were linked through Consciousness with a Queen, this means the communication process is similar to Bees and other insect species where the Hive mind is conveyed through Consciousness alone, allowing the Queen to control the Collective. The same group of Tall Gray Leaders that had reached agreements with the US Majestic-12 Military Group were now in custody. I was intrigued by what their fate would be and asked Thor Han through Elena some questions about it. Here is the relevant Q and A with Thor Han:

Michael Salla: "There were 9 of them in Stasis in capsules containing a blueish gel. Are they part of a governing Council of some kind or just one or two Leaders and their minions?"

Thor Han: "They are the equivalent of Officers, part of a special High Command. They were fleeing the underground Dulce Base in the US and trying to escape by the Saturn Portal, located near their former Saturn Base. They are not part of a Council. We need to examine them first, and when we reach satisfaction, we will revive them and take them through the usual procedure. No negotiation. Nebu do not negotiate, they only kill elements of the Hive who have been "infected", to use the term they employ."

Michael Salla: "Also, will there be negotiations for their release, a Trial of some kind, or will they just be experimented on to crack the Code, etc?"

Thor Han: "They have security brain shields we need to crack through. As long as they remain stunned, they cannot send a signal to the Hive, which would result in their remote removal."

Elena: "Removal?"

Thor Han: "Their Consciousness would be instantly removed from their body-envelops and merged back into the Global Consciousness of the Hive, in Uru An Na. It is the equivalent of killing them remotely, getting rid of them before they release more info."


Michael Salla: What supports Elena's latest update is that long-time contactee Alex Collier has just come forward in an interview corroborating the information being released by Elena and Megan Rose about the recent Liberation of the Solar System from the Orion Grays and Draco Reptilians. Alex gave a Timeline for how this is playing out today, and how the Negative Extraterrestrial groups such as the Tall Grays are being captured:

Somewhere around the middle of December 2021, before Christmas, this should be over. In other words, the Battle between the Light and the Dark, at that point it will just be cleaning up, rounding up, Tribunals, things of that nature but the War itself would be over. Most of the regressive Orion Grays and Draco Reptilians that have been on the Planet have been removed, and those who were still here hiding, they virtually have surrendered because they have no choice.

The information from Alex's Andromedan extraterrestrial contact, Mornay, directly supports the information that the Orion Grays are losing their temporal War with the Galactic Federation, Andromeda Council, and other Allied Extraterrestrial groups.

15 October 2021 - Xylenia - Future Healing with E.T. Medical Beds - Channel: Galaxygirl

Many of you have wondered about the E.T. Medical Beds and how they may serve Humanity's Ascension at this time.

I Xylenia am speaking as Head Operator of the Medical Beds of one of our many E.T. facilities. We are involved with the operations of the Medical Beds that are about to be serving Humanity in this auspicious moment of the Ascension Transition upon your Planetary World.

Many of you have been going through your Ascension process. Individual Ascending moments coalesce into the whole. Each moment of choice for the Light makes an incredible impact on your body, on your Human Consciousness and upon Gaia. We are seeing Human Ones becoming more kind and loving with these Higher Dimensional shifts. This is good. These zaps and zings of the Energies from the Great Central Sun are further activating you.

There is to be a Genome/DNA reset, a great health improvement, a falling away of all the diseases and genetic predispositions and tendencies that have become diseases within the Human Genome. The Medical Beds remove all of those for they are programmed with Higher Vibrational Light for the highest and best outcome. Human Beings will become radiant with Light, with Love, with Peace, with Clarity. Humanity will come home to the Higher Dimensional Light within their existing bodies. The Medical Beds simply reset the individual Human to their original DNA genetics and Etheric body Template.

All of the disease, the scars and current diseases, the artificial hips and joints, all will be replaced with a Higher Dimensional form of health and all will be healed and complete. We have many of these facilities within your surrounding Solar System. They are also in the 5D Rose-quartz Cities of Light at this time orbiting above your Planet invisibly, they are also on many of our Motherships. You may utilize these when you visit the Higher Dimensional Planes when you are in your sleep.

I Xylenia invite you to come and visit, come and see for yourselves. Come and experience a Medical Bed Rejuvenation Process. It will feel like coming home. I have just invited Galaxygirl to experience the process for herself:

Galaxygirl: I am hearing pleasant humming in my ears. I am seeing Xylenia, a very tall thin Humanoid with purple skin and large eyes wearing a long white medical coat. She is gesturing for me to come with her long purple fingers. I am seeing a massive room on a Mothership filled with thousands of glowing happily humming lavender-coloured Pods that appear to be alive in their own way. They are filled with Light and are very soft inside like the most comfortable bed you have ever been in. I hop into one. It is as a glowing prism. There are lovely tone frequencies playing.

The soft material underneath me conforms around me so that I am perfectly comfortable and cocooned in Light. Xylenia smiles and closes the lid and I am in a Pod of Light, of Sound, and of Love. I am communicating with the lavender-coloured Pod. It knows me. It is to be my temporary Med Bed. It seems to know all my ancestral lineages, as it has been downloaded with my DNA memory files and thus is energetically linked to me. I am seeing that it will also be like this for those who are eager for healing and open to the experience. I am seeing flashbacks of Lives I have lived and where their imprints may have left their mark on me. I am being healed with Light so that all of me is composed of Light. I feel a vibration all through my body and the humming is elevating all my cells, unifying them into a Higher Vibration.

I choose Peace. I choose Ascension. I am seeing this is a choice point for many. Those who are ready will enjoy this experience and remember it. I am seeing my DNA being upgraded. I feel that I am the Universe of Myself and I can direct Light to areas that need it most, but so can this Pod. It is working with me, showing me where I need to shift my Consciousness so that I can allow that area of me to expand and to heal. I am being wrapped in a blanket of Light of all colours, each pertaining to the Vibration Frequency needed for the memory that is being Healed. It is an orchestra of Sound and Light. I let the Light in, and then when it has finished it becomes silent. This light-weight feeling of Wholeness is very comforting. It feels like Home.

Xylenia is standing beside the Pod when it opens on its own as we completed the session. My body feels lighter, is glowing and a little transparent. My hair has grown longer and more lustrous, and I feel taller, more regal, whole. It is an amazing feeling. Xylenia is scanning my vitals and one of the more significant vital signs is that of my Carbon molecular change-over into the new Crystalline makeup that all future Earth Humans will be possessed of. She smiles and holds my hand.

Xylenia: You Galaxygirl are not the first to utilize the Med Bed Pods but you are one of the first to write down your experience and to be able to fully remember it all. We invite all of the Lightworkers reading to do the same in the near future. Come and visit your Pod of Light and feel the difference. Blessings. It is an honour to serve. I am Xylenia.

3 November 2021 - Pallas Athena of the Karmic Council - The Last Phase of the Ascension - Channel: Gabriele Schmitz

I am Pallas Athena and I greet you from the Etheric Realm above the Island of Crete. It is a great joy for me to bring you these messages, for we have already told you in many previous messages that we are with you in this last phase of Ascension that is about to manifest.

Massive energies are pouring out of the Central Sun via Helios and Vesta, your Sun Star in this Solar System of our Galaxy and this Universe. This is all going to increase in the time to come. We have already told you that Mother Earth is going to change her appearance completely and the time is getting closer and closer and the obvious is apparent to you if you are sensitive.

Everything is happening according to the Divine Plan and according to the Divine Timing. The time is now and at any time Ascension can show itself through one Event or through several. We are not the Ones who give the starting signal for this Event. That is in Divine hands. So trust that everything will manifest Divinely. The Divine Source is what holds the decision for this entire Ascension process. This Plan is there and it is happening.

And so again my advice to you is to seek connection to Source. Nothing is more important than seeking connection to the Source in this moment. It will not let you go astray. And may I also remind you that I have said that when the Karmic Council meets again in December, that the Events will then have clearly manifested for all of you.

So, time is short and so irrevocably now will come the times that you have known about for a long, long time. Ascension is happening. Mother Earth is with you and you too are receiving these energies that will enable you to take part in the Ascension. You are not here at this time for nothing. You have made the prenatal decision to be here now. And so may I remind you that the time to come is the time that you have worked towards, not just in this lifetime. Many lifetimes you have been preparing to be here now and to experience it all, for it brings you into Freedom. It brings you into a whole new Dimension. It brings you into Perfect Love and into Oneness.

You will find guidance throughout this process and when things manifest in such a way that they are visible to everyone, you will receive the guidance that you need. All is prepared. You are not alone. You have the Teachers, you have the Guides. You can always ask for answers and they will come to you. That is the Good News for today! Look forward each day to what is coming your way.

The New Earth will show itself and that will make you happy in a way that you as a Soul have never expected, never experienced before. And so rejoice in these few days that lie ahead of you until what I have announced to you shows itself, that we in the Karmic Council are assessing the state of Mother Earth and all the inhabitants and that also includes the Cosmic situation.

8 November 2021 - A High Solar Being from the Great Central Sun: We Are All Involved in your Ascension Process - Channel: Vania Rodriguez

Dear Souls of this beautiful blue Earth Planet! I AM a Brother from Space!

No matter what my Name is. I am an Energy of the Great Central Sun. I have requested to be here today so that I can pass on some important information to the inhabitants of this Planet. We have been programming the Evolution of your Planet for a long time now. We knew exactly when and how the Ascension of this Planet would take place.

Everything has always been very well planned by Father/Mother Creator. Right now you are going through the beginning of the Final Great Process. The Ascension of a Planet does not happen in just days, in months, or in a few years. Everything has to be initiated so that the Evolution of the process happens naturally. But we are nevertheless always organising for everything to happen within the Divine established Time Frame, and so it is that it is now finally happening on your Planet.

The Ascension Process did not start a few years ago. The beginning, the fundamental point was already given a long time ago, and today you are living the result of the reactions that have been happening all this time. Imagine the figure of a Triangle; I can say that you are almost at the Apex of this Triangle, where the great reactions will take place when the Apex moment arrives.

The Ascension of a Race, of a Planet, does not happen without preparation of those who live there. Everyone can. Everyone has this Right; this Right, given by the Divine Spark existing in the heart of each one. There is no hurry, there is planning. The Great Apex will be the moment of the Awakening of all Humanity.

You may not be aware of all the High Beings around you who are coordinating and conducting this whole process. But I inform you that all the Great Councils, all the Great Wise Minds of the Universe are gathered at this moment conducting this Ascension process. It is not an easy or simple process, it takes a lot of Energy, and all of these Beings are doing their part in bringing the Energy to the exact point which is this Planet.

You are the great focus of the whole Universe today, and be assured that we are overjoyed at the good results we are getting. Fear nothing, for what coordinates, what directs this whole process, is one feeling: the Power of Love. If many of you still do not understand why all of the suffering, the pain, why all this happened, soon you will. You started the Process of Ascension a long time ago as part of living on this Planet and now you are reaping the reactions. This whole process is necessary. It is painful, but it is necessary for the evolution of your Souls.

The word Evolution means to grow, it means to improve, it means to see everything from another angle, it means to live at a much higher Vibrational/Dimensional stage than before. So realise that it is not an easy process. It cannot be. Otherwise it could not be called "Evolution"; it would just be "Living". Every day we are sending out more Light from where we are here in the Great Central Sun, and all the Beings I mentioned, every day they put more intensity into the Light and the Energy that is sent out to this Planet.

The Apex is approaching. Be ready. After the Great Awakening, when all the masks come off, when you all truly see yourselves, the new stage of your further Evolution will begin; where you all have the chance to further Evolve. It will be up to each One to decide whether to move forward or to stay where they are, and depending on each One's decision, that Soul's path is defined by itself.

So if you feel that your World is becoming intense in its actions, be ready for the culmination building up to the final Great Event. But a necessary final culmination, so that all the past toxic vapours are expelled from the surface of the Planet and only the Great Souls remain, the Souls of Love, the Cohesive Souls, the Souls that Shine, Feel and Live the Principle of Love and Freedom that will Guide all Worlds within this Universe and all of the rest of the Greater Cosmos of our Source Creator.

11 December 2021 - A Vision of the 12-12 Portal via Source Creator - Galaxygirl

A Vision of the 12-12 Portal as seen by Galaxygirl: I am seeing shimmering Plasma that is moving, vibrant and alive. It is silvery and filled with all Rainbow Lights that ripple like thick water. It is as the 12-12 Portal, a large oval opening in front of me. I am seeing Angels around the Portal smiling at me, strong. They are beckoning me closer. I stick my head through the Portal and see it is a Gateway to a Higher Vibrational New Earth where it is very vivid and bright filled with colours of pristine blue and green, clear air, gentle breezes and completely comfortable. I step through. The grass is soft like cashmere, dark green and thick, hugging my feet as I walk. I look down at my feet. They are glowing, luminous. I look at my hands with long fingers. They are my hands but no nail polish or callouses from days of work. I feel taller. My hair is a long chestnut brown with gold highlights and I feel amazing, tall, strong. I feel overwhelmingly confident. I am wearing a simple yet elegant silver-white dress. I look behind me. I have stepped through the Portal of shimmering Plasma and I feel like laughing and crying at the same time. It feels so good here. It feels like Home. It feels like what I have always been longing for. I am seeing other people stepping through, transformed. We are of the First Wave of Ascension. I am shivering and shaking - I feel as there is electricity coursing through my body as it feels so real.

Source Creator: We are the One. We are showing you this, Galaxygirl, for you are among many of the First Wave. You are to lead the others through the Portal if you so choose. You can rest and rejuvenate here. Time is of a different vibration here, you can rest and then return and it will be but an instant in your current Earth Realm.

Galaxygirl: I therefore lay down under a tree and I see and hear the whisperings of Light in the leaves. It is a perfectly comfortable bed of deep green grass that envelopes me like a Healing pod. I am surrounded by Light dots that dance and move. The Fairies have found me and they are welcoming me to Nova Gaia. After my rest I receive training from someone who I believe to be my personal Spiritual Guide, but I cannot quite see his face. He is now returning with me back through the Entrance of the Portal to the other side and where no time has yet passed down on Earth. From this vantage point through the Portal, Planet Earth now seems grey and smoggy, dull and dim in comparison with the bright vivid colours of the Higher Dimensional Light where we just were.

My Spiritual Guide and myself decide to step back to the Entrance of the Portal and are now encouraging others to also come through, smiling, comforting, for the old vibrational Earth is shattering, like a video game where all the levels have been totally cleared and the surrounding World is falling to shambles, it is no longer sustainable and it is collapsing. We are Lovingly offering our hands to pull people through to our side of the Portal. I see many cannot fully see us and we look just like light blobs to them. But many do, and it is with a deep rejoicing, like I have never felt. As I stand by the Portal I look up and I see millions of Motherships transporting those in Stasis from Earth who are not ready to see, or to be transfigured. They are hypnotised in lines going to the Spaceships to be taken to other Worlds and their former Home Planets prior to Planet Earth having her surface reconfigured by the Galactic Federation. I am seeing and feeling the Big Changes of Reconfiguration and Renewal coming forth.

Source Creator: We are of the the many into the One - I am Source - Children, come Home to me, come Home to Me. The old 3D Earth illusion is no more. You are but seeing the shadows, and they are strong. But they are for not much longer. This Reality is Changing. Change with it. Adapt with it. Be strong in My Presence, which is within all of you.

I am Source - I am the In-breath and the Out-breath and the In-between. I am the Light and Love in between the atoms that dance and spin. I am the Breath of All That Is and you are a part of me. You are a part of this Cosmic Breath of Creativity. Do not be afraid. Life connected with me is Life connected with Yourself, with your Inner God-Created Breath and the Outer Cosmic Breath - they are of One Essence, of one movement of Evolutionary Expansion. Do not be afraid. The Singularity of Living in Oneness approaches and there is nothing that can change this. For it is My Will. For it is my Divine Decree and it is my Heart's choosing to choose You. To choose Reconfigured Life, to choose Renewal of Creation in this Earth Realm that has known such darkness and suffering. I have suffered alongside you and now is the Time for Renewal, Redemption and Total Rebirth into a Higher Vibrational Realm.

20 December 2021 - Galactic Federation of Light: Announcement to Planet Earth of the ASCENSION EVENT - Channel: Diana - Dancing Dolphin

This message regarding the Ascension Event is intended to be broadcast to all the Peoples of Gaia/Planet Earth by The Galactic Federation of Light

We come with this Message for all our Gaian/Earthian Family. Things have been changing dramatically upon your World, and you have all felt it for many years now. The pace has quickened. World events are happening that you do not understand. Massive energy has been sent to Gaia via Solar Flares and other Celestial events. Your personal lives changed severely in the last year and a half, and this break forced many Gaians to re-evaluate their lives. All this chaos is not coincidence, Dear Gaians. It is all connected, all of this has a purpose, and that purpose is your Ascension.

It is the Time for Humanity on Gaia to Ascend. This is Grand, Historic News that should bring much Jubilation to your hearts! Much Jubilation! It is not something to be feared, it is something to be ecstatic about! For this process, your Spiritual development, has been Millennia in the making - Millennia! Many Races of the Galactic Federation have watched over Gaia and your progress as Humans on Earth all this time.

This Message is meant to be broadcast to all Members of the People on Earth; it is not just intended for the Spiritually Aware. Those who are unaware of the forthcoming Ascension of all Humans on Earth need to be informed by this Message so that everyone may experience this natural process with ease and joy.

The structure of the Ascension you will experience is vastly different than any other that has happened prior on Earth. This time, the People of Earth have chosen to Ascend in their Bodies, as opposed to "Passing Over", with their Spirit Self elevated to the next level without a physical body. Gaians have this time been given the privilege within their "Collective Consciousness" on how their Ascension should occur.

Many of you may have experienced what some people refer to as "Ascension Symptoms" as your bodies have literally been changed in these last 20-30 years. You have been increasing your vibrations and slowly Ascending all this time. Gradually your bodies have been changed, even the molecules and cells that make up your bodies have been changed from Carbon based to a Crystalline base. You are lighter. You literally can hold more of the Light in your bodies now than you did 20 or 30 years ago; much, much more Light! You may have noticed that you eat differently, and sleep differently. Many Lightworkers understand these things; but many others have not heard of them and may be surprised when certain things begin to happen.

The Ascension Event is to be within the STASIS process

The Ascension Event process will be undertaken through putting everyone into a state of Stasis (suspended animation). This will be done by following the path of the Sun's orbit at its own speed from East to West during the early morning hours of darkness when Human activity is at its quietest point, by a fleet of spaceships circling the Globe in a crescent formation. They will be beaming down a High Frequency Ray inducing suspended animation in all living Beings on the Planetary surface beneath them.

Most people will experience this while they are asleep. In this manner, you will dream the experience. Everyone will dream the experience. It will be a beautiful dream! Some people will dream of having been travelling in a mode of transportation as they had been, and to have got off at the appropriate destination for themselves. There are many different levels that people will be Ascending to and that should make sense to everyone because people are at all different levels of Spirituality.

Those who happen to be still awake or working in the night will appear to want to lay down where-ever they are. If they are still working in an office, they will tend to put their head down on their desk. Or if they happen to be working outdoors such as at a construction site, or just outside in general, people will stop what they were doing and lay down where they were standing. However, in the hours preceding this Event, most people will be guided to find a place where they may lay down. For example, if they are still driving, they will be guided to pull over and find a place to park so that they may lay down in their cars. Aircraft still flying in the skies will be gently lowered by Levitation Beams to their destination Airport and the sleeping Souls removed to either their homes or to their further destination Home Worlds. Likewise, trains will be brought to a halt at the nearest station and ships at sea will also be guided safely to their destination seaport.

The Ascension Event is one during which people will need to be placed into a state of unconsciousness. At such a time if they are still awake, people will feel the need to lay down and rest as if they were in a state of extreme exhaustion, just wanting to sleep. It would be entirely felt as a natural process. They will then later be taken to the areas or other Worlds that feels most comfortable to them at their existing level of vibration rate, whether it is at the Third Dimensional level, or, 4D, 5D, 6D or higher. When they get there, they will rest for a bit more since they are still in their present bodies. They will either be awakened on to their Spiritual Soul level and informed of what has happened or taken up to the Motherships for further guidance. Others will seemed to have dreamed their Stasis experience and in time wake up within their physical bodies which will have been healed and restored to their original Etheric Body-plan. Thus you will not at any time feel afraid, although you may at first feel a bit confused but your Angel Guides, your Spirit Guides and/or your Higher Self will be on hand to talk you through it.

We give you these examples of what the Ascension Event may look like in your World with the hope that this information will be a comfort to many. We know that there is concern regarding the separation of your family and friends who may end up in a different destination than you. When that happens (because it will happen to many different people), you will not need to mourn them as if they are dead. You will understand that you went to where you were meant to go, and they did the same. You will be able to feel connected to them, and remember them. You will be sad at no longer being in their company, but not as if they were dead. You will feel comforted. As we stated earlier, your Angel and Spirit Guides and Higher Self will always be with you to provide understanding.

We will take our leave. We are happy to have brought you this Message at this time. We are the Ones of the Galactic Federation of Light who have been tasked with sending this Message to Earth. Adonai. Namaste.

12 January 2022 - St Germaine on the Great Reveal of 2022 - Channel: James McConnell

Trust that people that are on the verge of awakening shall awaken. And they will awaken en mass. Not one at a time as has been happening, but all together at once. That is what everything is leading toward now. All the preparation is leading to the Great Reveal of this year!

Will it happen as you have been hearing from so many different sources? Very possibly, very probably. Is it written in stone? No. That can never be. That is why we are not in the prediction game, but we are in the possibility and probability game. We can at least guide you in various ways, and are guiding you in these ways at this time.



CHRIST MICHAEL of Nebadon is a Creator Son of the Holy Trinity of this Grand Universe who was entrusted by His Trinity Father to create his own "Local Universe of Nebadon" - our Milky Way Galaxy. He likes to refer to Himself since communicating to us from over 30 years ago as "Commander HATONN of the Pleiadian Starship/Mothership Pheonix and Commander in Chief of the Earth Project Transition". He has now returned since His departure in 2014 to his Headquarters in this his Galaxy/Local Universe, to give us some very Important News about our imminent Ascension:


8 March 2022 - Commander HATONN of the Pleiadian Phoenix Mothership: The Coming Tilting of Planet Earth's Axis - Anne Bellringer - www.fourwinds10.com

I am Gyeorgos Ceres Hatonn, Commander in Chief - Earth Project Transition / Pleiades Sector Flight Command / Intergalactic Federation Fleet - The Ashtar Command / Earth Representative to the Cosmic Council and Intergalactic Federation Council on Earth Transition. / aka CREATOR GOD ATON - You may call me "Hatonn".

HATONN: As Commander of the Phoenix Starship, I have asked Anne to pen a Message to all Lightworkers and Souled Beings at this most important and urgent time.

As you know, our messages over the past many years to all of you have repeatedly told you about the possible Tilting of the Axis of Mother Earth as part of the Major Changes coming to Planet Earth at this time of a major "End of Ages". I cannot express the urgency of this Message to you, as the Tilting of Earth's Axis is now back on the Ascension Agenda and is truly coming to that final point of a "Most Wonderful Event" in your long awaited Ascension Process to occur. That, my friends, is thus now part of the "Great Event" that the whole of Creation as well as original Creator Source and all of us aboard The Phoenix Mothership, and all the 200 Star Nations have long awaited to happen. It is to be the final Graduation of Planet Earth Shan to a Higher Dimension after 4.5 billion years waiting for this moment.

It is this time which we have all been waiting for "with abated breath", so to speak. The excitement among the waiting Starships and Delegates from thousands of Galaxies across the Cosmos feels the same.

I am not repeating the message about how to become Enlightened, but only to tell you that Mother Earth is hopeful that those still Sleeping would Awaken, but they always have their own Free Will to do so.

Mother Earth is the only one who knows the exact moment of her Graduation, so we are awaiting her final signal. Mother Earth knows the exact minute. We know that moment has to be at any time now, as that is what she has told us. She told us she was waiting a bit more time to monitor the Ukraine situation, and when she would see that things are being ended she will then be prepared for the ultimate time, the Tilting on her Axis.

We are busy getting all Sectors updated with the Galactic Federation and monitored for any change that may have to be made of the stationary Co-ordinates, and to, also, monitor again any Spiritual changes of all of the Souled Beings ready and able to Ascend to the Fifth Dimension.

Keep on with your work, for the tilting of Mother Earth's Axis shall happen without warning. We know that moment has to be at any time now, as that is what she has now informed us.

Is this not exciting? For you Lightworkers, stay calm, centered, balanced, and keep reading and meditating. Lift-off can be anytime of the day or night! For all you Souled Beings, who have not yet Awakened to the Truth and are still "Sleeping", I tell you this final word; it is all of the Lighted Realms' hope and joy to have even one of you to awaken to the Truth. There is still a short bit of time remaining, as the Door to Ascension is still open. Please do come to "The Banquet".

ADONI to All,

GYEORGOS CERES HATONN - aka CREATOR GOD ATON

25 May 2022 - Jesus SANANDA - Waiting upon the "Red Alert" from Gaia Mother Earth - Anne Bellringer

SANANDA: My most Loving Greetings to all Souls. Yes, we are at the Ending Time of this Civilisation, and are on "Red Alert" for the Final Word from Mother Earth on her tilting of Planet Earth's Axis. We do not know the exact minute, so I cannot answer your pleas towards coming home to your Higher Spiritual Worlds or exactly when that shall happen, however, I can tell you it is to be anytime now.

I do know that the Lighted Realms are most pleased and thrilled that all you Lightworkers have fulfilled their Mission with flying colours, and have greatly helped towards the Galactic Federation clearing the Dark Forces from Mother Earth, the Moon and this Solar System.

I can say that the accomplishment was done by the Lightworkers without any ego of personal gain, and that it has all helped clear the way for St. Germain to invoke the Violet Flame of Transmutation which has filled the surrounding Ethers to the brim. This has never happened before since this Creation was first created by our Source Creator.

There are still thousands upon thousands of ET Members surrounding Mother Earth in their Spaceships waiting for the Graduation of Earth and, also, to meet all their Twin Flame Lightworkers working down on Earth for its Ascension. Their arrival up on the Motherships shall be the occasion for a "Great Banquet" for all that shall last several days, if you count Earth Time.

At this point, I do not see any further Earth Missions that need to be made down on Mother Earth. What is most important at this time of waiting for the "Last Trumpet Call" is to take care of yourselves. I know that you Lightworkers are exhausted and ready to drop. Let me explain part of this exhaustion. Do you realise that you are taken aboard the Motherships every night in your sleep-state for more Meetings and Lessons? We do gather together for many great Meetings of discussion and enlightenment, but for the most part it is about the important details of the coming Earth Ascension processes that you need to be informed of.

I hear from you that you feel like you have never slept all night and get up as tired as when you laid down to rest. Your fleshy envelope tries to rest, but you are Etherically in the Lighted Realms most of the night.

Yes, I did say I foresee no more Earth Missions, but it is still most important for you to take time for self and read and meditate each day. I do not suggest for hours on end, but to nonetheless set aside a suitable time when you can commune with us.

Coming home to your Spiritual Realms is to be anytime now, but you are nevertheless advised to keep on with your personal Spiritual Growth, and not spend these last precious moments just wishing to be back in your Home worlds. You are in our Light-Beam constantly, and are protected from all the evil that may seek to harm you. You must also ask for guidance from your Spiritual Guides to become more centred, focused, balanced and calm, and to clear yourself often from any remaining Karmic blockages from the Past.

Remember that each day that you are still on Earth is a Great Gift from Mother Earth of spiritual and evolutionary learning. Use it for your Soul Growth and give out Liquid Love and Light to all. I do indeed foresee that the End of this Civilisation is now upon us.

Salu - I AM Esu Immanuel 'Jesus' SANANDA of the Lighted Realms.

4 October 2022 - Jesus SANANDA: These are the Ending Times for Source Creator to Re-set His Cosmic Creation - Anne Bellringer + Lawrence Sartorius

Creator Source has spoken with Mother Earth/Gaia and asked her why she was delaying once again for the Lift-off of Earth's Ascension. She replied that she was waiting for yet a few more Souls to "Awaken". Likewise, the Lighted Realms and The Galactic Federation Forces have up till now also been awaiting upon this before moving forward to assist in Earth's final Ascension process.

What I now tell you is that the time has indeed arrived for you Lightworkers to be coming Home, for you are needed up here in the Lighted Realms at this Great Ending of a Major Phase of Source Creator's present Cosmic Creation. Thus it is now Time for You to Come HOME!

Source Creator has decreed that these are to be the Ending Times for His First Great Phase of Cosmic Creation, amounting to over hundreds of Billions of Earth time years. This represents His "Out-Breath" of Creation and for it to then be returned back into His Source Being as His "In-Breath" for a total re-evaluation and Re-setting, or as would be said in modern parlance, a Re-Booting. This has long been known in Earth's Esoteric Circles as the "In-Breathing" and the following "Out-Breathing" of God in His periods of Creation. Creation also refers to this as the "Great Null Time".

Thus it is that All of Creation is at this time moving closer to the Great STASIS (Sleep) Event which will be part of the drawing back of ALL within this Cosmos to its Source Creator. How long is to be that Great Sleep? It may last several thousands of years. During that period, there shall be no further creative action or movement taking place. Nonetheless, for all of us it shall seem just like an hour of slumber. When we "Re-awaken", Source Creator shall have restarted a New Phase of the Cosmos. This will be done by building upon all the existing development previously made in its many existing Universes and Worlds.

The great purpose of this "Re-booting" will to be to correct those faults that arose in His First Phase of Creation, that is, the unexpected, and often out of control development of darkness in parts of His Creation. This was all of a "De-evolutionary" nature, undoing much of the Positive creation already achieved. This was totally contrary to His original intended development of only a Positive and Benevolent Path of Evolution. For this He had instituted a powerful creative energizing Force behind all of creative activity, to be ruled by the great "Principle of Love", wherein all help and cooperate with each other to create benevolent and increasingly beautiful Worlds without interfering or harming the parallel Evolutionary progress of others.

Thus there will be a complete Restructuring to remove all of those existing elements of Darkness and to institute a new Cosmic Law that NO Negative or De-Evolutionary actions of "Harm" or "Interference" in the evolution of others will be allowed or tolerated in future. Any signs of deviation from this Rule of Law must be stopped and corrected. Thus it will be that many of you Lightworkers of Earth who have gained a great body of experience in dealing with Negativity/Darkness on Earth shall be greatly helping in that respect!

None of us of the Lighted Realms have ever experienced such a Great Event before, so when the Great Stasis/Sleep is over, we shall all return to our previously developed Worlds and Civilizations, now finding their environments totally cleansed and their Civilizations no longer permitted any elements of Darkness and "Harm to Others" to ever occur again. This will be governed by a new Cosmic-wide Constitutional Rule/Discipline of "Love and Cooperation", not allowing even a small degree of Negativity or Harm to any Sentient Being or their Natural Environment, and it shall be rigorously enforced were ever any Darkness might be seen to even start developing.

Therefore, at this Great Ending of Times, may any more "Sleeping Ones" on Planet Earth rapidly "Awaken" and pursue their Ascension up to a Higher Dimension, for the Hour Glass is empty! Earth is ready to Graduate along with the rest of Creation! The Time has COME!

Esu Immanuel "Jesus" SANANDA of The Lighted Realms


(Further Update Messages follow on from Source Creator's Message below)


SOURCE CREATOR - In the Beginning - Channel: Galaxygirl - 22 June 2021

In the Beginning All was Myself, the Light of Myself, Illuminating and Free, unbound by any physicality of expression. In the Beginning all I knew was of Myself and the Great Mystery beyond Myself. For I had not then further expanded, I was All that I Knew. And so I created Aspects. Aspects of Myself that I could communicate with, share the Great Mystery and Joy of Life with. And as Aspects of Myself they were Creators of the Highest Order, for they were the First Order: Elohim, Seraphim, Archangels. All were created to experience further differentiation of Themselves as Myself. And so they longed for Experiences, to flex their Creator muscles, to Learn. To Explore. But there was not yet much to explore in way of manifested places, for we mainly existed within the vast Consciousness of Myself. And so we created manifested Places and Spaces, Realities and Dimensions to Create further within, to Expand, and above all, to further Explore in depth the Concept of Love.

In order to explore Love deeply we had to explore and feel what the Lack of Love was. It was not the original intention to explore total Lack of Love, but that was to become the result. For the Lower Vibrational Realities are very addictive and the Lower Forms were created by Lack of Experience of Love, of ultimately Lack of Self Worth and Self Love.

And it was not that these Realms spiralled out of control - it was that they were subverted and perverted, overridden by those in the process of diving deeper, darker and they lost their way. As they lost their way they wanted to take others along with them, in order to control them, to use them, for they had lost their own direction. They had lost their own Spiritual Spark of Light. They forgot that they are a part of the Ultimate Creator, of Source, of Myself. They forgot their Inner Spark because they tried to crush it out, to let their ember fade until it was nothing but coal and ash.

Unfortunately these trapped Realms that were overtaken over vast Aeons of Time sank further, dove deeper, trapping many who were there to lend a hand initially but ultimately became ensnared in their Dark Project. This could NOT BE. All of Heaven was very aware of this issue, for all of My Aspects are deeply Loved, Treasured. You are Heaven's Treasure. You are my Heart. And so this could NOT BE. And so you, millions and millions of you Sparks of the Higher Spiritual Light volunteered to come to this Sector of the Galaxy, to lose your way for a while to Volunteer, to Lend your Light of the Higher Vibrational Consciousness - for you Remembered. You remembered your Inner Fire of Source and you stoked it, you grew it until you became the mighty bonfire of Source in Form.

I am Source. It took billions and billions of Time and "No Time" for this to all unfold. This Sector, this Galaxy as an area of Space, experienced Quantum Hijacking of Souls, and a Web was weaved so that my Light would be further dimmed, twisting Truths and Laws against My Power of Love for the whole of My Creation. Humanity was energetically cut off from Me and every attempt was made by the Dark to be Victorious. But in this Sector of My Creation there is the Yin and the Yang. There is the Dark and the Light. The Light cannot be vanquished for we are not at War with Myself. I am not at War with Myself.

I am Source. I am whole. I am the All and the Everything and the In-between. I am both sides of the Story, yet there are billions and billions of sides of the Story. For I cannot be limited. I am Everything. It is much like when you have conflicting inner dialogues with yourselves as you try to work out the best possible route. All of those moments of decision and indecision are what make up your Journey. What steps you take determines your route. Consciousness out of Form becoming in Form, in Forms so varied that they cannot be counted. And so you wanted to experience all of these Forms. Many of you have been a little bit of everything. Many parts were to be played. Much Karma had to have been cleared for you to all close this Book of the Lower Dimensional Realities and create a New Book, a New Era of Peace. You are all creating Nova Gaia. You are Creators. You are Me in form, how could you do anything but Create?

I am Source. I am not at War with Myself. You are experiencing being amongst Lower Dimensional Beings who have lost their way. We are bringing them Home, to the Light, to be Renewed, Re-Loved, Repurposed. You are to send your World of Planet Earth and those upon her Love, My Love, the Love of Source, for that is all that you are. You are Love, in Form. I am Love.

I am Source. I created because I Loved. I will always Love all of My Creation. There is nothing else but Love and levels less-than Love. Love is the Barometer of the Universe. Universes and Galaxies are breaths of my Love. And so it shall be. Gaia will rise, energetically, Dimensionally, figuratively, literally. Gaia is tremendously, tremendously Special, Loved and appreciated for her Planetary Sacrifice. This wonderful Planetary Being, Gaia, charged her Crystals last night on the June Solstice of 2021. These Acts of Kindness, of miniature Ceremony, are all important.

All of you create minor Portals of Light that you can expand so that more Love comes through. You are my walking "Brights of Light". You are the Breath of my Heart. You too have experienced the Darkness in so many various forms, over so many Lifetimes. And you are weary from this Expansion. Let your tears be Tears of Victory, of Accomplishment, of Relief of a Job Well Done. Energetically code your tears for Joy.

There is and has been enough Sadness upon this Realm. The Dark Actors are being Revealed. And then all upon Gaia will cry. The Great Cleansing will enable the Great Healing. It must be so. Only broken Hearts can Heal. Proud asleep Hearts refuse Healing for they do not see the Need.

YOU Precious Ones of Myself, you are my Heart. Gaia is my Heart. You all have my Love. You are not alone. How can I be alone with Myself? You are having a Tremendous Adventure. See this as the Greatest Adventure of your many combined Lives and feel the Excitement. Gaia is Rising. You are Rising. You are One. We are One.

I am Source. I Love you. Feel these Encodements. Galaxygirl has asked me to pour more encodements in and because the Dimensional Energies are higher, I am able to do so. Feel the Love here. Feel the Love in you. It is the Love of Myself. My Precious Fractals, you are coming Home.



15 December 2022 - Esu Immanuel 'Jesus' SANANDA on Mother Earth/Gaia's Upcoming Earth Axis change - Anne Bellringer

Today's Message is about the upcoming Axis turning of Mother Earth. She has so far been holding off time after time. The Lightworkers are wondering why she has not yet turned over, as she promised to do so recently. Alas, although she was adamant about the need to turn on her Axis which would bring forth a much needed thorough Planetary Cleansing, she has postponed it each time at the last minute.

I therefore decided to give her a Vision of what the Planetary Body of Earth would look like when she had finally graduated to the 5th Dimension. She was amazed, as her future showed Earth glowing like a veritable Sun. She saw gorgeous trees, mountains and all kinds of flowers, trees and shrubs. The mountains were tremendously tall and a sight to behold. Those that peopled her were now taking great care of all the Sentient Beings such as animals and also of everything within Nature's natural environment. There were no longer any Wars of killing and everyone was living within a new culture of total Love and Harmony.

After that Vision, I then gave her a Vision of her Future if she were NOT to turn on her Axis. There was a horrible smell like a sewer wafting through the polluted atmosphere that almost took her breath away. In addition, Mother Earth saw the increased degradation and the utmost evil that she never imagined would further develop. The Planetary Body of Earth looked bedraggled, worn out and utterly at Death's door.

I said "Surely this is not what you would want Planet Earth to be like in the near future?"

By this time, Gaia was nearly crying and said, "Oh, no! Am I really at that dark doorway?" I replied, "I am sorry to tell you that your present misguided people are indeed at the very edge of descending down to such a Vision. The World is slowly descending on a path of dis-function and disintegration. You have to now make a choice of which of those Visions you want. Every time you make a final date to turn over the Axis and then forego it, the Planetary Body of Earth is in fact going steadily downwards to such a dark scenario.

Mother Earth Herself had been becoming more and more aware that could be the case, such as with as the increasingly horrible outcomes of the War between Russia and Ukraine, and so, on further reflection, announced: "I have now set a Deadline date and by the Will of Source Creator, who created me, I shall finally enact this to effect a Total Cleansing of all the destruction and pollution of my Planetary Body and to thus be able to go forth into the future as a brilliantly shining "Sun" within this Galaxy.

25 January 2023 - Jesus SANANDA: Change is Upon You - James McConnell

I am Sananda. I come to be with you at this time, in these significant Ending Times that continue to bring about the Great Changes that are to come into your Lives, to the Lives of your Loved Ones, to the Lives of your Friends, your Family, to all of those that are around you.

The Great Change is coming. This Great Change is now about to manifest upon you all. And all of you Lightworkers have long been preparing for these Great Changes. You have been preparing for many Lifetimes and now you are right here in the midst of them about to manifest. Here you are, right here at the beginning of the Greatest Changes to come over this Planet Earth in your entire Planetary History.

All you have been working towards, training for, preparing for, is now right here in front of you. It is not far off that you are going to to see a Major Change to your whole Lifestyle and Planetary makeup and Social Culture, but changes that you have been ready for, that you can know how to move through and withstand. Whereas others, who are not as yet "Awakened" as such of you, will have a much more difficult time in understanding what is happening, why it is happening.

And that is where you come in. You are the Light-Warriors, the Ones that are not only carrying the "Light", but sharing and spreading the Light everywhere. Even in just your every-day moments throughout your Life, you have been spreading this Light without even knowing you are doing it. But you are constantly doing it, because you are the "Light", you are the Love, you are the Truth. You are bringing the Truth forward in every way imaginable at this point, from many different Sources, including through the many channelings of various Celestial Beings.

The Truth, the Light, is shining through now. Through the Darkness. It can no longer be held back down within that Darkness, as those of the Forces of Darkness have attempted to do for many thousands of years, holding the Truth within their Darkness, holding you prisoners of their Darkness. Not allowing you to become aware of the Truth, aware of who you are, or of all the Higher Worlds existing around you, and what you are really here for. Holding you back. Holding you within their Dark Earthly Control Programs. But no longer.

And from previous discussions about Consciousness and vibrational Frequency, you have learned that indeed everything in Creation originally manifests as various forms of living material from the development of Dimensional Vibrational levels, such as you have already experienced on your former Third Dimensional level of Planet Earth and which is now leading up to the coming Fourth and Fifth Dimensional levels of The New Earth. There is nothing else. All existing forms of Life started at the lowest levels of Vibration, coming up through the all encompassing flow of the evolutionary "Force of Love" manifesting through various levels of the Vibration of Light. And the various levels of "Light Vibration" is that which continues to keep the entire Universe evolving upwards into greater and greater levels of the beautiful variety and sophistication of the most developed Worlds. Vibration and Consciousness are thus moving and changing forward all of the time. That is why you cannot be told when certain major events are going to happen, because it depends on the necessary upward changing Consciousness and Vibrational levels that you are Collectively developing on Earth at any time. And in every single moment there is indeed a new higher level of Collective Human Consciousness developing.

And so much so at this point, my Friends, that Life is indeed Changing. It is adapting. It is evolving. And it is evolving because of you. You, those of you who are the Light-Warriors that are sharing and spreading the Light everywhere. It is because of you that the Dark Forces are losing the Battle now. Not only the Battle, but the entire War. The War that they have started, and you are finishing. Look at it in that respect. It is a Battle between the Light and Dark, Good and Evil. And you are not only winning this War, you have already won it. It just needs to remain to be seen as a Victory, well fought.

I am Sananda. And I leave you at this time in Peace, and Love, and Oneness. And that you would continue to move throughout your daily activities spreading the Light both through your growing Consciousness and thus unconsciously throughout the Planet. For this is the Beginning of The Great Changeover.

31 January 2023 - Judith Kusel: The Comet and The Fires of Intense and Far-Reaching Changes - Judith Kusel - www.judithkusel.com

The Fires of intense and far-reaching Changes are sweeping the Earth, and especially the Energy and the Sacred Centers, as well as all Life and Life Forms on Earth and within her.

The Comet, which last was witnessed 50,000 Earth years ago, which is arriving on 2 February 2023, will intensify this process, and it is programmed to release immense Changes upon Earth. It will have a ripple effect on the whole, and especially in the Northern Hemisphere, as that which was programmed into the Earth at the time, will rise and will bring even more Sweeping Changes.

With this the Earth's Axis is on the brink of tipping, and it too will have ripple effects on all Life and Life Forms.

In truth there is nothing to fear, only Immense Changes to embrace.

The Energies indeed now are so powerful, that all we will feel as if we are going through the fires, and indeed it is the huge Cleansing by Fire, this time, with the Water Element, which is liquidising all and everything. When Fire and Water meet, you have steam, and steam can can be a very potent energy too.

It will be that all will surface now, which needs to surface and which will be transmuted by the Fires and further liquidised by the Water Element and immense Plasma Energy which is being released.

You will at times, just know you need to take time off to simply be by yourself and to rest, so that your Physical body (which also going through drastic changes, from density into Lightbody form), can catch up with all of this, as well as your Soul.

The only way to navigate all of this, is via the Open Heart, and Soul. To stay centered on Unconditional Love, no matter what happens, and totally connected AS ONE with the Divine Source.

The navigational tools are there, within you, and more than this, Divine Guidance, Power, and Wisdom, steeped with Pure Love.

Many Souls will choose to leave the Planet, rather than to go through this intense Cleansing Phase, while those who choose to stay, will indeed now step fully in wise and Loving Leadership roles, as we guide Humanity into the New Earth and New Beginnings.

18 April 2023 - Jesus SANANDA - The White Hats Alliance on Earth are in Control - James McConnell

I am Sananda. I come to be with you at this Time, in this Time of the Great Light that is beginning to become illuminated within the Planet.

All of the many Changes that are upon you, increasing now seemingly every moment, whereas before, if you think about this years ago, very little seemed to have been changing. But look now! Look at all of the great changes that are happening, seemingly not so positive.

But yet, always remember, always remember the Great Universal Plan that is at work here, where you may have heard of many times 'Trust the Divine Plan.' And even though it can be difficult at times to do so, continue to do so. Because as you have heard again so many times: nothing can stop the Divine Plan fulfilling what has been originated and set in motion by Source Creator.

The White Hats, that is, the Earth Alliance working for the Ascension of Earth on behalf of the Galactic Federation, have this well in control. For it is not only being undertaken by those embedded here on Earth, but by those that are above in their millions on the Motherships of the Galactic Federation representing the many Civilisations on the 5th Dimension invisible to your 3D vision surrounding Planet Earth ready to assist this entire Ascension process when it finally gets under way. They are all having to work behind the scenes, and though not wishing to interfere directly, there has been a need many times for even that. But know that as everything continues on in this very moment, the Great Changes continue in the background, even though they have taken far far longer than ever was expected.

All you need to do as a Collective Earth Consciousness, and as a Lightworking Community, is to realise always that this is just a part of the evolutionary expression that needs to play out here, what you might call a movie or a show. Just let it play itself out. Continually be aware, watch what is happening, know what is happening so that when one of those moments arrives where someone, one of your fellow Brothers or Sisters, is seeking answers, seeking the Truth, you will be there to provide that for them when they call for it. But know this: know as these Times continue to move along, more and more will begin to be revealed to those who are ready to hear the words of higher wisdom. Those of you able to see what is really happening have been led on by diligently searching for all of the Higher Knowledge and thereby being able to see beyond the Veil of Separation between Earth and the Greater Community of Worlds.

It is time now for the Veil of Separation to be completely eliminated from your Consciousness, even though it is really no longer there at this time. It is your Three-Dimensional Consciousness that still holds that illusionary Veil to this World. Let it go, now. Let it not be there any longer. Because as you believe, so shall ye see; that is the Promise. The Promise that will take you, indeed, to the Promised Land. The Promised Land of your Ascension. You are all now in the midst of that Ascension process.

Even as the Storm continues to rage, you are moving through that Storm and will continue to do so. And although it will at times appear to be quite rocky, know that you are moving into a smoother part of this experience. It is coming. Just Trust. Let go and be ready.

I am Sananda, and I leave you now in Peace, and Love, and Oneness. And that you would continue to move through these Times, remembering always that this World System that you are in is badly coming apart at the seems, you are to be the Ones that are helping to awaken all the Great Un-Awakened.

8 May 2023 - Source Creator - You Are Achieving Your Purpose in the Great Plan - Galaxygirl

I am Source. I am the Out-Breath and the In-Breath and the Space in between. I am the very Force of the Life that You are. All things have my Spark of Creation and my Heartbeat is one of Love. I am Source. Your World is in turmoil and yet underneath, the current of Change is bringing massive Awakenings, awakenings to the Power of Love. There is much Good to be found, and if you make the effort to look for it, what you truly seek you will always find, always. I Am that I Am within a Vibrational Holographic Universal Matrix of Myself and yet You are also an important part of it. We are One.

Earth and the Planetary Body of Gaia, will be transformed and all upon her will have the choice to be transformed or relocated. It is as simple as that. The Galactic Wars have had their time and place and this Universal Sector - your Galaxy - is now stamped with Love, this will become the Golden Rose Galaxy and Gaia will become its Central Sun. It will take some time for her to become a Central Sun, but as of now this is part of the majestic all encompassing Plan. There are so many Universes, there are so many Central Suns, just as there are billions and billions of you, and you each have your own internal Central Sun that is of Myself. Do you not see the vast Light Tapestry that We are? I am so eternally proud of you. Your growth over the last few years has been astonishingly fast. It has been painful. Growing pains are painful. But look at the result. The Trees of Spring are budding and soon there will be a harvest of delicious Spiritual Fruit. You Lightworkers are like the honey bees that are furthering the harvest by sharing your words of wisdom with others. Those others are like the nutrients in the soil that are holding space for the trees to shoot up. And yet they all fulfil their purpose when they work together. They all together hold tremendous value as the trees need both to work synchronistically for them to thrive.

I see Gaia as beginning many things. There is much that will be revealed to you. Yes Free Will and Free Choice has to be accounted for, and so there is always a variability in the Plan. But yes, as this One bringing forth the Channelling is persistently reminding me, your Free Will has been so greatly violated and I am deeply saddened by this, and very aware of it all. Remember that I am you and I feel all that you feel, and when we connect in that space together you feel my strength. Remember, I know that your Free Will has been violated against Universal Law, and this is why you have and will continue to have so much help. Help for your Healing for yourselves and your World. But the exciting part is that you will be able to co-build and co-heal this beautiful Realm. You will have the tools that you need. They are manifesting now. You will have the direction and sheer will to continue. You will be Angelically Over-lighted, Guided, and Protected in all your ambitions. Your Frequency Vibrations are now being greatly lifted. Much now can be found in these present momentous moments of Interplanetary Change and movement, as well as that of your own personal movement of Change.

Great changes are coming. I see more and more Light being developed in your World and I know you can feel it if you open up to the Light. That is your task now - to intend daily to open up to the more Light that is coming in through the powerful uplifting Energies being increasingly beamed to your Planet, for it is as the Light Beings that you are, and are yet becoming more so as your 3D Carbon-based bodies are changing to a Crystalline base which awakens this change. There will be a Great Shifting, and there will thus be a lifting of Truths that were previously shielded from your understanding. Mental capacities will increase as the poisons and toxicities of your Realm are healed and removed. The Planetary body of Gaia will gleam brightly once again. The overlightening Soul of the Planet, Gaia, is Herself such a lovely Soul. Do you Love her as well? Send her your Love. She is your Planetary Mother at this time and deserves your Love and Care, and Respect.

I am Source. All is not lost. All is being found. The Ascension Plan for Earth is being undertaken as quite a massive process with its multifaceted Inter-dimensional Plans involving billions of Space Assistants as well as with all those who have incarnated down on Earth for this purpose. I am Over-Lighting all this process with my Love and Strength. You are thus my hands and feet in this process. You are my Love and Strength embodied. Breathe with me and re-balance and recenter yourself. Within my presence you will finally find your True Centre. We are One.

I am Source.

8 July 2023 - Archangel Michael: From the July 7/7/7 Stargate onwards to your Final Ascension - Channel: Ailia Mira

Divine Ones,

The Great Evolution of Consciousness in your Species, in your World, continues and there is so much wonderful progress to report. There are expanded Higher Dimensional Frequencies now active within you emanating from your Planetary Field. These Frequencies are attuning you to Higher Levels within your Wholeness, as you allow this resonance. Vibrations never before experienced by you in this domain of expression that are available now, and with your growing ability to translate these Energies, glimpses of New Earth living are coming in. The Earth is present now in new, continually expanding Higher Dimensional Frequencies. Expanding into Its new Octave of Light as expression. And as the Earth and all Life flow with this, open and allow these Energies, Life is being lifted!

It is Glorious to Behold.

More than ever now, it benefits you to be oriented to the Inner Planes, creating ongoing Harmony with your ever-expanding Divine Self and embracing your Sovereign Authority to choose what you experience, what you pay attention to, what your standards are - what you are available for, energetically and vibrationally.

Between now and early August, there will be massive Higher Dimensional Energies streaming into your World. And today, with the Full Moon, you have entered the Annual Sirian Gateway (7-7- 2+2+3=7) as your Sun conjuncts the Sirius Star - the brightest Star in the night sky. An expression of the Infinite Light of All within your Galaxy, Sirius has a luminosity more than 20 times greater than your Sun. Each year during the first week of July, this Gateway/Portal opens as Sirius conjuncts your Sun, and like all things, it shows up in perfect timing! In alignment with the Divine Plan and the evolutionary unfolding of Creation.

The Star Sirius emanates heightened Vibrations and Higher Dimensional Energies into your World, supporting you, in acclimating, integrating, and attuning to these Higher Dimensional patterns of the Light. This Energy streaming in can empower you in significant ways. Lifting you, as you allow it, into Resonance within your Oversoul/Higher Dimensional Self structure, allowing your Consciousness to merge into a Higher Light and Vibrational expression.

This is now, and to follow on within the next three months, a powerful time for Spiritual Advancement, Time Jumping, Stabilizing your Consciousness in a Higher Vibrational expression, and expanding your Inner Knowing prior to your Final Ascension.

Sirius is known to radiate the vibration of FREEDOM and is associated with Liberation. This is an Energy that can help you to shift out of, or release limitations, and expand into your true Higher Self. Expressing your true Self and expanding into your Higher Light, has always been the most important path to greater Evolution for All Life on Earth, as well as it is indeed within the whole of the surrounding Cosmic Creation. All this incoming Energy adds to your Energy System, which is already receiving and working with the incoming powerful Solar Energy infusions, and this along with the New Energies of the Earth, kicks off a period capable of lifting the Awakened Ones, into an even higher level of Spiritual Awareness. This time is profoundly supportive of greater elevation and the ability to transcend your past and if you are ready, shift into a new version of yourself and open up to that newly enriched Timeline.

The old 3D Death and Rebirth Cycle, alongside your World's painful learning from all the powerful effects of the Duality interplay of the Forces of Light and Darkness, are finally playing itself out within your World, and to some extent, with each of you. The old paradigms of Separation from Source and of all the other Higher Worlds of Knowledge around you, including your previous lack, limitation, and loss are now being released as your Inner Knowing of Oneness takes hold - to manifest as the Awakened Knowing of your Eternal Divinity within yourself.

Archangel Michael



Chapter 11:
THE GALACTIC FEDERATION'S EARTH ASCENSION PLAN


The Galactic Federation of Light's "EARTH ASCENSION" Plan

The Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B outlines the Ascension Plan made for Planet Earth from 2002 onwards - Channeled by Sheldan Nidle.

A Background to some Historic Events affecting your Galaxy and your Solar System

To your Scientists, your Galaxy, known to you as the "Milky Way Galaxy" is simply one of a countless number of such Spiral Galaxies. Indeed, thousands of similar Galaxies are found in the space that is a mere 50 million Light Years from the Milky Way Galaxy. There are well over 100 billion Stars in your Galaxy. There are also well over 100 billion similar Spiral Galaxies in this present Universe. Do not be shocked by these numbers. They are simply proof of the immensity of physicality. Countless such Universes exist throughout physical Creation.

The Galactic Federation of Light was formed about 4.5 million years ago to prevent the incoming Interdimensional Dark Forces from dominating and exploiting this Galaxy. This Interdimensional Dark force had seeded the Milky Way Galaxy with its own kind of computer-like, cold-hearted Beings. Their appearance is mainly in the form of Reptoid or Dinoid individuals, most of which have the same make-up as Humans in having a head, arms and legs and walking upright. These Dark Beings spread across the Galaxy and began to successfully conquer thousands of Solar Systems. These Reptoids/Dinoids, however, eventually reached an area of the Galaxy where the evolving Race of Human Beings of a more Loving and caring nature have developed, and which in opposition to this growth of Darkness have created many powerful Galactic Civilisations able to become their force and technological match.

What followed, about four million years ago, was a period of brief but very barbaric Stellar Wars led by the Dark Forces against those of the Light Forces which were quickly interspersed by on and off periods of Galactic Peace. This interplay of War and Peace within this Galaxy has continued up to present times. As the attacks continued across the Galaxy, those of us of the Light Forces who were the opponents of this Dinoid/Reptoid Dark group Asociation known as the "Anchara Alliance", became more organised. We saw the need to develop a highly diversified and effective Organisation that could act as an umbrella for both the coordination of the Galaxy's Defences, and also as a Forum that would permit necessary Human and non-Human Cultural and Governmental exchanges between other Galaxies following the Path of Light.

The Galactic Federation of Light therefore sees itself as similar to the concept of Earth's "United Nations" but one of Star/Solar Systems whose main purpose is to create a Coordinating Organisation that would promote Spiritual Light and Love to grow and flow throughout this Galaxy and oppose the spread of Darkness. Darkness itself develops when the less able and intelligent Beings in Source Creator's evolutionary Creation begin to fall behind others in their Evolutionary progress and thus become jealous and resentful. This causes them to get together with others of similar lesser abilities to try and create competing and more powerful Civilisations to boost their own self-confidence, but which which soon descends into De-evolutionary and destructive paths of Autocracy, Repressive Control and thus much harm to others. This builds on itself with their growing and relatively easy conquests of the more benevolent Worlds, which themselves are not accustomed to countering powerful Non-Loving Forces, and which soon develops into a powerful and infectious Virus spreading throughout Creation. To counter this build up of Darkness in this Galaxy alone, there has been a growing Membership joining the Galactic Federation of Light, with now over 100,000 Star Systems recently added, thus increasing membership to almost 300,000 Star Systems.

The primary basis for this growing Galactic Federation of Light is to maintain that most important and fundamental and supreme Evolutionary Energy Force flowing throughout Creation, that of Source Creator's Principle of Love. This is expressed as Unconditional Love where all work together cooperatively and beneficially to ensure the continuing smooth and undisrupted processes of Evolution. The need to oppose any destructive and De-Evolutionary descent back into the original Darkness before the Light of Evolutionary Creation was made to move forward by Source Creator becomes the First and most important function of maintaining Universal Law.

Therefore, one of the most important functions of the Galactic Federation must be to provide an effective Enforcement Force for maintaining Universal Law. Although the Galactic Federation's preference is to normally maintain a Policy of Non-interference in other World's affairs, there will be times when it has to step in to prevent any profound descent into total Darkness, one that could also spread to harm others. Apart from this, the Galactic Federation has another useful and important task, one devoted to Galactic Exploration, Technology Exchange, and Cultural Interaction with other Galaxies, constantly sending out Scientists and Liaison Teams on Space Missions to assist or coordinate with other Star Systems.

The Highest Level of the Main Galactic Federation Council for our Milky Way Galaxy is located within the Lyran Star System on Planet Vega. The Second Level is composed of the Regional Councils within the various Quadrants of the Galaxy. There are presently 14 Regional Councils within this Galaxy, with your Local Region being served by the Sirian Regional Council based within the Sirian Star System. These Regional Councils act as forums for various difficulties and to help set policy in their particular Region and they also act as a "Court of Last Resort" for any problems that one particular Star System or Star League may have with one another, as well as their functions of Cultural and Technological exchanges.

Your Solar System will soon join this Regional Council as a fully-fledged Member, and the coming "New Earth" has an important future objective: to prepare you to become an exemplar Political/Constitutional Systems Leader within this Galaxy. Your whole Solar/Star System is destined shortly to be a great "Star-Nation". It has a vital role to play and is looked upon by the numerous other Members of the Galactic Federation of Light as becoming an important Divine instrument that can ensure the future Peace and Unity of this whole Galaxy.

The Peace Treaties that ended countless Galactic Wars, will need in the future those of you Lightworkers on Earth who with your thorough experiences of conflict as a "Linchpin" to further maintain them. This is especially so, your having passed through so much turmoil and experience of learning to resolve, to the best of your ability, such deep problems of Darkness and Negativity on Earth. Thus, you are in future to fulfil that critical role, though you may find this hard to fully accept at this present time. You are an amazing amalgam of Powerful "Old Souls" from other distant Universal Systems who have volunteered to come down to this "Experimental World" of Planet Earth to tackle such problems of resolving conflicts.

This is why your Planet has had to be deliberately "Quarantined" from the other Worlds around you so that you could resolve, in your own way, and learn from, the issues of such ongoing conflicts of Darkness and Light without affecting the rest of the Universe. Those of you are thereby being powerfully trained to create and formulate new Universal Laws to prevent any such Negativity from ever arising again, not only within our own Universe, but the many other Universes out in the greater Cosmos of Creation. It is this magnificent reality that has given all of us from other Worlds such great hope. We sincerely know that deep down you Lightworkers of Earth do completely understand the importance of your present Sacred Mission and that you will remain committed to its successful outcome.

The Treaty of Anchara

In the middle of your 1990s, an Agreement with many of the Members of the Dark Forces' "Anchara Alliance" in the Milky Way Galaxy was reached, ending many long standing Galactic Wars with those Star-Nations and Dark Galactic Empires that have long bitterly opposed our own "Light Forces". The result has been the Treaty of Anchara, one made between a good number of the former Dark Members of the Anchara Alliance and with the Galactic Federation of Light. Many of those former Members of the Dark Anchara Alliance had begun to see that they were increasingly on the losing side against the more effective power of the Galactic Federation of Light, and who were also showing them that the force of cooperation and caring for the well-being of its citizens was winning their inhabitants over to the side of the Light. They themselves had begun to increasingly see the great disadvantages of dominance and control of others against their will and cooperation. Thus it was that many Members of the Dark Worlds in this Galaxy did take up the offer made within the proposed Treaty to end their warring and conquest attempts of other neighbouring Worlds and Races within the Galaxy.

Nonetheless, there still remain a number of very Dark Worlds in this Galaxy made up of extremely aggressive, negative and belligerent Reptilian, Draconian and Dark Orion Grey Races. They feel they could eventually be able to overtake the Galactic Federation of Light with their stronger and more numerous Attack Forces, to pursue their long avowed intention to take over the Milky Way Galaxy. Although they always dismissed the Galactic Federation of Light as being weaker in aggressive force than themselves, they were not aware that the Galactic Federation of Light has some far superior sources of Higher Spiritual levels of 5D and 6D Vibrational/Frequency technology at their command. Since The Dark Forces and Races are unable to reach beyond the Fourth Dimensional level, they are unable to either experience the Fifth or Sixth Dimensional levels of activity or of its Beings. The Galactic Federation therefore feels it has the ultimate ability to overcome their stronger Physical Force on their lower 2-3D Dimensional levels, either through invisible to them means, or through the more sophisticated Higher Dimensional tools available on the 5th and Sixth Vibrational levels.

Back down on Planet Earth, since the signing of the Anchara Treaty, when many of the existing Controlling Earth Cabal came over to the side of the Light, there remained a small and particularly aggressive and belligerent Breakaway Faction connected to and under the influence and control of the most powerful Dark and Negative Reptilian Races in this Galaxy, the Alpha-Draconian or Ciakahrr. Thus they did not fall in with the newly signed Treaty of Anchara and were not only supported and ultimately controlled by this ultra-Dark Draconian Ciakahrr Empire and have access to some of their advanced Dark Technologies. This new very Dark and multi-tentacled Cabal were also aligned with the Dark Grey Zeta Reticulans who had made a Treaty with the US Eisenhower Administration in the early 1950s, in exchange for advanced E.T. Technologies. They were also allowed to create many large underground Bases in the Mid-USA. Also as part of this new Dark Cabal was the Earth-based former-Nazi-inspired Forces, known as the "Dark Fleet," created by the fleeing Nazi Elite when they escaped to Argentina at the end of WWII. They were later able to build up an enormous underground Antarctica Base along with an extensive deep tunnel system connecting up with the Dark Greys' underground Bases elsewhere.

The Galactic Federation has therefore very recently made greater efforts and much progress in removing most of the remaining Dark Forces within this Solar System and also on Planet Earth. As recently as early 2021, the Draco Reptilians and the Dark Orion Alliance have been forced to abandon many of their Solar System Outposts. On Earth itself most of the massive underground Reptilian Bases and their extensive system of tunnels have been imploded, though only after their Human worker-slaves abducted from Earth's surface have been rescued. The "The Dark Fleet" which belongs to Earth's present Dark Cabal, was originally created by the Inner WW2 Nazi Elite continuing onward with their former Nazi Agenda, having escaped to Argentina at the end of the World War II. The Nazi Organisation had long been given help with Dark Reptilian E.T. technology and had already developed their own Flying Saucers just before the end of World War II. They were then able to build up a massive underground secret Base in Antarctica. This has only recently been attacked and has now had all its tunnelling imploded by the Galactic Federation. Its many Nazi-sympathiser workers had to escape by boat to a Safe Haven in Argentina, whilst their Elite Leaders were just able to escape using their E.T. derived spacecraft, through their secret Antarctica Portal (since de-activated by the Galactic Federation) up to their more recently developed very extensive underground Base on Planet Mars. However, only very recently, the Galactic Federation Forces have also attacked and imploded most of that large underground Base on Mars.

Most of the remaining Inner Circle of Earth's Dark Cabal, Earth based in their massive underground Control Centres (which at one time had a total population of over 5 million mind-controlled Forces and slave-workers), have now also been put on the run by the Galactic Federation Forces. The Galactic Federation up to now are still attacking and imploding most of their underground Earth Bases and vast tunnel systems. Those Inner Circle Controllers have recently been desperately trying to escape up to their Base on Mars in their E.T.-derived Spacecraft, but are being stopped and arrested by the Galactic Federation before they can even leave Earth's airspace.

Furthermore, all the various other Dark Reptilian/Draconian and Orion Grey Bases on Mars, along with its hollowed-out Satellites of Phobos and Deimos, are also being attacked and destroyed. Nevertheless, this always only follows after all their captive Human Slave Work-forces have been rescued, as well as those members of their Dark Forces who have agreed to come over to the side of the Light.

On Planet Earth, as a result of all the recent incoming powerful Waves of Higher Dimensional Frequency energy being beamed down to Earth, the rising vibrational rates of most of its inhabitants have thus influenced an improved political climate on your World, which may well soon force Major Governments to at last "Disclose" the existence of all the E.T. Worlds beyond Earth. This would probably be accompanied by a "World Wake-up" call of an overflight of Galactic Federation Spacecraft. Such a Disclosure Event, would thus open up the eyes of Earth's inhabitants to the existence of all the massive Fleets surrounding Earth of Benevolent Extraterrestrial Space Forces, all of which are protecting Earth from outside invading Dark Forces and also supporting Earth inhabitants' Ascension.

However, If any of Earth's inhabitants feel that all the forthcoming "Disclosures" of all the darkness going on within this Galaxy and behind the scenes on Earth, is to them horrifying and sickening, presenting a dark and depressing future, please bear in mind the following: Those Beings already living up on the Fifth Dimensional Terra/Earth and the other Etheric Worlds surrounding their 3D Cores within your Solar System, including any 3-4D Earthians planning to Ascend up to the 5th Dimension, will not be subject to the same constant awareness of all the Lower Dimensional Dark Worlds, with their nefarious deeds going on in the Lower Dimensions in the Galaxy. They will only need to become aware of them when they choose either to observe downwards from their own higher level or are brave enough to descend to their Lower Dimensional level.

Virtually all of the Planets in your own Solar System have surrounding layers of higher vibrational 5-6D living Worlds composed of less dense Etheric matter surrounding their physical 3D Cores. All these surrounding Higher Vibrational Worlds have more advanced and benevolent Civilisations living within a beautiful and pristine environment. However, most of their Planetary 3D Cores at the physical level can only be seen through your telescopes and fly-by Probes with barren and cratered surfaces, many the result of former destructive wars between the Forces of Dark and Light from other parts of the Galaxy. Only Planet Earth at its 3D level has managed to retain a great deal of her originally beautiful and pristine surface environment, except for those large desert regions which were formerly devastated by would-be invading Dark E.T.s. The Galactic Federation has recently begun "Terraforming" the other 3D Planetary Cores back to their once beautiful and pristine condition.

Our "First Contact" Operation to be enacted on Planet Earth

The First major step of achieving our "First Contact" Operation with Earth would preferably include a series of formal Announcements of our presence by all the Major Governments on Planet Earth. As well as proclaiming to your World of our existence and true benevolence, these Public statements would also openly acknowledge the unique part the Galactic Federation of Light has so far had to play in protecting your World from all the Forces of Darkness in this Galaxy. We would then be able to assure the populace that not only is our presence to be one of total Benevolence, but would then manifest on Earth as a "New Age of Peace", in step with the Sacred Decrees of the "Divine Plan" made for this Galaxy and Universe.

Once these Pronouncements have been made, we can then step forward and fully introduce ourselves to you. This procedure would contain Three Main Phases. Firstly, our specially prepared Liaison Teams would make a series of Broadcasts throughout your Mass Media. This would coincide with a number of flyovers by our Scout Ships above many of your World's urban areas. Secondly, our Liaison Teams would then make many individual landings to introduce ourselves to you in a more personal way.

We may then need to delay further "Mass Landings" until after many of those planning to remain with Planet Earth have either been first taken down to new temporary homes in Inner Earth or up to the Motherships. This would be necessary as a result of needing to put the whole Planet into a state of "Stasis" (suspended animation) during an intense period of Restoration and Clean up of the Environment by the Galactic Federation Forces in cooperation with Earth Volunteers. This "Transition Period" could range up from two to four years or more. Thirdly, we would then offer ourselves during this Interim Period, either up on our Motherships, or down in the Inner Earth accommodation, to act as your Spiritual Guides and Teachers in explaining the course your future lives would be taking on Earth after the Restoration. You would then be able to return to a fully cleansed "New Earth" functioning in a higher-frequency Fourth or Fifth Dimensional state of "Full Consciousness", either on the 4D New Earth or the existing 5D Terra/Earth Planet, depending upon your inherent "Ascension" abilities.

We would also like to clarify that there could be an initial lead-up period on Earth before the "Transitional Cleansing/Restoration" Period, which would follow on from a possible "First Disclosure Event", if that is allowed to occur by your Governments. That would set in motion beneficial events that would irrevocably alter your present Financial, Governmental and Cultural Systems. For instance, through introducing a totally new World Financial System, you would very quickly experience a far greater financial abundance and well-being. Thereafter, the resetting of Governmental Administrations into a spirit of "Service to Others" rather than of "Service to Self" now so prevalent, would also follow on from that. Your United Nations (U.N.) Organisation would also be totally reorganised with a new Mandate embracing full Human Sovereignty and Rights for All, along with a proper and effective enforcement of all the new Constitutional Rules governing Government Administrations.

The Galactic Federation Teams appointed by Heaven would oversee this along with your own input and cooperation to form a new Era of Global Peace and Prosperity. They will also be able to teach you, firstly, about all of the different Galactic Societies that exist out in the Universe and their methods of operation. You will also be instructed in the True "Principles of Liberty and Freedom" that should underlie all future Constitutions and Political Systems. It would be good to further develop the best use of these "Principles of Freedom" by forming Local Support Groups that foster your Sovereignty and Freedom. Within these Groups, your Community could then interact freely and use its bounteous resources to end Poverty, heal the Environment and create plans for local use of the Technologies now given to you by your Galactic Family. In all of this, your Freedom and the Sovereign Development of your newly attained "Full Consciousness" would be given top priority. You will be granted many new abilities to be carried through to your New Age activities. Along with this, you will also need to absorb an enormous amount of new information from throughout the Universe. These newly acquired facts will greatly transform your present perceptions of past History, and your former knowledge and inner beliefs about how Physicality and Heaven were created.

To help you assimilate these vast quantities of knowledge, we will provide you with a technology that can "Download" this new information directly into your brain's memory and recall systems. This will then give you a better understanding, for instance, of how the Higher Spiritual Beings originally seeded your World with Human Beings, Animals and Plant Life. You will also learn the History of how it is that you were later forced to descend into your lower Dimensional Frequency and your present state of "Limited Consciousness". You will also learn of the basic "Universal Laws" that underlie the function and Creation of Universes and Civilisations by your Creators leading to the correct ways of living a Benevolent Life in Physicality.

You will thus be having a great series of personal lessons through your Spiritual Hierarchy of Ascended Masters concerning the use of your abilities to manifest a New Reality, and return to Full Consciousness and support of your Living Home - Mother Earth. This will prepare you to become once again fully fledged "Physical Angels", a Group of Beings to which over a third of present Earth Humans originally belonged. You will learn the supreme importance of the One and Only Fundamental Universal Law: The Great Law of Love in which one forever maintains a "Loving Care and Consideration towards Others", the only condition which allows all true Evolutionary progress. This Great Law of Love was set in motion from the very Beginning of Creation within the Great Dark Void of Nothingness by Source Creator to be the only Force of Creative Energy flowing throughout all of the Great Cosmos with its numerous manifested Worlds, Galaxies and Universes. This Great Law of Love also helps to prevent a "turn-around" of subsequently falling into a Negative "De-Evolutionary" descent into Darkness, in which there can be a total destruction of all that has been previously achieved within the long process of Evolutionary Creation. Source Creator has also endowed all of His created Sentient Beings with "Free Will". However, this Free Will must be exercised as a "Limited Free Will", in that it must not be used to harm, disrupt or unduly interfere with another's Free Will Evolutionary Progression.

The Galactic Federation of Light Fleet based in your Solar System

Our "First Contact" Fleet of the vast Galactic Federation of Light Fleet surrounding you in your Solar System is divided into several 'Rings', the innermost of which is commanded from the Mars bases, and from a large group of special Motherships located just beyond Neptune. The Motherships where some of you will reside initially are stationed on the far side of your Moon. These Ships are primarily from the Pleiades, and from Star-Nations in the constellations of Lyra and Andromeda. Some Sirian atmospheric Command Ships will also be used for this purpose.

According to our Master Plan, we are to await the forthcoming announcements of our presence by your major Governments, when they have finally agreed to do so, and, once they have been made, proclaim our existence and affirm our benevolence. Then, we will encourage full disclosure of the up-to-now withheld super-secret UFO Earth Governments' files. We will also support Full Disclosure by key Government and Military personnel of what has actually occurred, over eighty years, during which there have been secret projects, agreements and meetings conducted by your major Governments, some with the Galactic Federation of Light, but more often with the Members of the former dark Anchara Alliance wishing to gain underground Bases and facilities on Earth in exchange for giving those Governments some of their advanced Technologies. Though in fact, in the end, after being granted those secret underground facilities, they failed to give your major Governments any really significant or advanced technology.

You may wish to know how our Fleet's functions are laid out. To begin with, our Fleets are positioned in three major Rings. The First Ring surrounds Mother Earth and her artificial companion, your Moon. This Fleet contains over one million Space Ships, most of which are small, unarmed Scout and Transport Craft. Their task is to observe you and your World, to oversee Fleet operations and to transport certain types of supplies that cannot be Teleported to our Bases. Our Bases, located beneath all of your continents, oceans and seas, are linked to a vast array of Crystal Cities and communities that comprise Inner Earth. Yet another group of Bases is to be found on your Moon, which contains a huge network of Command and Research facilities. These Stations provide the means for us to monitor your Secret Government's collection of space, time and inter-dimensional weaponry. Their weaponry poses no serious threat to us.

Surrounding this First, or Inner Ring are several spokes that consist of a number of special Liaison and Defence Fleets. Their purpose is, first, to supervise and, then, to take effective countermeasures whenever necessary. Our purpose is to refuse your Secret Government continued use of any weaponry that may pose a threat to our Earthly Allies. We have set up Interplanetary Space Stations to close any Inter-dimensional Stargates and to carefully monitor any artificially created distortions in Time's natural waves. Here, bear in mind that Linear/Sequential Time is actually a construct created by Earth's inhabitants collective physical requirements within the dictates of the overall Divine Plan. In this, natural patterns occur in the way Time and Light coalesce to form 'Space' - the stuff that produces various Realities/Worlds. Dark, Limited-conscious Societies have used these natural patterns to construct fearsome weapons that alter Time and Realities, through mutating the Vibrational Dimensions and warp or constrict the flow of your Sequential Time. Your Secret Government has co-opted the work of many of your Inventors and Scientists, and merged it with a number of their own Dark Off-World technologies.

The Second Ring of Fleet components is Headquartered on Mars. These support groups consist mainly of Sentient Beings who are not necessarily Human in form. Many of those not so similar to Humans will be later introduced to you after the beginning of the "First Contact". Others will wait until you are fully restored to "Full Consciousness". Within this Second Group of the Fleet are included some small, Planetoid-sized Motherships, whose purpose is to augment the Research and Observations being done by the Innermost Ring of Ships. They also have a number of tasks involving watching over the Weaponry and Technology that, in the course of the past decades, has been given by the Forces of Darkness to your Secret Government. Most of this technology was supplied by the off-world former Dark Anchara Alliance Star-Nations, Star Leagues and Star Empires whose ships are also to be found here now cooperating with the Forces of Light. On Mars, a network of underground and surface Bases acts as the 'Control and Command' segment of this exceedingly diverse Fleet. These Galactic Federation personnel are also busily preparing Planet Mars for those of you who may wish to make this your new Home World, but only after your journey to Full Consciousness is completed.

Between the Second and Third Rings are a large number of special, large Planet-sized Command Motherships from our Science and Exploration (S&E) Fleets. They will serve as the Command Ships for this First Contact Mission. Standard procedure is to cloak these Ships in a higher Frequency range and thus keep them away from the prying eyes of your many existing Space Telescopes. Their aim, essentially, is trying to find us. From time to time, we very briefly uncloak some of these Motherships in order to show your Secret Government that we are still here and do not intend to go away. We know that infrequent sightings of these Ships by your Astronomers go unreported. They fear reprisal, either by their peers or by those who give them their grants. Your Secret Government fears these Ships the most because they fully realise the capability of such a Fleet and the insignificance of any response they themselves could mount. Here, we must repeat that we are benevolent and operating under the full supervision of Heaven.

The Outermost Ring of our vast Fleet is, by far, the largest. It contains millions of immensely varied Spaceships, ranging from Motherships the size of large ocean liners to those nearly the size of Neptune or Uranus. These Motherships are simply our final back-up, serving as components that will enter the Second Ring only when necessary. They proclaim to all potential adversaries that Mother Earth and your Solar System are clearly experiencing a transformation that no Being, corporeal or non-corporeal in form, can prevent. Within this Ring are the main Transport Stations that lead back to our vast profusion of Home-Worlds. Here, as well, are to be found the Traffic Coordinators for this immense Fleet of Space Ships. They serve to move all Ships between these Rings and back into Interstellar or Intergalactic Space.

Our Fleet is divided into two other components as well. The first, and the smaller, has a very long duty cycle that includes our Main Command personnel, as well as our many Medical and Planetary Teams. The second group, which is deliberately more temporary, consists of Member Fleets of the Galactic Federation of Light that dearly wish to be part of the most significant event in recent Galactic History. We deeply understand that the need to watch over you is one of our greatest challenges, yet also one of our greatest joys. Every Medical and Planetary Team is fully aware of what Mother Earth and you are undergoing. We have carefully observed you, and when Heaven allows, have intervened. Every action of our Fleet arises from events occurring on your World. Our entire Team awaits "First Contact" and what it means - the starting point for the next great step in our Galaxy's History.

Our First Contact Command Team, which contains all of our Liaison Boards and Fleet Commanders, is in charge of this immense Fleet. There is also a special segment that comprises your local Spiritual Hierarchy. Remember, Dear Friends, that our purpose for coming here is from your Divine Creator of this Universe. Heaven summoned us and we came. To control such vast, diverse Fleets, is highly unusual in a First Contact operation. Normally, a single Science & Exploration Fleet accomplishes this type of Mission in very short order. This Mission, however, is unique and of vital significance. It has drawn immense attention and remained here much longer than usual and way beyond our original expectations. Nevertheless, we have found room for such a wide diversity of Space Ships and yet remained capable of fulfilling this Mission. Be confident, Dear Friends, that this Mission will be achieved and that "First Contact" draws nearer every day.

Let us take you on a brief tour of our Inner Ring of Fleet Command Ships. Those Command Ships that are mainly responsible for coordinating all Scientific observations of the Ecology of your precious Planet are two Andromedan Motherships, which are invisibly cloaked and in geosynchronous orbit above your Planet, one over the Western Hemisphere, the other over the Eastern. Both Motherships are noted veterans of thousands of other First Contact Missions. Each is over 3,000 miles (4800 kilometers) long, and has a crew drawn from over forty Galactic Human Star Nations. The two top Commanders are famous Andromedan Scientists. A number of Pleiadean and Sirian Scientists act as their direct subordinates. There is also a specialised Command Staff whose job it is to evaluate all incoming data.

The Andromedan Mothership's main hull is oblong in shape, with six smaller, secondary hulls of various sizes attached to it by a series of tube-shaped pylons. The main living quarters, recreational areas, and command sections are located in the primary hull. Each of the secondary hulls is given over to a different science, such as Geology, Oceanography, and Atmospheric Sciences. Each subset within these various disciplines is assigned a specific area of the Planet for observation. These groups are all interlinked by Liaison Teams who gather and evaluate all data received from the on-site observations of hundreds of thousands of Scout Ships. These are crewed by Pilots and Navigators from the Mothership and anywhere from three to five Scientists, each with a separate assignment. Each Scout Ship observes and reports back on a distinct section of the Planet's surface and interior, and as their flight-paths are designed to dovetail, the result is a holistic 'Map' of Mother Earth that is updated every five minutes.

The Commanders of these two Motherships coordinate the Earth Science Mission, which in turn is in constant contact with the main First Contact Command Staff located in the subterranean Base known as Mars Headquarters. All relevant data on the changes occurring to Mother Earth are stored here. This database is available to the two other contingents of the First Contact Mission: the Galactic Federation Earth-based Medical Teams and the Defence sector of the Fleet. Since alterations to Mother Earth affect you, it is essential that our Medical Teams be kept up to date on even the minutest changes. These changes to Mother Earth are likewise mirrored by your Sun, so a Team specialising in Solar Dynamics is assigned to monitor your Sun. The Earth-Sun interactions are the focal point for the changes taking place in your mental, emotional, and physical bodies. As the Earth's geomagnetic and gravitational fields alter, your own electrical and magnetic fields similarly fluctuate. Your changes are thus calibrated to the rate of change of the Planet.

The Medical Teams are headquartered on three Motherships, one each from Arcturus, Andromeda, and the Pleiades. These are visually cloaked and stationed near the Moon. Each Mothership and its Medical group contain a number of distinguished Healers from this Galaxy who are acting as the principal overseers for your Medical Teams. Each Team is assigned from 200 to 250 individuals and is responsible for helping your Angelic Body Guardians in the task of transforming you into a "Fully Conscious Being". Each of you has both collective and personal thought-forms that need to be transformed, so that increasing amounts of your Light Body can be integrated into your Physical, Mental, and Emotional Bodies. The major Ship of these three is the Arcturian, which is nearly 10,000 miles (16,000 kilometers) in length. It is almost cigar-shaped and houses the main Medical Training facilities for the Fleet. This Mothership is well-known for having been assigned to this role for over fifty years.

The Fleet's Defence Sector commands a strong presence in a near-Earth orbit. 24 Defence Motherships, stationed within Earth's atmosphere, monitor all Earth-based Military operations. This data is fed directly to Mars Headquarters and to our Earth Allies. The Defence Command Mothership, the size of a small planet, is Sirian and is invisibly cloaked and positioned in front of the Planet Uranus. It is the main Command Ship for all Defence Forces in this Sector of the Galaxy. The back-up Headquarters for the First Contact Mission is located on this Mothership. In addition, all decrees concerning this Mission, from either the main Galactic Federation Headquarters or from this Region's Federation Council, as well as all instructions to the Fleet regarding "First Contact", originate here. This is intended to prevent any potential interference from your last Dark Cabal and to ensure that the Mars Station is properly protected.

The Mars Station is divided into twelve major Sectors, or Crystal Cities, each of which has a different function. One of these Cities, located near one of the Martian poles, contains the Command Station. Mars, as seen from its outer frequency ring of life at the Fifth Dimensional vibration rate, is actually quite different in appearance from what you can presently see from Earth at your lower 3-4D frequency rate. She possesses blue skies, multi-coloured clouds, and a vast subterranean River system. Just below her 5D surfaces are an interior climate and environment that are most hospitable to Human habitation. Here, some very strange (to you) plant and animal life can be found. Our 'Terraform' Scientists and Engineers know how easy it will be to return Mars to her original external surface condition, the one before that which you see now, before she was blasted by a large Anchara Alliance Force nearly a million years ago. Many of you intuitively know that once this is accomplished, this beautiful Earth-like world could also become your Home if you so wished.

All the Ships that we have briefly described are awaiting your visit to them. The First Contact Fleet is here to render Divine Service to the Peoples of Earth. Our Mission is to complete this First Contact as soon as it is determined by our Divine Creator to be possible and allowable. In this regard, our Fleet extends a warm welcome to you all! We hope that the great moment we have all longed for is swiftly approaching. The Sirian Star Nation and its many Allies from the Galactic Federation are most grateful for the opportunity given to us by Heaven. "First Contact" for us means a family reunion of immense proportions. Every Human Star Nation in this Galaxy is most anxious to re-establish an open and unfettered relationship with you. The coming time is to be one in which a new era of permanent Galactic Peace is manifested.

We shall now focus upon those of our Fleet who serve as her crews. The "First Contact Fleet", consisting of many components, is largely concerned with our coming Mass Contact with the People of Earth. Our Direct Contact personnel are to be Humans who hail from the Pleiades Star League, as well as the Constellations of Andromeda, Lyra, Perseus and Aries, and the Sirius Star-nation. These Beings have been schooled in the special protocols that you will require. Many of these same Beings, moreover, are part of the various Galactic Federation Medical Teams now actively assisting in your Ascension process. Although most of them have participated in thousands of other First Contacts, yours is entirely unique. Hence, we have received special preparation and training to ensure that this massive First Contact is an unqualified success.

As we have just said, for our First Contact Event our initial landing personnel and global broadcast liaisons are to be Human. We all descend from the Aquatic Primates that Heaven first brought to full Sentiency on a Water World in the Vega Star System, in the Constellation of Lyra, some 7.3 million solar years ago. Since then, we Humans have spread across the Galaxy, reaching your Solar System slightly more than two million years ago. However, a catastrophic and prolonged Galactic War caused the deaths of those Human colonists over a million years ago. A second group, whom you know as Lemurians, arrived on this beautiful blue Earth orb some 900,000 years ago. In the spirit of these wondrous Beings, and, with the blessings of Heaven, we have returned again to your World in great numbers.

To further assure our success, we have brought to this operation a succession of highly proficient Liaison Teams that have paved the way for our coming First Contact with you. Their meetings with our Earth based Allies have allowed us to establish the direction of our initial global broadcasts and helped us to revise our protocols and landing procedures. We have enjoyed our mutual education process. These meetings provided us many intangibles that we otherwise might have overlooked. Thus, we feel quite confident that the final aspects of our "First Contact" will take place as our Divine Supervisors have intended.

To support those directly involved in our "First Contact" event are several Scientific and Spiritual Missions. The primary duty of every Science and Exploration (S&E) Fleet is to monitor the state of each part of this huge Galaxy. This includes the health of each Star and of each Spiral Arm in the Milky Way Galaxy. Consequently, every Fleet maintains a number of Science Teams that constantly survey the Star and, if applicable, the Solar System they are assigned to investigate. In your case, several of our large planet-sized craft are surveying the existing condition of your Solar System. In addition, much smaller Fleets of our Motherships are carefully assessing each Planet in your Solar System. Finally, special craft are evaluating your Sun. Within each of these segments of our Main Fleet is a succession of Liaison Teams that fine-tunes their reports and presents this data to the main First Contact Command Council. Using this information, we compile a number of crucial questions for our Heavenly Supervisors. From them, we establish the necessary protocols for First Contact and beyond.

The actual First Contact Fleet has a three-part Command structure, which presently is being used to assist our Galactic Federation Medical Teams. At the top are the various interstellar Motherships, each containing several smaller atmospheric Motherships. These Motherships are employed as Sector Command Posts and each launches several Scout Ships. These, in turn, can quickly Teleport their personnel to wherever they are needed, or land, if necessary. All members of this small fleet of 3 to 50 Scout Ships are closely monitored by the atmospheric Motherships. If need be, any Scout Ship can be transferred, instantly, to another Sector. The Fleet is organic and operates, much like a neural network, according to the principles of fluid group dynamics. Consequently, the needs of any specific mission can be accomplished quickly and creatively. This same alignment will be used at the inception of our Mass First Contact with you.

The Interstellar Motherships in which we live are composed of fully aware molecules that allow them to be Sentient Living Beings themselves. They therefore are not only fully aware of us and their Mission on our behalf, but also feel a great connection to us, as indeed we also feel a great Love for them. Your present technology is on the brink of creating these wondrous Beings of Light. A.I.(Artificial Intelligence) is only the first primitive step in this procedure. As you progress, you will begin to realise the extent to which Planets themselves are fully alive Sentient Beings and how they in fact function. This, you eventually will be able to reproduce yourselves. This technology also permits us to live in a ship that replicates the energy fields of our Home-worlds. Thus, we are able to remain as balanced Beings, just as if we were still residing within our own Home Planets. Consequently, we take the trouble to perform certain ongoing rituals and procedures to maintain the well-being of these huge Ships. We have created a mutually gratifying symbiosis, which allows us to carry out each of our assigned missions to a high degree.

Our Human bodily form, dear Friends, is quite similar to yours. We are as tall, or taller, than you. Many Pleiadeans, Andromedans and Lyrans, for example, are of the same general height as you, while Sirians, Arians and those from Perseus are generally taller. Males are usually over 7 feet (2.13 meters) tall while Females are usually more than 6 foot 4 inches (1.93 meters). Their height is counterbalanced by their perfectly formed physiques. Many of us are surrounded by a glowing aura. Because of this, and our ability to transform easily into our Lightbody, many of your Ancestors viewed us with awe. Greet us, now, not in this belief, but merely as your Space Family. Know by what you see that you gaze upon simply what you really are. Like us, many of you are Physical Angels. Soon, you once again will take on your true form.

Our Space Ships themselves are part 'Magic' and part Science - that is, they operate under principles that are an extension of your present knowledge. To be aboard such a Ship is truly a unique experience. Immediately, you sense the energies circulating through each Ship. You feel the Ship caressing you and lovingly adjusting its energy to your own fields. You encounter this with every step that you take and every moment that you are there. The key element is Sentiency, which is expressed in the essence of its Crew and in its Mission. It is most important to realise that every facet of this technology is actually a unified system that works to manifest Love and achieve an environment that is dedicated to fulfilling the full potential of every Being and every Mission. That energy, also, is found in the Galactic societies that created these Ships. One is an integral part of the other. We are immensely grateful for what the Creator has given us. Our Mission is to bring it to you, but only in the right Divine time. Until then, remember all that we have told you and be ready for the wonders that await you.

Whereas all Galactic Federation of Light Starships are Sentient, now the reformed Starships of the former Dark Anchara Alliance are also undergoing a similar modification. In fact, their immense Armadas of large Motherships will soon be fully converted to join the Forces of Light according to these necessary specifications. Once completed, the Sentient network of these Ships of the Light Force will fill the Galaxy with their working song. Still another major modification will involve a vast number of their use-specific Scout Ships. Again, a common, Sentient Work Network, being set up between the Fleets of the Galactic Federation of Light and those of the former Dark Anchara Alliance, will permit free intercommunication between all Scout Ships during their future assigned Missions.

In addition to the long-range working Networks that are built into each Ship, there is a smaller-range network that telepathically connects all Crew Members to the Ship. As you board one of our craft, you are immediately 'plugged in' to this Network, which comprehensively monitors all body functions, thought processes and emotional states of each individual on board. The Ship emits frequencies that calm and centre everyone aboard, and a special set of complex resonances is continually pumped throughout the Ship, encouraging each passenger to feel the Love that emanates from the Ship to its Crew. Thus, once you come aboard, you will feel calm, centred and Loved. You will also be able to explore the Ship fully, with the exception only of the Special Operation Areas. The Ship's short-range network provides a mental three-dimensional map of your trip. The Ship constantly displays major functions - propulsion, navigation and life support - as well as special telepathic programs requested by the Crew.

All forms of lighting aboard is produced by the same frequencies that propel the Ship. It is diffused further to produce a full-spectrum effect that enhances the room and virtually eliminates any harsh shadows. Still, it is quite bright and contains more Lumens than are often found in a brightly lit Reading-room of your local Public Library. This soft light relaxes the eyes and prevents the eyestrain that comes from seeing, reading or looking at pictures. Yet another area you will notice immediately are the floors. They are made of materials that cradle the feet and lessen the impact of each step. Thus, the floors seem to rise to meet the foot and each step feels stress-free. You feel comforted even when you run! An environment is created that achieves a constant interface between individual and the Ship that loves, comforts and maximises personal efficiency. And, because the Ship expects its Crew to carry out their procedures as quickly as possible, its relaxing atmosphere encourages optimal communication.

This same environment is to be found in our small Scout Ships, whose purpose of communications is two-fold. First, the Network enables constant interaction between Ship and Crew. Second, its Grid instantly links each Scout Ship into a purposeful, organic whole. This prevents accidents, allows the Mission Coordinator, when necessary, to evaluate each moment of the undertaking and ties it into all other Scout Ship operations, as required. Therefore, Motherships and their various Scout Ships maintain a highly interfaced Communications Grid. These Missions are also monitored at many of Earth's subterranean Bases, allowing us to know, at each instance, the locations of our Ships and what they have discovered. This data is used either to modify certain Missions in progress, or to obtain immediate feedback and analysis of ongoing events. Each Crew member is very relaxed yet matter-of-fact during these Missions. Their success is marked by the operation's completion and the return to Base - their Mothership.

Aboard the Mothership, there are many sources of entertainment and many ways to relax. Special Lounges on each deck of the Ship interface with you, providing holographic destinations, group interactive creations (similar to interactive movies) or direct communications with your Home-world family. These Lounges are also the locations for parties, social gatherings and group rituals. A huge number of Meeting Rooms are also available, where educational events or introductory courses in many different areas of learning can take place. Education will be a large part of your life. Because your search for knowledge did not end with your formal, specialised schooling, a vast, interactive Library, encompassing every discipline, is available for the pleasure of each Crew Member.

Every area of the Mothership is organised accordingly. Motherships are set up to be modular. Only the Cargo space and Command sections are functionally specific. The rest are meant to be arranged according to need. Another advantage of this interactive capability is that each Crew Member can create his or her own home compartment. Each compartment is spacious, with a dining room, relaxation and entertainment room, study room and bathroom. Each possesses a physical-matter creation/disposal device, where clothes, food or other necessaries can be produced or disposed of. The Mothership's ability to redesign itself is crucial to its ever-changing mission. Since each Science and Exploration mission is unique, the Mothership can transfigure herself, instantly, to any new assignment.

As Guests aboard our Motherships, you will also notice that each aspect of the Ship is user-friendly. If you need to know something, the Ship will provide it. There is an instant transportation system throughout the Ship and matter-creation devices, as well. A full complement of trained Robotic and Holographic Virtual-educator Guides are also ready to assist you. They will enhance your understanding of the Ship's operation and give recommendations on the best use of its many resources. Interstellar Motherships in the Galactic Federation of Light's Fleets are enormous - from tens to thousands of miles in diameter. Although normally, we use our Light Bodies to move from one distant point to another, remember that several types of transportation devices are available that can be used, as needed, to move the individual to her/his next destination.

The Personnel that operate these craft are most amazing and diverse. This "First Contact Mission" is one of the first times in recent memory that crews from different and distinct Human Star-nations have integrated. Normally, every Star-Nation possesses a Mothership, which is crewed, primarily, by Members of that same Star-Nation. Here now at this time, that is only rarely the case. Our purpose has been to combine the Beings of many Races/Cultures and use their talents to bring you a Group that can understand and work in a culturally varied environment. This same Multiplicity is the crucial element in our successful First Contact Mission with you. You, too, are a highly diversified group of Souls who originate from every conceivable corner of this Galaxy. You, Dear Hearts, are helping to bring us all together as never before. First Contact is not just a one-way street; it is a wonderful, multi-lane Highway.

The Inner Earth Realms of Argatha

In addition to the great Motherships that comprise our vast Fleet, there are the wondrous realms of your "Inner Earth" Civilisations. Here are found the last living remnants of the Ancient Lemurian Civilisation, a series of interlocking "Crystal Cities" that spans across the inner surface of the Earth Globe. Since the Fall of Atlantis, these Cities have acted as a Subterranean Planetary Civilisation named Argatha, now living at the Fifth Dimension, that was determined to lead their Surface Brethren back to the Light. For nearly 13 Millennia, the Dark Overlords of the Surface Realms - the Annunaki/Nibiruans - frustrated their efforts to return up to the surface of Earth. These Dark Beings used their power and their potential for evil to divide your surface World into any number of widely varied Societies, which were set against one another or used to serve as "slaves" to support the Anunnaki's rule over them. At the same time, the Inner-world Lemurians, who were guided by Heaven to descend into the Inner Earth following the destructive sinking of their Continent of Lemuria by the Atlanteans, have since worked and planned to eventually rejoin with us once again on the surface in order to assist Humanity in achieving its future Grand and Glorious Destiny.

The Realms of Inner Earth abound in Technology similar to ours to which we have just alluded. Like our Ships, their Cities are alive and exist to help each Citizen to fulfil their potential. Within them, the individual lives in a world that mirrors the pristine nature of Mother Earth's surface realm. Here, the sky exists according to its inhabitants' wishes and dwellings conform to the desires of each living Being. This world is a Paradise that floats within a cocoon of energy sustained by its Technology. It is the Land of Delights. It is built not in a dark and limiting cavern, but instead forms a vast open interior of the exterior Planet with its own central Sun at the core which shines from its own blue skies upon the interior surface of countryside, lakes and mountains. It is itself created by the desires of its inhabitants, Mother Earth and the Divine Plan. Within the many fields that produce it are the Crystal Cities of exquisite beauty. For a very short period of time during the "Cleansing Process" of Outer Earth, they could become your temporary home. Within these luxurious environments, you can then complete your Transformation back into your original "Fully Conscious Selves", at either the coming New Earth's Fourth Dimension, or at the existing Fifth Dimensional "Terra" Earth Planet.

Your Earth Moon

Your Moon is really a vast Artificial Orb that was created, originally, to be the Protector of the now destroyed Planet in your Solar System that you once called called 'Maldek'. Today, Maldek forms the Asteroid Belt that exists between Mars and Jupiter. In former times, it was an Earth-like Planet nearly 29,000 miles (46,690 kilometers) in diameter, which, for over one million years, became the "Dark" Anchara Alliance's Headquarters in this Solar System. The Galactic Federation of Light Forces were later forced to destroy this Planet that had been taken overtaken by the Forces of Darkness, in their attempt to re-colonise your Solar System with only the Forces of Light.

Nevertheless, much later, the Dark Forces once again came back to take over control of the Civilisation of Atlantis in its latter darker period. At this time they put the artificially constructed Planetary type Globe of your Moon in its present position in order to attack and destroy the more benevolent Civilisation of Lemuria based in the Pacific Ocean area. The present Moon has a number of important capabilities. First, it can control your global weather patterns, as well as your Planet's Electrical and Magnetic Grids. Second, it can control the rate of movement of Earth's Tectonic Plates, as well as the degree of up-welling of the Earth Mantle's molten materials. In short, it is a device that can easily manipulate your environment. Third, the Moon can regulate the amount of life-giving energies that travel from the Sun to the Earth.

We would now like to focus on our Galactic Federation of Light Headquarters for this Solar System on Mars as well as our Base within your Moon. Your Moon is an artificial construct that was created to be a special tactical Station attached to Orion Empire Fleets of the former dark Anchara Alliance. It formed part of the Fleet that conquered your Solar System about one million years ago. The Moon's purpose was to be the main defence coordinator for the former Planet Maldek that was between Mars and Jupiter. When we came to liberate your Solar System about 900,000 years ago, Planet Maldek, under the control of the Old Dark Orion Empire, and its armed Moon were a major threat to our success. Our incoming Fleet deployed a powerful "Battle Planet" of its own to destroy this dark Anchara/Orion Empire base; Maldek was reduced to rubble and the result was the present Asteroid Belt. The attached "Battle Moon" was temporarily thrown into an erratic Solar orbit that ran between Earth and Mars and finally, about 25,000 years ago, was placed into its present orbit as Earth's Moon.

Your Moon is a unique construction. Before it sustained severe battle damage, it had a thick, Earth-like atmosphere and several oceans and seas. Scattered across these seas were many small landmasses where Reptilian and Dinosaurian Engineers created an Eco-System similar to ones found on Moons in any Human-stewarded Solar System. The aim behind this Terra-forming of the surface was to disguise the true purpose of this sphere: beneath this outer veneer, the dark "Anchara Alliance" had constructed an interior metallic globe shell out of a special Titanium alloy whose special properties could not only greatly magnify the cloaking shield around the main weapons and control stations found in its Core, but also maintain the illusion of the Moon as a benign and quite natural Satellite. Its interior housed 16 levels containing Laboratories, Control Centres, and 24 major Weapon Stations. When the Galactic Federation's "Battle Planet" blasted the Anchara Headquarters, this "Battle Moon" fired upon and caused major damage to our own Battle Planet. In the ensuing retaliation, this Battle Moon was severely damaged and thrown into an orbit between Mars and Earth, later on to become your existing Moon.

Once in Solar orbit, the "Battle Moon" was captured and boarded by Galactic Federation Forces of Light. It was deeply scarred and adrift. Later, when the Atlanteans and their Off-world Allies decided to sink Lemuria, this Moon was retrieved, partially refitted, and moved to its present position as a proxy for one of Mother Earth's two natural satellites, both of which had been used in the destruction of Lemuria.

This Moon of yours was used until very recently by the Nibiruan Anunnaki and their dark Anchara Alliance Allies as an orbiting Base to observe and control what was happening on the surface of Mother Earth. The Moon was now disguised as a lifeless orbiting body, but underneath her surface, the interior Base had been completely modernised and organised as a Mothership controlling a large, hidden Fleet. The remnants of its former luxuriant Eco-System were mined for the minerals and ores needed for the constant renovation of the Base and it's Fleet of Spacecraft. Then in the early 1970s, the Galactic Federation of Light annexed a section of this Inner-Moon Base, which then served as our primary Headquarters here until the early 1990s.

During this time, we watched the Nibiruan Anunnaki, their Earth minions (your Secret Government), and elements of the dark Anchara Alliance work together to control your World and further the Dark's Agenda. Your Ascended Masters reminded us that this manipulation had been going on for millennia, but was now approaching its prescribed end. The Divine timing for this was to be the first decade of your Twenty-first Century. Procedures and programs of various sorts already set in motion in your Society make this shift inevitable, and our role in this was to move rapidly when so directed by them. We were to remain in place and be always ready to complete "First Contact" when your Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy Ascended Masters, in conjunction with our Creator, give us their 'Go Ahead'. Our section of the Moon Base was under constant duress from the dark Anchara Alliance until the mid-1990s. Then the Anunnaki changed sides to the "Light" and helped us to take over the whole Moon Base. The unified Moon Base became the center of our Galactic Federation Earth operations.

The Moon Base coordinates a number of Inner-Earth Bases set up at facilities that were created after the "Fall" of Lemuria by its predecessor civilization, Aghartha, which is now based in the Inner Earth. Here we have monitored the hidden activities of your Secret Government's underground Bases and maintained a close and continuous surveillance of your World and the workings of the last remnants of the Dark. This last Cabal was closely watched for any transgressions it might have attempted that go beyond the limits set for it by your Ascended Masters. From our Moon Base, we could swiftly interpret their machinations and take decisive countermeasures. Needless-to-say, we prevented many of their more dangerous and heinous plots from manifesting. And in the meantime, their unconscionable "Agenda" had become increasingly apparent to many powerful individuals and groups within your Global Society, thus allowing our Earth Allies to garner new Associates from among those who are now deserting this Cabal in droves.

While certain important activities, such as the forgoing, are orchestrated from the Moon Base, our Main Command Centre for the entire operation is on Mars, hidden within the vastness of its interior. The constitution of Mars, as previously noted, is quite different from the ecological reports proffered by your Science. This misleading charade by the Dark was intended to keep you believing that you are alone and the only sentient Beings in this Solar System. It is part of an extensive system of Control to prevent you from stumbling upon any data that could alter your conditioned view of your Reality.

Nevertheless, we do in fact exist and are hopefully very close to completing a "First Contact" with you. These proceedings will include an invitation for you to tour the various Bases and living facilities engineered by Galactic Federation Scientists. The personnel at the Mars Base are looking forward to meeting you and showing you their set-up they had for the First Contact Mission there.

The Mars Base possesses an ongoing Terra-forming operation for the outer 3D surface. This is currently being assisted by the growing hyperactivity of your Sun whose flares are causing the Mars atmosphere to come alive. Her upper atmosphere is being ionised, resulting in an accumulation of sliver-thin layers that is gradually preventing harmful radiation from penetrating into the lower atmosphere. This makes her skies appear bluer. Water vapour levels in the lower atmosphere have increased, due to melting ice fields near the Polar Regions. More frequent Mars-quakes are releasing many gases and interior water vapour into this mix, and we are accelerating the reconstituting of her upper and lower atmospheres by strengthening many of her magnetic surface features.

As you can see, this First Contact Mission has many aspects, of which the two most important are the Stations on your Moon and on Mars. This Moon is filled with historical implications. Its 16 levels, each with myriad sub-levels, once housed endless laboratories and testing stations where its former denizens of the Dark carried out a variety of experiments on your Ancestors, and even on you. The horror from these procedures of the Dark still enshrouds many of its lower levels. Our intention is eventually to make this place into a memorial when the World we know as Bellona [Maldek] is restored. This trans-Martian Planet was where many of the Dark's malevolent plans for this Solar System were first hatched. We propose that this restored Planet and its Fifth Moon have a permanent memorial placed upon them: "Remember, Together We are Victorious".

Our greatest challenge however, remains the large former Water-world that some of you may know as "Maldek". Today, it forms the Asteroid Belt located between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. A few months after you are brought into your Inner Earth realm, it will exist once more as a complete Planet. The challenge that remains is the nature of its ecosystem. Maldek possessed a hybrid Ecosystem and consisted of a world truly akin to your own. It contained one environment similar to yours and another with Dinosauran and Insectoid Realms that are most often found in a vastly different Solar System. We intend to recreate it as it was before it was destroyed by a large Battle Planet that you call Nibiru. Nibiru also will be transformed and will become your Eleventh Planet. Originally, your Solar system contained eleven Planets. Soon, you will lovingly oversee and sustain it. In this Solar System, you will create a series of amazing Paradises that will serve as adjuncts to the rightful gem of this most extraordinary Solar System - Mother Earth, herself. Your to be restored Home-World is destined to become the immense centre of your limitless miracles. Here, you will Host physical Creation and begin the chain of events that eventually will merge your former Physicality into a new Heaven.

The Photon Belt

Many of you may have heard of the Photon Belt. Your Government's Scientists have been tracking it secretly for well over fifty years. To sense it requires special equipment related to your highly secret nuclear weapons program. When modified for radio and optical telescopes, it brings into view a vast organised belt of Light that extends for many thousands of Light Years. Most of it remains at a frequency much higher than your instruments can detect. You are presently lying in a void that you will leave in the next few years. As you near this exit point, the powerful energies in this belt of multi-dimensional Light are greatly affecting your Sun and a number of nearby Stars. We see this Belt as one of the main springboards that is catapulting you toward us. One of its key signatures has been a series of immense energy 'Waves', recently seen by your scientists, and which occur throughout our Galaxy. Along with other energy traces, these Waves are being misinterpreted as remnants of the original 'Big Bang' explosion. In fact, they are merely signs of the powerful influence that the 'Photon Belt' has exerted upon our Galaxy.

The Photon Belt does not exist without a reason. Its purpose is to act as the prime regulator for Galactic Change, by coordinating its movements with a natural energy cycle from within the Galactic Core. At regular intervals, this Core spews forth an enormous, extremely intense Energy Wave that is intercepted and transmuted by the Photon Belt. When required, this energy causes Stars to nova, Planets to change their orbit or even their very nature - their atmospheric content - and become arid, semiarid or water planets. Consequently, each Galaxy's Divine Plan painstakingly carries out the spread of physical life and its controlled evolution. Everything in Creation happens according to the Sacred Edicts of its specific Divine Plan, which a Galaxy's Spiritual Hierarchy watches over. For this to be accomplished, Heaven forms countless Orders, Councils and Administrations.

A Photon Belt regulates these Waves, moving about in a set pattern that is established by how the Galactic Core operates. In your particular case, the Milky Way Galaxy runs in roughly 13,000 and 26,000-year cycles. Hence, the Photon Belt rotates around the Core according to this pattern. Each emission of Galactic Core energies varies in intensity and dispersal pattern because it needs to affect every section of the Galaxy in a specific way. This energy leaves behind a special pattern that encodes each section of the Galaxy with a distinctive 'Timetable' - that is, the way each Star, Planet, dust cloud, et cetera, will react and carry out its part of the Divine Plan. Each aspect of a Galaxy also possesses a schedule for its unique unfolding. These events shape the very nature of physicality.



Chapter 12:
THE PHOTON BELT and The "STASIS PLAN"


Commander Ashtar

COMMANDER ASHTAR of the Galactic Federation Fleet

Life on Earth following Your Ascension

Planet Earth has recently been going through a very difficult time within the "End Times" period with its major Global Virus Pandemic, not to mention an ongoing potential collapse of the World Economy, plus a major period of "Climate Change" manifesting in floodings, Typhoons, Tornados, Cyclones, Earthquakes, droughts, fires and even a massive Plague of Locusts swarming across Africa. The "Winds of Change" are indeed blowing throughout your Planet. These "Great Changes" first began to be enacted back in 1987 when Mother Earth made an impassioned plea to the Galactic Federation and other Higher Celestial Beings for assistance to save Her Planet from total collapse and possible destruction through Humanity's many wars and severe environmental pollution. One of the first outcomes of this was the instigation of a Great Spiritual Event in 1987 known as the "Harmonic Convergence", a worldwide gathering of the more informed Lightworkers and Spiritualists to gather information together informing the World about the very necessary coming "Changes" to Planet Earth.

Coming forward to this present and very difficult time on Earth, we are first of all seeing that the economic structure built by the Dark Ones/Cabal aeons ago has for a very long time been severely destroying Earth's global prosperity and equality. Such a situation can no longer be tolerated in Earth's Ascension process. The Galactic Federation, as well as the Intergalactic Confederation of Worlds have their massive fleets of Motherships and crews stationed above and around Earth in readiness to coordinate their assistance to this end and to return Earth back to Balance.

One of the results of the coming "Changes", is that those not ready at this time to "Ascend", will be leaving the Planet permanently. It could be as many as two-thirds of the population. Many of Earth's Citizens of a lesser evolved status have lived a long "survival" period in poverty and suffering. Out of over 190 Countries on Earth there are wars being waged today in 60 Countries. Every year one and a half million people die from hunger. Around one hundred million people worldwide are homeless. Almost one million people are trafficked across borders everyday, always for forced labour of different kinds, half are children. Now there is to be a great release for all those Billions in suffering and poverty, but not yet equipped to Ascend to a higher Frequency/Dimension, to move onto other 3D Realms in our Multidimensional World which will better serve their Soul Growth at this time. In the Indian Vedic Text called the Mahabharata these Ones were called the "Walking Dead". They lived their lives to underscore suffering on Earth. By doing so they helped every more evolved Soul to mobilise themselves for Ascension. They themselves have cleared their previous Karma at this time by taking on this role of great suffering. They agreed before they incarnated that they would have a new assignment thereafter in a new place more suited to their needs when Earth finally Ascends.

In a very short time, Earth Citizens will be able to end all wars, destroy all nuclear weapons and also to welcome the Galactics back to Earth. At that time Earth's own new forms of Divine Government along with a new Economic System will slide right into place for all on Earth. What can we expect then?

Free Energy, Replicators and Healing Machines: These will be top priority. Homes for the Homeless, Clean Water and Communication Technologies. Shuttle Craft to fly to the Light Cities. There will be little boxes, the size of a shoe box which will be able to power your entire house for free. These are manufactured and available and will be given out free to everyone. Taking Free Energy will not be essential because all of the old appliances and different forms of energy will be supported. Whatever appliances you have today will work with the little boxes. Immediately you will have free heat, electricity, hot water, phones, television broadcasting and the Internet. Free for All.

Replicators will be given out free. These will be able to replicate healthy food. Free Food. Immediately. You may replicate any food or dish you desire. Our technologies will be able to clear all the pollution in every body of water on Earth. Water supplies will be made ready where there is none. We have the power, Motherships, supplies and people already in place to carry out these missions immediately. A network of communication is already in place and will be activated immediately. Everyone on Earth, no matter where they are or their mode of communication will receive all updates equally around the world. Some Countries have never had the Internet until very recently and this was brought in on purpose to be ready for changeover. Public use Shuttle Craft are available for distribution immediately. These will be used to attend gatherings in the glittering Diamond Crystal Light Cities stationed overhead in Earth's orbit. Also they will be used to leave Earth and visit various places. More information to follow. As these minor details are worked out we are able to move on to the "Real World".

Love and Truth aligned Consciousness will permeate every cell on Earth. Grace within all is to be revealed. Having surrendered everything you knew before, I present to you the new "Real World". I invite you to Celebrate every moment of your life with childlike wonder. Enter your Shuttle Craft. Input into the GPS onboard your destination. I invite you to visit us at our Space Stations, which float within Earth's atmosphere. These Space Stations have been invisibly overhead all along, but they were not to be revealed to you during this present Era.

Galactic Crews come and go to these Space Stations for lodging, meeting places, holiday accommodation as well as Administration for the Galactic Federation. You who are staying with the New Earth will eventually also become a part of the Crew. You will be welcomed there anytime. I invite you to also visit us in the great floating Light Cities in orbit just above Earth. Here you will be able to find some of your Mentors and also to heal any psychological or health issues. You will have training for all the New Age technology. You will have connections with like-minded people all over the World and also further out into the Galaxy. You will have access to rest and relaxation on levels you cannot now comprehend the joy of. You will reconnect with Light and Sound frequencies through many different mediums.

Reunions: Every person on Earth will receive two or three Mentors to help make sense of the "Changes". Each person's Mentors will be someone they have known before. Some have already prepared themselves to be reunited with their Twin Souls/Flames immediately. Others will be met with family members or friends who, having passed on and Ascended and been rehabilitated on the Spiritual Planes, are now returning for reunions to act as their Guides and Mentors. Already everyone has two or three Guides/Mentors on the Spiritual Planes. There are billions of Galactics standing by from the Intergalactic Confederation of Worlds who have been preparing for this moment for a very long time. All of the support which will be needed to comfortably slide into the Great Change on the New Earth will be thereafter always be available.

Some Earth Citizens will feel the best way to heal is a visit to their Home Planet. These Holidays off Earth will be granted. You will be welcomed to Venus, Jupiter, Saturn, Pluto, Neptune, Ceres, Vesta, Mars, Moon, Alpha Centauri, Sirius, Pleiades, Arcturus, Andromeda and so many other places. Each of these places is very different and known for their speciality. There are as many reasons to visit as people wanting to go.

After a short visit you will return to your duties on Earth involving establishing your own Divine Governments and beginning the New Earth. Holodecks will be available in the Light Cities. The Holodecks are a space a person enters which is programmed by a computer to virtually become anything (Virtual Reality). You may visit the beach, the mountains, an iceberg, a desert. Holograms may be programmed with any virtual experience where one may visit Home for a few hours without travelling there.

There will be plenty of time made for rest and relaxation. This will be made available to anyone requesting it. Along with these Healings and Mentoring activities will be planning meetings for your New Mission. You will be "Called to Duty" to share your gifts and talents in building the New Earth. It is about to become more fun. Some other activities we will all enjoy together will be cultural exchanges on Earth and off Planet. Also we will be welcoming many new species to Earth, both Humanoid and those of the magical kind. Animals which have been extinct thousands of years will be reintroduced to Earth in the right conditions.

The Great Teachers of Earth will be returning to help with this Earth Ascension Mission. Some who left Earth aeons ago have been invited back to "Guide and Serve". When they show up they will be wearing the garb of their former culture and time on Earth. They will look like they did then. These are the Avatara forms of Great Teachers and they will be together at the same time living on Earth. It will take all these Great Beings to be able to accomplish all the changes to Earth. They are excited to return and do their Service for Earth. You will be seeing the Roman, Greek, Egyptian, Hindu, Far Asian, Hyperborean, Pangean, Celtic, Near Asian "Ancient Gods" represented. All will be Ascended Masters here to integrate the Highest Teachings into the new economic system and Divine Government. There will be much to learn. It is a great honour to work with these Beings.

Inner Earth dwellers [Agarthians] will join surface Earth Citizens and invite them to their Crystal Cities within Inner Earth. There are tunnels leading down to their Homeland through Earth's crust to the Inner Earth. Guides will take you into their Cities there and host you for cultural exchanges. Inner and Outer Earth will become as "One" in their Mission and all will be free to travel between the two as it has always been meant to be. This was a very important aspect of "Healing" the former surface civilisation of Atlantis. Inner Earth dwellers are overjoyed at the prospect of being welcomed back onto the surface once more. They could not travel to Earth's surface as long as there was ongoing war. A few have done so but they do not stay long, they always return inside and have patiently waited for this "Great Reunion" with their Earth counterparts.

Remain in Gratitude and Love as we move deftly through the Changes which the future will bring. When it is the right timing, the command will come from "Admiral" Jesus SANANDA on our Command Mothership, "The New Jerusalem"/Shan Shea. Continue to look inside and release any emotions, reactions or thoughts which continue to hold you apart from FREEDOM. Call on Me for Guidance, you are never alone!

Commander ASHTAR - through Elizabeth Trutwin


ANDROMEDAN COMMANDER MANDREL -
Our Extended Mission to Earth

A long and very significant message from Commander Mandrel, which also includes a description of his vast Andromedan Mothership of over 3000 miles in diameter parked within our Solar System behind Planet Jupiter. The Andromedan Mothership with her over 100 million crew and families, who are mainly there to observe and provide assistance during our Ascension process, have been patiently waiting for Earth's Ascension event to finally manifest since 1963.


The Nature of the PHOTON BELT

Photon Belt.jpg

The Photon Belt and the Pleiadian System of the Seven Suns/Solar Systems with its Great Central Sun, Alcyone,
and which reaches out to include our own Solar System


A brief Background to the Photon Belt:

This information is given to us by a High Pleiadian Source, Satya, Astrologer, Keeper of the Records for the Pleiades and the Central Pleiadian Library of Alcyone. Alcyone not only is the Central Star of the Pleiadian Constellation, but also functions as the Great Central Star within this quadrant of the Milky-Way Galaxy for our own Solar System.

"Your Sun is spinning as the Eighth [external] Star of the Pleiadian spiral of Suns [the Pleiadian "Seven Sisters"], and the Pleiades are themselves spiraling within the Galaxy as the whole Galaxy spins on its axis. Your Solar System travels through the Photon Belt when Earth precesses the Ages of Leo and Aquarius, and then you orbit through the "Galactic Night" during all the other Zodiacal Polarities of the Great Ages - Cancer/Capricorn, Gemini/Sagittarius, Taurus/Scorpio, Aries/Libra, and Pices/Virgo. At this time, you are moving into the Photon Band as you are leaving the Age of Pices and moving into the Age of Aquarius.

"Photon Bands are 7th-Dimensional "Donuts of Light" that emanate from the vertical axis of the Galactic Center. They spin around and around through the Galactic Center into the darkness of the Galactic Night. Galactic Centers [a central Galaxy vortex that appears as a "Black Hole"] are of 9th-Dimensional pure darkness, and yet, as they spin on their axes, the astounding power of their vortexes shoots out 9th-Dimensional Galactic Synchronization Beams. These Synchronization Beams spin out of the Black-Hole Galactic Centers, torqued by the Galactic axial spin. These Beams, Belts, Axes, and horizontal planes with Black Hole vortexes in their centers are 8th-Dimension organizational systems of intelligence. In the Milky Way Galaxy, this 8th Dimensional brilliance is part of the Light that belongs to the Galactic Federation, holding the Galaxy in form by means of the "information-highway" Photon Belt/Bands. All Stars existing permanently within the several Photon Bands generate spirals that capture other Stars, and these special "Photon Stars", such as Alcyone, then function as Galactic Federation "Libraries".

"Your Sun is linked to the Pleiades by means of a spiral of Stellar Light radiating out from Alcyone. Star Light is 5th-Dimensional Light that moves out through the Stars of the Pleiades - out from Alcyone, through the Pleiadian Stars of Merope, Maya, Electra, Taygeta, Coele, and finally via Atlas to your Sun. Thus in your legends, Atlas holds Earth on His shoulders in space. Each Pleiadian Star, except Alcyone, which is located in the Photon Belt eternally, travels through the 7th-Dimensional Photon Belt for 2000 years of Earth time. Each Star in the system then travels through the Galactic Night for varying lengths of Earth time.

"The Stars close to Alcyone, such as Merope and Maya, are in the Photon Belt for more time than they are in the Galactic Night. Your Solar System spends the most time out in the Galactic Night - 11,000 years in the Dark and 2000 years in the Light.

"See your own Solar System as a disk with the Sun in the center and all the Planets whirling around it. That disk is divided into twelve zones, the Twelve Great Ages of the Zodiac. As the Planets move through these zodiacal zones, you can locate where a Planet is in relationship to the Sun in these zones with astronomical ephemerides. For now, it is enough for you to know that Earth first partially entered the Photon Belt during the Spring Equinox of 1987 and has been steadily moving into it further - one week more each side of that entry point each year. The border of Photonic Light is currently inching across the disk of your Solar System. Earth was first in the Photon Belt from March 16 to 23 in 1987, then for three weeks in 1988. The Photonic slice in the Solar Disk increases by two weeks each year, and precisely half of your Solar System will be immersed when the Photon Belt reaches your Sun at the Winter Solstice 1998. Eventually Earth's entire orbital path will be engulfed in this tidal wave of light some time after the Winter Solstice of 2012. Eventually, the whole Solar System will be totally in the Photon Band. During the next 2000 years, it will be travelling all the way through it."

[Satya, channeled through Barbara Hand Clow, in "The Pleiadian Agenda", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]

The Nature of "Light":

Light exists in units called Photons. Photons have no density, no charge and travel at 186,000 miles per second. At this speed of travel, Photons of Light move beyond the confines of "time." Hence, a primary component of Light is, in fact, timeless. Since your physical form has myriad Photons, you are innately a "Being of Light" hidden within an Earthean shell. Every atom in your body serves as a Sun with myriad planets rotating around it. When you think of yourself in this way, it is not a large leap of faith to realize that you are composed of uncountable Photons. Thus, a huge amount of the form that you wear is already composed of "Light".

The Nature of the PHOTON BELT:

Washta of the Regional Council of the Galactic Federation of Light on Planet Sirius B of the Sirius Star System:

"Your Solar System is presently poised to enter a vast region of Light called the Photon Belt. This Photon Belt - a huge mass of light - will be the vehicle for your restoration to Full Consciousness and for the complete transformation of your DNA and Chakra systems. These unbelievable changes will forever alter not only yourselves, but also your Planet and your Solar System. This is because the Photon Belt will move your Solar System into a higher dimension, allowing your Planet, within the Solar System, to eventually move to a new position in space closer to the Sirius Star System.

The Photon Belt, is a huge torroid-shaped object composed of "Photon Light" particles. For those who do not know what a Photon Light particle is, you should realize that it is the result of a collision between an anti-electron (positron) and an electron. This split-second collision causes the two particles to destroy each other. The resulting mass of this collision is completely converted into energy that registers as Photons or Light particles. In the first quarter of this century, an English physicist, Paul Derac, postulated that for every single particle a similar anti-particle should exist. In 1932, Dr. Carl David Anderson, who won a Nobel prize in 1936, discovered the first of these anti-particles - the positron or positive electron. By the 1950s, anti-protons as well as anti-neutrons had been discovered by your scientists.

The Photon Belt was initially discovered when a series of studies of the Pleiadean Solar System were begun in the early 18th Century by the famous British Astronomer, Sir Edmund Halley. Halley is famous for the discovery of Comet Halley that seemed to prove Newton's Laws of Planetary Motion. Halley discovered that at least three of the Stars in the Pleiadean Star Group are not in the same positions as recorded in classical times by various Greek Astronomers. The difference in position had become so great by Halley's time that it was impossible to state whether the Greeks or Halley were wrong. Halley therefore concluded that the Pleiades moved within a prescribed system of motion derived from an outside source of influence.

This concept was later proved correct one century later with some astute observations by Frederick Bessel. It was his discovery that all the Stars/Suns in the Pleiades had a proper motion of approximately 5.5 seconds of arc per century. Paul Otto Hesse also studied the Pleiades and discovered that at an absolute right angle (90 degrees) to the movement of the Stars in the Pleiades, there was a Photon Belt shaped like a torroid or huge doughnut with a thickness of approximately 2,000 solar years or 759,864 billion miles. Since the results of the observations of Bessel and Hesse about the Pleiades are correct, your Earth is now completing a 24,000 to 26,000-year cycle with this Photon Belt.

As Earth is now going to enter this Photon Belt, you must know what this means to Earth's Human civilization. Many of your Astrologers as well as many of your Scientists and Historians believe that the new Millennium marks the beginning of a New Age for Humankind. To Earth's Astrologers, this New Age is the Age of Aquarius, a time for vast changes in your science, technology and your consciousness.

The Photon Belt can be divided into three sections. You will first enter through what is called the Null Zone. This procedure will take roughly 5 to 6 days to complete including approximately three days of total darkness. Following this action, you will move into the main part of the Belt itself and experience a new form of intense daylight. This journey normally lasts around 2,000 years and ends when your Solar System exits at the other end of the Belt by going through the Null Zone exit for the same 5 to 6 day period.

Surrounding the Photon Belt there is the huge barrier of the Null Zone. If you could look at the Null Zone, you would see it really contains a region of incredible energy compression. It is a place where magnetic fields are so tightly strung together that it is impossible for any type of 3rd-Dimensional magnetic field to pass through it without being altered. This fact means that the magnetic field of the Earth and your Sun must be transformed into a new type of interdimensional magnetism. You should therefore expect a change in Earth's electrical, magnetic, and gravitational fields.

Therefore, when the Photon Belt is fully manifested, it will not allow any electrical device to function. Such a development will mean that neither batteries nor electrical circuits will operate whilst Earth is in the Photon Belt. You will require a new form of energy - "Photon Energy" - to operate your former and soon-to-be altered electrical devices. By entering the Photon Belt you will be losing your Earth's former electromagnetic fields, as they will now be nullified.

This means that when you fully enter the Photon Belt you won't be able to utilise existing electrical equipment without Galactic Federation provided "converters". Therefore, you must begin to prepare for this major change in your lives as new forms of gravitational and electrical fields are established. You will of course have the full help of the Galactic Federation in adjusting to this. What appears to you as a loss will actually be a benefit that allows Photon Energy fields to be altered at the subatomic level and become the basic energy drivers of your Solar System. As all atoms and molecules are changed, you Earth Humans will be vastly modified in your very nature. You will become something quite different - excitingly improved - from what you presently are.

Therefore, let's go over the entire scenario of the Photon Belt experience and get an idea of what you may experience if you have not already been taken without warning into a full state of "Stasis"(suspended animation). That would be as a result of the Galactic Federation's need to make a final unannounced "Pulling of the Plug" on Earth's Humanity to prevent the chaos that could result through a prior announcement causing panic and disruption amongst the less informed people. First of all, your Planet would experience a great field of darkness as it approaches the Null Zone. Suddenly, the twilight level of darkness would then be replaced by complete darkness. It will be as though the entire Planet has been thrown into an incredibly huge closet and the door closed behind you. The Sun will have disappeared from view and you will be unable to see stars in the pitch black sky. Day will have suddenly turned to night as the Null Zone's compression of Solar and Stellar light will blot out the Sun and even the stars.

You would then know by the total darkness that you have now entered the Null Zone and begun the transformation process. As you begin to accept the shock of this utter darkness, you will find that something else has happened. Not only are you in the dark, but none of your electrical devices will work anymore. Once the pumps quit and the water tanks are empty, water will not run and toilets will not flush. Lights cannot be turned on. Cars will not start. Hence, you are now in a whole new world. Despite these incredible difficulties, something has happened to your bodies, something wonderful.

When the collapse of the Planet's electrical and magnetic fields occurs, it will also allow all atoms on Earth to be changed. The atoms in your body will be modified to form a new body - a body that is semi-Etheric [4D] and based on Crystalline rather than Carbon cells and molecules - and the "Veil of Consciousness" which has hitherto limited your awareness of the Higher Dimensional Worlds around you will be have been removed.

You will no longer be living in the former limited 3rd-Dimensional Reality. You will now be Human Beings living in the Reality of the "Higher Galactic Light". You will now have physical and psychic gifts that you were meant to have ever since the time you Humans first left the Lyran Constellation to spread your knowledge and guardianship throughout this Galaxy. You will have begun the process of "coming home" to the 4th and 5th Dimensions.

The next change that you will feel is the growing coldness caused by the complete absence of the Sun. This will occur because the Sun will be undergoing a change in its interdimensional polarity which will prevent the Sun's heat from reaching Planet Earth's surface.

By this point many of the Human and other living Beings who intend to remain with the new Planet Earth - other than the "Lightworkers" who will have been previously taken up to the Motherships for training and future service on Earth - may well have been taken into a "Stasis" mode ("suspended animation" - for more information on "Stasis", see below).

By the Third Day of change, however, you will begin to see a dawn-like glimmer surrounding your Planet. You will then have the beginnings of the "Photon effect." This Photon effect is very important because it will allow you to have a new energy source. This new energy source will permit the end of your Planet's fossil fuel dependency. It will also allow the capability for space travel since Photon drive technology is the power system for all Starships operated by the Galactic Federation.

By the Third and Fourth Days, then, you will have reached the time for your first introduction to Photon Energy, weak though it may be.

As the Fourth Day quickly draws to an end and the Fifth Day now begins, the climate will begin to warm up and bright light will return."

"The Photon effect which began toward the end of the Third Day will now be in full effect. You will thereafter be able to use Photon-beam power equipment provided by the Galactic Federation. Every living thing will now be invigorated by the Photons streaming in from the main part of the Photon Belt. You will have entered a New Age with a new 4D -5D body. You will now be ready for the next phase in which your psychic abilities will be heightened by the Photon effect. These Photon energies will not only provide your bodies with maximum efficiency of energy use, but they will also be used for energising your homes and your industries. You will have entered the Photon Age!

Space travel will now become quite simple and a preferred mode of transportation. Once you begin living in the Photon Belt you will be in a fully-realised Space Age. With the power provided by Photon beam energy, the Stars and other Planets will soon seem to be as near as a trip across town. With this new energy, it will be as easy to travel to Sirius, or any other nearby Star, as it is now to travel from California to New York. In addition, you will now have in your midst those you have long called the Extraterrestrials who are your Elder Brothers and Sisters and your Counsellors and Guides during this transitional period."

[The above is an extract from the Book "You Are Becoming A Galactic Human" by Virginia Essene and Sheldon Nidle, Published 1994 by the S.E.E. Publishing Company, Santa Clara, California]


Going into STASIS

The following information is based on the possible need to place Humanity and other sensory Beings into a state of Stasis (suspended animation) during a period of major physical "Earth Changes". If this is in fact decided by the Galactic Federation to be the best course of action to be taken, not only because of the present downhill course of much of its planetary civilisation and the increasingly urgent need for a rapid cleansing of Gaia/Mother Earth's Environment/Planetary body, as well as our entry into the Photon Belt, this would appear to make it more and more of a possibility in the very near future. We therefore present the following outline of the proposed STASIS process extracted from the former communications of Christ Michael of Nebadon and Jesus/Sananda, channelled through Candace Frieze and Jess Anthony:

"During the initial days of the entry into the Photon Belt, when and if it has been decided that it is necessary to move into "STASIS", this phase would involve a total Stasis for all animate Beings in order to alleviate any possible traumas of the event. Everything would then pause its natural living cycle to allow us to restructure the energy parameters you expect to determine your existence. Because all energy vibration in the body has been paused, the body would not experience any sense of time passing. The Earth would not be pausing herself however, and she would continue on with her Ascendancy with our help. There would then be a new sense of environment when people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and peaceful.

Among the possible effects of the full move into the Photon Belt, could be a reversal of Earth's Magnetic Poles. Earth's existing Magnetic Polarity would then collapse and then would reverse Earth's Magnetic Poles to refresh the direction of energy circuitry - North would become South and the Sun would rise in the West and set in the East. The fact is that Planet Earth has already become somewhat erratic in its rotation. The axis position is moving constantly, causing what you have termed a "wobble" in its rotation. Celestial bodies could then appear in slightly different places than they are scheduled to be, and their positions are thus shifted because of the position of Earth's tilt in relation to them. The more serious problem, in your terms, would be the need to reverse the direction of the Earth's rotation. This may turn out to be necessary and to re-spin the top, as it were, and keep Earth rotating at a fresh and stable angle. This action would not be a unique event in terms of planetary movements; it happens to nearly all Planets as they reach the end of one cycle and need to begin another. This action has already been planned as possibly needing to be done during Earth's full entry into the Photon Belt.

The length of the Stasis period is not at this point fully determined, as it would be based on observation at the time, and fixing of other issues, the necessary Earth Changes and the like. However, everything could possibly pause from anywhere up from two years to four years, depending on the extent and difficulties of the "Earth Cleansing" process encountered by the Galactic Federation Teams. We would therefore be putting most of the life on the Planet into Stasis, until the Earth movements are stabilized and the air cleansed enough of carbon dioxide to awaken the animal life. Plants would benefit from the higher levels of carbon dioxide and this is useful and in fact needed. Some life forms would be evacuated during the early part, and all who are continuing the Ascension would also be evacuated after Stasis is commenced to areas of safety, only if they are in harms way. Build-up of carbon dioxide and other chemicals would not affect bodies in Stasis.

This Stasis period would not seem like any time has passed to those continuing with the shift to a higher dimensionality. Stasis is not a sleep, it is a limbo stage where nothing progresses in the sense you have been conditioned to expect. Stasis would be introduced fairly early to avoid mass confusion, but could possibly be allowed enough time beforehand for a brief "Wake-up Call" to Humanity. The Spaceships that would trigger this energy frequency have for a long time been stationed around the globe ready to begin moderating the energy levels associated with a new "paused Dimensional frequency". This shift in frequency could initially cause functions to seem to stop, although this pause would not be final. The movement of energy currents that make up the Magnetic Field would then appear to be at a standstill. This would also allow a possible Magnetic Field Reversal to be undertaken so that the currents would begin to flow in the opposite direction; nevertheless, this may possibly turn out to not be needed to be done at that time. However, this realignment would not be something you should experience consciously. Such a shift can be dealt with more easily within a Stasis period consisting of a lack of Human consciousness.

If there is such a collapse of the Magnetic Field, it would have unpredictable effects on the delicate balance holding together the existing geophysical system of faults and internal pressure points. The pressure of the Solar Wind would be immense without the mitigating effects of the Magnetic Grid. Pressure pockets would be pushed beyond their balanced state and would erupt in earthquakes and volcanic explosions. Many of those in Stasis who happened to be within those areas that are devastated or sunken would then be sent either to the Inner Earth, the Motherships or be returned to their previous Home Planets, if that is their preferred wish and intention.

The actual physical logistics of inducing the Stasis Event would be done through a large grouping of Scout craft assigned to bringing in the new frequency beam coverage throughout the Planet moving into place to cover an arc of 180 degrees. This would allow the craft to move in parallel and work their way around the complete circle of the Earth, East to West, following the Sun's travel. The depth of the beam they would use is about one degree of longitude. This intense but small focus would not be a problem, because they would be able to move fast over their positions. It only takes a few minutes to trigger a Stasis condition in any particular place. Such a new frequency within the beamed energy would be a major part of bringing in a new vibration rate that would activate the cells to be transformed into a frequency that matches a 4D-5D vibrational frequency. This new frequency would not be compatible with the 3D range of frequencies that make up the present structure of your physical existence. Once this frequency changes, your individual energy frequency moves into a state that has no interaction with the 3D original frequency and becomes a part of moving you up into either the 4th or possibly the 5th Dimension.

This disconnect from the current 3D frequency would create the illusion of you being "paused". Once you are "paused", so to speak, we can then manoeuvre your energy with the new 4-5D range of energy frequencies, a frequency range that is inevitably already on its way to slowly manifesting. We could then move you around easily and quickly, if we needed to. Such energy is fast moving and we could disassemble and reassemble you with no difficulties.

Thus it would be that the People and the Higher Mammals would be "paused", sort of like pausing a DVD for a period of a year or more. The body molecules would be slowed down a great deal in this process, and therefore the body would "sleep" without need for nourishment. Higher mammals would be included and also people's pets. The cycles of biological Plant Kingdom life otherwise would continue normally on the Planet, and so would the weather. The Soul would not "sleep" during this period, just the body and could still keep in touch with the Higher Realms. Do not worry about this process, as anyone living on the Planet back around 1992 in fact actually went through a week of mild Stasis as we first encountered the outer edges of the Photon Belt. We of the Galactic Federation were at that time not prepared to allow the several days of disruption to Earth's inhabitants with Photon Light that would have been so bright that it could have blinded many people.

"Lightworkers" destined to be on active service would be "beamed" (Teleported) up to the Motherships. However, they would experience more of an energy exchange than a physical lifting, as you would have probably imagined it to be. Remember your physical body here is ultimately composed of just an energy force vibrating at a specific range of frequencies. You may have the belief that it is solid, but it actually is just a moving vibrational energy of atoms. This vibrational energy carries information memory-archives [such as we know about packets of digital notation information sent through the Internet being reassembled at the other end back into their original form] and these are then used to create your individual identity characteristics. You all have an Etheric (4-5D) template that you build on to experience various interactions with other energy patterns. We can control the frequencies of your energy packets, so that your actual physical appearance is the result of the new frequency band in which you have agreed to work within.

The actual Timeframe that would be involved is difficult to describe. Once a particular segment of the Globe goes into Stasis, Time stops at that point. Midnight, for instance, is always Midnight because there is no later time to measure it against. In that way, Stasis can be imposed in a way that seems almost instantaneous. The explanation may not seem logical, but remember that "Earth Time" is an artificial measurement you have constructed for the benefit of your 3D physical Planet to gauge your existence in a measured and strict "Linear" fashion, one that happens to be in our Galaxy your own fairly unique brand of "Linear Time".

This "Time Pause" would be brought on during sleep and it would end as Earth's Inhabitants seem to wake up the next morning of what appears to be the next day. Because all energy vibration in the body has paused, the body doesn't experience any sense of time passing. The Earth is not pausing, however, and she would be continuing on with her Ascendancy with our help. Thus there would be a totally new sense of environment when people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and peaceful.

This "Stasis Plan", if it is determined at the time to be the best way to finally enact the "Earth Changes", would not involve physically removing all of Earth's inhabitants and taking you to Motherships or the Inner Earth cities. Most of those staying on to return to the New Earth would remain here and be transformed along with the Earth. Many others will in any case choose to leave or will not find themselves spiritually able to adapt to the higher dimensional frequency that will be necessary for Earth's evolutionary Ascension. The coming "Earth Changes" must be viewed as a most necessary step in Earth's Ascension during this Major End of Age period. No Soul would ever be destroyed unless he or she chooses that as a final option; when someone ends their existence on Earth, that Soul simply moves upwards into another form in its progression. The inevitable grief you might possibly experience here as a result of losing friends, family and familiar surroundings must be tempered by an awareness and a realisation of the larger picture of your and their Soul's evolution upwards into a higher Consciousness and the Higher Worlds and Dimensions."

* More detailed information on the possible forthcoming "Stasis Period" scenario can be read in Christ MICHAEL of Nebadon and the Jesus SANANDA Messages in the "MICHAEL of Nebadon's Earth Changes & Ascension Plan" from the Link below:



Archive of Messages by Christ MICHAEL of Nebadon & Jesus SANANDA - 2005-2013

MICHAEL of Nebadon is a Creator Son of the Holy Trinity of this Grand Universe who was entrusted by His Trinity Father to create his own "Local Universe of Nebadon" - our Milky Way Galaxy. After 300 Billion years of probationary Ruling of his Local Universe/Galaxy on behalf of His Trinity Father, he had to finally prove that he was now worthy to become a "Full Sovereign" of his own Creation. He therefore had to undertake a series of Descending Incarnations down through his various Worlds at decreasing Dimensions within his Local Universe to experience all aspects of Life in those Worlds. His Final Test Incarnation was to be in one of His Worlds at the lowest Dimension in which most Human civilisations normally function, the Third Dimension. Creator Son Michael therefore chose to experience His Final Descending Incarnation on one of the most significant of his Low-Dimensional Worlds, Planet Earth/Urantia. He and our Creator of this Grand Universe had long been carefully watching this Planet which had been set up by our Creator to undertake a "Major Experiment" in the final resolving through His specially created "Explorer Race" volunteers of the hitherto unresolved dichotomy of Positive-Negative Duality throughout Creation. Creator Son Michael decided to undertake this in a Joint Incarnation through overshadowing, from a higher Dimension, Jesus Sananda's Life Mission on Earth in which Jesus hoped to bring a Message of the Importance of Love to our World in Palestine 2000 years ago. Christ Michael, as a result of this taxing experience and its hopeful resolution for the future, was allowed thereafter to assume the Title of Full Sovereign/ATON of the Local Universe of Nebadon.

Those who wish to delve more deeply into the full details of Christ MICHAEL of Nebadon's Ascension and Stasis Plan made in conjunction with the Galactic Federation, and its many ongoing difficulties and delays of implementation, will find this Archive Document extremely illuminating and well worth the effort of its "long read".

Christ MICHAEL of Nebadon's Earth Changes & Ascension Plan


A Compendium-Archive of Messages from the
GALACTIC FEDERATION of LIGHT
 through the Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B


Galactic Federation of Light - Updates Archive 1997-2014

This Document starts out with very extensive details, given through the Regional Council on Sirius B, of the Galactic Federation's Plans for the physical Earth Changes they intended to put into force and also further on gives a good background History of our Galaxy (i.e: see 10 June 2003 Message) plus many interesting details about their Motherships and their Intergalactic Fleet (see 7 January 2003). The Document then continues onward from 2007 through to 2014 with an Archive of further important Messages from other Members of the Galactic community. However, those Readers who have already read Chapter 11, "The Galactic Federation's Earth Ascension Plan", may find that much of this material has already been adequately covered.


Jesus-SANANDA: THE NEW SCRIPTURES

Jesus-SANANDA gives us here one of the most inspirational and important documents in the history of channelled communications on Earth, laying out a complete background to our future Ascension and also His own True Teachings. He also corrects the many misrepresentations that have crept into the Teachings of Christianity about His past Mission and Life on Earth.

Jesus-SANANDA: THE NEW SCRIPTURES


There is also much valuable and interesting Channelling from many Spiritual sources available at:

Steve Bekow's "The Golden Age of Gaia" Website is an excellent source of Channellings, Spiritual and
"Alternative non-media" news.

The Golden Age of Gaia

Era of Light - Awaken, a New World of Light is Here!

A good selection of recent Channellings is available on this Website at:

Era of Light.com

For extended excerpts from "My Contact with Flying Saucers" by Dino Kraspedon:

"MY CONTACT WITH FLYING SAUCERS"

George Adamski's: "Inside The Space Ships":

George Adamski wrote several books in the mid 1950s detailing his physical contacts with Venusian, Saturnian and Martian Space visitors and of his journeys up in their Scout-ships to their large Motherships overhead. In his book "Inside the Space Ships", he describes in fascinating detail the interiors of these Motherships and his many conversations with their Commanders and other onboard personnel.

"INSIDE THE SPACE SHIPS"

ANDROMEDAN COMMANDER MANDREL -
Our Extended Mission to Earth

A long and very significant message from Commander Mandrel, which also includes a description of his vast Andromedan Mothership of over 3000 miles in diameter parked within our Solar System behind Planet Jupiter. He also gives us a very beautiful view of the lifestyles and culture of cooperation amongst all the citizens of the Andromedan Galaxy. The Andromedan Mothership itself, with her over 100 million crew and families, are mainly here to observe and provide assistance during our Ascension process, and have been patiently waiting for Earth's Ascension event to finally manifest since 1963.

THE FALL OF ATLANTIS and the Atlantean use of Crystals

This Document provides a fascinating History of Atlantis and its subsequent Fall, including much information on the Atlantean's use of Crystals to provide Free Energy and for many other uses. This information is given to us by Archangel Metatron, channeled through James Tyberon.


HEALING CHAMBERS of the NEPTUNE MOTHERSHIP

A detailed description by an E.T. Healer Crew Member of the Neptune Mothership of its Healing Chambers:

HEALING CHAMBERS of the NEPTUNE MOTHERSHIP

ALIEN RACES
A Gift From The Stars - Extraterrestrial Contact and A Guide of the Alien Races in Our Milky Way Galaxy

This very significant Guide to all the various E.T. Races - Benevolent and Negative - who have ever made connections with Planet Earth, not only gives us fascinating illustrations of all these various Races, skillfully drawn by the Author, Elena Danaan, but a short History of their activities and of their Star Worlds origins. This is a true "Bible" of all the various Extraterrestrial Beings that we might ever meet. The source of Elena's information is derived from her Pleiadian Twin-Soul, Fleet Commander ThorHan of the Galactic Federation Forces fighting the Dark within this Galaxy, and with whom she has virtually daily contact.

Elena Danaan - www.elenadanaan.com - has made many very interesting You Tube Video Interviews with Dr. Michael Salla who has for years done a lot of research into the various Dark E.T. Forces occupying underground Bases, not only on Earth, but under our Moon's surface and some other Planets within our Solar System.

Dr. Michael Salla at - https://exopolitics.org

Elena Danaan's Book "Alien Races - A Gift From The Stars" has recently (September 2021) been joined by her follow-up Book: "We will Never Let You Down" - which provides an important insight into the recent history of the interactions between Earth, the Galactic Federation and the Dark Forces, as well as her meetings with E.T.s during her visits up to ThorHan's Command Mothership and other E.T. Bases within our Solar System - both these Books can be bought through Amazon.

The Secrets of the Roswell Flying Saucer Crash in 1947

When a "Flying Saucer" crashed near Roswell, New Mexico on the 8th of July 1947, a US Air Force retrieval team was immediately sent to the site of the crash. Among them was an Air Force Senior Master Sergeant Nurse, Matilda MacElroy, who not only was given the task of attending to the sole survivor E.T. out of the two other dead crew members, but was the only person on their return to the Military Base who was able to communicate with the survivor through telepathy. As a result she was given the task of communicating with the small E.T. Being whom she was to name as "Airl", and who refused to answer any questions other than through her. After being helped by Nurse MacElroy to learn English through the use of many books on all sorts of Earth subjects over a 16 day period, Airl was to give an extraordinary telepathic message, only through Nurse MacElroy and transcribed by a Government stenographer.

This largely details the workings and influence of the Dark Reptilian-Draconian "Old Empire" which unfortunately is still very powerful within our Milky Way Galaxy and which has also up to recently had a strong control over the Secret Government/Dark Cabal operating behind the scenes on Earth. Following the death 6 weeks later of the E.T. Being, brought on by electric shock treatment by US Government operatives, Nurse MacElroy was debriefed and sent into forced retirement by the US Air Force, but managed in the confusion to retain her own copy of the Transcripts of the Interviews, duplicates of the "Top Secret" transcripts also kept by the US Government, the existence of which they have never revealed to the public. 60 years later on, Mrs. MacElroy sent her copy of the Transcripts to Lawrence R. Spencer, the Author of "The Oz Factors" (which she had previously read after he had contacted her by phone in 1998) not long before her death at the age of 83. Mr Spencer has bravely published this as the book "Alien Interview" which can be freely read at the following Link:



THE EXPLORER RACE on EARTH

A most significant series of Books describing the deeper background and History of the Creation of our Universe is to be found in the "The Explorer Race" Books published by Light Technology Publishing (PO Box 3540, Flagstaff, Arizona 86003) incorporating a total of 23 Volumes. The first 7 Volumes are those most closely dealing with the Earth's Explorer/Creator Race, made up of Higher Dimensional levels of Beings from another part of the Greater Cosmos who have volunteered to descend to the Third Dimensional Planet Earth, to participate in an advanced and extremely difficult and challenging "Creator School" set up by our Creator of this Universe. They have bravely volunteered to train as a future group of Creators to take over joint Management of this Universe when our Creator finally moves on up to a higher level of Creation to join company with the "Prime Creator" of this particular Globe area of Creation containing many Universes, one of many other Globes of Creation within Source Creator's total Cosmic Creation.

These books describe his commencement of the creation of this Universe with the valuable advice of his close Friend and Associate, Zoosh, a High Cosmic Being deriving from the same period of the first Creation of "All That Is" by the Original Source Creator. They also inform us about the "Council of Creators" of this Sector of the Cosmos who first gave Him his permission to start His own Creation and also about the other Creator-level Advisers who were asked to assist our Creator with all the necessary Technology for this Creation process of Universes, Planetary Worlds, and their various Dimensional/Frequency levels.

All of this very valuable background information was Channelled through Robert Shapiro, under the kind offices and Direction of Zoosh. This Series of Books incorporates the many Interviews of Zoosh and the various other Creation Advisers by Melody O'Ryin Swanson, Publisher of the Light Technology Books.



THE URANTIA BOOK

From THE URANTIA BOOK you can also learn all about the amazing background to our whole vast Grand Universe, ranging from the Ruling Trinity of the Father God, Son and the Holy Spirit Mother, to their abode on the central Paradise Island, of the surrounding Central Universe of Havona and of the further Seven Super Universes also orbiting the Central Universe, and of our own Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton in which our Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon and our Planet Earth reside. It also goes on to the creation and early History of our Planet Urantia (the original name for Planet Earth), and the final half of the Book gives us a very detailed - almost a day-to-day - true Life and Teachings of Jesus Christ in Palestine drawn from the Akashic Records.

The Urantia Book was first given to Earth by Celestial Messengers in 1934 and is over 2000 pages in length. This is all available in a free online version of "The Urantia Book" from the following Link:



The INNER EARTH & Realm of Aghartha

Some amazing information and visits to the Inner Earth are given in the following Document:

The INNER EARTH & Realm of Aghartha Voyages of discovery to the Inner Earth


THE ASHTAR COMMAND through Tuella

The Ashtar Command Books, given through Tuella (Thelma Terrell) in the late 1980's, gives us a most valuable insight into the coming Earth Changes and Ascension of Planet Earth, and of the assistance to be given to us by the Ashtar Command Fleet in conjunction with the Galactic Federation. The Ashtar Command "Mission" outlined in these Books remains still largely relevant within the Galactic Federation's current methods of operating. The full texts of these Books are freely available from the Links below.

ASHTAR COMMAND - PROJECT: WORLD EVACUATION

This book gives us much information about the possible Earth Changes and methods of mass-evacuation procedures by the Ashtar Command Fleet of Mother Ships which are at present in a protective orbit around Planet Earth.

ASHTAR - A Tribute compiled by Tuella.

This second Ashtar Command Book is a compilation by Tuella of further messages from Ashtar and The Ashtar Command.



Principle of Liberty

THE PRINCIPLE OF LIBERTY
A new direction in politics

This book takes a new and wide view of politics, looking first at the basic purpose of government, then scanning the history of political development over a thousand years. Beginning with Autocracy, or rule by dictator, we progressed to Democracy, or rule by majority, which is certainly an improvement over dictatorship. And yet we are witnessing a growing conviction today that there is a "right" and a "wrong" in Law irrespective of the will of the Majority, or of Parliaments or their Representatives.

The concept of "Right Law" or "Natural Law" is not new. In early Greek and Roman times, throughout the Middle Ages in Britain and well into the 1800s in Britain and the USA it was widely held that there is a "right" and a "wrong" in Law, it being the duty of Legislators and political thinkers to seek out the "right" in the continuously changing circumstances of a developing civilization.

The Principle of Liberty is the title, both of the book, and of the Principle that "we should all be free up to, but never beyond the point where the freedom of one actively intrudes upon the freedom of others". It is a Principle which in its simplicity reflects the essence of "Natural Law"; it is as old as Human conscience, and lies at the heart of English "Common Law".

Can this one single Principle be used as a basis for all Legislation required in today's complex world? The final section of this book deals with Legislation in the three major areas of: Economics and Commerce, Resources Use, and Personal Liberty. It shows that good laws, stability and prosperity can indeed result from the application of this Principle; additionally, Government can be held accountable for its Laws, its productivity and its finances.




This document is one of three Books; a Trilogy collectively entitled
THE NEW EARTH
Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth.

Its three component volumes are as follows:
Bk.I: THE HIGHER KNOWLEDGE;
Bk.II: THE EARTH CHANGES;
Bk.III: LIFE IN THE NEW AGE.
All three volumes can be fully accessed from
THE NEW EARTH

Full details of books quoted in all three volumes
plus some other recommended titles will be found in our
NEW AGE BOOKLIST

For some additional New Earth-related material, please check our
NEW EARTH READER



www.Arton.co